DHAKA POWER DISTRIBUTION COMPANY LIMITED (DPDC)

TENDER DOCUMENT
FOR

DESIGN, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING &

COMMISSIONING OF ADVANCED METERING
INFRASTRUCTURE (AMI) WITH SMART METERING SYSTEM
ON TURNKEY BASIS

International Competitive Tender

(Single Stage – Two Envelope)

Invitation for Tender No. : 87.106.315.00.00.256.2019.1105

Issued on : 08//01/2019
Package No. :

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System i
 Table of Contents

Section 1.Instructions to Tenderers...................................................................1

A. General ............................................................................................................. 1
1. Scope of Tender .............................................................................................................. 1
2. Interpretation ................................................................................................................... 1
3. Source of Funds .............................................................................................................. 1
4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive (or Obstructive in case of Development
Partner) Practices........................................................................................................ 2
5. Eligible Tenderers ............................................................................................................ 4
6. Eligible Plant and Services .............................................................................................. 5
7. Site Visit ........................................................................................................................... 5
B. Tender Document ........................................................................................... 6
8. Tender Document: General ............................................................................................. 6
9. Clarification of Tender Document .................................................................................... 6
10. Pre-Tender Meeting ....................................................................................................... 7
11. Addendum to Tender Document ................................................................................... 7
C. Qualification Criteria ...................................................................................... 8
12. General Criteria ............................................................................................................. 8
13. Litigation History ............................................................................................................ 8
14. Experience Criteria ........................................................................................................ 8
15. Financial Criteria ............................................................................................................ 8
16. Personnel Capacity ....................................................................................................... 9
17. Equipment Capacity ...................................................................................................... 9
18. Joint Venture, Consortium or Association ................................................................... 9
19. Subcontractor(s) ............................................................................................................ 9
D. Tender Preparation ....................................................................................... 10
20. Only one Tender .......................................................................................................... 10
21. Cost of Tendering ........................................................................................................ 10
22. Issuance and Sale of Tender Document ..................................................................... 10
23. Language of Tender .................................................................................................... 11
24. Contents of Tender(Document establishing the tender’s qualification) ....................... 11
25. Alternatives .................................................................................................................. 13
26. Tender Prices, Discounts& Price adjustment .............................................................. 13
27.Tender Currency........................................................................................................... 16
28. Documents Establishing the Conformity of Plant, and Services ............................... 16
29. Documents Establishing Eligibility of the Tenderer ................................................... 17
30. Validity Period of Tender ............................................................................................. 17
31. Extension of Tender Validity and Tender Security ...................................................... 17
32. Tender Security ........................................................................................................... 18
33.Form of Tender security ............................................................................................... 18
34. Authenticity of Tender Security ................................................................................... 18
35. Return of Tender Security ........................................................................................... 19
36. Forfeiture of Tender Security. ...................................................................................... 19
37. Format and Signing of Tender ..................................................................................... 20
E. Tender Submission ...................................................................................... 20
38. Sealing, Marking and Submission of Tender............................................................... 20
39. Deadline for Submission of tenders ............................................................................ 21
40. Late tender .................................................................................................................. 22
41. Modification, Substitution or Withdrawal of Tenders ................................................... 22
42. Tender Modification ..................................................................................................... 22
43. Tender Substitution ..................................................................................................... 22
44. Withdrawal of Tender .................................................................................................. 23
F. Tender Opening and Evaluation ................................................................. 23
45. Tender Opening ........................................................................................................... 23
46. Evaluation of Tenders.................................................................................................. 25

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System ii
 47. Evaluation Process ...................................................................................................... 25
48. Preliminary Examination .............................................................................................. 25
49. Technical Evaluation and Responsiveness .............................................................. 26
50. Clarification on Technical Offer ................................................................................... 28
51.Restrictions on Disclosure of Information ..................................................................... 28
52. Approval of Technical Offer ......................................................................................... 28
53. Financial Offer Opening.............................................................................................. 28
54. Clarification on Financial Offer .................................................................................... 29
55. Correction of Arithmetical Errors ................................................................................. 29
56. Conversion to Single Currency .................................................................................... 30
57. Financial Evaluation .................................................................................................... 30
58. Price Comparison ........................................................................................................ 31
59. Post-qualification ......................................................................................................... 32
60. Negotiation .................................................................................................................. 33
61. Rejection of All Tenders .............................................................................................. 33
62. Informing Reasons for Rejection ................................................................................. 34
G. Contract Award ............................................................................................. 34
63. Award Criteria .............................................................................................................. 34
64. Notification of Award.................................................................................................... 34
65. Performance Security .................................................................................................. 35
66. Form and Time Limit for furnishing of Performance security ...................................... 35
67. Validity of Performance Security ................................................................................. 35
68. Authenticity of performance Security........................................................................... 35
69. Contract Signing ....................................................................................................... 36
70. Publication of Notification of Award of Contract .......................................................... 36
71. Debriefing of Tenderers ............................................................................................... 36
72. Right to Complains ...................................................................................................... 36
Section 2. Tender Data Sheet.........................................................................39
A. General ........................................................................................................... 39
B. Tender Document ......................................................................................... 39
C. Qualification Criteria .................................................................................... 40
D. Tender Preparation ....................................................................................... 44
E. Submission of Tender ................................................................................. 45
F. Opening and Evaluation of Tenders ........................................................... 46
G. Award of Contract ......................................................................................... 47
Section 3. General Conditions of Contract ...................................................48
A. General ........................................................................................................... 48
1. Definitions ...................................................................................................................... 48
2. Interpretation ................................................................................................................. 52
3. Communications & Notices ........................................................................................... 53
4. Governing Law .............................................................................................................. 53
5. Governing Language ..................................................................................................... 53
6. Documents Forming the Contract and Priority of Documents ....................................... 53
7. Contract Agreement ...................................................................................................... 54
8. Assignment .................................................................................................................... 54
9. Eligibility ......................................................................................................................... 54
10. Gratuities / Agency fees .............................................................................................. 54
11. Confidential Details ...................................................................................................... 54
12. Joint Venture (JV) ........................................................................................................ 55
13. Possession of the Site ................................................................................................. 55
14. Access to the Site ........................................................................................................ 56
15. Safety, Security and Protection of the Environment .................................................... 56
16. Working Hours ............................................................................................................ 56
17. Welfare of Laborers ..................................................................................................... 56
18. Child Labor .................................................................................................................. 56

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System iii
 19. Fossils& antiquities ...................................................................................................... 57
20. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive or Coercive Practices ............................................... 57
21. License/ Use of Technical Information ........................................................................ 58
B. Subject Matter of Contract .................................................................................. 59
22. Scope of Facilities ....................................................................................................... 59
23. Time for Commencement ............................................................................................ 59
24. Time for Completion .................................................................................................... 59
25. Employer’s Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 60
26. Contractor’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 61
27. Employer’s and Contractor’s Risks ............................................................................. 61
28. Employer’s Risks ......................................................................................................... 61
29. Contractor’s Risks ....................................................................................................... 62
C. Execution of the Facilities ................................................................................... 62
30. Representatives ........................................................................................................... 62
31. Work Program ............................................................................................................. 64
32. Subcontractor .............................................................................................................. 65
33. Nominated Subcontractor ............................................................................................ 65
34. Other Contractors ........................................................................................................ 65
35. Design and Engineering .............................................................................................. 66
36. Procurement ................................................................................................................ 67
37. Installation.................................................................................................................... 68
2. 72
39. Completion of the Facilities ......................................................................................... 73
40. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance ............................................................. 75
D. Guarantees and Liabilities ........................................................................... 77
41. Completion Time Guarantee ....................................................................................... 77
42. Defect Liability ............................................................................................................. 78
43. Functional Guarantees ................................................................................................ 80
44. Patent Indemnity.......................................................................................................... 81
45. Limitation of Liability .................................................................................................... 82
E. Risk Distribution ........................................................................................... 82
46. Transfer of Ownership ................................................................................................. 82
47. Care of Facilities .......................................................................................................... 82
48. Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification......... 83
49. Insurance ..................................................................................................................... 84
50. Unforeseen Conditions ................................................................................................ 86
51. Change in Laws and Regulation ................................................................................. 87
52. Force Majeure ............................................................................................................. 88
53. Notice of Force Majeure .............................................................................................. 88
54. Duty to Minimize Delay ................................................................................................ 88
55. Consequences of Force Majeure ................................................................................ 89
F. Payment ................................................................................................................. 89
56. Contract Price .............................................................................................................. 89
57. Terms of Payment ....................................................................................................... 90
58. Advance Payment Security ......................................................................................... 90
59. Performance Security .................................................................................................. 90
60. Taxes and Duties ......................................................................................................... 91
61. Payments to Nominated Subcontractor(s) .................................................................. 91
62. Price Adjustment ........................................................................................................ 91
63. Liquidated Damages.................................................................................................... 92
G. Change in Contract Elements ............................................................................ 92
64. Change in the Facilities ............................................................................................... 92
65. Extension of Time for Completion ............................................................................... 95
66. Suspension .................................................................................................................. 96
H. Termination and Settlement of Disputes ................................................... 97
67. Termination .................................................................................................................. 97
68. Payment upon Termination ......................................................................................... 99

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System iv
 69. Property ..................................................................................................................... 100
70. Frustration.................................................................................................................. 100
I. Claims, Disputes and Arbitration....................................................................... 101
71. Contractor’s Claims ................................................................................................... 101
72. Settlement of Disputes .............................................................................................. 101
Section4. Particular Conditions of Contract ..............................................102
Appendix 1. Terms and Procedures of Payment ............................................... 108
Appendix 2. Price Adjustment: Not applicable for this tender......................... 114
Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements ................................................................. 115
Appendix 4. Time Schedule .................................................................................. 118
Appendix 5. List of Major Items of Plant and Services and List of Approved
Subcontractors ........................................................................................... 119
Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer .............................. 120
Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review................................... 121
Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees ................................................................... 122
Section 5. Tender and Contract Forms .......................................................124
Tender Submission Letter for Technical offer .................................................................... 125
(Form PG5A-1a) ................................................................................................................ 125
Tender Submission Letter for Financial offer ..................................................................... 128
(Form PG5A-1b)................................................................................................................ 128
Tenderer Information (Form PG5A-2a) ............................................................................. 131
JVCA Partner Information (Form PG5A-2b) .................................................................. 135
Subcontractor Information (Form PG5A-2c) ................................................................ 139
Price Schedule for Plant and Service (Form PG5A-3) ................................................. 141
Technical Proposal (Form PG5A-4) ............................................................................... 153
Specifications Submission and Compliance Sheet (Form PG5A-4a)............... 162
Manufacturer’s Authorisation Letter (Form PG5A - 5) ................................................. 163
Bank Guarantee for Tender Security (Form PG5A– 6)................................................. 164
Letter of Commitment for Bank’s undertaking for Line of Credit (Form PG5A-6a) ... 165
Notification of Award (Form PG5A - 7).......................................................................... 166
Contract Agreement (Form PG5A - 8) ........................................................................... 167
Bank Guarantee for Performance Security (Form PG5A – 9)...................................... 169
Bank Guarantee for Advance Payment (Form PG5A – 10) .......................................... 170
Bank Guarantee for Retention Money Security(Form PG5A-11) ................................ 171

Section 6. Employer’s Requirements............................................................172

20 Technical Specifications for Rack mounted Router...................................... 326
DPDC BANGLADESH.............................................................................................. 393
6.2 Specification...................................................................................................... 402
Specifications Submission and Compliance Sheet............................................ 402
6.3 Form of Completion Certificate....................................................................... 469
6.4 Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate ................................................. 470
6.5 Form of Change Order Procedure and Forms .............................................. 471
Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal ......................................................................... 473
Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal ........................................................................ 475
Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate .................................................................................. 476
Annex 4. Change Proposal............................................................................................. 477
Annex 5. Change Order.................................................................................................. 479
Annex 6. Pending Agreement Change Order ................................................................. 480
Section 7. Drawings .......................................................................................483

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System v
 Section 1.Instructions to Tenderers
A. General
1. Scope of Tender 1.1 The Purchaser named in the Tender Data Sheet (TDS)
(hereinafter referred to as the “Purchaser”) wishes to issue these
Tender Documents for the supply and installation of plant &
equipment incidental thereto, as specified in the TDS and as
detailed in Section 6: Employer’s Requirements.

1.2 The name of the Tender and the number and identification of its
constituent lot(s) are stated in the TDS.

1.3 Unless otherwise stated, throughout this Tender Document

definitions and interpretations shall be as prescribed in the
Section 3: General Conditions of Contract.
2. Interpretation 2.1 Throughout this Tender Document
(a) the term “in writing” means communication written by hand
or machine duly signed and includes properly
authenticated messages by facsimile or electronic mail;
(b) if the context so requires, singular means plural and vice
versa; and
(c) “day” means calendar days unless otherwise specified as
working days;
(d) "Tender Document ", means the Document provided by a
Purchaser to a Tenderer as a basis for preparation of its
Tender;
(e) "Tender ", depending on the context, means a Tender
submitted by a Tenderer for delivery of Goods and Related
Services to a Purchaser in response to an Invitation for
Tender ;
3. Source of Funds 3.1 The Purchaser has been allocated public funds from the source
as indicated in the TDS and intends to apply a portion of the
funds to eligible payments under the contract for which this
Tender Document is issued.
3.2 For the purpose of this provision, “public funds” means any
funds allocated to a Purchaser under Government budget, or
loan, grants and credits placed at the disposal of a Purchaser
through the Government by the development partners or
foreign states or organizations.
3.3 Payments by the development partner, if so indicated in the
TDS, will be made only at the request of the Government and
upon approval by the development partner in accordance with
the applicable Loan/Credit/Grant Agreement, and will be
subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of that
Agreement.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 1 of 483
 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, 4.1 The Government and the Development Partner, if
Collusive, Coercive applicablerequires that the Procuring Entity as well as the
(or Obstructive in Tenderers and Contracts (including , sub-contractors,
case of Development agents, personnel, consultants, and service providers)shall
Partner) Practices observe the highest standard of ethics during
implementation of procurement proceedings and the
execution of Contracts under public funds.
4.2 For the purposes of ITT Sub Clause 4.3, the terms set forth
below as follows:
(a) “corrupt practice” means offering, giving or
promising to give, receiving, or soliciting either
directly or indirectly, to any officer or employee of the
Procuring Entity or other public or private authority or
individual, a gratuity in any form; employment or any
other thing or service of value as an inducement with
respect to an act or decision or method followed by the
Procuring Entity in connection with a Procurement
proceeding or Contract execution;
(b) “fraudulent practice” means the misrepresentation or
omission of facts in order to influence a decision to be
taken in a Procurement proceeding or Contract
execution;
(c) “collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement
between two (2) or more Persons, with or without the
knowledge of the Procuring Entity, that is designed to
arbitrarily reduce the number of Tenders submitted or
fix Tender prices at artificial, non-competitive levels,
thereby denying the Procuring Entity the benefits of
competitive price arising from genuine and open
competition;
(d) “coercive practice” means harming or threatening to
harm, directly or indirectly, Persons or their property
to influence a decision to be taken in the
Procurement proceeding or the execution of a
Contract, and this will include creating obstructions in
the normal submission process used for Tenders.
(e) “Obstructive practice” (applicable in case of
Development Partner) means deliberately
destroying, falsifying, altering or concealing of
evidence material to the investigation or making false
statements to investigators in order to materially
impede an investigation into allegations of a corrupt,
fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice; and /or
threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to
prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters
relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the
investigation.
4.3 Should any corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive (or obstructive
in case of Development Partner) practice of any kind is determined
by the Procuring Entity or the Development Partner, if applicable,
this will be dealt in accordance with the provisions of the Public
Procurement Act and Rules and Guidelines of the Development
Partners as stated in the ITT sub-clause 3.3.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 2 of 483
 In case of obstructive practice, this will be dealt in
accordance with Development Partners Guidelines.

4.4 If corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive (or obstructive in

case of Development Partner) practices of any kind is
determined by the Procuring Entity against any Tenderer
or Contracts (including sub-contractors, agents, personnel,
consultants, and service providers) in competing for, or in
executing, a contract under public fund:
(a) Procuring Entity and/or the Development Partner
shall exclude the concerned Tenderer from further
participation in the concerned procurement
proceedings;
(b) Procuring Entity and/or the Development Partner
shall reject any recommendation for award that had
been proposed for that concerned Tenderer;
(c) Procuring Entity and/or the Development Partner
shall declare, at its discretion, the concerned Tenderer
to be ineligible to participate in further Procurement
proceedings, either indefinitely or for a specific period of
time;
(d) Development Partner shall sanction the concerned
Tenderer or individual, at any time, in accordance
with prevailing Development Partner’ sanctions
procedures, including by publicly declaring such
Tenderer or individual ineligible, either indefinitely or
for a stated period of time: (i) to be awarded a
Development Partner-financed contract; and (ii) to be
a nominated sub-contractor, consultant,
manufacturer or Contractor, or service provider of an
otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Development
Partner-financed contract; and
(e) Development Partner shall cancel the portion of the
loan allocated to a contract if it determines at any
time that representatives of the Procuring Entity or of
a beneficiary of the loan engaged in corrupt,
fraudulent, collusive, coercive or obstructive
practices during the procurement or the execution of
that Development Partner financed contract, without
the Procuring Entity having taken timely and
appropriate action satisfactory to the Development
Partner to remedy the situation.
4.5 Tenderer shall be aware of the provisions on corruption,
fraudulence, collusion,coercion (and obstruction, in case of
Development Partner) of the Public Procurement Act,
2006, the Public Procurement Rules, 2008 and others as
stated in GCC Clause 38.
4.6 In further pursuance of this policy, Tenderers, Contractors
and their sub-contractors, agents, personnel, consultants,
service providers shall permit the Government and the
Development Partner to inspect any accounts and records
and other documents relating to the Tender submission and

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 3 of 483
 contract performance, and to have them audited by auditors
appointed by the Government and/or the Development
Partner during the procurement or the execution of that
Development Partner financed contract.
5. Eligible Tenderers 5.1 This Invitation for Tenders is open to all potential
Tenderers from all countries, except for any specified in
the TDS.
5.2 Tenderers shall have the legal capacity to enter into the
Contract under the Applicable law.
5.3 Tenderers shall be enrolled in the relevant professional or
trade organisations registered in Bangladesh.
5.4 Tenderers may be a physical or juridical individual or
body of individuals, or company, association or any
combination of them in the form of a Joint Venture(JV)
invited to take part in public procurement or seeking to be
so invited or submitting a Tender in response to an
Invitation for Tenders.
5.5 Tenderers shall have fulfilled its obligations to pay taxes
and social security contributions under the provisions of
laws and regulations of the country of its origin.
5.6 Tenderers should not be associated, or have been
associated in the past, directly or indirectly, with a
consultant or any of its affiliates which have been
engaged by the Procuring Entity to provide consulting
services for the preparation of the design, specifications,
and other documents to be used for the procurement of
the works to be performed under this Invitation for
Tenders.
5.7 Tenderers in its own name or its other names or also in
the case of its Persons in different names shall not be
under a declaration of ineligibility for corrupt, fraudulent,
collusive or coercive practices as stated under ITT Sub
Clause 4.4 (or obstructive practice, in case of
Development Partner) in relation to the Development
Partner’s Guidelines in projects financed by Development
Partner.
5.8 Tenderers are not restrained or barred from participating
in Public Procurement on grounds of poor performance in
the past under any Contract.
5.9 Tenderers shall not be insolvent, be in receivership, be
bankrupt, be in the process of bankruptcy, be not
temporarily barred from undertaking business and it shall
not be the subject of legal proceedings for any of the
foregoing.
5.10 Government-owned enterprise in Bangladesh may also
participate in the Tender if it is legally and financially
autonomous, it operates under commercial law, and it is
not a dependent agency of the Procuring Entity.
5.11 Tenderers shall provide such evidence of their continued
eligibility satisfactory to the Procuring Entity, as the
Procuring Entity will reasonably request.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 4 of 483
 5.12 These above requirements for eligibility will extend, as
applicable, to each JV partner and Subcontractor
proposed by the Tenderers.
5.13 Tenderers shall have the up-to-date valid license(s),
issued by the corresponding competent authority, as
specified in the TDS.
6. Eligible Plant and 6.1 The plant and services to be supplied under the contract are
Services eligible, unless their origin is from a country specified in the
TDS and all expenditures under the contract will be limited to
such plant, and services.

6.2 For purposes of this Clause, the term “plant” means

permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, articles
and things of all kinds to be provided in the facilities; and
“installation services” means all those services ancillary to
the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, such as
transportation and provision of marine or other similar
insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation,
installation, testing, pre-commissioning, commissioning,
operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and
maintenance manuals, training etc.

6.3 For purposes of this clause, “origin” means the place where
the plant, or component parts thereof are mined, grown,
produced or manufactured, and from which the services are
provided. Plant components are produced when, through
manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major
assembling of components, a commercially recognized
product results that is substantially different in its basic
characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components or
country where the goods have been mined, grown,
cultivated, produced, manufactured or processed; or through
manufacture, processing, or assembly, another commercially
recognized article results that differs substantially in its basic
characteristics from its components.

6.4 The origin of plant & equipment is distinct from the nationality
of the Tenderer. The nationality of the firm that produces,
assembles, distributes, or sells the goods shall not determine
their origin.

7. Site Visit 7.1 The Tenderer is advised to visit and examine the site
where the plant is to be installed and its surroundings and
obtain for itself on its own responsibility all information that
may be necessary for preparing the tender and entering
into a contract for the provision of Plant and Installation
Services.

7.2 The Tenderer and any of its personnel or agents will be

granted permission by the Employer to enter upon its
premises and lands for the purpose of such visit, but only
upon the express condition that the Tenderer, its
personnel, and agents will release and indemnify the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 5 of 483
 Employer and its personnel and agents from and against
all liability in respect thereof, and will be responsible for
death or personal injury, loss of or damage to property,
and any other loss, damage, costs, and expenses incurred
as a result of the inspection.

7.3 The Tenderer should ensure that the Purchaser is

informed of the visit in adequate time to allow it to make
appropriate arrangements.

7.4 The costs of visiting the Site shall be at the Tenderer’s

own expense.

B. Tender Document
8. Tender Document: 8.1 The Sections comprising the Tender Document are listed
General below, and should be read in conjunction with any
Addendum issued under ITT Clause 11.
 Section 1 Instructions to Tenderers (ITT)
 Section 2 Tender Data Sheet (TDS)
 Section 3 General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
 Section 4 Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
 Section 5 Tender and Contract Forms
 Section 6 Employer’s Requirements
 Section 7 Drawings

8.2 The Purchaser shall reject any Tender if the Tender

Document was not purchased directly from the Purchaser,
or through its agent as stated in the TDS.
8.3 The Tenderer is expected to examine all instructions, forms,
terms, and specifications in the Tender Document as well as
addendum to Tender Documents.
9. Clarification of Tender 9.1 A prospective Tenderer requiring any clarification of the
Document Tender Document shall contact the Purchaser in writing at
the Purchasers address indicated in the TDS before two-
third of time allowed for preparation and submission of
Tender elapses.
9.2 The Procuring Entity is not obliged to answer any
clarification request received after that date as stated
under ITT Sub Clause 9.1.
9.3 The Procuring Entity shall respond in writing within five (5)
working days of receipt of any such request for
clarification received under ITT Sub Clause 9.1.
9.4 The Procuring Entity shall forward copies of its response to
all those who have purchased the Tender Document,
including a description of the enquiry but without identifying
its source.
9.5 Should the Procuring Entity deem it necessary to revise the
Tender Document as a result of a clarification, it will do so
following the procedure under ITT Clause 11.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 6 of 483
 10. Pre-TenderMeeting 10.1 To clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter
arising in the Tender Document, the Purchaser may, if
stated in the TDS, hold a Pre-Tender Meeting at the place,
date and time as specified in the TDS. All Potential
Tenderers are encouraged to attend the meeting, if it is held.
10.2 Minutes of the pre-Tender meeting, including the text of the
questions raised and the responses given, together with any
responses prepared after the meeting, will be transmitted
within one week (7 days) after holding the meeting to all
those who purchased the Tender Document and even those
who did not attend the meeting.
10.3 Any amendment to the Tender Documents listed in ITT Sub-
Clause 8.1 that may become necessary as a result of the
pre-Tender meeting shall be made by the Purchaser
exclusively through the issue of an Addendum as stated
under ITT Sub-Clause 11 and not through the minutes of the
pre-Tender meeting.
10.4 Non-attendance at the Pre-Tender meeting will not be a
cause for disqualification of a Tenderer.

11. Addendum to Tender 11.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Tenders,
Document the Purchaser on its own initiative or in response to a
clarification request in writing from a Tenderer, having
purchased the Tender Document or as a result of a Pre-
Tender meeting, may revise the Tender Document by issuing
an addendum pursuant to Rule 95 of the Public Procurement
Rules, 2008.
11.2 The addendum issued under ITT Sub-Clause 11.1 shall
become an integral part of the Tender Document and shall
have a date and an issue number and shall be circulated
by fax, mail or e-mail, to Tenderers who have purchased
the Tender Documents within five (5) working days of
issuance of such addendum, to enable Tenderers to take
appropriate action.
11.3 The Tenderer shall acknowledge receipt of an addendum.
11.4 Tenderers who have purchased the Tender Documents but
have not received any addendum issued under ITT Sub-
clause 11.1 shall inform the Purchaser of the fact by fax, mail
or e-mail before two-third of the time allowed for the
submission of Tenders has elapsed.
11.5 Procuring Entities shall also ensure posting of relevant
addenda with the reference number and date on their
website.
11.6 To give a prospective Tenderer reasonable time in which
to take an amendment into account in preparing its
Tender, the Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the
deadline for the submission of Tenders, pursuant to Rule
95(6) of the Public Procurement Rule, 2008 and under ITT
Clause 36.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 7 of 483
 11.7 If an addendum is issued when time remaining is less than
one-third of the time allowed for the preparation of
Tenders, a Purchaser shall extend the deadline by an
appropriate number of days for the submission of Tenders,
depending upon the nature of the Procurement
requirement and the addendum. The minimum time for
such extension shall not be less than seven (7) days.

C. Qualification Criteria
12. General Criteria 12.1 The Tenderer shall possess the necessary professional
and technical qualifications and competence, financial
resources, equipment and other physical facilities,
managerial capability, specific experience, reputation, and
the personnel, to perform the contract.

12.2 In addition to meeting the eligibility criteria, as stated in ITT

Clause 5, the Tenderer must satisfy the other criteria
stated in ITT Clauses 13 to 15 inclusive.

12.3 To qualify for multiple number of contracts/lots in a

package made up of this and other individual
contracts/lots for which tenders are invited in the Invitation
for Tenders, the Tenderer shall demonstrate having
resources and experience sufficient to meet the aggregate
of the qualifying criteria for the individual contracts.

13. Litigation History 13.1 The maximum number of arbitration awards against the
Tenderer over a period shall be as specified in the TDS.
14. Experience Criteria 14.1 Tenderers shall have the following minimum level of supply
experience to qualify for supplying the Plant and Services
under the contract:
(a) a minimum number of years of general experience
in the role of Contractor or Subcontractor or
Management Contractor as specified in the TDS;
and
(b) Specific experience as a Contractor or
Subcontractor or Management Contractor that are
similar to the proposed plant and services in at least
a number of contract(s) and of a minimum value
over the period, as specified in the TDS.
15. Financial Criteria 15.1 Tenderers shall have the following minimum level of
financial capacity of qualify for the supply, execution and
performance of plant and services under the contract.
(a) the average annual turnover as specified in the TDS
calculated as total certified payments received for
contracts in progress or completed, during the
period specified in the TDS;
(b) availability of minimum liquid assets or working
capital or credit facilities, as specified in the TDS;
and;

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 8 of 483
 (c) satisfactory resolution of all claims, arbitrations or
other litigation cases and shall not have serious
negative impact on the financial capacity of the
Tenderer.
16. Personnel Capacity 16.1 The Tenderer shall have the following minimum level of
personnel capacity to qualify for the performance of the
plant and services under the Contract.
A Project Manager, Engineers, and other key staff with
qualifications and experience as specified in the TDS;

17. Equipment Capacity 17.1 The Tenderer shall own suitable equipment and other
physical facilities or have proven access through
contractual arrangement to hire or lease such equipment
or facilities for the desired period, where necessary or
have assured access through lease, hire, or other such
method, of the essential equipment, in full working order,
as specified in the TDS.
18. Joint Venture, 18.1 The Tenderer may participate in the procurement
Consortium or proceedings forming a Joint Venture, Consortium or
Association Associations (JVCA) by an agreement, executed case by
case on a non judicial stamp of value as stated in TDS or
alternately with the intent to enter into such an agreement
supported by a Letter of Intent along with the proposed
agreement duly signed by all partners of the intended JVCA
and authenticated by a Notary Public.
18.2 The figures for each of the partners of a JVCA shall be
added together to determine the Tenderer’s compliance with
the minimum qualifying criteria; however, for a JVCA to
qualify, lead partner and its other partners must meet the
criteria stated in the TDS. Failure to comply with these
requirements will result in rejection of the JVCA Tender.
Subcontractors’ experience and resources will not be taken
into account in determining the Tenderer’s compliance with
the qualifying criteria.
18.3 Each partner of the JVCA shall be jointly and severally liable
for the execution of the Contract, all liabilities and ethical and
legal obligations in accordance with the Contract terms.
18.4 The JVCA shall nominate a Representative (partner-in-
charge/Lead Firm) who shall have the authority to conduct
all business for and on behalf of any and all the partners of
the JVCA during the tendering process and, in the event the
JVCA is awarded the Contract, during contract execution
including the receipt of payments for and on behalf of the
JVCA.
18.5 Each partner of the JVCA shall complete the JVCA Partner
Information (Form PG5A-2b)for submission with the Tender
19. Subcontractor(s) 19.1 Tenderer, pursuant to Rule 53 of the PPR2008, is allowed to
sub-contract a portion of the Supply.
19.2 The Tenderer shall specify in its Tender all portion of the
Plant and Services that will be subcontracted, if any,

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 9 of 483
 including the entity(ies) to whom each portion will be
subcontracted to, subject to the maximum allowable limit for
subcontracting of Plant and Services specified in the TDS.
19.3 The Purchaser may require Tenderers to provide more
information about their subcontracting arrangements. If any
Subcontractor is found ineligible or unsuitable to carry out
the subcontracted tasks, the Procuring Entity may request
the Tenderer to propose an acceptable substitute.
19.4 The Purchaser may also select nominated Subcontractor(s)
to execute certain specific components of the Works and if
so, those will be specified in the TDS.
19.5 The successful Tenderer shall under no circumstances
assign the goods/works/services or any part of it to a
Subcontractor
19.6 Subcontractors must comply with the provision of ITT
Clause 5. For this purpose contractor shall complete the
Subcontractor’s information in Form PG5A-2c for
submission with tender
19.7 If the Purchaser determines that a subcontractor is
ineligible, the subcontracting of such portion of the Plants
and Services assigned to the ineligible subcontractor shall
be disallowed

D. Tender Preparation
20. Only one Tender 20.1 If a Tender for Plant and Services is invited on ‘lot-by-lot’
basis, each lot shall constitute a tender. A Tenderer shall
submit only one (1) Tender for each lot, either individually
or as a JVCA. The Tenderer who submits or participates
in more than one (1) Tender for each lot will cause all the
Tenders with that Tenderer’s participation to be rejected.
21. Cost of Tendering 21.1 Tenderers shall bear all costs associated with the
preparation and submission of its Tender, and the
Purchaser shall not be responsible or liable for those
costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the
Tendering process.
22. Issuance and Sale of 22.1 A Purchaser, pursuant to Rule 94 of the Public
Tender Document Procurement Rules, 2008 shall make Tender Documents
available immediately to the potential Tenderers,
requesting and willing to purchase at the corresponding
price if the advertisement has been published in the
newspaper pursuant to Rule 90 of the Public Procurement
Rules, 2008.
22.2 Full contact details with mailing address, telephone and
facsimile numbers and electronic mail address, as
applicable, of those to whom Tender Documents have
been issued shall be recorded with a reference number
by the Purchaser or its agent.
22.3 There shall not be any pre-conditions whatsoever, for sale
of Tender Document and the sale of such Document shall

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 10 of 483
 be permitted up to the day prior to the day of deadline for
the submission of Tender.
23. Language of Tender 23.1 Tenders shall be written in the English language.
Correspondences and documents relating to the Tender
may be written in English or Bangla. Supporting
documents and printed literature furnished by the
Tenderers that are part of the Tender may be in another
language, provided they are accompanied by an accurate
translation of the relevant passages in the English or
Bangla language, in which case, for purposes of
interpretation of the Tender, such translation shall govern.
23.2 Tenderers shall bear all costs of translation to the
governing language and all risks of the accuracy of such
translation.
24. Contents of 24.1 The Tender prepared by the Tenderers shall comprise
Tender(Document Two Envelope submitted simultaneously, one called the
establishing the Technical Offer (Envelope-01) containing the documents
tender’s qualification) listed in ITT 24.2 and other called the Financial Offer
containing the documents listed in 24.3, both envelopes
enclosed together in an outer Single envelope.
24.2 The Technical Offer (Envelope-01) prepared by the
Tenderers will comprise the following:
(a) Technical Submission Letter (Form PG5A-1a) as
furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract
Forms. This form must be completed without any
alterations to its format, and no substitutes shall be
accepted. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the
information requested
(b) Tenderer Information Sheet (Form PG5A-2)as
furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract
Forms;
(c) Tender Security as stated under ITT Clause 32,33
and 34;
(d) Technical Proposal (Form PG5A-4) as furnished in
Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms.
(e) Alternatives, if permitted, as stated under with ITT
Clause 25;
(f) Written confirmation authorising the signatory of the
Tender to commit the Tenderer, as stated under ITT
Sub-Clause 37.3;
(g) The completed eligibility declarations, to establish its
eligibility as stated under ITT Clause 5, in the Tender
Submission Sheet (Form PG5A-1a & 1b), as
furnished in section 5: Tender and Contract Forms;
(h) An affidavit confirming the legal capacity stating that
there are no existing orders of any judicial court
that prevents either the Tenderer or employees of
a Tenderer entering into or signing a Contract with

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 11 of 483
 the Purchaser as stated under ITT clause 5;
(i) An affidavit confirming that the Tenderer is not
insolvent, in receivership or not bankrupt or not in
the process of bankruptcy, not temporarily barred
from undertaking their business for financial
reasons and shall not be the subject of legal
proceedings for any of the foregoing as stated
under ITT Clause 5;
(j) A certificate issued by the competent authority
stating that the Tenderer is a Tax payer having
valid Tax Identification Number (TIN) and VAT
registration number or in lieu any other document
acceptable to the Purchaser demonstrating that the
Tenderer is a genuine Tax payer and has a VAT
registration number as a proof of fulfillment of
taxation obligations as stated under ITT Clause 5.
In the case of foreign Tenderers, a certificate of
competent authority in that country of which the
Tenderer is citizen shall be provided ;
(k) Documentary evidence demonstrating that they are
enrolled in the relevant professional or trade
organizations registered in Bangladesh or in case
of foreign tenderer in their country of origin or a
certificate concerning their competency issued by a
professional institution in accordance with the law
of the country of their origin, as stated under ITT
Clause 5;
(l) The country of origin declarations, to establish the
eligibility of the Plant and Services as stated under
ITT Clause 6, in the Price Schedule for Plant and
Services (Form PG5A-3) as, applicable, furnished
in Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms;
(m) Documentary evidence as stated under ITT
Clauses 28, that the Goods and Related Services
conform to the Tender Documents;
(n) Documentary evidence as stated under ITT Clause
29 that the Tenderer’s qualifications conform to the
Tender Documents;
(o) Documents establishing legal and financial autonomy
and compliance with commercial law, as stated
under ITT Sub-clause 5.3 in case of government
owned entity; and
(p) In addition to the requirements stated under ITT Sub
Clause 18.1, Tenders submitted by a JVCA or
proposing a Subcontractor shall include.
i. a Joint Venture Agreement entered into by all
partners, executed on a non-judicial stamp of
value or equivalent as stated under ITT Sub
Clause 18.1; or

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 12 of 483
 ii. a Letter of Intent along with the proposed
agreement duly signed by all partners of the
intended JVCA with the declaration that it will
execute the Joint Venture agreement in the
event the Tenderer is successful;
iii. the JVCA Partner Information (Form PG5A-2b);
iv. the Subcontractor Information (Form PG5A-2c).
(q) the completed Specifications Submission and
Compliance Sheet (Form PG5A-4a)as stated
under ITT clause 28.1;
(r) Any other document as specified in the TDS.
24.3 The Financial Offer (Financial Envelope -02) prepared by
the Tenderers shall comprise the following:
(a) The Financial offer Submission Letter (Form PG5A-
1b) as furnished in Section 5:
(b) The Tenderer shall submit the completed Price
Schedule for Plant and Services (Form PG5A-3),
according to their origin as appropriate as furnished in
section 5: Tender and Contract Forms.
(c) the written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the
Tender to commit the Tenderer, as stated under ITT
Sub Clause 37.3;
(d) any other document as specified in the TDS.
25. Alternatives 25.1 Unless otherwise stated in the TDS, alternatives shall not
be considered.
26. Tender Prices, 26.1 Unless otherwise specified in the TDS, tenderers shall
Discounts& Price quote for the entire Plant and Installation Services on a
adjustment “single responsibility” basis such that the total tender
price covers all the Contractor’s obligations mentioned
in or to be reasonably inferred from the tender
document in respect of the design, manufacture,
including procurement and subcontracting (if any),
delivery, construction, installation and completion of the
plant. This includes all requirements under the
Contractor’s responsibilities for testing, pre-
commissioning and commissioning of the plant and,
where so required by the tender document, the
acquisition of all permits, approvals and licenses, etc.;
the operation, maintenance and training services and
such other items and services as may be specified in
the Tender Document, all in accordance with the
requirements of the General Conditions of Contract.
Items against which no price is entered by the Tenderer
will not be paid for by the Purchaser when executed
and shall be deemed to be covered by the prices for
other items.
26.2 Tenderers are required to quote the price for the
commercial, contractual and technical obligations
outlined in the tender document

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 13 of 483
 26.3 Tenderers shall give a breakdown of the prices in the
manner and detail called for in the Price Schedules
included in Section 5, Tender and Contract Forms.
26.4 Depending on the scope of the Contract, the Price
Schedules may comprise up to the six (6) schedules
listed below. Separate numbered Schedules included in
Section IV, Tender Forms, from those numbered 1-4
below, shall be used for each of the elements of the
Plant and Installation Services. The total amount from
each Schedule corresponding to an element of the Plant
and Installation Services shall be summarized in the
schedule titled Grand Summary, (Schedule 5), giving the
total tender price(s) to be entered in the Letter of
Tender.
Schedule No. 1 Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts)
Supplied from Abroad
Schedule No. 2 Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts)
Supplied from within the Purchaser’s
Country
Schedule No. 3 Design Services
Schedule No. 4 Civil works part
Schedule No. 5 Installation Services
Schedule No. 6 Grand Summary (Schedule Nos. 1 to 4)
Schedule No. 7 Recommended Spare Parts
Tenderers shall note that the plant and equipment
included in Schedule Nos. 1 and 2 above exclude
materials used for civil, building and other construction
works. All such materials shall be included and priced
under Schedule No. 4, Installation Services.
26.5 In the Schedules, tenderers shall give the required
details and a breakdown of their prices as follows:
a) Plant to be supplied from abroad (Schedule No. 1):
The price of the plant shall be quoted on CIP-
named place of destination/CIF basis as specified
in the TDSand as applicable.
(b) Plant manufactured within the Purchaser’s country
(Schedule No. 2):
i) The price of the plant shall be quoted on an
EXW INCOTERM basis (such as “ex-works,”
“ex-factory,” “ex-warehouse” or “off-the-shelf,”
as applicable),
(ii) Sales tax and all other taxes payable in the
Employer’s country on the plant if the contract
is awarded to the Tenderer, and
(iii) The total price for the item.
(c) Design Services (Schedule No. 3).
(d) Installation Services shall be quoted separately
(Schedule No. 4) and shall include rates or prices
for local transportation to named place of final
destination as specified in the TDS, insurance

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 14 of 483
 and other services incidental to delivery of the
plant, all labor, contractor’s equipment, temporary
works, materials, consumables and all matters and
things of whatsoever nature, including operations
and maintenance services, the provision of
operations and maintenance manuals, training,
etc., where identified in the Tender Document, as
necessary for the proper execution of the
installation and other services, including all taxes,
duties, levies and charges payable in the
Employer’s country as of twenty-eight (28) days
prior to the deadline for submission of tenders.
(e) Recommended spare parts shall be quoted
separately (Schedule 6) as specified in either
subparagraph (a) or (b) above in accordance with
the origin of the spare parts
26.6 The current edition of INCOTERMS, published by the
International Chamber of Commerce shall govern.
26.7 The prices shall be either fixed or adjustable as
specified in the TDS.
26.8 In the case of Fixed Price, prices quoted by the
Tenderer shall be fixed during the Tenderer’s
performance of the contract and not subject to variation
on any account. A tender submitted with an adjustable
price quotation will be treated as non-responsive and
rejected.
26.9 In the case of Adjustable Price, prices quoted by the
Tenderer shall be subject to adjustment during
performance of the contract to reflect changes in the
cost elements such as labor, material, transport and
contractor’s equipment in accordance with the
procedures specified in the corresponding Appendix to
the Contract Agreement. A tender submitted with a
fixed price quotation will not be rejected, but the price
adjustment will be treated as zero. Tenderers are
required to indicate the source of labor and material
indices in the corresponding Form in Section 5, Tender
and Contract Forms
26.10 If so indicated in ITT 1.2, tenders areto be invited for
individual lots or for any combination of lots (packages).
Tenderers wishing to offer any price reduction
(discount) for the award of more than one lot shall
specify in their Tender Submission Letter the price
reductions applicable to each package, or alternatively,
to individual Contracts within the package, and the
manner in which the price reductions will apply.
26.11 Tenderers wishing to offer any unconditional discount
shall specify in their Letter of Tender the offered
discounts and the manner in which price discounts will
apply.
26.12 If so indicated under ITT Sub Clause 26.9, Tenders are
being invited with a provision for price adjustments. The
unit rates or prices quoted by the Tenderer are subject to

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 15 of 483
 adjustment during the performance of the Contract in
accordance with the provisions of the relevant GCC
Clause and, in such case the Employer shall provide the
indexes and weightings or coefficients in Appendix to the
Tender for the price adjustment formulae specified in the
PCC.
26.13 The Employer may require the Tenderer to justify its
proposed indexes, if any of those as stated under ITT Sub
Clause 26.12, are instructed to be quoted by the Tenderer
in Appendix to the Tender.
26.14 The price adjustment stated under ITT Sub Clause
26.9and 26.12 shall be dealt with in accordance with the
provisions in Section 12 and 22 of the Public Procurement
Act, 2006 and Rule 5 and 38 of the Public Procurement
Rules, 2008.
27.Tender Currency 27.1 For expenditures that will be incurred in Bangladesh,
the Tenderer shall quote the prices in Bangladesh Taka
27.2 Suppliers offering Goods manufactured or assembled
in Bangladesh are permitted to submit their Tender in a
combination of local and foreign currencies.
27.3 In case of National Tender, all quoted price shall be in
local currency.
27.4 In case of international competitive tender, for
expenditures that will be incurred outside Bangladesh,
the Tenderer may quote the prices as specified in TDS.
28. Documents 28.1 To establish the conformity of the plant and services to
Establishing the the Tender Documents, the Tenderer shall furnish as
Conformity of Plant, part of its Tender the documentary evidence that the
and Services Goods and Related services conform to the technical
specifications and standards in Section 6, Employer’s
Requirement.
a. a detailed description of the essential technical
and performance characteristics of the plant and
services, including the functional guarantees of
the proposed plant and services, in response to
the Specification
b. a list giving full particulars, including available
sources, of all spare parts and special tools
necessary for the proper and continuing
functioning of the plant for the period named in the
TDS, following completion of plant and services in
accordance with provisions of contract; and
c. a commentary on the Employer’s Specification
and adequate evidence demonstrating the
substantial responsiveness of the plant and
services to those specifications. Tenderers shall
note that standards for workmanship, materials
and equipment designated by the Employer in the
Tender Document are intended to be descriptive
(establishing standards of quality and
performance) only and not restrictive. The
Tenderer may substitute alternative standards,

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 16 of 483
 brand names and/or catalog numbers in its tender,
provided that it demonstrates to the Employer’s
satisfaction that the substitutions are substantially
equivalent or superior to the standards designated
in the Specification.
29. Documents 29.1 Tenderers, if applying as a sole Tenderer, shall submit
Establishing Eligibility documentary evidence to establish its eligibility as stated
of the Tenderer under ITT Clause 5 and, in particular, it shall:
(a) complete the eligibility declarations in the Tender
Submission Letter (Form PG5A-1a);
(b) complete the Tenderer Information (Form PG5A-
2a);
(c) complete Subcontractor Information (Form PG5A-
2c), if it intends to engage any Subcontractor(s).
29.2 Tenderers, if applying as a partner of an existing or
intended JV shall submit documentary evidence to
establish its eligibility as stated under ITT Clause 5 and, in
particular, in addition to as stated underITT Sub Clause
29.1, it shall:
(a) provide for each JV partner, completed JV Partner
Information (Form PG5A-2b);
(b) provide the JV agreement or Letter of Intent along
with the proposed agreement of the intended JV as
stated underITT Sub Clause 18.1

30. Validity Period of 30.1 Tender validities shall be determined on the basis of the
Tender complexity of the Tender and the time needed for its
examination, evaluation, approval of the Tender and
issuance of the Notification of Award (NOA).
30.2 Tenders shall remain valid for the period specified in the
TDS after the date of Tender submission deadline
prescribed by the Purchaser, as stated under ITT Clause
39. A Tender valid for a period shorter than that specified
will be rejected by the Purchaser as non- responsive.
31. Extension of Tender 31.1 In justified exceptional circumstances, prior to the
Validity and Tender expiration of the Tender validity period, the Purchaser
Security following Rule 21 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008
may solicit, not later than ten (10) days before the expiry
date of the Tender validity, compulsorily all the Tenderers’
consent to an extension of the period of validity of their
Tenders.

31.2 The request for extension of Tender validity period shall

state the new date of the validity of the Tender.

31.3 The request from the Purchaser and the responses from
the Tenderers will be made in writing.
31.4 Tenderers consenting in writing to the request made by
the Purchaser under ITT Sub-Clause 30.1 shall also
correspondingly extend the validity of its Tender Security

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 17 of 483
 for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the new date for the
expiry of Tender validity.
31.5 Tenderers consenting in writing to the request under ITT
Sub-Clause 31.1 shall not be required or permitted to
modify its Tender in any circumstances.
31.6 If the Tenderers are not consenting in writing to the
request made by the Purchaser under ITT Sub-Clause
31.1, its Tender will not be considered for subsequent
evaluation.
32. Tender Security 32.1 The Tender Security and its amount shall be determined
sufficient to discourage the submission of frivolous and
irresponsible tenders pursuant to Rule 22 of the Public
Procurement Rule2008 and shall be expressed as a
rounded fixed amount and, shall not be stated as a
precise percentage of the estimated total Contract value.
32.2 The Tenderer shall furnish as part of its Technical offer
(envelope-1) Tender, in favour of the Purchaser or as
otherwise directed on account of the Tenderer, a ender
security in original form (not copy) and in the amount as
specified in TDS.
32.3 If the Tender is a Joint Venture, the Tenderer shall furnish
as part of its Tender, in favour of the Procuring Entity or as
otherwise directed on account of the title of the existing or
intended JVCA or any of the partners of that JVCA or in
the names of all future partners as named in the Letter of
Intent of the JVCA, a Tender Security in original form and
in the amount as stated under ITT Sub Clause 32.1.

33.Form of Tender 33.1 The Tender Security shall:

security
(a) In case of NCT, at the Tendere’s option, be either;
(i) In the form of a Bank Draft, Pay order or
(ii) in the form of an irrevocable bank guarantee
issued by any scheduled Bank of Bangladesh,
in the format (Form PG5A-6) furnished in
Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms.
(b) In case of ICT, in the form of an irrevocable bank
guarantee issued by an internationally reputable
bank and shall require to be endorsed by its any
correspondent bank located in Bangladesh, to make
it enforceable, in the format (Form PG5A-6)
furnished in Section 5: Tender and Contract Forms;
33.2 Tender security shall be payable promptly upon written
demand by the Purchaser in the case of the conditions
listed in ITT Clause 36 being invoked; and
33.3 Tender security shall remain valid for at least twenty eight
(28) days beyond the expiry date of the Tender Validity in
order to make a claim in due course against a Tenderer in
the circumstances detailed under ITT Clause 36.

34. Authenticity of Tender 34.1 The authenticity of the Tender security submitted by a
Security Tenderer shall be examined and verified by the Purchaser

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 18 of 483
 in writing from the Bank issuing the security, prior to
finalization of the Evaluation Report pursuant to Rule, 24
of the Public Procurement Rule, 2008.
34.2 If a Tender Security is found to be not authentic, the
Tender which it covers shall not be considered for
subsequent evaluation and in such case the Purchaser
shall proceed to take punitive measures against that
Tenderer as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 4.6, pursuant to
Rule 127 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008 and in
accordance with Section 64(5) of the Public Procurement
Act, 2006.
34.3 Tender not accompanied by a valid Tender Security as
stated under Sub-Clause 29, 30 and 31, shall be
considered as non-responsive.
35. Return of Tender 35.1 No Tender security shall be returned by the Tender
Security Opening Committee (TOC) during and after the opening
of the Tenders pursuant to Rule 26 of the Public
Procurement Rules 2008.

35.2 No Tender security shall be returned to the Tenderers

before contract signing, except to those who are found
non-responsive.
35.3 Tender securities of the non-responsive Tenders shall be
returned immediately after the Evaluation Report has
been approved by the Purchaser.
35.4 Tender securities of the responsive Tenderers shall be
returned only after the lowest evaluated responsive
Tenderer has submitted the performance security and
signed the contract, that being even before the expiration
of the validity period specified in Clause 30.
35.5 Tender Securities of the Tenderers not consenting within
the specified date in writing to the request made by the
Purchaser under ITT Sub-Clause 31.1 in regard to
extension of its Tender validity shall be discharged or
returned forthwith.
36. Forfeiture of Tender 36.1 The Tender security pursuant to Rule 25 of the Public
Security. Procurement Rules,2008 may be forfeited if a
Tenderer:
(a) withdraws its Tender after opening of Tenders but
within the validity of the Tender as stated under
ITT Clauses 30,and 31, pursuant to Rule 19 of the
Public Procurement Rules 2008; or
(b) refuses to accept a Notification of Award as stated
under ITT Sub-Clause 65.3, pursuant to Rule 102
of the Public Procurement Rules 2008; or
(c) fails to furnish performance security as stated
under ITT Sub-Clause 66.2, pursuant to Rule 102
of the Public Procurement Rules 2008; or
(d) refuses to sign the Contract as stated under ITT
Sub-Clause 70.2 pursuant to Rule 102 of the
Public Procurement Rules 2008; or
(e) does not accept the correction of the Tender price
following the correction of arithmetic errors as
stated under ITT Clause 55, pursuant to Rule

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 19 of 483
 98(11) of the Public Procurement Rules 2008.

37. Format and Signing of 37.1 Tenderers shall prepare one (1) original of the documents
Tender comprising the Technical Offer as described in ITT
Clause 24.2 and clearly mark it “ORIGINAL OF
TECHNICAL OFFER” In addition, the Tenderers shall
prepare the number of copies of the Technical Offer, as
specified in the TDS and clearly mark each of them
“COPY OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER.” In the event of
any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the
ORIGINAL shall prevail.
37.2 Tenderers shall prepare one (1) original of the documents
comprising the Financial Offer as described in ITT Clause
24.3 and clearly mark it “ORIGINAL OF FINANCIAL
OFFER” In addition, the Tenderers shall prepare the
number of copies of the Financial Offer, as specified in the
TDS and clearly mark each of them “COPY OF THE
FINANCIAL OFFER” In the event of any discrepancy
between the original and the copies, the ORIGINAL shall
prevail.
37.3 Alternatives, if permitted under ITT Clause 25, shall be
clearly marked “Alternative”.
37.4 The original and each copy of the Offer shall be typed or
written in indelible ink and shall be signed by the Person
duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Tenderer. This
Tender specific authorization shall be attached to the
Technical Offer Submission Letter (Form PW5A-1a) and
Financial Offer Submission Letter (Form PW5A-1b). The
name and position held by each Person(s) signing the
authorization must be typed or printed below the signature.
All pages of the original and of each copy of the Tender,
except for un-amended printed literature, shall be
numbered sequentially and signed by the person signing
the Tender.
37.5 Any interlineations, erasures, or overwriting will be valid
only if they are signed or initialled by the Person (s) signing
the Tender.

E. Tender Submission
38. Sealing, Marking and 38.1 Tenderers shall enclose the original of Technical Offer in
Submission of Tender one (1) envelope and all the copies of the Technical
Offer, including the alternatives, if permitted under ITT
Clause 25, in another envelope, duly marking the
envelopes as “ORIGINAL OF TECHNICAL OFFER”
“ALTERNATIVES” (if permitted), “COPY OF TECHNICAL
OFFER”,”ALTERNATIVES” (if permitted) These
sealed envelopes for the original and copies of the
technical Tender shall then be enclosed and sealed in one
single envelope and clearly mark it “Envelope-01:
TECHNICAL OFFER”.
38.2 The inner and outer envelopes of Technical Offer shall:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 20 of 483
 (a) be addressed to the Procuring Entity at the address
as stated underITT Sub Clause 39.1;
(b) bear the name of the Tender and the Tender Number
as stated under ITT Sub Clause 1.1;
(c) bear the name and address of the Tenderer;
(d) bear a statement “DO NOT OPEN BEFORE -----------
-----------” the time and date for Tender opening as
stated under ITT Sub Clause 45.2
(e) bear any additional identification marks as specified
in the TDS.
38.3 Tenderers shall enclose the original of Financial Offer in
one (1) envelope and all the copies of the Financial Offer
in another envelope, duly marking the envelopes as
“ORIGINAL OF FINANCIAL OFFER” & “COPY OF
FINANCIAL OFFER”. These sealed envelopes for the
original and copies of the Financial Tender shall then be
enclosed and sealed in one single envelope and clearly
mark it “ENVELOPE-02: FINANCIAL OFFER.
38.4 The inner and outer envelopes of Financial Offer shall:
(a) be addressed to the Procuring Entity at the address
as stated underITT Sub Clause 39.1;
(b) bear the name of the Tender and the Tender Number
as stated under ITT Sub Clause 1.1;
(c) bear the name and address of the Tenderer;
(d) bear a statement “DO NOT OPEN BEFORE THE
TECHNICAL OFFER EVALUATION AND
APPROVAL”.
(e) bear any additional identification marks as specified
in the TDS.
38.5 The Envelope-01 as stated in ITT Clause 38.1 and
Envelope-02 as in ITT Clause 38.3 shall then be
enclosed and sealed in one single outer envelope which
shall contain the information as stated under ITT Clause
38.2 (a) to (e) & ITT Clause 38.4 (a) to (e)
38.6 Tenderers are solely and entirely responsible for pre-
disclosure of Tender information if the envelope(s) are not
properly sealed and marked.
38.7 Tenders shall be delivered by hand or by mail, including
courier services at the address(s) as stated under ITT Sub
Clause 39.1.
38.8 The Procuring Entity will, on request, provide the Tenderer
with acknowledgement of receipt showing the date and
time when it’s Tender was received.

39. Deadline for 39.1 Tenders shall be delivered to the Purchaser at the address
Submission of tenders specified in the TDS and no later than the date and time

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 21 of 483
 specified in the TDS.
39.2 The Purchaser may, at its discretion on justifiably
acceptable grounds duly recorded, extend the deadline for
submission of Tender as stated under ITT Sub Clause
39.1, in which case all rights and obligations of the
Purchaser and Tenderers previously subject to the
deadline will thereafter be subject to the new deadline as
extended.
39.3 If submission of Tenders is allowed in more than one
location, the date and time, for submission of Tenders for
both the primary and the secondary place(s), shall be the
“same and not different” as specified in the TDS.
39.4 The Procuring Entity shall ensure that the Tenders
received at the secondary place(s) are hand-delivered at
the primary place as stated under ITT Sub Clause 39.1,
within THREE (3) HOURS after the deadline for
submission of Tenders at the secondary place (s), in case
of MULTIPLE DROPPING as stated under ITT Sub
Clause 39.3, as specified in the TDS.
40. Late tender 37.6 Any Tender received by the Purchaser after the deadline
for submission of Tenders as stated under ITT Clause 39,
shall be declared LATE, rejected, returned unopened to
the Tenderer.
41. Modification, 41.1 Tenderers may modify, substitute or withdraw its Tender
Substitution or after it has been submitted by sending a written notice
Withdrawal of Tenders duly signed by the authorized signatory and properly
sealed, and shall include a copy of the authorization;
provided that such written notice including the affidavit is
received by the Procuring Entity prior to the deadline for
submission of Tenders as stated under ITT Clause 39
42. Tender Modification 42.1 Tenderers shall not be allowed to retrieve its original
Tender, but shall be allowed to submit corresponding
modification either to its original Technical Offer or
Financial Offer or both, marked as “MODIFICATION
FOR TECHNICAL OFFER(MTO)” or “MODIFICATION
FOR FINANCIAL OFFER (MFO)”with two separate
envelopes. The envelope/envelopes marked as MTO
and/or MFO then be enclosed and sealed in one single
outer envelope with a written notice duly as stated
under ITT Sub Clause 41.1. The outer envelope shall
contain the information as stated under ITT Sub Clause
38.2(a) to (d) and clearly marked as “MODIFICATION
(M)”.
43. Tender Substitution 43.1 Tenderers shall not be allowed to retrieve its original
Tender, but shall be allowed to submit another
Technical Offer or Financial Offer or both, marked as
“SUBSTITUTION FOR TECHNICAL OFFER (STO)” or
“SUBSTITUTION FOR FINANCIAL OFFER
(SFO)”with two separate envelopes. The
envelope/envelopes marked as STO and/or SFO then
be enclosed and sealed in one single outer envelope
with a written notice duly as stated under ITT Sub

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 22 of 483
 Clause 41.1. The outer envelope shall contain the
information as stated under ITT Sub Clause 38.2(a) to
(d) and clearly marked as “SUBSTITUTION (S)”.
44. Withdrawal of Tender 44.1 The Tenderer shall be allowed to withdraw its Tender by a
Letter of Withdrawal marked as “WITHDRAWAL” prior to
the deadline for submission of Tenders as stated under
ITT Clause 39.
F. Tender Opening and Evaluation
45. Tender Opening 45.1 Only the Technical Offer(Envelope-01) shall be
opened immediately after the deadline for submission of
Tenders at the primary place as specified in the TDS but
not later than ONE HOUR, after expiry of the
submission deadline at the same primary place unless
otherwise stated under ITT Sub Clause 39.2. But
withinTHREE HOURS after the dateline of submission
of tender at primary place in case of multiple dropping.
Tender opening shall not be delayed on the plea of
absences of Tenderers or his or her representatives.
Financial offer (Envelope-02) shall not open with
Technical offer (Envelope-01) and shall be kept
unopened at the Custody of the Head of the Procuring
Entity or his Authorised Officer (AO).
45.2 Persons not associated with the Tender may not be
allowed to attend the public opening of Technical Offers.
45.3 Tenderers’ representatives shall be duly authorised by
the Tenderer. Tenderers or their authorised
representatives will be allowed to attend and witness the
opening of Technical Offers, and will sign a register
evidencing their attendance. Technical Offers Opening
shall not be delayed on the plea of absence of
Tenderers or his or her representatives.
45.4 The authenticity of withdrawal or substitution of, or
modifications to original Tender, if any made by a
Tenderer in specified manner, shall be examined and
verified by the Tender Opening Committee (TOC) based
on documents submitted as stated under ITT Sub
Clause 41.1. Any envelope related to financial
modification, substitute shall be recorded but not open
with technical offer.
45.5 Verify (M), (S), (W), (A), (O) by following step by
steps
(a) Step 1: envelopes marked “Withdrawal (W)” shall be
opened and “Withdrawal” notice read aloud &
recorded in the opening sheet. After verify the
withdrawal letter is genuine, corresponding tender
shall not be opened, but returned unopened to the
Tenderer by Procuring Entity (PE) at a late time. No
Tender withdrawal shall be permitted unless the
corresponding withdrawal notice shall be as stated in
41.1& 44.1 and in such case the Tender shall be
opened and recorded.
(b) Step 2: the remaining Tenders will be sorted out and
those marked “SUBSTITUTION (S)” or

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 23 of 483
 “MODIFICATION (M)” of Tender will be linked with
their corresponding Original Tender.
(c) Step 3: outer envelopes marked “SUBSTITUTION
(S)” shall be opened. The inner envelopes containing
the “Substitution of Technical Offer (STO)” and/or
“Substitution of Financial Offer (SFO)” shall be
exchanged for the corresponding envelopes being
substituted, which are to be returned to the Tenderer
unopened by the Procuring Entity at a later time
immediately after opening of Technical Offers. Only
the Substitution of Technical Offer, if any, shall be
opened, read out, and recorded. Substitution of
Financial Offer will remain unopened in accordance
with ITT Sub Clause45.1. No envelope shall be
substituted unless the corresponding substitution
notice contains a valid authorization to request the
substitution and is read out and recorded at Technical
Offer opening.
(d) Step 4: outer envelopes marked “MODIFICATION
(M)” shall be opened. No Technical Offer and/or
Financial Offer shall be modified unless the
corresponding modification notice contains a valid
authorization to request the modification and is read
out and recorded at the opening of Technical Offers.
Only the Technical Offers, both Original as well as
Modification, are to be opened, read out, and
recorded at the opening. Financial Offers, both
Original as well as Modification, will remain unopened
in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 45.1
(e) Step5: if so specified in this Tender Document, the
envelopes marked “Alternative of Technical Offer
(ATO)” shall be opened and read aloud with the
corresponding Technical Offer and recorded.
45.6 Ensuring that only the correct (MTO), (STO), (ATO),
(OTO) envelopes are opened, details of each Technical
Offer will be dealt with as follows:
(a) the Chairperson of the TOC will read aloud each
Technical Offer and record in the Technical Offer
Opening Sheet (TOOS):
(i) the name and address of the Tenderer;
(ii) state if it is a withdrawn, modified, substituted
or original Technical Offer;
(iii) any alternatives;
(iv) record the rejection of the Tender which
submitted Technical Offer and Financial Offer
together in one envelope.
(v) the presence or absence of any requisite
Tender Security; and
(vi) such other details as the Procuring Entity, at
its discretion, may consider appropriate.
(b) Only Technical Offer and alternatives read aloud at

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 24 of 483
 the Technical Offer Opening will be considered in
evaluation.
(c) all pages of the original version of the Technical
Offer, except for un-amended printed literature, will
be initialled by members of the TOC. Remember, No
financial Offer shall be open with Technical Offer
45.7 Upon completion of Technical Offer opening, all
members of the TOC and the Tenderers or Tenderer’s
duly authorised representatives attending the Technical
Offer opening shall sign by name, address, designation,
the TOS, copies of which shall be issued to the Head of
the Procuring Entity or an officer authorised by him or
her and also to the members of the TOC and any
authorised Consultants and, to the Tenderers
immediately.
45.8 The omission of a Tenderer’s signature on the record
shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record
under ITT Sub Clause 45.7
45.9 No Tender i.e., Technical or Financial Offer shall be
rejected at the Tender opening stage except the LATE
Tenders as stated in the ITT Clause 40.
46. Evaluation of Tenders 46.1 Technical Offers shall be examined and evaluated only on
the basis of the criteria specified in the Tender Document.
46.2 Tender Evaluation Committee (TEC) shall examine,
evaluate and compare Tenders that are responsive to the
requirements of Tender Documents in order to identify the
successful Tenderer.
47. Evaluation Process 47.1 TEC may consider a Tender Offer as responsive in the
Evaluation, only if it is submitted in compliance with the
mandatory requirements set out in the Tender Document.
The evaluation process should begin immediately after
Technical Offer opening following Two steps:
(a) Preliminary examination
(b) Technical examination and responsiveness

48. Preliminary 48.1 Compliance, adequacy and authenticity of the documentary

Examination evidences for meeting the qualification criterion specified in
the corresponding section of the Tender document shall
have to be preliminarily examined and verified.
48.2 The TEC shall firstly examine the Tenders to confirm that all
documentation requested in ITT Clause 24 has been
provided. Examination of the compliance, adequacy and
authenticity of the documentary evidence may follow the
order below:
(a) verification of the completeness of the eligibility
declaration in the Tender Submission Letter (Form
PG5A-1), to determine the eligibility of the tenderer
as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 24(h). Any
alterations to its format, filling in all blank spaces
with the information requested, failing which the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 25 of 483
 tender may lead to rejection of the Tender;
(b) verification of that the Tenderer is enrolled in the
relevant professional or trade organisations as
stated under ITT Clause 24(l);
(c) verification of the eligibility in terms of legal capacity
and fulfilment of taxation obligation by the tenderer in
accordance as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 24(i)
and 24(k);
(d) verification of eligibility that the tenderer is not
insolvent, in receivership, bankrupt, not in the
process of bankruptcy, not temporarily barred as
stated under ITT Sub-Clause 24(j);
(e) verification of eligibility of Tenderer’s country of
origin as stated under ITT Sub-Clause 24(b);
(f) verification of the written authorization confirming
the signatory of the Tenderer to commit the Tender
has been attached with Tender Submission Letter
(Form PG5A-1) as stated under ITT Sub-Clause
24(g); in order to check the authenticity of Tender
and Tenderer itself ;
(g) verification of the Tender Security as stated under
ITT Sub-Clause 24(d); and
48.3 The TEC shall confirm that the above documents and
information have been provided in the Tender and the
completeness of the documents and compliance of
instructions given in corresponding ITT Clauses shall be
verified, failing which the tender shall be considered
rejection of that tender.
49. Technical Evaluation 49.1 Only those Tenders surviving preliminary examination need
and Responsiveness to be examined in this phase.
49.2 Secondly, the TEC will examine the adequacy and
authenticity of the documentary evidence which may follow
the order below:
(a) verification of the completeness of the country of origin
declaration in the Price Schedule for Plant and
Services (Form PG5A-3) as furnished in Section 5:
Tender and Contract Forms to determine the
eligibility of the Goods and Related Services as stated
under ITT Sub Clause 24(m).
(b) verification and examination of the documentary
evidence and completed Technical Proposal (Form
PG5A-4) as furnished in Section 5: Tender and
Contract Forms to establish the conformity of the
Goods and Related Services to the Tender
Documents as stated under ITT Sub Clause 24(e) and
24(n).
(c) verification and examination of the documentary
evidence that the Tenderer’s qualifications
conform to the Tender Documents and the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 26 of 483
 Tenderer meets each of the qualification criterion
specified in Sub-Section C, Qualification Criteria
as stated under ITT Sub Clause 24(o).
(d) verification and examination of the documentary
evidence that Tenderer has met all the requirements
in regards under Section 6, Employer’s
Requirements, without any material deviation or
reservation.
(e) verification and examination of the documentary
evidence and completed Specification Submission
Sheet (Form PG5A-4a) to determine the conformity
of the Goods and related services .
49.3 TEC may consider a Tender as responsive in the
evaluation, only if comply with the mandatory
requirements as stated under Clause 49.2.
49.4 The TEC’s determination of a Tender’s responsiveness is
to be based on the documentary evidence as requested in
Clause 49.2 without recourse to extrinsic evidence.
49.5 Information contained in a Tender, that was not requested
in the Tender Document shall not be considered in
evaluation of the Tender.
49.6 If a Tender is not responsive to the mandatory
requirements set out in the Tender Document it shall be
rejected by the TEC and shall not subsequently be made
responsive by the Tenderer by correction of the material
deviation, reservation.
49.7 A material deviation or reservation is one-
(a) which affects in any substantial way the scope,
quality, or performance of the Goods and Related
Services and Tenderer’s qualifications mentioned in
the Tender Document
(b) which limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with
the Tender Documents, the Purchaser’s rights or the
Tenderer’s obligations under the Contract; or
(c) whose rectification would anyway affect unfairly the
competitive position of other Tenderers presenting
responsive Tenders.

49.8 During the evaluation of Tender, the following definitions

apply:
(a) Deviation” is a departure from the requirements
specified in the Tender Document;
(d) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or
withholding from complete acceptance of the
requirements specified in the Tender Document;
49.9 A TEC may regard a Tender as responsive, even if it
contains-minor or insignificant deviations, which do not
meaningfully alter or depart from the technical
specifications, characteristics and commercial terms and

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 27 of 483
 conditions or other requirements set out in the Tender
Document; errors or oversights, which if corrected, would
not alter the key aspects of the Tender.
50. Clarification on 50.1 TEC may ask Tenderers for clarification of their Technical
Technical Offer Offers in order to facilitate the examination and evaluation
of Technical Offers. The request for clarification by the
TEC and the response from the Tenderer shall be in
writing, and Technical Offers clarifications which may lead
to a change in the substance of the Technical Offers or in
any of the key elements of the Technical Offers as stated
under ITT Sub Clause 49.2, will neither be sought nor be
permitted.
50.2 Any request for clarifications by the TEC shall not be
directed towards making an apparently non-responsive
Tender responsive and reciprocally the response from
the concerned Tenderer shall not be articulated towards
any addition, alteration or modification to its Technical
Offer.
50.3 If a Tenderer does not provide clarifications of its
Technical Offer by the date and time, its Tender shall
not be considered in the evaluation

51.Restrictions on 51.1 Following the opening of Technical Offers until issuance

Disclosure of of Notification of Award no Tenderer shall, unless
Information requested to provide clarification to its Tender or unless
necessary for submission of a complaint, communicate
with the concerned Procuring Entity
51.2 Tenderers shall not seek to influence in anyway, the
examination and evaluation of the Tenders
51.3 Any effort by a Tenderer to influence the Procuring
Entity in its decision concerning the evaluation of
Tenders, Contract awards may result in the non-
responsiveness of its Tender as well as further action in
accordance with Section 64 (5) of the Public
Procurement Act, 2006.
51.4 All clarification requests shall remind Tenderers of the
need for confidentiality and that any breach of
confidentiality on the part of the Tenderer may result in
their Tender being non-responsive.
52. Approval of Technical 52.1 TEC shall prepare the Technical Offer Evaluation
Offer Report and shall directly submit the Evaluation Report to
the Head of the Procuring Entity (HOPE) or Authorized
Officer for approval.
53. Financial Offer 53.1 After receiving approval of the Technical Offer
Opening Evaluation Report, Financial Offer (Envelope-2) of only
the Responsive Tenderers who have been determined
as qualified to the requirements of the Technical Offer,
shall be opened publicly, The Date, time and place of
Financial Offer Opening shall be communicated to the
Responsive Tenderers in writing by issuing a Financial
Offer Opening notice not less than SEVEN DAYS
before the opening.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 28 of 483
 53.2 Ensuring that only the correct MFO, SFO, OFO
envelopes of the Responsive Tenderers shall be
opened, in the presence of the Responsive Tenderer’s
representatives who choose to attend, on the date, time
and at the place as notified by the Procuring Entity in
accordance with ITT Clause 53.1. Details of each
Financial Offer will be dealt with as follows:
(a) the Chairperson of the Tender Evaluation Committee
will read aloud each Financial Offer and record in the
Financial Offer Opening Sheet (FOOS):
(i) the name and address of the Tenderer;
(ii) state if it is a modified, substituted or original
Financial Offer;
(iii) the Tender Price;
(iv) the number of initialled corrections;
(v) any discounts; and
(vi) any other details as the Procuring Entity, at its
discretion, may consider appropriate
(b) only the discounts and alternatives read aloud and
recorded at the Financial Offer Opening will be
considered in Financial Offer Evaluation. No Tenders
shall be rejected at the opening of the Financial Offer.
(c) all pages of the original version of the Financial Offer,
except for un-amended printed literature, will be
initialled by members of the Tender Evaluation
Committee.
(d) The Procuring Entity shall, in writing, notify the Non-
responsive Tenderers who have not been
determined as qualified to the requirements of the
Technical Offer and shall return their Financial Offers
(Envelope-02) unopened after signing of the contract.

54. Clarification on 54.1 TEC may ask Tenderers for clarification of their Financial
Financial Offer Offers, about the breakdowns of unit rates, in order to
facilitate the examination and evaluation of Financial
Offers. The request for clarification by the TEC and the
response from the Tenderer shall be in writing.
54.2 Changes in the Tender price shall not be sought or
permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetical
errors discovered by the TEC in the evaluation of the
Tenders, as stated under ITT Sub Clause 55.1.
54.3 If a Tenderer does not provide clarifications of its
Financial Offer by the date and time, its Tender shall not
be considered in the evaluation.
54.4 Requests for clarifications on Financial Offers shall be
duly signed only by the TEC Chairperson.
55. Correction of 55.1 The TEC shall correct any arithmetic errors that are
Arithmetical Errors discovered during the examination of Tenders, and shall

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 29 of 483
 promptly notify the concerned Tenderer(s) of any such
correction(s) pursuant to Rule 98(11) of the Public
Procurement Rule, 2008.
55.2 Provided that the Tender is responsive, TEC shall correct
arithmetical errors on the following basis:
(a) If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and
the line item total that is obtained by multiplying the
unit price by the quantity, the unit price shall prevail
and the line item total shall be corrected, unless in
the opinion of the TEC there is an obvious
misplacement of the decimal point in the unit price, in
which case the total price as quoted will govern and
the unit price will be corrected;
(b) If there is an error in a total corresponding to the
addition or subtraction of subtotals, the sub-totals
shall prevail and the total shall be corrected.
55.3 Any Tenderer that does not accept the correction of the
Tender amount following correction of arithmetic errors
as determined by the application of ITT Sub-Clause 55.2
shall be considered as non-responsive.
56. Conversion to Single 56.1For evaluation and comparison purpose, TEC shall
Currency convert all Tender prices expressed in the amounts in
various currencies into an amount in Bangladeshi Taka
currency, using the selling exchange rates established
by the Bangladesh Bank, on the date of Tender
opening.
57. Financial Evaluation 57.1 Thirdly the TEC, pursuant to Rule 98 of the Public
Procurement Rules, 2008 shall evaluate each Tender
that has been determined, up to this stage of the
evaluation, to be responsive to the mandatory
requirements in the Tender Document..
57.2 To evaluate a Tender in this stage , the Purchaser shall
consider the following
(a) Verification and examination of the Price
Schedule for Plant and Services (Form PG5-3) as
furnished by the Tenderer and checking the
compliance with the instructions provided under
ITT Clause 26;
(b) Evaluation will be done for Items or lot by lot as
stated under ITT Clause 26 and the Total Tender
Price as quoted in accordance with Clause 26;
(c) Adjustment for correction of arithmetical errors as
stated under ITT Sub-Clause 55.2;
(d) Adjustment for price modification offered as stated
under ITT Clause 41;
(e) Adjustment due to discount as stated under ITT
Sub-Clauses 26.11 and 57.3;
(f) Adjustment due to the application of economic
factors of evaluation as stated under ITT Sub-

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 30 of 483
 Clause 57.5 if any;
(g) Adjustment due to the assessment of the price of
unpriced items as stated under ITT Clause 58 if
any;

57.3 If Tenders are invited for a single lot or for a number of

lots as stated under ITT Sub-clauses 26.10, TEC shall
evaluate only lots that have included at least the
percentage of items per lot. The TEC shall evaluate and
compare the Tenders taking into account:
(a) Lowest evaluated tender for each lot ;
(b) The price discount/reduction per lot;
(c) Least cost combination for the Purchaser,
considering discounts and the methodology for its
application as stated under ITT Sub-clauses 26.10
and 26.11 offered by the Tenderer in its Tender.
57.4 Only those spare parts and tools which are specified as a
item in the List of Goods and Related Services in Section
6, Employer’s Requirement or adjustment as stated
under ITT Sub-clause 54.5, shall be taken into account
in the Tender evaluation. Supplier-recommended spare
parts for a specified operating requirement as stated
under ITT Sub-clause 28.2(b) shall not be considered in
Tender evaluation.
57.5 The Purchaser’s evaluation of a tender may require the
consideration of other factors, in addition to the Tender
Price quoted as stated under ITT Clause 26. The effect
of the factors selected, if any, shall be expressed in
monetary terms to facilitate comparison of tenders. The
factors, methodologies and criteria to be used shall be
as specified in TDS. The applicable economic factors, for
the purposes of evaluation of Tenders shall be:
(a) Adjustment for Deviations in the Delivery and
Completion Schedule.
(b) Cost of major replacement components, mandatory
spare parts, and service.

57.6 Variations, deviations, and alternatives and other factors

which are in excess of the requirements of the Tender
Document or otherwise result in unsolicited benefits for
the Purchaser will not be taken into account in Tender
evaluation.
58. Price Comparison 58.1 The TEC shall compare all responsive Tenders to
determine the lowest-evaluated Tender, as stated in ITT
57.2.

58.2 In the extremely unlikely event that there is a tie for the
lowest evaluated price, the Tenderer with the superior past
performance with the Purchaser shall be selected, whereby
factors such as delivery period, quality of Goods delivered,
complaints history and performance indicators could be

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 31 of 483
 taken into consideration.

58.3 In the event that there is a tie for the lowest price and none
of the Tenderers has the record of past performance with
the Purchaser, then the Tenderer shall be selected, subject
to firm confirmation through the Post-qualification process
described in ITT Clause 61, after consideration as to
whether the quality of Goods that is considered more
advantageous by the end-users.

58.4 The successful Tenderer as stated under ITT Sub Clauses

58.1, 60.2 and 60.3 shall not be selected through lottery
under any circumstances.

59. Post-qualification 59.1 After determining the lowest-evaluated responsive tender

as sated under ITT Sub-Clause 58.1, the Purchaser’s TEC
pursuant to Rule 100 of the Public Procurement Rules,
2008, shall carry out the Post-Qualification of the Tenderer,
using only the requirements specified in Sub-Section C,
Qualification Criteria.
59.2 The TEC shall contact the references given by Tenderers
about their previous Supply experiences to verify, if
necessary, statements made by them in their Tender and
to obtain the most up-to-date information concerning the
Tenderers.
59.3 The TEC may visit the premises of the Tenderer as a part
of the post-qualification process, if practical and
appropriate, to verify information contained in its Tender.
59.4 The TEC shall determine to its satisfaction whether the
Tenderer that is selected as having submitted the lowest
evaluated responsive Tender is qualified to perform the
Contract satisfactorily.
59.5 The objective of any visit under ITT Sub-Clause 59.3 shall
be limited to a general and visual inspection of the
Tenderer’s facilities and its plant and equipment, and there
shall be no discussion concerning the Tender or its
evaluation with the Tenderer during such visit(s).
59.6 In the event that the Tenderer with lowest evaluated cost
fails the post-qualification, the TEC shall make a similar
determination for the Tenderer offering the next lowest
evaluated cost and so on from the remaining responsive
Tenders, provided that,
(a) such action shall only be taken if the evaluated costs
of the Tenders under consideration are acceptable
to the Purchaser;
(b) when the point is reached whereby the evaluated
costs of the remaining responsive Tenders are
significantly higher than that of the official estimate,
or the market price, the Purchaser may take action
pursuant to Rule 33 of the PPR 2008 and may

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 32 of 483
 proceed for re-Tendering, using a revised Tender
Document designed to achieve a more successful
result.

60. Negotiation 60.1 No negotiations shall be held during the financial offer
evaluation or award, with the lowest or any other Tenderer.
60.2 The Procuring Entity through the TEC may, however,
negotiate with the lowest evaluated Tenderer with the
objective to reduce the Contract Price by reducing the
scope of works or a reallocation of risks and
responsibilities, only when it is found that the lowest
evaluated Tender is significantly higher than the official
estimated cost; the reasons for such higher price being
duly investigated.
60.3 If the Procuring Entity decides to negotiate for reducing the
scope of the requirements under ITT Sub Clause 60.2, it
will be required to guarantee that the lowest Tenderer
remains the lowest Tenderer even after the scope of work
has been revised and shall further be ensured that the
objective of the Procurement will not be seriously affected
through this reduction.
60.4 In the event that the Procuring Entity decides because of a
high Tender priceto reduce the scope of the requirements
to meet the available budget, the Tenderer is not obliged to
accept the award and shall not be penalised in any way for
un-accepting the proposed award.
61. Rejection of All 61.1 The Purchaser may, in the circumstances as stated under
Tenders ITT Sub-Clause 61.2 and pursuant to Rule 33 of the Public
Procurement Rules 2008, reject all Tenders following
recommendations from the Tender Evaluation Committee
only after the approval of such recommendations by the
Head of the Purchaser.rejected, if –
61.2 All Tenders can be rejected, if -
(a) the price of the lowest evaluated Tender exceeds
the official estimate, provided the estimate is
realistic; or
(b) there is evidence of lack of effective competition;
such as non-participation by a number of potential
Tenderers; or
(c) the Tenderers are unable to propose completion
of the delivery within the stipulated time in its
offer, though the stipulated time is reasonable
and realistic; or
(d) all Tenders are non-responsive; or
(e) evidence of professional misconduct, affecting
seriously the Procurement process, is established
pursuant to Rule 127 of the Public Procurement
Rules, 2008.
61.3 Notwithstanding anything contained in ITT Sub-Clause
61.2 Tenders may not be rejected if the lowest evaluated
price is in conformity with the market price.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 33 of 483
 61.4 A Purchaser may pursuant to Rule 35 of the Public
Procurement Rules, 2008, on justifiable grounds, annul
the Procurement proceedings prior to the deadline for the
submission of Tenders.
61.5 All Tenders received by the Purchaser shall be returned
unopened to the Tenderers in the event Procurement
proceedings are annulled under ITT Sub-Clause 61.4.
62. Informing Reasons for 62.1 Notice of the rejection, pursuant to Rule 35 of the Public
Rejection Procurement Rules, 2008, will be given promptly within
seven (7) days of decision taken by the Purchaser to all
Tenderers and, the Purchaser will, upon receipt of a
written request, communicate to any Tenderer the
reason(s) for its rejection but is not required to justify those
reason(s).
G. Contract Award
63. Award Criteria 63.1 The Purchaser shall award the Contract to the Tenderer
whose offer is responsive to the Tender Document and
that has been determined to be the lowest evaluated
Tender, provided further that the Tenderer is determined
to be Post-Qualified as stated under ITT Clause 59.
63.2 A Tenderer shall not be required, as a condition for
award of contract, to undertake obligations not
stipulated in the Tender Document, to change its price,
or otherwise to modify its Tender.
64. Notification of Award 64.1 Prior to the expiry of the Tender validity period and
within seven (7) working days of receipt of the approval
of the award by the Approving Authority, the Purchaser
pursuant to Rule 102 of the Public procurement Rules,
2008, shall issue the Notification of Award (NOA) to the
successful Tenderer.

64.2 The Notification of Award, attaching the contract as per

the sample (Form PG5A-7) to be signed, shall state:
(a) the acceptance of the Tender by the Purchaser;
(b) the price at which the contract is awarded;
(c) the amount of the Performance Security and its
format;
(d) the date and time within which the Performance
Security shall be submitted; and
(e) the date and time within which the contract shall
be signed.
64.3 The Notification of Award shall be accepted in writing by
the successful Tenderer within seven (7) working days
from the date of issuance of NOA.
64.4 Until a formal contract is signed, the Notification of
Award shall constitute a Contract, which shall become
binding upon the furnishing of a Performance Security
and the signing of the Contract by both parties.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 34 of 483
 64.5 The Notification of Award establishes a Contract
between the Purchaser and the successful Tenderer
and the existence of a Contract is confirmed through
the signature of the Contract Document that includes all
agreements between the Purchaser and the successful
Tenderer.
65. Performance Security 65.1 The Performance Security shall be determined sufficient
to protect the performance of the Contract pursuant to
Rule 27 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.
65.2 Performance Security shall be furnished by the successful
Tenderer in the amount specified in the
TDSanddenominated in the currencies in which the
Contract Price is payable pursuant to Rule 102 (8) of the
Public Procurement Rules, 2008.

65.3 The proceeds of the Performance Security shall be

payable to the Purchaser unconditionally upon first written
demand as compensation for any loss resulting from the
Supplier’s failure to complete its obligations under the
Contract.
66. Form and Time Limit 66.1 The Performance Security shall be in the form of
for furnishing of irrevocable Bank Guarantee in the format (Form PG5A-9)
Performance security as stated under ITT Clause 65, shall be issued by an
internationally reputable bank and it shall have
correspondent bank located in Bangladesh, to make it
enforceable pursuant to Rule 27(4) of the Public
Procurement Rules, 2008..

66.2 Within twenty-eight (28) days from issue of the Notification

of Award, the successful Tenderer shall furnish the
Performance Security for the due performance of the
Contract in the amount specified under ITT Sub Clause
65.2.
67. Validity of 67.1 The Performance Security shall be required to be valid
Performance Security until a date twenty-eight (28) days beyond the date of
completion of the Supplier’s performance obligations
under the Contract, including any warranty obligations.

67.2 If under any circumstances date of completion of the

Supplier’s performance obligations under the Contract,
including any warranty obligations is to be extended,
the Performance Security shall correspondingly be
extended for the extended period.

68. Authenticity of 69.1 The Purchaser shall verify the authenticity of the
performance Security Performance Security submitted by the successful
Tenderer by sending a written request to the branch of the
bank issuing irrevocable Bank Guarantee in specified
format.

69.2 If the Performance Security submitted under ITT Sub

Clause 65.2 is not found to be authentic, the Purchaser

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 35 of 483
 shall proceed to take measures against the Tenderer in
accordance with Section 64 of the Act and pursuant to
Rule 127 of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.
69. Contract Signing 69.1 At the same time as the Purchaser issues the Notification
of Award, the Purchaser shall send the draft Contract
Agreement and all documents forming the Contract
pursuant to Rule 102 of the Public Procurement Rule,
2008, to the successful Tenderer.
69.2 Within twenty-eight (28) days of the issuance of
Notification of Award, the successful Tenderer and the
Purchaser shall sign the contract provided that the
Performance Security submitted by the Tenderer is found
to be genuine.
69.3 If the successful Tenderer fails to provide the required
Performance Security, as stated under ITT Clause 65 or
to sign the Contract , as stated under ITT Sub-Clause
69.2, Purchaser shall proceed to award the Contract to
the next lowest evaluated Tenderer, and so on, by order
of ranking pursuant to Rule 102 of the Public Procurement
Rules,2008.

70. Publication of 70.1 Notification of Awards for Contracts of Taka 10 (ten)

Notification of Award million and above shall be notified by the Purchaser to the
of Contract Central Procurement Technical Unit within 7(seven) days
of issuance of the NOA for publication in their website,
and that notice shall be kept posted for not less than a
month pursuant to Rule 37 of the Public Procurement
Rules, 2008.
70.2 Notification of Award for Contracts below Taka 10(ten)
million, shall be published by the Purchaser on its Notice
Board and where applicable on the website of the
Purchaser and that notice shall be kept posted for not
less than a month pursuant to Rule 37 of the Public
Procurement Rules, 2008..
71. Debriefing of 72.1 Debriefing of Tenderers by Purchaser shall outline the
Tenderers relative status and weakness only of his or her Tender
requesting to be informed of the grounds for not
accepting the Tender submitted by him or her pursuant
to Rule 37 of the Public Procurement Rule, 2008,
without disclosing information about any other
Tenderer.

72.2 In the case of debriefing confidentiality of the evaluation

process shall be maintained.
72. Right to Complains 72.1 Any Tenderer has the right to complain if it has suffered or
likely to suffer loss or damage due to a failure of a duty
imposed on the Purchaser to fulfil its obligations in
accordance with Section 29 of the Public Procurement Act
2006 and pursuant to Part 12 of Chapter Three of the
Public Procurement Rules, 2008.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 36 of 483
 72.2 Circumstances in which a formal complaint may be lodged
in sequence by a potential Tenderer against a Purchaser
pursuant to Rule 56 of the Public Procurement Rules,
2008, and the complaints, if any, be also processed
pursuant to Rule 57 of the Public Procurement Rules 2008.

72.3 The potential Tenderer shall submit his or her complaint in

writing within seven (7) calendar days of becoming aware
of the circumstances giving rise to the complaint.

72.4 In the first instance, the potential Tenderer shall submit his
or her complaint to the Purchaser who issued the Tender
Document.

72.5 The place and address for the first stage in the submission
of complaints to the Administrative Authority is provided in
the TDS.

72.6 The Tenderer may appeal to a Review Panel only if the

Tenderer has exhausted all his or her options of complaints
to the administrative authority as stated under ITT Sub-
Clause 72.2.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 37 of 483
Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 38 of 483
 Section 2. Tender Data Sheet
Instructions for completing the Tender Data Sheet are provided, as needed, in the notes in italics and
under lined mentioned for the relevant ITT clauses.

ITT Amendments of, and Supplements to, Clauses in the Instruction to Tenderers
Clause

A. General
ITT 1.1 The Purchaser is:
Dhaka Power Distribution Company Limited, represented by Superintending
Engineer, Contract & Procurement circle,
Bidyut Bhaban (Level 4), 1 Abdul Gani Road Dhaka-1000.
Telephone: 0088 02 9567258; Fax no.: 0088 02 9568349
The Name and identification number of Tender are :

DESIGN, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF ADVANCED

METERING INFRASTRUCTURE (AMI) WITH SMART METERING SYSTEM ON TURNKEY
BASIS
Package: 01(one).

ITT 1.2 The number, identification and name of lots comprising the Tender are:
Single lot
ITT3.1 The source of public funds is: GoB & DPDC
ITT3.3 The name of the Development Partner is: none
ITT5.1 Tenderers from the following countries are not eligible: Israel
ITT If any local organization is engaged by the Tenderers for meter or RF network installation,
5.13 the local organizations or supervisor of the local organizations shall have the following up to
date valid License:

BC/C Category Electrical Supervisory License from Bangladesh Electrical Licensing Board.
ITT6.1 Materials, Equipment and associated services from the following countries are not
eligible:Israel

B. Tender Document
ITT8.2 The following are the offices of the Purchaser for the purpose of providing the Tender
Document:
i. Chief Engineer (Development), DPDC
Address: House 47, Road 135, Gulshan-1, Dhaka-1212, Bangladesh
Telephone: +88 02-9895458.
ii. Chief Engineer,NOCS (North), DPDC
Address: House no.: 73/1, Road no.: 5/A, Dhanmondi, Dhaka-1209
Telephone: +88 02-9664176, +88 02-9673700
iii. Superintending Engineer, Contract & Procurement circle, DPDC
Address:Bidyut Bhaban (Level 4), 1 Abdul Gani Road Dhaka-1000.
Telephone: 0088 02 9567258

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 39 of 483
 ITT9.1 For clarification of Tender Document purposes only, the Procuring Entity’s address
is:
Attention: Superintending Engineer, Contract & Procurement circle,

Address:Bidyut Bhaban (Level 4), 1 Abdul Gani Road Dhaka-1000.

Telephone: 0088 02 9567258
Fax No.: 0088 02 9568349
e-mail address: [email protected]
and contact the Procuring Entity within 14 days from date of publication of tender notice
ITT10.1 A Pre- Tender meeting shall be held at
Address: Office of the Chief Engineer, Procurement & Store, DPDC
Venue: DPDC Conference Room, Bidyut Bhaban (Level 3), 1 Abdul Gani Road Dhaka-
1000.

Time & Date: 10 am BST on 12/02/2019.

C. Qualification Criteria
ITT The maximum [3] number of arbitration against the Tenderer over a period of last [5 years]
13.1

ITT14.1 (i) The tenderer in case of JVCA, any partnershall have minimum of [5] years of overall
(a) experience in the role of contractor, subcontractor, or management contractor.
(ii) The tendereror in case of JVCA, all partners shall have a minimum of 5 (five) years of
overall experience in supply of Electrical/ IT/ Communication equipments or rendering
IT/Network/Communication related services in any utility.
Necessary supporting documents in English shall have to be submitted as evidence.
The tenderer shall have local establishment or local representative having proper
establishment in Bangladesh for providing instant services as and when required.
ITT The tenderer shall fulfill the following requirements:
14.1(b) a) The tenderer or RF network provider or in case of JVCA, any partner shall have
experience of successfully establishing RF communication network in at least 3 utilities
across two or more countries covering at least 1 million end points/smart meters
(cumulative) in last 5 years. Out of these contracts, at least one contract shall have contract
amount of minimum 20 million USD and no. of meters installed shall be minimum 0.1
million.

Copy of Completion and performance Certificate in English stating the contract amount and
commissioning date as issued by the client/end users to be enclosed in this regard.

b) The tenderer or RF network provider or in case of JVCA, any partner shall have
experience of successfully interfacing RF based Network Interface Card (NIC)/RF
module/chip in minimum 3 different manufacturers’ meter across two or more countries in
last 5 years.
Necessary supporting documents in English shall have to be submitted as evidence.

c) MDMS vendor shall have minimum 3 references from utility/client that the MDMS of the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 40 of 483
 vendor is being used for a minimum of 1 million meters (cumulative) and the MDMS has
been live for more than 2 years. At least 2 reference certificate shall be from outside the
country of MDMS vendor.

Necessary supporting documents in English shall have to be submitted as evidence.

d) MDMS vendor shall be named in the list of Gartner: Magic Quadrant for Meter Data
Management Products for minimum 1 year within last 5 years. Necessary documents shall
be provided.

e) Each of 3 (three) proposed smart meter manufacturers shall have minimum 2(two) nos.
performance certificate from any utility/client within last 05 (five) years out of which minimum
1 shall be from the outside the country of the manufacturer.

Necessary supporting documents in English shall have to be submitted as evidence.

f) Each of 3 (three) proposed smart meter manufacturers shall have satisfactory completion
of supply of smart meter of minimum 50,000 nos. under a single contract during last 5 (five)
Calendar years.

Necessary supporting documents in English shall have to be submitted as evidence.

h) Each Smart meter manufacturer shall provide smart meter supply record for last 5 (five)
years.

i) The tenderer shall furnish authorization letter for Smart meters, HES/RF network, MDMS,
&major IT products. Authorization letter from distributor/local agent/supplier for IT products
will be acceptable.

j) The tenderer or all partners in case of JVCA or Vendors for smart meters, MDMS and RF
Network provider shall have updated ISO9001, ISO14001 &OHSAS18001 certifications.
Moreover, the MDMS vendor and RF network provider shall have updated ISO 27001
certification.

k) The tenderer or its proposed subcontractor for application integration shall have minimum
CMMiLevel-3 certifications. Necessary supporting documents in English shall have to be
submitted as evidence.

Necessary supporting documents in English shall have to be submitted as evidence.

l) The tenderer or all members of the JVCA shall not have been debarred/blacklisted in any
utility in Bangladesh or abroad.

The tenderer shall submit a self-undertaking signed by its Authorized Signatories that the
Bidder or any of their sub-contractor has not been blacklisted/barred by any Govt.
Organization or Regulatory Agencies in Bangladesh or abroad.

m) The tenderer or all member of the JVCA shall have positive Net worth/asset for last three
(3) financial years. Audited financial statements for last three (3) financial years shall have
to be submitted.

n) The tenderer or RF provider or in case of JVCA, any partner shall be the original
equipment manufacturer (OEM) of all network components including Network Interface

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 41 of 483
 Card (NIC)/RF module/chip which will be used for providing technical solutions. Necessary
supporting documents in English shall have to be submitted as evidence.

o) The tenderer or RF provider or in case of JVCA, any partner shall have agreement/MoU
with at least 3 smart meter manufacturers to integrate their meters with the offered NIC and
AMI Solution. A letter of assurance jointly signed by tenderer and meter OEM’s shall have
to be submitted with the tender proposal.

p)Type test report for smart meters from internationally reputed independent testing
laboratory mentioned in section 6 shall be submitted.

q) Demonstration: Preliminary technical responsive tenderers shall have to successfully

present & demonstrate the functionality and operation of their proposed AMI solution.
The respective preliminary responsive tenderer will be notified the date of
presentation/demonstration at least 15 (fifteen) days ahead of the presentation/
demonstration. During demonstration, at least 15 meters (minimum 12 single phase and 3
three phase) shall have to be brought online using RF network. During demonstration, the
tenderer can use their own/proposed HES and MDMS for evaluation purpose only. This
presentation/demonstration will be a part of the technical evaluation. The tenderer shall
submit a working plan and architecture of their system for this demonstration with their
tender proposal. for The tenderer who will fail to perform this presentation/ demonstration or
whose presentation/demonstration will be unsatisfactory as per technical specification of
tender requirements will be considered Technically Non-responsive and as such their
tender will be rejected and shall not be considered for further evaluation. The cost
associated with this demonstration shall have to be borne by the tenderer.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 42 of 483
 ITT The average annual turnover of the tenderer shall not be less than 16 million USD for last
15.1(a) three (3) financial years. Audited financial statements in English for last three (3) financial
years shall have to be submitted.

ITT The minimum amount of liquid assets or working capital or credit facilities of the
15.1(b) Tenderer shall be 25 million USD.

Audited balance sheets or other financial statements acceptable to the purchaser shall be
submitted by the tenderer to demonstrate the current soundness of the tenderer’s
position and its prospective long-term profitability.

ITT A Project Manager, Engineer, and other key staff shall have the following qualifications
16.1(a) and experience:

Total Works Experience Experience in similar

No Position (Years) works (Years)

1. Project manager 15 5
2. Network specialist 10 5
3 Communication 10 5
specialist
4 Smart Meter 10 5
specialist
5 Application 10 5
integration specialist
6 Database specialist 10 5
CV, experience certificate, copy of educational qualification certificate of above key
staffs shall have to be submitted with the tender proposal.

ITT 17.1 The Tenderer shall own or have proven access to hire or lease of the major equipment,
in full working order as follows :

Equipment Type and Minimum Number Required

No
Characteristics
1 RF Network signal measurement 10
device
2 Portable meter tester 5
3 Network analyzer 5

ITT 18.1 The value of non-judicial stamp for execution of the Joint Venture Agreement shall be Tk
300 only.

ITT 18.2 Maximum number of partners in the JV shall be “not limited”

The minimum qualification requirements of Leading Partner or any partner, other
Partner(s) and requirements by summation of a JV shall be as follows:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 43 of 483
 Requirements for
TDS Clauses Requirements Requirements for other
Leading Partner or any
References by summation Partner(s)
partner
ITT-14.1(a) Summation Same as stated in
Same as stated in TDS
not applicable TDS
ITT-14.1(b) Same as stated in
100% Same as stated in TDS
TDS
ITT-15.1(a) 100% 40% 25%
ITT-15.1(b) 100% 40% 25%
ITT-16.1(a)
100% Not applicable Not applicable

ITT-17.1
100% Not applicable Not applicable

Percent share of business of the JVCA partners shall not be taken into account in determining
the qualification of a JVCA

D. Tender Preparation
ITT 19.2 The maximum of percentage [15% ] of Goods allowed to be subcontracted

ITT 19.4 The Nominated Subcontractor(s) namedshall execute the following specific
components of the proposed Works: none

ITT 20.1 Tenders are being invited for single lot

ITT The Tenderer shall submit with its technical offer the following additional
24.2(r) documents:
i. Description of work method and schedule.
ii. Delivery and completion time shall be 24 months from the effective date.
Effective date will be counted from date of LC opening.3 years AMC period
will start after completion of defect liability period.
iii. List of manufacturers, places of manufacture and place of inspection &
testing for factory acceptance.
iv. Details of key personnel.
v. Drawings, documents, catalogues and leaflets.
vi. The original of tender security
vii. The tenderer shall have to submit the Authorization Letter from data network
service provider at their letter head pad as confirmation.

24.3(c) The Tenderer shall submit with its financial offer the following additional
documents:
i. A photo copy of tender security

ITT 25.1 Alternatives “shall not be” permitted.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 44 of 483
 ITT 26.1 Tenderers shall quote for the entire Plant and Installation Services on a single
responsibility basis
26.5(a) Place of Destination: ICD, kamalapur, Dhaka Bangladesh for INCOTERM CIP

26.5(d) local transportation to named place of final destination is: Designated stores at
Project sites

ITT 26.7 The prices quoted by the Tenderer shall be fixed for the duration of the Contract.

ITT 27.4 Name of the foreign currency: US Dollar (USD)

ITT 28.1 Spare parts are: “not required”

(b)

ITT Manufacturer’s authorization is: “required”

28.1(b)
The tenderer shall furnish manufacturer’s authorization letter for Smart meters,
equipments of HES/RF network, MDMS & major IT products. Authorization letter
from distributor/local agent/supplier formajorIT products will be acceptable.
ITT 30.2 The Tender validity period shall be 180 days.

ITT 32.2 The amount of the Tender Security shall be BDT: 5,00,00,000.00 (Taka Five Crore)
only or USD: 600,000.00 (USD Six Hundred Thousand) only in favour of Dhaka
Power Distribution Company Limited

ITT 37.1 In addition to the original of the Tender, [2] copies shall be submitted.

E. Submission of Tender
The Tender shall be single stage two envelope. Technical and financial proposal
ITT
38.2(e)& shall be submitted in two separate envelopes duly sealed and signed, which shall
38.4(e) be in a single envelope duly addressed to the employer. The Technical envelope
will be opened first. The original ‘Technical Offer’ and the envelope containing all
copies and original of ‘FinancialOffer’ will be kept in safe custody of ‘Office of the
Company Secretary, DPDC’.Financial Proposal of only technically responsive bids
will be opened at date and time to be notified later to the respective bidder. The
Financial Proposal of the technically non-responsive bidder will be returned
unopened to the respective bidder.
The tenderer shall enclose the original Technical Proposal and Financial Proposal
in different envelope. The envelopes will be marked as Technical Proposal Original
and Financial Proposal Original. Similarly copies of technical and financial proposal
will be enclosed in two different envelopes and the envelope will be marked 'Copy
Technical Proposal' and 'Copy Financial Proposal'. Then original Technical
Proposal envelope and copy of the technical proposals will be put into another
envelope and the envelope will be marked as technical proposal. Similarly Original
of the Financial Proposal and Copy of the Financial Proposal will put into another
envelope will be marked as Financial Proposal. These two envelopes of Technical
Proposal and Financial proposal shall then be enclosed one single outer envelope.
All the envelops should be duly sealed and signed by the bidder.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 45 of 483
 ITT For Tender submission purposes ,the Purchaser’s address is:
39.1&
i. Primary place
39.3
i. Office of Chief Engineer, NOCS (North), DPDC
Address: House no.: 73/1, Road no.: 5/A, Dhanmondi, Dhaka-1209
Telephone: +88 02-9664176, +88 02-9673700

ii. Secondary place

Office of Chief Engineer (Development), DPDC
Address: House 47, Road 135, Gulshan-1, Dhaka-1212, Bangladesh
Telephone: +88 02-9895458.

The deadline for submission of Tenders is:

(Time & date): 12.00 Hrs BST, Date: .............................
(as specified in tender notice)

ITT 39.4 The deadline for hand-delivering of the Tenders at the PRIMARY PLACE is:
Time & Date: Within three(3) hours after the deadline for submission of Tenders at the
SECONDARY PLACES.

F. Opening and Evaluation of Tenders

The Tender opening shall take place at the Office of Chief Engineer, NOCS (North),
ITT 45.1
DPDC
Address: House no.: 73/1, Road no.: 5/A, Dhanmondi, Dhaka-1209
Telephone: +88 02-9664176, +88 02-9673700

Time & Date: 15.00 Hrs BST, Date:.........

(as specified in tender notice)

The Technical envelope will be opened first. The original ‘Technical Offer’ and the
envelope containing all copies and original of ‘Financial Offer’ will be kept in safe
custody of ‘Office of the Company Secretary, DPDC’. Financial Proposal of only
technically responsive bids will be opened at date and time to be notified later to the
respective tenderer. The Financial Proposal of the technically non-responsive tenderer
will be returned unopened to the respective tenderer.

ITT 57.5 The applicable economic factors, for the purposes of evaluation of Tenders shall
be:Not applicable
(a) Adjustment for Deviations in the Delivery and Completion Schedule
“The Plant and Service covered by this Tendering process are required to be
delivered in accordance with, and completed within, the Delivery and
Completion Schedule specified in Section 6, Employer’s Requirements. No
credit will be given for earlier completion. Tender offering late contract
performance schedules within acceptable period will be accepted but the
tenders shall be Adjusted in the evaluation by adding to the Tender Price at
the rate of [specify percentage] ofthe Tender Price for each day ofdelay.
Tender offering delivery schedules beyond [specify time Limit] of the date
specified in Section 6, Employer’s Requirement, shall be rejected.”

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 46 of 483
 (b) Cost of major replacement components, mandatory spare parts, and
service
The Procuring Entity will draw up a list of high-usage and high-value items of
components and spare parts [specify (spare parts, tools, major
assemblies, estimated quantities]of usage in the initial period [specify
period] of operation. The total cost of these items and quantities will be
computed from spare parts unit prices submitted by the Tenderer and added
to the tender price, for evaluation purposes only.
(c) Other factors affecting the true economic value
The Procuring Entity will draw up other factors affecting the true economic
value of the Tender price may be life span costs, such as cost of fuel,
performance or productivity of the equipment, etc.The total cost of these items
and quantities will be computed from submitted Tender and added to the
tender price, for evaluation purposes only.

G. Award of Contract
ITT 65.2 The amount of Performance Security shall be 10 percent of the Contract Price.
However, if the offered price of the tender is deemed to be front loaded by the
evaluation committee, Performance Security may be upto25 percent of the
Contract.

ITT 72.5 The name and address of the office where complaints to the Purchaser are to be
submitted is:
Superintending Engineer, Contract & Procurement circle,
BidyutBhaban (Level 4), 1 Abdul Gani Road Dhaka-1000.
Telephone: 0088 02 9567258; Fax no.: 0088 02 9568349
Address: House-47(Ground floor), Road-135, Gulshan-1, Dhaka-1212.
Telephone : +880-2-9880846, Facsimile number: +880-2-9880847

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 47 of 483
 Section 3. General Conditions of Contract
A. General
1. Definitions 1.1 In the Conditions of Contract, which include Particular Conditions
and these General Conditions, the following words and expressions
shall have the meaning hereby assigned to them. Boldface type is
used to identify the defined terms:
(a) Approving Authority means the authority which, in
accordance with the Delegation of Financial powers, approves
the award of Contract for the Procurement of Goods, Works
and Services.
(b) Act means The Public Procurement Act, 2006 (Act 24 of
2006).
(c) Commissioning means operation of the Facilities or any
part thereof by the Contractor following Completion, which
operation is to be carried out by the Contractor for the
purpose of carrying out Guarantee Test(s).
(d) Competent Authority means the authority that gives
decision on specific issues as per delegation of
administrative and/or financial powers.
(e) Completion means that the Facilities (or a specific part
thereof where specific parts are specified in the Contract)
have been completed operationally and structurally and put
in a tight and clean condition, that all work in respect of Pre
Commissioning of the Facilities or such specific part thereof
has been completed, and that the Facilities or specific part
thereof are ready for Commissioning.
(f) Completion Certificate means the Certificate issued by the
Project Manager as evidence that the Contractor has
executed the services in all respects as per design, drawing,
specifications and Conditions of Contract.
(g) Completion Date is the actual date of completion of the
plant and services certified by the Project Manager, in
accordance with GCC Clause 24.
(h) ContractAgreement means the Agreement entered into
between the Procuring Entity and the Contractor, together
with the Contract Documents referred to therein, including all
attachments, appendices, and all documents incorporated
by reference therein to supply and install Plant & Equipment
(i) Contract Documents means the documents listed in GCC
Clause 6, including any amendments thereto.
(j) Contractor/supplier means the Person under contract with
the Procuring Entity for the supply and installation of Plant &
Equipment under the Rules and the Act as stated in the
PCC.
(k) Contractor’s Representative means any person nominated

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 48 of 483
 by the Contractor and approved by the Employer to perform
the duties delegated by the Contractor.
(l) Contract Price means the price payable to the Contractor
as specified in the Contract Agreement, subject to such
additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom,
for the supply and installation of plant & equipment in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract, subject to
such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions
therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract.
(m) Cost means all expenditures reasonably incurred or to be
incurred by the Contractor, whether on or off the Site,
including overhead ,profit, taxes, duties, fees, and such
other similar levies
(n) Day means calendar day unless otherwise specified as
working days.
(o) Day works means work carried out following the instructions
of the Procuring Entity or the authorised Project Manager
and is paid for on the basis of time spent by the Contractor’s
workers and equipment at the rates specified in the
Schedules, in addition to payments for associated Materials
and Plant.
(p) Defect is any part of the Works not completed in accordance
with the Contract.
(q) Defect Liability Period means the period of validity of the
warranties given by the Contractor commencing at
Completion of the Facilities or a part thereof, during which
the Contractor is responsible for defects with respect to the
Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) as provided in
contract document.
(r) Defects Correction Certificate is the certificate issued by
the Project Manager upon correction of defects by the
Contractor.
(s) Drawings include calculations and other information
provided in Section 7 or as approved by the Project Manager
for the execution and completion of the Contract.
(t) Effective Date means the date of fulfillment of all conditions
of the Contract Agreement, from which the Time for
Completion shall be counted.
(u) Equipmentmeans all facilities, equipment, machinery, tools,
apparatus, appliances or things of every kind required in or
for installation, completion and maintenance of Facilities that
are to be provided by the Contractor, but does not include
Plant, or other things intended to form or forming part of the
Facilities.
(v) Facilities means the Plant to be supplied and installed, as
well as all the Installation Services to be carried out by the
Contractor under the Contract. It also includes any ancillary
building or infrastructure that needs to be
constructed/built/erected to support the plant.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 49 of 483
 (w) Force Majeure means an event or situation beyond the
control of the Contractor that is not foreseeable, is
unavoidable, and its origins not due to negligence or lack of
care on the part of the Contractor; such events may include,
but not be limited to, acts of the Government in its sovereign
capacity, wars or revolutions, fires, floods, epidemics,
quarantine restrictions, and freight embargoes or more as
included in GCC Clause 52.
(x) Goods mean the Contractor’s Plant, Equipment, Materials or
any of them as appropriate.
(y) GCC means the General Conditions of Contract.
(z) Government means the Government of the People’s
Republic of Bangladesh.
(aa) Guarantee Test(s)means the test(s) specified in the
Employer’s Requirements to be carried out to ascertain
whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to
attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix
to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, in
accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 25.2
(Guarantee Test) hereof.
(bb) Head of the Procuring Entity means the Secretary of a
Ministry or a Division, the Head of a Government
Department or Directorate; or the Chief Executive, by
whatever designation called, of a local Government agency,
an autonomous or semi-autonomous body or a corporation,
or a corporate body established under the Companies Act;
(cc) Installation Services means all those services ancillary to
the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, to be provided by
the Contractor under the Contract, such as transportation
and provision of marine or other similar insurance,
inspection, expediting, site preparation works (including the
provision and use of Contractor’s Equipment and the supply
of all construction materials required), installation, testing,
pre-commissioning, commissioning, operations,
maintenance, the provision of operations and maintenance
manuals, training, etc. as the case may require.
(dd) Intended Completion Date is the date calculated from the
Commencement Date as specified in the PCC, on which it is
intended that the Contractor shall complete the Works and
Physical services as specified in the Contract and may be
revised only by the Project Manager by issuing an extension
of time or an acceleration order.
(ee) Materials means things of all kinds other than Plant intended
to form or forming part of the Permanent Works, including
the supply-only materials, if any, to be supplied by the
Contractor under the Contract.
(ff) Month means calendar month.
(gg) Original Contract Price is the Contract Price stated in the
Procuring Entity’s Notification of Award (Form PG5A-7) and

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 50 of 483
 further clearly determined in the PCC.
(hh) Operational Acceptance means the acceptance by the
Employer of the Facilities (or any part of the Facilities where
the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in
parts), which certifies the Contractor’s fulfillment of the
Contract in respect of Functional Guarantees of the Facilities
(or the relevant part thereof) in accordance with the
provisions of contract
(ii) PCC means the Particular Conditions of Contract.
(jj) Plant means permanent plant, equipment, machinery,
apparatus, materials, articles, ancillary buildings/structure
and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in the
Facilities by the Contractor under the Contract (including the
spare parts to be supplied by the Contractor), but does not
include Contractor’s Equipment.
(kk) Pre Commissioning means the testing, checking and other
requirements specified in the Employer’s Requirements that
are to be carried out by the Contractor in preparation for
Commissioning.
(ll) Procuring Entity/Employer/Purchaser means, as the
context so applies, an Entity having administrative and
financial powers to undertake procurement of Plant and
Physical services using public funds and is as named in the
PCC who employs the Contractor to carry out the
contractual obligations.
(mm) Project Manager is the person named in the PCC or any
other competent person appointed by the Procuring Entity
and notified to the Contractor who is responsible for
supervising the execution and completion of the plant and
services and administering the Contract.
(nn) Schedules means the document(s) entitled schedules,
completed by the Contractor and submitted with the Tender
Submission Letter, as included in the Contract. Such
document may include the data, lists and schedules of rates
and/or prices.
(oo) Site means the land and other places upon which the
Facilities are to be installed, and such other land or places
as may be specified in the PCC as forming part of the Site
(pp) Site Investigation Reports are those that were included in
the Tender Document and are factual and interpretative
reports about the surface and subsurface conditions at the
Site.
(qq) Specification means the Specification of the
goods/works/related services included in the Contract and
any modifications or additions to the specifications made or
approved by the Project Manager in accordance with the
Contract.
(rr) Start Date is the date defined in the PCC and it is the last
date when the Contractor shall commence execution of the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 51 of 483
 goods/works/services under the Contract.
(ss) Subcontractor means a person or corporate body, who has
a contract with the Contractor to carry out a part of the work
in the Contract, which includes work on the Site.
(tt) Time for Completion means the time within which
Completion of the Facilities as a whole (or of a part of the
Facilities where a separate Time for Completion of such part
has been prescribed) is to be attained, in accordance with
the relevant provisions of the Contract.
(uu) Variation means any change to the plant and services
directly procured from the original Contractor to cover
increases or decreases in quantities, including the
introduction of new work items that are either due to change
of plans, design or alignment to suit actual field conditions,
within the general scope and physical boundaries of the
contract.
(vv) Works means all works associated with the construction,
reconstruction, site preparation, demolition, repair,
maintenance or renovation of railways, roads, highways, or a
building, an infrastructure or structure or an installation or
any construction work relating to excavation, installation of
equipment and materials, decoration, as well as physical
services ancillary to works as detailed in the PCC, if the
value of those services does not exceed that of the Works
themselves.
(ww) Writing means communication written by hand or machine
duly signed and includes properly authenticated messages
by facsimile or electronic mail.

2. Interpretation 2.1 In interpreting the GCC, singular also means plural, male also
means female or neuter, and the other way around. Headings in
the GCC shall not be deemed part thereof or be taken into
consideration in the interpretation or construance of the Contract.
Words have their normal meaning under the language of the
Contract unless specifically defined.

2.2 Entire Agreement.

The Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the
Employer and the Contractor and supersedes all communications,
negotiations and agreements (whether written or verbal) of parties
with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract Agreement;
except those stated under GCC Sub Clause 6.1(j).

2.3 Non waiver.

(a) Subject to GCC Sub Clause 2.3(b), no relaxation,
forbearance, delay, or indulgence by either party in enforcing
any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting
of time by either party to the other shall prejudice, affect, or
restrict the rights of that party under the Contract, neither shall
any waiver by either party of any breach of Contract operate
as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 52 of 483
 (b) Any waiver of a party’s rights, powers, or remedies under the
Contract must be in writing, dated, and signed by an
authorized representative of the party granting such waiver,
and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being
waived.

2.4. Severability
If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or
rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any
other provisions and conditions of the Contract.

2.5. Sectional completion

If sectional completion is specified in the PCC, references in the
GCC to the Works, the Completion Date, and the Intended
Completion Date apply to any section of the Works (other than
references to the Completion Date and Intended Completion Date
for the whole of the Works).
3. Communications & 3.1 Communications between Parties such as notice, request or
Notices consent required or permitted to be given or made by one party to
the other pursuant to the Contract shall be in writing to the
addresses specified in the PCC.

3.2 A notice shall be effective when delivered or on the notice’s

effective date, whichever is later.

3.3 A Party may change its address for notice hereunder by giving the
other Party notice of such change to the address.
4. Governing Law 4.1 The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the People’s Republic of Bangladesh.
5. Governing 5.1 The Contract shall be written in English. All correspondences and
Language documents relating to the Contract may be written in English.
Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the
Contract may be in another language, provided they are
accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages in
English, in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the
Contract, such translation shall govern.

5.2 The Contractor shall bear all costs of translation to the governing
language and all risks of the accuracy of such translation.
6. Documents Forming 6.1 The following documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted
the Contract and in the following order of priority:
Priority of
Documents (a) the signed Contract Agreement (Form PG5A-8);
(b) the Notification of Award (PG5A-7);
(c) the completed Tender and the Appendixto the Tender;
(d) the Price Schedule for Plant and Services (PG5A-3);
(e) the Particular Conditions of Contract;

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 53 of 483
 (f) the General Conditions of Contract;
(g) the Technical Specifications;
(h) Personnel Information;
(i) Equipment Information;
(j) the Drawings; and
(k) Any other document listed in the PCC forming part of the
Contract.
7. Contract Agreement 7.1 The parties shall enter into a Contract Agreement within twenty eight
(28) days from the date of issuance of the Notification of Award (NOA).
The costs of stamp duties and similar charges, if any, designated by
the applicable law in connection with entry into the Contract
Agreement, shall be borne by the Employer.
8. Assignment 8.1 Neither the Contractor nor the Employer shall assign, in whole or in
part, its obligations under the Contract; except with the Employer’s
prior written approval.
9. Eligibility 9.1 The Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) shall have the nationality of
a country other than that specified in the PCC.

9.2 All materials, equipment, plant, and supplies used by the Contractor
in both permanent and temporary works and services supplied
under the Contract shall have their origin in the countries except
any specified in the PCC.

10. Gratuities / Agency 10.1 No fees, gratuities, rebates, gifts, commissions or other payments,
fees other than those included in the Contract, shall be given or received
in connection with the procurement process or in the Contract
execution.
11. Confidential 11.1 The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall
Details not, without the written consent of the other party hereto, divulge to
any third party any documents, data, or other information furnished
directly or indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the
Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to,
during or following completion or termination of the Contract.
Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its
Subcontractor such documents, data, and other information it
receives from the Employer to the extent required for the
Subcontractor to perform its work under the Contract, in which
event the Contractor shall obtain from such Subcontractor an
undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the
Contractor under GCC Clause 11.

11.2 The Employer shall not use such documents, data, and other
information received from the Contractor for any purposes
unrelated to the Contract. Similarly, the Contractor shall not use
such documents, data, and other information received from the
Employer for any purpose other than the design, construction, or
other work and services required for the performance of the
Contract.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 54 of 483
 11.3 The obligations of a party under GCC Sub Clauses 11.1 and 11.2
above, however, shall not apply to information that: the Employer or
Contractor needs to share with institutions participating in the
financing of the Contract; now or hereafter enters the public domain
through no fault of that party; can be proven to have been
possessed by that party at the time of disclosure and which was not
previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other party; or
otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third party
that has no obligation of confidentiality.

11.4 The above provisions of GCC Clause 11 shall not in any way
modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the
parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the
Works or any part thereof.

11.5 The provisions of GCC Clause 11 shall survive completion or

termination, for whatever reason.

12. Joint Venture (JV) 12.1 If the Contractor is a Joint Venture, Consortium, or Association
(JVCA ),
(a) each partner of the JV shall be jointly and severally liable for all
liabilities and ethical or legal obligations to the Employer for the
performance of the Contract;
(b) the JV partners shall nominate a representative who shall have
the authority to conduct all business including the receipt of
payments for and on behalf of all partners of the JV;
(c) in the event of a dispute that results in legal action against all
partners of the JV, if they are available and if only one partner
is available, then that partner alone shall answer on behalf of
all partners and, if the complaint lodged is proven, the penalty
shall be applicable on that lone partner as whatever penalty all
the partners would have received.
(d) the JV shall notify the Employer of its composition and legal
status which shall not be altered without the prior approval of
the Employer.
(e) alteration of partners shall only be allowed if any of the
partners is found to be incompetent or has any serious
difficulties which may impact the overall implementation of the
goods/works/service, whereby the incoming partner shall
require to possess qualifications equal to or higher than that
of the outgoing partner.
(f) if any of the partners of JV has been debarred from
participating in any procurement activity due to corrupt,
fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices, that JV partner
shall be altered following provisions under GCC Sub Clause
12.1 (d) and (e), while in case the Leading Partner has been
debarred due to the same reasons stated herein the Contract
shall be terminated as stated under GCC Sub Clause 67.1(b).
13. Possession of the 13.1 The Employer shall give possession of the Site or part(s) of the
Site Site, to the Contractor on the date(s) stated in the PCC. If
possession of a part of the Site is not given by the date stated in the
PCC, the Employer will be deemed to have delayed the start of the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 55 of 483
 relevant activities, and this will be a Compensation Event.
14. Access to the Site 14.1 The Contractor shall allow the Engineer and any person authorised
by the Engineer access to the Site and to any place where work in
connection with the Contract is being carried out or is intended to
be carried out.
15. Safety, Security 15.1 The Contractor shall throughout the execution and completion of
and Protection of the Works and the remedying of any defects therein:
the Environment
(a) take all reasonable steps to safeguard the health and safety
of all workers working on the Site and other persons entitled
to be on it, and to keep the Site in an orderly state;
(b) provide and maintain at the Contractor’s own cost all lights,
guards, fencing, warning signs and watching for the
protection of the Works or for the safety on-site; and
(c) take all reasonable steps to protect the environment on and
off the Site and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or
to property of the public or others resulting from pollution,
noise or other causes arising as a consequence of the
Contractors methods of operation.
16. Working Hours 16.1 The Contractor shall not perform any work on the Site on the
weekly holidays, or during the night or outside the normal working
hours, or on any religious or public holiday, without the prior
written approval of the Project Manager.

17. Welfare of 17.1 The Contractor shall comply with all the relevant labour Laws
Laborers applicable to the Contractor’s personnel relating to their
employment, health, safety, welfare, immigration and shall allow
them all their legal rights.
17.2 The Contractor, in particular, shall provide proper accommodation
to his or her labourers and arrange proper water supply,
conservancy and sanitation arrangements at the site for all
necessary hygienic requirements and for the prevention of
epidemics in accordance with relevant regulations, rules and
orders of the government.
17.3 The Contractor, further in particular, shall pay reasonable wages to
his or her labourers, and pay them in time. In the event of delay in
payment the Employer may effect payments to the labourers and
recover the cost from the Contractor.
17.4 The Contractor shall appoint an accident prevention officer at the
Site, responsible for maintaining safety and protection against
accidents. This person shall be qualified for this responsibility, and
shall have the authority to issue instructions and take appropriate
protective measures to prevent accidents that could result in injury.
Throughout the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall
provide whatever is required by this person to exercise this
responsibility and authority.
18. Child Labor 18.1 The Contractor shall not employ any child to perform any work that
is economically exploitative, or is likely to be hazardous to, or to
interfere with, the child's education, or to be harmful to the child's
health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 56 of 483
 in compliance with the applicable laws and other relevant treaties
ratified by the government.
19. Fossils& 19.1 All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, and structures and
antiquities other remains or items of geological or archaeological interest
found on the Site shall be placed under the care and authority of
the Employer. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to
prevent Contractor’s Personnel or other persons from removing or
damaging any of these findings.

19.2 The Contractor shall, upon discovery of any such finding, promptly
give notice to the Project Manager, who shall issue instructions for
dealing with it. If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs cost
from complying with the instructions, the Contractor shall give a
further notice to the Project Manager and shall be entitled subject
to Claims under GCC Clause 71
20. Corrupt, 20.1 The Government requires that Employer, as well as the Contractor
Fraudulent, shall observe the highest standard of ethics during the
Collusive or implementation of procurement proceedings and the execution of
Coercive Practices the Contract.
20.2 The Government requires that Employer, as well as the
Contractor shall, during the Procurement proceedings and the
execution of the Contract under public funds, ensure-
(a) strict compliance with the provisions of Section 64 of the
Public Procurement Act, 2006
(b) abiding by the code of ethics as mentioned in the Rule127
of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008;
(c) that neither it, nor any other member of its staff, or any other
agents or intermediaries working on its behalf engages in
any such practice as detailed in GCC Sub Clause 20.2.
20.3 For the purposes of GCC Sub Clause 20.2, the terms set forth
below as follows
(a) “corrupt practice” means offering, giving or promising to
give, receiving, or soliciting either directly or indirectly, to
any officer or employee of a Employer or other public or
private authority or individual, a gratuity in any form;
employment or any other thing or service of value as an
inducement with respect to an act or decision or method
followed by a Employer in connection with a Procurement
proceeding or Contract execution;
(b) “fraudulent practice” means the misrepresentation or
omission of facts in order to influence a decision to be
taken in a Procurement proceeding or Contract execution;
(c) collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement
between two (2) or more Persons, with or without the
knowledge of the Employer, that is designed to arbitrarily
reduce the number of Tenders submitted or fix Tender prices
at artificial, non-competitive levels, thereby denying a
Employer the benefits of competitive price arising from
genuine and open competition; or

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 57 of 483
 (d) “Coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm,
directly or indirectly, Persons or their property to influence a
decision to be taken in the Procurement proceeding or the
execution of the Contract, and this will include creating
obstructions in the normal submission process used for
Tenders.
20.4 Should any corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practice of
any kind come to the knowledge of the Employer, it will, in the first
place, allow the Contractor to provide an explanation and shall,
take actions only when a satisfactory explanation is not received.
Such decision and the reasons thereof, shall be recorded in the
record of the procurement proceedings and promptly
communicated to the Contractor. Any communications between
the Contractor and the Employer related to matters of alleged
fraud or corruption shall be in writing.
20.5 If corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices of any kind
determined by the Employer against the Contractor alleged to
have carried out such practices, the Employer will :
(a) exclude the Contractor from further participation in the
particular Procurement proceeding; or
(b) declare, at its discretion, the Contractor to be ineligible to
participate in further Procurement proceedings, either
indefinitely or for a specific period of time.
20.6 20.6 The Contractor shall be aware of the provisions on corruption,
fraudulence, collusion and coercion in Section 64 of the Public
Procurement Act, 2006 and Rule 127 of the Public Procurement
Rules, 2008.

21. License/ Use of 21.1 For the operation and maintenance of the Plant, the Contractor
Technical hereby grants a non-exclusive and non-transferable license
Information (without the right to sub-license) to the Employer under the
patents, utility models or other industrial property rights owned by
the Contractor or by a third Party from whom the Contractor has
received the right to grant licenses thereunder, and shall also grant
to the Employer a non-exclusive and non-transferable right
(without the right to sub-license) to use the know-how and other
technical information disclosed to the Employer under the
Contract. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
transferring ownership of any patent, utility model, trademark,
design, copyright, know-how or other intellectual property right
from the Contractor or any third Party to the Employer.
21.2 The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials
containing data and information furnished to the Employer by the
Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or, if they
are furnished to the Employer directly or through the Contractor by
any third Party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in
such materials shall remain vested in such third Party.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 58 of 483
 B. Subject Matter of Contract
22. Scope of Facilities 22.1 Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Employer’s
Requirements, the Contractor’s obligations cover the provision of
all Plant and the performance of all Installation Services required
for the design, and the manufacture (including procurement,
quality assurance, construction, installation, associated civil
works, Pre Commissioning and delivery) of the Plant, and the
installation, completion and commissioning of the Facilities in
accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings,
codes and any other documents as specified in the Section,
Employer’s Requirements. Such specifications include, but are
not limited to, the provision of supervision and engineering
services; the supply of labor, materials, equipment, spare parts
and accessories; Contractor’s Equipment; construction utilities
and supplies; temporary materials, structures and facilities;
transportation (including, without limitation, unloading and hauling
to, from and at the Site); and storage, except for those supplies,
works and services that will be provided or performed by the
Employer, as set forth in the Appendix to the Contract
Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer.

22.2 The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract,

perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials
not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be
reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for
attaining Completion of the Facilities as if such work and/or items
and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract.

22.3 In addition to the supply of Mandatory Spare Parts included in the

Contract, the Contractor agrees to supply spare parts required for
the operation and maintenance of the Facilities for the period
specified in the PCC and the provisions, if any, specified in the
PCC. However, the identity, specifications and quantities of such
spare parts and the terms and conditions relating to the supply
thereof are to be agreed between the Employer and the
Contractor, and the price of such spare parts shall be that given
in Price Schedule No.1 &2 under form PG5A-3, which shall be
added to the Contract Price. The price of such spare parts shall
include the purchase price therefor and other costs and expenses
(including the Contractor’s fees) relating to the supply of spare
parts.

23. Time for 23.1 The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities or of a part
Commencement where a separate time for Completion of such part is specified in
the Contract, within the time stated in the PCC or within such
extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC
Clause 65.1 hereof.
24. Time for 24.1 The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities or of a part
Completion where a separate time for Completion of such part is specified in
the Contract, within the time stated in the PCCor within such
extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC
Clause 65.1 hereof.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 59 of 483
25. Employer’s 25.1 All information and/or data to be supplied by the Employer as
Responsibilities described in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope
of Works and Supply by the Employer, shall be deemed to be
accurate, except when the Employer expressly states otherwise
25.2 The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing
legal and physical possession of the Site and access thereto, and
for providing possession of and access to all other areas
reasonably required for the proper execution of the Contract,
including all requisite rights of way, as specified in the Appendix to
the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the
Employer. The Employer shall give full possession of and accord
all rights of access thereto on or before the date(s) specified in that
Appendix.
25.3 The Employer shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals
and/or licenses from all local, state or national government
authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the
Site is located which (a) such authorities or undertakings require
the Employer to obtain in the Employer’s name, (b) are necessary
for the execution of the Contract, including those required for the
performance by both the Contractor and the Employer of their
respective obligations under the Contract, and (c) are specified in
the Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer).
25.4 If requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall use its best
endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining in a timely and
expeditious manner all permits, approvals and/or licenses
necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local, state or
national government authorities or public service undertakings that
such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor or
Subcontractors or the personnel of the Contractor or
Subcontractors, as the case may be, to obtain
25.5 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the
Employer and the Contractor, the Employer shall provide sufficient,
properly qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall
supply and make available all raw materials, utilities, lubricants,
chemicals, catalysts, other materials and facilities; and shall
perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, including
those required by the Contractor to properly carry out Pre
Commissioning, Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in
accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract
Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, at
or before the time specified in the program furnished by the
Contractor under the provisions of contract specified or as
otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.
25.6 The Employer shall be responsible for the continued operation of
the Facilities after Completion, in accordance with GCC Sub-
Clause 39.8, and shall be responsible for facilitating the Guarantee
Test(s) for the Facilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause
40.2.
25.7 All costs and expenses involved in the performance of the
obligations under this GCC Clause 25 shall be the responsibility of
the Employer, save those to be incurred by the Contractor with
respect to the performance of Guarantee Tests, in accordance with

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 60 of 483
 GCC Sub-Clause 40.2.
25.8 In the event that the Employer shall be in breach of any of his
obligations under this Clause, the additional cost incurred by the
Contractor in consequence thereof shall be determined by the
Project Manager and added to the Contract Price
26. Contractor’s 26.1 The Contractor shall design, manufacture including associated
Responsibilities purchases and/or subcontracting, install and complete the Facilities
in accordance with the Contract. When completed, the Facilities
should be fit for the purposes for which they are intended as defined
in the Contract.
26.2 The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the
basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the Facilities
including any data as to boring tests provided by the Employer, and
on the basis of information that the Contractor could have obtained
from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available
and of other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities as of
the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to tender submission. The
Contractor acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all
such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility for
properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing
the Facilities.
26.3 The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals
and/or licenses from all local, state or national government
authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the
Site is located which such authorities or undertakings require the
Contractor to obtain in its name and which are necessary for the
performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, visas for
the Contractor’s and Subcontractor’s personnel and entry permits
for all imported Contractor’s Equipment. The Contractor shall
acquire all other permits, approvals and/or licenses that are not the
responsibility of the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 25.3 hereof
and that are necessary for the performance of the Contract.
27. Employer’s and 27.1 The Employer carries the risks that the Contract states are
Contractor’s Risks Employer’s risks and the Contractor carries the risks that the
Contract states are Contractor’s risks.
28. Employer’s Risks 28.1 From the Start Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has
been issued, the following are Employer’s risks:
(a) the risk of personal injury, death, or loss of or damage to
property (excluding the Works, Plant, Materials, and
Equipment), which are due to
i. use or occupation of the Site by the Works or for the
purpose of the Works, which is the unavoidable result
of the Works or
ii. negligence, breach of statutory duty, or interference
with any legal right by the Employer or by any person
employed by or Contracted to him except the
Contractor.
iii. the risk of damage to the Works, Plant, Materials, and
Equipment to the extent that it is due to a fault of the
Employer or in the Employer’s design, or due to war or
radioactive contamination directly affecting the country

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 61 of 483
 where the Works are to be executed.

28.2 From the Completion Date until the Defects Correction Certificate
has been issued, the risk of loss of or damage to the Works, Plant,
and Materials is Employer’s risk, except loss or damage due to:
(a) a Defect which existed on the Completion Date;
(b) an event occurring before the Completion Date, which was
not itself Employer’s risk; or
(c) the activities of the Contractor on the Site after the
Completion Date.
29. Contractor’s Risks 29.1 From the Start Date until the Defects Correction Certificate has
been issued the risks of personal injury, death, and loss of or
damage to property including without limitation, the Works, Plant,
Materials, and Equipment, which are not Employer’s risks are
Contractor’s risks.

C. Execution of the Facilities

30. Representatives 31.1 Project Manager
If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within
fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint
and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Project
Manager. The Employer may from time to time appoint some other
person as the Project Manager in place of the person previously so
appointed, and shall give a notice of the name of such other person
to the Contractor without delay. No such appointment shall be
made at such a time or in such a manner as to impede the
progress of work on the Facilities. Such appointment shall only
take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor. The
Project Manager shall represent and act for the Employer at all
times during the performance of the Contract. All notices,
instructions, orders, certificates, approvals and all other
communications under the Contract shall be given by the Project
Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.

All notices, instructions, information and other communications

given by the Contractor to the Employer under the Contract shall be
given to the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.

30.2 Contractor’s Representative & Construction Manager

30.2.1 If the Contractor’s Representative is not named in the

Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the
Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall
request the Employer in writing to approve the person so
appointed. If the Employer makes no objection to the appointment
within fourteen (14) days, the Contractor’s Representative shall be
deemed to have been approved. If the Employer objects to the
appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefor,
then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within fourteen
(14) days of such objection, and the foregoing provisions of this
GCC Sub-Clause 30.2.1 shall apply thereto.
30.2.2 The Contractor’s Representative shall represent and act for

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 62 of 483
 the Contractor at all times during the performance of the Contract
and shall give to the Project Manager all the Contractor’s notices,
instructions, information and all other communications under the
Contract.
The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the
Contractor’s Representative without the Employer’s prior written
consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the
Employer consents thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some
other person as the Contractor’s Representative, pursuant to the
procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 30.2.1.
30.2.3 . The Contractor’s Representative may, subject to the
approval of the Employer which shall not be unreasonably
withheld, at any time delegate to any person any of the powers,
functions and authorities vested in him or her. Any such delegation
may be revoked at any time. Any such delegation or revocation
shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Contractor’s
Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and
authorities thereby delegated or revoked. No such delegation or
revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy thereof has
been delivered to the Employer and the Project Manager.
Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and
authorities so delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC
Sub-Clause 30.2.3 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the
Contractor’s Representative.
30.2.4 From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at
the Site until Completion, the Contractor’s Representative shall
appoint a suitable person as the Construction Manager. The
Construction Manager shall supervise all work done at the Site by
the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout normal
working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons
connected with the proper performance of the Contract. Whenever
the Construction Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable
person shall be appointed to act as the Construction Manager’s
deputy.
30.2.5 The Employer may by notice to the Contractor object to any
representative or person employed by the Contractor in the
execution of the Contract who, in the reasonable opinion of the
Employer, may behave inappropriately, may be incompetent or
negligent, or may commit a serious breach of the Site regulations
provided under GCC Sub-Clause 37.4. The Employer shall
provide evidence of the same, whereupon the Contractor shall
remove such person from the Facilities.
30.2.6 If any representative or person employed by the Contractor
is removed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 30.2.5, the
Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a replacement.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 63 of 483
31. Work Program 31.1 Contractor’s Organization
The Contractor shall supply to the Employer and the Project
Manager a chart showing the proposed organization to be
established by the Contractor for carrying out work on the
Facilities within twenty-one (21) days of the Effective Date. The
chart shall include the identities of the key personnel and the
curricula vitae of such key personnel to be employed shall be
supplied together with the chart. The Contractor shall promptly
inform the Employer and the Project Manager in writing of any
revision or alteration of such an organization chart.
31.2 Program of Performance
Within twenty-eight (28) days after the Effective Date, the
Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a detailed
program of performance of the Contract, made in a form
acceptable to the Project Manager and showing the sequence in
which it proposes to design, manufacture, transport, assemble,
install and Pre Commission the Facilities, as well as the date by
which the Contractor reasonably requires that the Employer shall
have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to enable
the Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the
program and to achieve Completion, Commissioning and
Acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. The
program so submitted by the Contractor shall accord with the
Time Schedule included in the Appendix to the Contract
Agreement titled Time Schedule, and any other dates and
periods specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall update
and revise the program as and when appropriate or when
required by the Project Manager, but without modification in the
Times for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to Sub-
Clause 24.1 and any extension granted in accordance with GCC
Clause 65.1, and shall submit all such revisions to the Project
Manager.
31.3 Progress Report
The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities
specified in the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 31.2
above, and supply a progress report to the Project Manager
every month.

The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project

Manager and shall indicate: (a) percentage completion achieved
compared with the planned percentage completion for each
activity; and (b) where any activity is behind the program, giving
comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective
action being taken.
31.4 Progress of Performance
If at any time the Contractor’s actual progress falls behind the
program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 31.2, or it becomes
apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the
request of the Employer or the Project Manager, prepare and
submit to the Project Manager a revised program, taking into
account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Project
Manager of the steps being taken to expedite progress so as to
attain Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 64 of 483
 under GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, any extension thereof entitled
under GCC Sub-Clause 65.1, or any extended period as may
otherwise be agreed upon between the Employer and the
Contractor.
31.5 Procedures
The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents including the procedures given in the Forms and
Procedures of the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor may
execute the Contract in accordance with its own standard project
execution plans and procedures to the extent that they do not
conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract.

32. Subcontractor 32.1 Subcontracting the whole of the Plant and Service by the
Contractor shall not be permissible. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the acts or defaults of any Subcontractor, his or
her agents or employees, as if they were the acts or defaults of
the Contractor.

32.2 The Contractor shall not be required to obtain consent from the
Project Manager or his representative, for suppliers solely of
Materials or to a subcontract for which the Specialist
Subcontractor(s) is already named in the Contract.

32.3 The prior consent, in writing, of the Engineer shall however be

obtained for other proposed Subcontractor(s).

33. Nominated 33.1 Nominated Subcontractor named in the Contract shall be entitled
Subcontractor to execute the specific components of the Works stated in the
PCC.
33.2 The Contractor shall not be under obligations to employ a
Nominated Subcontractor against whom the Contractor raises
reasonable objection by notice to the Engineer as soon as
practicable, with supporting particulars while there are reasons
to believe that the Subcontractor does not have sufficient
competence, resources or financial strength, or does not accept
to indemnify the Contractor against and from any negligence or
misuse of Goods by the nominated Subcontractor, or does not
accept to enter into a subcontract which specifies that, for the
subcontracted work including design, if any, the Nominated
Subcontractor shall undertake to the Contractor such obligations
and liabilities as will enable the contractor to discharge his or her
liabilities under the Contract.
34. Other Contractors 34.1 The Contractor shall cooperate and share the Site with other
Contractors, public authorities, utilities, the Engineer and the
Employer between the dates given in the Schedule of other
Contractors. The Contractor shall also provide facilities and
services for them as described in the Schedule. The Employer
may modify the Schedule of other Contractors, and shall notify the
Contractor of any such modification.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 65 of 483
35. Design and 35.1 Specifications and Drawings
Engineering
35.1.1 The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and
the engineering work in compliance with the provisions of the
Contract, or where not so specified, in accordance with good
engineering practice. The Contractor shall be responsible for any
discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications, drawings
and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such
specifications, drawings and other documents have been
approved by the Project Manager or not, provided that such
discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate
information furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf of
the Employer.

35.1.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any

design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any
modification thereof provided or designated by or on behalf of the
Employer, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Project
Manager.

35.2 Codes and Standards

Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and

standards in accordance with which the Contract shall be
executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and
standards current at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to date of
tender submission shall apply unless otherwise specified. During
Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards
shall be applied subject to approval by the Employer and shall be
treated in accordance with GCC Clause 64.

35.3. Approval/Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager

35.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare or cause its Subcontractors to

prepare, and furnish to the Project Manager the documents
listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List
of Documents for Approval or Review, for its approval or
review as specified and in accordance with the requirements
of GCC Sub-Clause 31.2 (Program of Performance).

Any part of the Facilities covered by or related to the

documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be
executed only after the Project Manager’s approval thereof.

GCC Sub-Clauses 35.3.2 through 35.3.6 shall apply to those

documents requiring the Project Manager’s approval, but not
to those furnished to the Project Manager for its review only

35.3.2 Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Project

Manager of any document requiring the Project Manager’s
approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 35.3.1, the
Project Manager shall either return one copy thereof to the
Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify
the Contractor in writing of its disapproval thereof and the
reasons therefor and the modifications that the Project
Manager proposes. If the Project Manager fails to take such

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 66 of 483
 action within the said fourteen (14) days, then the said
document shall be deemed to have been approved by the
Project Manager.

35.3.3. The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document,

except on the grounds that the document does not comply
with the Contract or that it is contrary to good engineering
practice.

35.3.4 If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the

Contractor shall modify the document and resubmit it for the
Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-
Clause 35.3.2. If the Project Manager approves the
document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall
make the required modification(s), whereupon the document
shall be deemed to have been approved.

35.3.5 The Project Manager’s approval, with or without modification

of the document furnished by the Contractor, shall not
relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability
imposed upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to
the extent that any subsequent failure results from
modifications required by the Project Manager.

35.3.6 The Contractor shall not depart from any approved

document unless the Contractor has first submitted to the
Project Manageran amended document and obtained the
Project Manager’s approval thereof, pursuant to the
provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 35.3. If the Project
Manager requests any change in any already approved
document and/or in any document based thereon, the
provisions of GCC Clause 64 shall apply to such request.

36. Procurement 36.1 Plant

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 60.2, the Contractor shall procure and

transport all Plant in an expeditious and orderly manner to the Site.
36.2 Employer-Supplied Plant

If the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works

and Supply by the Employer, provides that the Employer shall
furnish any specific items to the Contractor, the following provisions
shall apply:
36.2.1 The Employer shall, at its own risk and expense, transport
each item to the place on or near the Site as agreed upon by the
Parties and make such item available to the Contractor at the time
specified in the program furnished by the Contractor, pursuant to
GCC Sub-Clause 31.2, unless otherwise mutually agreed.
36.2.2 Upon receipt of such item, the Contractor shall inspect the
same visually and notify the Project Manager of any detected
shortage, defect or default. The Employer shall immediately
remedy any shortage, defect or default, or the Contractor shall, if
practicable and possible, at the request of the Employer, remedy
such shortage, defect or default at the Employer’s cost and
expense. After inspection, such item shall fall under the care,

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 67 of 483
 custody and control of the Contractor. The provision of this GCC
Sub-Clause 36.2.2 shall apply to any item supplied to remedy any
such shortage or default or to substitute for any defective item, or
shall apply to defective items that have been repaired.
36.2.3 The foregoing responsibilities of the Contractor and its
obligations of care, custody and control shall not relieve the
Employer of liability for any undetected shortage, defect or default,
nor place the Contractor under any liability for any such shortage,
defect or default whether under GCC Clause 42 or under any other
provision of Contract.
36.3 Transportation

36.3.1 The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport
all the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site by the
mode of transport that the Contractor judges most suitable under all
the circumstances.
36.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor
shall be entitled to select any safe mode of transport operated by
any person to carry the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment.
36.3.3 Upon dispatch of each shipment of materials and the
Contractor’s Equipment, the Contractor shall notify the Employer by
telex, cable, facsimile or electronic means, of the description of the
materials and of the Contractor’s Equipment, the point and means
of dispatch, and the estimated time and point of arrival in the
country where the Site is located, if applicable, and at the Site. The
Contractor shall furnish the Employer with relevant shipping
documents to be agreed upon between the Parties.
36.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if
necessary, approvals from the authorities for transportation of the
materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site. The
Employer shall use its best endeavors in a timely and expeditious
manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining such approvals, if
requested by the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and
hold harmless the Employer from and against any claim for damage
to roads, bridges or any other traffic facilities that may be caused by
the transport of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the
Site.
36.4 Customs Clearance

The Contractor shall, at its own expense, handle all imported

materials and Contractor’s Equipment at the point(s) of import and
shall handle any formalities for customs clearance, subject to the
Employer’s obligations under GCC Sub-Clause 60.2, provided that
if applicable laws or regulations require any application or act to be
made by or in the name of the Employer, the Employer shall take
all necessary steps to comply with such laws or regulations. In the
event of delays in customs clearance that are not the fault of the
Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension in the
Time for Completion, pursuant to GCC Clause 65.

37. Installation 37.1 Setting Out/Supervision

37.1.1 Bench Mark: The Contractor shall be responsible for the

true and proper setting-out of the Facilities in relation to bench

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 68 of 483
 marks, reference marks and lines provided to it in writing by or on
behalf of the Employer.

If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities,

any error shall appear in the position, level or alignment of the
Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the Project Manager
of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such
error to the reasonable satisfaction of the Project Manager. If such
error is based on incorrect data provided in writing by or on behalf
of the Employer, the expense of rectifying the same shall be borne
by the Employer.

37.1.2 Contractor’s Supervision: The Contractor shall give or

provide all necessary superintendence during the installation of the
Facilities, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be
constantly on the Site to provide full-time superintendence of the
installation. The Contractor shall provide and employ only
technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their
respective callings and supervisory staff who are competent to
adequately supervise the work at hand.
37.2 Labor:

37.2.1 Engagement of Staff and Labor

(a) Except as otherwise stated in the Specification, the

Contractor shall make arrangements for the engagement of
all staff and labor, local or otherwise, and for their payment,
housing, feeding and transport.

(b) The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in the
installation of the Facilities such skilled, semi-skilled and
unskilled labor as is necessary for the proper and timely
execution of the Contract. The Contractor is encouraged to
use local labor that has the necessary skills.

(c) The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all

necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from the appropriate
authorities for the entry of all labor and personnel to be
employed on the Site into the country where the Site is
located. The Employer will, if requested by the Contractor,
use his best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to
assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state, national or
government permission required for bringing in the
Contractor’s personnel.

(d) The Contractor shall at its own expense provide the means
of repatriation to all of its and its Subcontractor’s personnel
employed on the Contract at the Site to the place where they
were recruited or to their domicile. It shall also provide
suitable temporary maintenance of all such persons from the
cessation of their employment on the Contract to the date
programmed for their departure. In the event that the
Contractor defaults in providing such means of transportation
and temporary maintenance, the Employer may provide the
same to such personnel and recover the cost of doing so

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 69 of 483
 from the Contractor.

37.2.2 Persons in the Service of Employer

The Contractor shall not recruit, or attempt to recruit, staff and

labor from amongst the Employer’s Personnel.

37.2.3 Facilities for Staff and Labor

Except as otherwise stated in the Specification, the Contractor

shall provide and maintain all necessary accommodation and
welfare facilities for the Contractor’s Personnel. The
Contractor shall also provide facilities for the Employer’s
Personnel as stated in the Specification.

The Contractor shall not permit any of the Contractor’s

Personnel to maintain any temporary or permanent living
quarters within the structures forming part of the Permanent
Works

37.3 Contractor’s Equipment

37.3.1 All Contractor’s Equipment brought by the Contractor onto

the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used
exclusively for the execution of the Contract. The Contractor
shall not remove the same from the Site without the Project
Manager’s consent that such Contractor’s Equipment is no
longer required for the execution of the Contract.

37.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion

of the Facilities, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all
Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site and any
surplus materials remaining thereon.

37.3.3 The Employer will, if requested, use its best endeavors to

assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state or national
government permission required by the Contractor for the
export of the Contractor’s Equipment imported by the
Contractor for use in the execution of the Contract that is no
longer required for the execution of the Contract.

37.4 Site Regulations and Safety

The Employer and the Contractor shall establish Site regulations

setting out the rules to be observed in the execution of the Contract
at the Site and shall comply therewith. The Contractor shall
prepare and submit to the Employer, with a copy to the Project
Manager, proposed Site regulations for the Employer’s approval,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Such Site regulations shall include, but shall not be limited to, rules
in respect of security, safety of the Facilities, gate control,
sanitation, medical care, and fire prevention. reasonable costs
incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid by
the Contractor to the Employer. Otherwise, the cost of such
remedial work shall be borne by the Employer.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 70 of 483
 37.5 Site Clearance

37.5.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance: In the course of

carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shallkeeptheSite
reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove
any surplus materials, clear away any wreckage, rubbish or
temporary works from the Site, and remove any Contractor’s
Equipment no longer required for execution of the Contract

37.6 Opportunities for Other Contractors

37.6.1 The Contractor shall, upon written request from the

Employer or the Project Manager, give all reasonable opportunities
for carrying out the work to any other contractors employed by the
Employer on or near the Site.

37.6.2 If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer

or the Project Manager, makes available to other contractors any
roads or ways the maintenance for which the Contractor is
responsible, permits the use by such other contractors of the
Contractor’s Equipment, or provides any other service of
whatsoever nature for such other contractors, the Employer shall
fully compensate the Contractor for any loss or damage caused or
occasioned by such other contractors in respect of any such use or
service, and shall pay to the Contractor reasonable remuneration
for the use of such equipment or the provision of such services.

37.7 Emergency Work

37.7.1 If, by reason of an emergency arising in connection with and

during the execution of the Contract, any protective or remedial
work is necessary as a matter of urgency to prevent damage to the
Facilities, the Contractor shall immediately carry out such work.

If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to do such work immediately,

the Employer may do or cause such work to be done as the
Employer may determine is necessary in order to prevent damage
to the Facilities. In such event the Employer shall, as soon as
practicable after the occurrence of any such emergency, notify the
Contractor in writing of such emergency, the work done and the
reasons therefor. If the work done or caused to be done by the
Employer is work that the Contractor was liable to do at its own
expense under the Contract.

37.7.2 Clearance of Site after Completion: After Completion of all

parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove
all wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind from the Site, and
shall leave the Site and Facilities in a clean and safe condition.

37.8 Watching and Lighting

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at its own expense

alllighting, fencing, and watching when and where necessary for the
proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for the
safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the
safety of the public.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 71 of 483
38. Test & Inspection 38.1 The Contractor shall at its own expense carry out at the place of
manufacture and/or on the Site all such tests and/or inspections
of the Plant and any part of the Facilities as are specified in the
Contract.

38.2 The Employer and the Project Manager or their designated

representatives shall be entitled to attend the aforesaid test
and/or inspection, provided that the Employer shall bear all costs
and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance
including, but not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging
expenses.

38.3 38.3 Whenever the Contractor is ready to carry out any such
test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall give a reasonable
advance notice of such test and/or inspection and of the place
and time thereof to the Project Manager. The Contractor shall
obtain from any relevant third Party or manufacturer any
necessary permission or consent to enable the Employer and the
Project Manager or their designated representatives to attend the
test and/or inspection.

38.4 The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified
report of the results of any such test and/or inspection. If the
Employer or Project Manager or their designated representatives
fails to attend the test and/or inspection, or if it is agreed between
the Parties that such persons shall not do so, then the Contractor
may proceed with the test and/or inspection in the absence of
such persons, and may provide the Project Manager with a
certified report of the results thereof.

38.5 38.5 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to carry
out any test and/or inspection not required by the Contract,
provided that the Contractor’s reasonable costs and expenses
incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be
added to the Contract Price. Further, if such test and/or
inspection impede the progress of work on the Facilities and/or
the Contractor’s performance of its other obligations under the
Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Time for
Completion and the other obligations so affected.

38.6 If any Plant or any part of the Facilities fails to pass any test
and/or inspection, the Contractor shall either rectify or replace
such Plant or part of the Facilities and shall repeat the test and/or
inspection upon giving a notice under GCC Sub-Clause 38.3.

38.7 If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the

Parties in connection with or arising out of the test and/or
inspection of the Plant or part of the Facilities that cannot be
settled between the Parties within a reasonable period of time, it
may be referred to an 72.2.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 72 of 483
 38.8 The Contractor shall afford the Employer and the Project
Manager, at the Employer’s expense, access at any reasonable
time to any place where the Plant are being manufactured or the
Facilities are being installed, in order to inspect the progress and
the manner of manufacture or installation, provided that the
Project Manager shall give the Contractor a reasonable prior
notice.

38.9 The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or
inspection of Plant or any part of the Facilities, nor the attendance
by the Employer or the Project Manager, nor the issue of any test
certificate pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 38.4, shall release the
Contractor from any other responsibilities under the Contract.

38.10 39.10 No part of the Facilities or foundations shall be covered up

on the Site without the Contractor carrying out any test and/or
inspection required under the Contract. The Contractor shall give
a reasonable notice to the Project Manager whenever any such
parts of the Facilities or foundations are ready or about to be
ready for test and/or inspection; such test and/or inspection and
notice thereof shall be subject to the requirements of the Contract.

38.11 The Contractor shall uncover any part of the Facilities or

foundations, or shall make openings in or through the same as
the Project Manager may from time to time require at the Site,
and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts.

38.12 If any parts of the Facilities or foundations have been covered up

at the Site after compliance with the requirement of GCC Sub-
Clause 38.10 and are found to be executed in accordance with
the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or
through, reinstating, and making good the same shall be borne by
the Employer, and the Time for Completion shall be reasonably
adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been
delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations
under the Contract.

39. Completion of the 39.1 As soon as the Facilities or any part thereof has, in the opinion of
Facilities the Contractor, been completed operationally and structurally and
put in a tight and clean condition as specified in the Employer’s
Requirements, excluding minor items not materially affecting the
operation or safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify
the Employer in writing.
39.2 Within seven (7) days after receipt of the notice from the
Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 39.1, the Employer shall
supply the operating and maintenance personnel specified in the
Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and
Supply by the Employer for Pre Commissioning of the Facilities
or any part thereof.
Pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope
of Works and Supply by the Employer, the Employer shall also
provide, within the said seven (7) day period, the raw materials,
utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and
other matters required for Pre Commissioning of the Facilities or
any part thereof.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 73 of 483
 39.3 As soon as reasonably practicable after the operating and
maintenance personnel have been supplied by the Employer and
the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts,
facilities, services and other matters have been provided by the
Employer in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2, the
Contractor shall commence Pre-commissioning of the Facilities
or the relevant part thereof in preparation for Commissioning,
subject to GCC Sub-Clause 40.5.
39.4 As soon as all works in respect of Pre-commissioning are
completed and, in the opinion of the Contractor, the Facilities or
39.5 The Project Manager shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt
of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 39.4, either
issue a Completion Certificate in the form specified in the
Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures), stating that
the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of
the date of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 39.4,
or notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or
deficiencies.
If the Project Manager notifies the Contractor of any defects
and/or deficiencies, the Contractor shall then correct such
defects and/or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure
described in GCC Sub-Clause 39.4.
39.6 If the Project Manager is satisfied that the Facilities or that part
thereof have reached Completion, the Project Manager shall,
within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated
notice, issue a Completion Certificate stating that the Facilities or
that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the
Contractor’s repeated notice.
39.7 If the Project Manager is not so satisfied, then it shall notify the
Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies within
seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice,
and the above procedure shall be repeated.
39.8 If the Project Manager fails to issue the Completion Certificate
and fails to inform the Contractor of any defects and/or
deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the
Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 39.4 or within seven
(7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice under
GCC Sub-Clause 39.5, or if the Employer makes use of the
Facilities or part thereof, then the Facilities or that part thereof
shall be deemed to have reached Completion as of the date of
the Contractor’s notice or repeated notice, or as of the
Employer’s use of the Facilities, as the case may be.
39.9 As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall
complete all outstanding minor items so that the Facilities are
fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing
which the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct
the costs thereof from any monies owing to the Contractor.
39.10 Upon Completion, the Employer shall be responsible for the care
and custody of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof, together
with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and shall thereafter take
over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 74 of 483
40. Commissioning 40.1 Commissioning
and Operational
40.1.1 Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof shall be
Acceptance
commenced by the Contractor immediately after issue of the
Completion Certificate by the Project Manager, pursuant to
GCC Sub-Clause 39.5, or immediately after the date of the
deemed Completion, under GCC Sub-Clause 39.6.

40.1.2 The Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance

personnel and all raw materials, utilities, lubricants,
chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters
required for Commissioning.

40.1.3 In accordance with the requirements of the Contract, the

Contractor’s and Project Manager’s advisory personnel shall
attend the Commissioning, including the Guarantee Test,
and shall advise and assist the Employer.

40.2 Guarantee Test

40.2.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 40.5, the Guarantee Test
and repeats thereof shall be conducted by the Contractor
during Commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant
part thereof to ascertain whether the Facilities or the
relevant part can attain the Functional Guarantees
specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement
titled Functional Guarantees. The Employer shall
promptly provide the Contractor with such information as
the Contractor may reasonably require in relation to the
conduct and results of the Guarantee Test and any
repeats thereof.

40.2.2 If for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the

Guarantee Test of the Facilities or the relevant part
thereof cannot be successfully completed within the
period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC
or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and
the Contractor, the Contractor shall be deemed to have
fulfilled its obligations with respect to the Functional
Guarantees, and GCC Sub-Clauses 43.2 and 43.3 shall
not apply.

40.3 Operational Acceptance

40.3.2 At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Sub-
Clause 40.3.1 have occurred, the Contractor may give a
notice to the Project Manager requesting the issue of an
Operational Acceptance Certificate in the form provided in
the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures)in
respect of the Facilities or the part thereof specified in
such notice as of the date of such notice.

40.3.3 The Project Manager shall, after consultation with the

Employer, and within seven (7) days after receipt of the
Contractor’s notice, issue an Operational Acceptance
Certificate.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 75 of 483
 40.3.4 If within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s
notice, the Project Manager fails to issue the Operational
Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Contractor in
writing of the justifiable reasons why the Project Manager
has not issued the Operational Acceptance Certificate,
the Facilities or the relevant part thereof shall be deemed
to have been accepted as of the date of the Contractor’s
said notice.

40.4 Partial Acceptance

40.4.1 If the Contract specifies that Completion and
Commissioning shall be carried out in respect of parts of
the Facilities, the provisions relating to Completion and
Commissioning including the Guarantee Test shall apply
to each such part of the Facilities individually, and the
Operational Acceptance Certificate shall be issued
accordingly for each such part of the Facilities.
40.4.2 If a part of the Facilities comprises facilities such as
buildings, for which no Commissioning or Guarantee Test
is required, then the Project Manager shall issue the
Operational Acceptance Certificate for such facility when
it attains Completion, provided that the Contractor shall
thereafter complete any outstanding minor items that are
listed in the Operational Acceptance Certificate

40.5 Delayed Pre-commissioning and/or Guarantee Test

40.5.1 In the event that the Contractor is unable to proceed with
the Pre-commissioning of the Facilities pursuant to Sub-
Clause 39.3, or with the Guarantee Test pursuant to Sub-
Clause 40.2, for reasons attributable to the Employer
either on account of non-availability of other facilities
under the responsibilities of other contractor(s), or for
reasons beyond the Contractor’s control, the provisions
leading to “deemed” completion of activities such as
Completion, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.6, and
Operational Acceptance, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause
40.3.4, and Contractor’s obligations regarding Defect
Liability Period, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2,
Functional Guarantee, pursuant to GCC Clause 43, and
Care of Facilities, pursuant to GCC Clause 48, and GCC
Clause 66.1, Suspension, shall not apply. In this case,
the following provisions shall apply.

40.5.2 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager

that he will be unable to proceed with the activities and
obligations pursuant to clauses 58 & 59, the Contractor
shall be entitled to the following:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 76 of 483
 (a) the Time of Completion shall be extended for the
period of suspension without imposition of liquidated
damages pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2;
(b) payments due to the Contractor in accordance with
the provision specified in the Appendix to the Contract
Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment,
which would not have been payable in normal
circumstances due to non-completion of the subject
activities, shall be released to the Contractor against
submission of a security in the form of a bank
guarantee of equivalent amount acceptable to the
Employer, and which shall become null and void when
the Contractor will have complied with its obligations
regarding those payments, subject to the provision of
Sub-Clause 40.5.3 below;
(c) the expenses towards the above security and
extension of other securities under the contract, of
which validity needs to be extended, shall be
reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer;
(d) the additional charges towards the care of the
Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 48.1 shall be
reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer for the
period between the notification mentioned above and
the notification mentioned in Sub-Clause 40.5.4 below.
The provision of GCC Sub-Clause 49.2 shall apply to
the Facilities during the same period.
40.5.3 In the event that the period of suspension under above
Sub-Clause 40.5.1 actually exceeds one hundred eighty
(180) days, the Employer and Contractor shall mutually
agree to any additional compensation payable to the
Contractor.
40.5.4 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that
the plant is ready for Pre-commissioning, the Contractor
shall proceed without delay in performing Pre-
commissioning, in accordance with Clause 39.

D. Guarantees and Liabilities

41. Completion Time 41.1 The Contractor guarantees that it shall attain Completion of the
Guarantee Facilities (or a part for which a separate time for completion is
specified) within the Time for Completion specified in the PCC
pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, or within such extended time to
which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 65 hereof

41.2 If the Contractor fails to attain Completion of the Facilities or any

part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof
under GCC Clause 65, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer
liquidated damages in the amount specified in the PCC as a
percentage rate of the Contract Price or the relevant part thereof.
The aggregate amount of such liquidated damages shall in no event
exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC as a
percentage rate of the Contract Price. Once the “Maximum” is
reached, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract,

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 77 of 483
 pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 67.2.2.
Such payment shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s obligation to
attain Completion of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof within
the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC
Clause 65. The Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever
to the Employer in respect thereof.
However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way
relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations to complete the
Facilities or from any other obligations and liabilities of the
Contractor under the Contract.
Save for liquidated damages payable under this GCC Sub-Clause
41.2, the failure by the Contractor to attain any milestone or other
act, matter or thing by any date specified in the Appendix to the
Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and/or other program of
work prepared pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 31.2 shall not render
the Contractor liable for any loss or damage thereby suffered by the
Employer..
41.3 If the Contractor attains Completion of the Facilities or any part
thereof before the Time for Completion or any extension thereof
under GCC Clause 65, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor a
bonus in the amount specified in the PCC. The aggregate amount
of such bonus shall in no event exceed the amount specified as
“Maximum” in the PCC.

42. Defect Liability 42.1 TheContractor warrants that the Facilities or any part thereof shall
be free from defects in the design, engineering, materials and
workmanship of the Plant supplied and of the work executed.
42.2 The Defect Liability Period shall be five hundred and forty (540)
days from the date of Completion of the Facilities (or any part
thereof) or one year from the date of Operational Acceptance of
the Facilities (or any part thereof), whichever first occurs, unless
specified otherwise in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause
42.10.
If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in
the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant
supplied or of the work executed by the Contractor, the Contractor
shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Employer
regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its cost,
repair, replace or otherwise make good as the Contractor shall
determine at its discretion, such defect as well as any damage to
the Facilities caused by such defect. The Contractor shall not be
responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any
defect or of any damage to the Facilities arising out of or resulting
from any of the following causes:
(a) improper operation or maintenance of the Facilities by the
Employer;
(b) operation of the Facilities outside specifications provided in
the Contract; or
(c) Normal wear and tear.

42.3 The Contractor’s obligations under this GCC Clause 42 shall not

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 78 of 483
 apply to:
(a) any materials that are supplied by the Employer under GCC
Sub-Clause 36.2, are normally consumed in operation, or
have a normal life shorter than the Defect Liability Period
stated herein;
(b) any designs, specifications or other data designed, supplied or
specified by or on behalf of the Employer or any matters for
which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein; or
(c) Any other materials supplied or any other work executed by or
on behalf of the Employer, except for the work executed by
the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 42.7.

42.4 The Employer shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature
of any such defect together with all available evidence thereof,
promptly following the discovery thereof. The Employer shall
afford all reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any
such defect.
42.5 The Employer shall afford the Contractor all necessary access to
the Facilities and the Site to enable the Contractor to perform its
obligations under this GCC Clause 42.
The Contractor may, with the consent of the Employer, remove
from the Site any Plant or any part of the Facilities that are
defective if the nature of the defect, and/or any damage to the
Facilities caused by the defect, is such that repairs cannot be
expeditiously carried out at the Site.
42.6 If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a character
that it may affect the efficiency of the Facilities or any part thereof,
the Employer may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that
tests of the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the
Contractor immediately upon completion of such remedial work,
whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests.
If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further
repair, replacement or making good, as the case may be, until
that part of the Facilities passes such tests. The tests shall be
agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.
42.7 If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy
such defect or any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect
within a reasonable time (which shall in no event be considered to
be less than fifteen (15) days), the Employer may, following notice
to the Contractor, proceed to do such work, and the reasonable
costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be
paid to the Employer by the Contractor or may be deducted by the
Employer from any monies due the Contractor or claimed under
the Performance Security.
42.8 If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of
such defect and/or making good of such defect, the Defect
Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may be,
shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the
Facilities or such part cannot be used by the Employer because of
any of the aforesaid reasons.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 79 of 483
 42.9 Except as provided in GCC Clauses 42 and 49, the Contractor
shall be under no liability whatsoever and howsoever arising, and
whether under the Contract or at law, in respect of defects in the
Facilities or any part thereof, the Plant, design or engineering or
work executed that appear after Completion of the Facilities or
any part thereof, except where such defects are the result of the
gross negligence, fraud, or criminal or willful action of the
Contractor.
42.10 In addition, any such component of the Facilities, and during the
period of time as may be specified in the PCC, shall be subject
to an extended defect liability period. Such obligation of the
Contractor shall be in addition to the defect liability period
specified under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.
43. Functional 43.1 The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the
Guarantees Facilities and all parts thereof shall attain the Functional Guarantees
specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled
Functional Guarantees, subject to and upon the conditions therein
specified.
43.2 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the minimum level of
the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract
Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not met either in whole
or in part, the Contractor shall at its cost and expense make such
changes, modifications and/or additions to the Plant or any part
thereof as may be necessary to meet at least the minimum level of
such Guarantees. The Contractor shall notify the Employer upon
completion of the necessary changes, modifications and/or
additions, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee
Test until the minimum level of the Guarantees has been met. If the
Contractor eventually fails to meet the minimum level of Functional
Guarantees, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract,
pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 64.2.2.
43.3 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the Functional
Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement
titled Functional Guarantees, are not attained either in whole or in
part, but the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified
in the said Appendix to the Contract Agreement is met, the
Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s option, either
(a) make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities
or any part thereof that are necessary to attain the Functional
Guarantees at its cost and expense, and shall request the Employer
to repeat the Guarantee Test or
(b) pay liquidated damages to the Employer in respect of the failure to
meet the Functional Guarantees in accordance with the provisions
in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional
Guarantees.
43.4 The payment of liquidated damages under GCC Sub-Clause 43.3,
up to the limitation of liability specified in the Appendix to the
Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, shall completely
satisfy the Contractor’s guarantees under GCC Sub-Clause 43.3,
and the Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the
Employer in respect thereof. Upon the payment of such liquidated

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 80 of 483
 damages by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue the
Operational Acceptance Certificate for the Facilities or any part
thereof in respect of which the liquidated damages have been so
paid.

44. Patent Indemnity 44.1 The Contractor shall, subject to the Employer’s compliance with
GCC Sub-Clause 44.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Employer
and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits,
actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses,
damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including
attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Employer may suffer as a
result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent,
utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other
intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date
of the Contract by reason of: (a) the installation of the Facilities by
the Contractor or the use of the Facilities in the country where the
Site is located; and (b) the sale of the products produced by the
Facilities in any country.
Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Facilities or any part thereof
other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred
from the Contract, any infringement resulting from the use of the
Facilities or any part thereof, or any products produced thereby in
association or combination with any other equipment, plant or
materials not supplied by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract
Agreement.
44.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the
Employer arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-Clause
29.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice
thereof, and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the
Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any
negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.
If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28)
days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such
proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the
same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to
notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the
Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the
defense of any such proceedings or claim.
The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available
assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or
claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable
expenses incurred in so doing.
44.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and
its employees, officers and Subcontractors from and against any
and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims,
demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever
nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Contractor
may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of
any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or
other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the
date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design,
data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 81 of 483
 provided or designed by or on behalf of the Employer.

45. Limitation of 45.1 Except in cases of criminal negligence or willful misconduct,

Liability (a) neither Party shall be liable to the other Party, whether in
contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or
damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest
costs, which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with
the Contract, other than specifically provided as any obligation of
the Party in the Contract, and
(b) the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer,
whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed
the amount resulting from the application of the multiplier specified
in the PCC, to the Contract Price or, if a multiplier is not so
specified, the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall
not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment,
or to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify the Employer with
respect to patent infringement..

E. Risk Distribution
46. Transfer of 46.1 Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) to be imported into
Ownership the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the
Employer upon loading on to the mode of transport to be used to
convey the Plant from the country of origin to that country.
46.2 Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) procured in the
country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the
Employer when the Plant are brought on to the Site.
46.3 Ownership of the Contractor’s Equipment used by the Contractor
and its Subcontractors in connection with the Contract shall remain
with the Contractor or its Subcontractors.
46.4 Ownership of any Plant in excess of the requirements for the
Facilities shall revert to the Contractor upon Completion of the
Facilities or at such earlier time when the Employer and the
Contractor agree that the Plant in question are no longer required
for the Facilities.
46.5 Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the Plant, the
responsibility for care and custody thereof together with the risk of
loss or damage thereto shall remain with the Contractor pursuant to
GCC Clause 32 (Care of Facilities) hereof until Completion of the
Facilities or the part thereof in which such Plant are incorporated.
47. Care of Facilities 47.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the
Facilities or any part thereof until the date of Completion of the
Facilities pursuant to GCC Clause 39 or, where the Contract provides
for Completion of the Facilities in parts, until the date of Completion of
the relevant part, and shall make good at its own cost any loss or
damage that may occur to the Facilities or the relevant part thereof
from any cause whatsoever during such period. The Contractor shall
also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Facilities caused by
the Contractor or its Subcontractors in the course of any work carried
out, pursuant to GCC Clause 42. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage to the Facilities or
that part thereof caused by reason of any of the matters specified or

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 82 of 483
 referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clauses 48.2.
47.2 If any loss or damage occurs to the Facilities or any part thereof or
to the Contractor’s temporary facilities by reason of
(a) insofar as they relate to the country where the Site is located,
nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination,
pressure wave caused by aircraft or other aerial objects, or any
other occurrences that an experienced contractor could not
reasonably foresee, or if reasonably foreseeable could not
reasonably make provision for or insure against, insofar as such
risks are not normally insurable on the insurance market and are
mentioned in the general exclusions of the policy of insurance,
including War Risks and Political Risks, taken out under GCC
Clause 34 hereof; or
(b) any use or occupation by the Employer or any third Party
other than a Subcontractor, authorized by the Employer of any
part of the Facilities; or
(c) any use of or reliance upon any design, data or specification
provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, or
any such matter for which the Contractor has disclaimed
responsibility herein,
47.3 the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all sums payable in
respect of the Facilities executed, notwithstanding that the same
be lost, destroyed or damaged, and will pay to the Contractor the
replacement value of all temporary facilities and all parts thereof
lost, destroyed or damaged. If the Employer requests the
Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the
Facilities thereby occasioned, the Contractor shall make good the
same at the cost of the Employer in accordance with GCC Clause
64. If the Employer does not request the Contractor in writing to
make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby
occasioned, the Employer shall either request a change in
accordance with GCC Clause 64, excluding the performance of
that part of the Facilities thereby lost, destroyed or damaged, or,
where the loss or damage affects a substantial part of the
Facilities, the Employer shall terminate the Contract pursuant to
GCC Sub-Clause 66.1 hereof.
47.4 The Contractor shall be liable for any loss of or damage to any
Contractor’s Equipment, or any other property of the Contractor
used or intended to be used for purposes of the Facilities, except
(i) as mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 42.2 with respect to the
Contractor’s temporary facilities, and (ii) where such loss or
damage arises by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC
Sub-Clauses 47.2 (b) and (c).

48. Loss of or Damage 48.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 48.3, the Contractor shall indemnify
to Property; and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers
Accident or Injury from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative
to Workers; proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and
Indemnification expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and
expenses, in respect of the death or injury of any person or loss of
or damage to any property other than the Facilities whether
accepted or not, arising in connection with the supply and

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 83 of 483
 installation of the Facilities and by reason of the negligence of the
Contractor or its Subcontractors, or their employees, officers or
agents, except any injury, death or property damage caused by the
negligence of the Employer, its contractors, employees, officers or
agents.

48.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the
Employer that might subject the Contractor to liability under GCC
Sub-Clause 48.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a
notice thereof and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the
Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any
negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

48.3 If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28)
days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such
proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the
same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to
notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the
Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the
defense of any such proceedings or claim.

The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available

assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or
claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable
expenses incurred in so doing.

48.4 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and
its employees, officers and Subcontractors from any liability for loss
of or damage to property of the Employer, other than the Facilities
not yet taken over, that is caused by fire, explosion or any other
perils, in excess of the amount recoverable from insurances
procured under GCC Clause 49, provided that such fire, explosion
or other perils were not caused by any act or failure of the
Contractor.

48.5 The Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this GCC
Clause 48 shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or
damage which has occurred. If the Party fails to take such
measures, the other Party’s liabilities shall be correspondingly
reduced.
49. Insurance 49.1 To the extent specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement
titled Insurance Requirements, the Contractor shall at its expense
take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and
maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the
insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles
and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The identity of
the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the
approval of the Employer, who should not unreasonably withhold
such approval.
(a) Cargo Insurance During Transport
Covering loss or damage occurring while in transit from the
Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s works or stores until arrival at
the Site, to the Plant (including spare parts therefor) and to the
Contractor’s Equipment.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 84 of 483
 (b) Installation All Risks Insurance
Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site,
occurring prior to Completion of the Facilities, with extended
maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect
of any loss or damage occurring during the Defect Liability
Period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of
performing its obligations during the Defect Liability Period.
(c) Third Party Liability Insurance
Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third Parties
including the Employer’s personnel, and loss of or damage to
property occurring in connection with the supply and
installation of the Facilities.
(d) Automobile Liability Insurance
Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its
Subcontractors, whether or not owned by them, in connection
with the execution of the Contract.
(e) Workers’ Compensation
In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in
any country where the Contract or any part thereof is
executed.
(f) Employer’s Liability
In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any
country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed.
(g) Other Insurances
Such other insurances as may be specifically agreed upon by
the Parties hereto as listed in the Appendix to the Contract
Agreement titled Insurance Requirements.
49.2 The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance
policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause
49.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation
and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s
Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all
insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC
Sub-Clause 49.1 except for the Cargo Insurance during
Transportation, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability
Insurances. All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-
insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the
Contract shall be waived under such policies.
49.3 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the provisions of the
Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance
Requirements, deliver to the Employer certificates of insurance or
copies of the insurance policies as evidence that the required
policies are in full force and effect. The certificates shall provide
that no less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to
the Employer by insurers prior to cancellation or material
modification of a policy.
49.4 The Contractor shall ensure that, where applicable, its
Subcontractor(s) shall take out and maintain in effect adequate
insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work
executed by them under the Contract, unless such
Subcontractors are covered by the policies taken out by the
Contractor.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 85 of 483
 49.5 The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect
during the performance of the Contract those insurances
specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled
Insurance Requirements, in the sums and with the deductibles
and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The
Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named
as co-insured under all such policies. All insurers’ rights of
subrogation against such co-insured for losses or claims arising
out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under
such policies. The Employer shall deliver to the Contractor
satisfactory evidence that the required insurances are in full force
and effect. The policies shall provide that not less than twenty-
one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Contractor by all
insurers prior to any cancellation or material modification of the
policies. If so requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall
provide copies of the policies taken out by the Employer under
this GCC Sub-Clause 49.5.
49.6 If the Contractor fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the
insurances referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 49.1, the Employer
may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may
from time to time deduct from any amount due to the Contractor
under the Contract any premium that the Employer shall have
paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a
debt due from the Contractor. If the Employer fails to take out
and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC 49.5,
the Contractor may take out and maintain in effect any such
insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount
due the Employer under the Contract any premium that the
Contractor shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise
recover such amount as a debt due from the Employer. If the
Contractor fails to or is unable to take out and maintain in effect
any such insurances, the Contractor shall nevertheless have no
liability or responsibility towards the Employer, and the Contractor
shall have full recourse against the Employer for any and all
liabilities of the Employer herein.
49.7 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall
prepare and conduct all and any claims made under the policies
affected by it pursuant to this GCC Clause 49, and all monies
payable by any insurers shall be paid to the Contractor. The
Employer shall give to the Contractor all such reasonable
assistance as may be required by the Contractor. With respect to
insurance claims in which the Employer’s interest is involved, the
Contractor shall not give any release or make any compromise
with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Employer.
With respect to insurance claims in which the Contractor’s
interest is involved, the Employer shall not give any release or
make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written
consent of the Contractor.

50. Unforeseen 50.1 If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall
Conditions encounter on the Site any physical conditions other than climatic
conditions, or artificial obstructions that could not have been
reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement
by an experienced contractor on the basis of reasonable

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 86 of 483
 examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any
data as to boring tests, provided by the Employer, and on the
basis of information that it could have obtained from a visual
inspection of the Site if access thereto was available, or other
data readily available to it relating to the Facilities, and if the
Contractor determines that it will in consequence of such
conditions or obstructions incur additional cost and expense or
require additional time to perform its obligations under the
Contract that would not have been required if such physical
conditions or artificial obstructions had not been encountered, the
Contractor shall promptly, and before performing additional work
or using additional Plant or Contractor’s Equipment, notify the
Project Manager in writing beforehand:
(a the physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site
that could not have been reasonably foreseen;

(b) the additional work and/or Plant and/or Contractor’s

Equipment required, including the steps which the Contractor
will or proposes to take to overcome such conditions or
obstructions;
(c) the extent of the anticipated delay; and
(d) the additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to
incur.)
On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub-
Clause 50.1, the Project Manager shall promptly consult with the
Employer and Contractor and decide upon the actions to be taken
to overcome the physical conditions or artificial obstructions
encountered. Following such consultations, the Project Manager
shall instruct the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, of the
actions to be taken.
50.2 Any reasonable additional cost and expense incurred by the
Contractor in following the instructions from the Project Manager
to overcome such physical conditions or artificial obstructions
referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 50.1 shall be paid by the
Employer to the Contractor as an addition to the Contract Price.
50.3 If the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of the
Contract because of any such physical conditions or artificial
obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 50.1, the Time for
Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause
60.
51. Change in Laws 51.1 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, if after the Contract,
and Regulation any law, regulation, ordinance, order or bylaw having the force of
law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated, or changed in
Bangladesh (which shall be deemed to include any change in
interpretation or application by the competent authorities) that
subsequently affects the Delivery Date and/or the Contract Price,
then such Delivery Date and/or Contract Price shall be
correspondingly increased or decreased, to the extent that the
Supplier has thereby been affected in the performance of any of
its obligations under the Contract.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 87 of 483
52. Force Majeure 52.1 In this Clause, “Force Majeure” means an exceptional event or
circumstance:
(a) which is beyond a Party’s control;
(b) which such Party could not reasonably have provided against
before entering into the Contract;
(c) which, having arisen, such Party could not reasonably have
avoided or overcome; and
(d) which is not substantially attributable to the other Party.
52.2 Force Majeure may include, but is not limited to, exceptional
eventsor circumstances of the kind listed below, so long as
conditions (a) to (d) above are satisfied:
(i) war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act
of foreign enemies;
(ii) rebellion, terrorism, sabotage by persons other than the
Contractor’s Personnel, revolution, insurrection, military or
usurped power, or civil war;
(iii) riot, commotion, disorder, strike or lockout by persons other
than the Contractor’s Personnel;
(iv) munitions of war, explosive materials, ionising radiation or
contamination by radio-activity, except as may be attributable
to the Contractor’s use of such munitions, explosives, radiation
or radio-activity, and
(v) natural catastrophes such as cyclone, hurricane, typhoon,
tsunami, storm surge,floods, earthquake , landslides, fires,
epidemics, quarantine restrictions, or volcanic activity;
(vi) freight embargoes;
(vii) acts of the Government in its sovereign capacity.

53. Notice of Force 53.1 If a Party is or will be prevented from performing its substantial
Majeure obligations under the Contract by Force Majeure, then it shall give
notice to the other Party of the event or circumstances constituting
the Force Majeure and shall specify the obligations, the
performance of which is or will be prevented. The notice shall be
given within 14 days after the Party became aware, or should have
become aware, of the relevant event or circumstance constituting
Force Majeure
53.2 The Party shall, having given notice, be excused performance of its
obligations for so long as such Force Majeure prevents it from
performing them.
53.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause, Force Majeure
shall not apply to obligations of either Party to make payments to
the other Party under the Contract.
54. Duty to Minimize 54.1 Each Party shall at all times use all reasonable endeavors to
Delay minimize any delay in the performance of the Contract as a result of
Force Majeure.
54.2 A Party shall give notice to the other Party when it ceases to be
affected by the Force Majeure.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 88 of 483
55. Consequences of 55.1 The Contractor shall not be liable for forfeiture of its Performance
Force Majeure Security, liquidated damages, or termination for default if and to
the extent that it’s delay in performance or other failure to
perform its obligations under the Contract is the result of an
event of Force Majeure:
55.2 The Employer may suspend the delivery or contract
implementation, wholly or partly, by written order for a certain
period of time, as it deems necessary due to force majeure as
defined in the contract.
55.3 Delivery made either upon the lifting or the expiration of the
suspension order. However, if the Employer terminates the
contract as stated under GCC clause 66, resumption of delivery
cannot be done.
55.4 The Employer determines the existence of a force majeure that
will be the basis of the issuance of suspension of order.

F. Payment
56. Contract Price 56.1 The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in the Contract
Agreement Form PG5A- 8.
56.2 Unless an adjustment clause is provided for in the PCC, the
Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum not subject to any
alteration, except in the event of a Change in the Facilities or as
otherwise provided in the Contract.
56.3 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 25.2, 26.1 and 50 hereof, the
Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself as to the
correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall,
except as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its
obligations under the Contract.
56.4 Prices shall be adjusted for fluctuations in the cost of inputs only if
provided for in the PCC. If so provided, the amounts as certified in
each payment certificate, before deducting for Advance Payment,
shall be adjusted by applying the respective price adjustment factor
to the payment amount. The generic formula indicated below in the
form as specified in the PCC applies:
P= A + B (Im/Io)
where:
P is the adjustment factor
A and B are Coefficients specified in the PCC, representing the
nonadjustable and adjustable portions, respectively, of the
Contract; and
Im is the Index during the month the work has been executed and
Io is the Index prevailing twenty eight (28) days prior to the
deadline for submission of Tender.
The Indexes to be used is as published by the Bangladesh Bureau
of Statistics (BBS) on a monthly basis. In case not available, then
other countries or authorities of the sources mentioned in
Appendixto the Tender may be used.
56.5 If the value of the Index is changed after it has been used in a
calculation, the calculation shall be corrected and an adjustment

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 89 of 483
 made in the next or in the final payment certificate. The Index
value shall be deemed to take account of all changes in price due
to fluctuations.
57. Terms of Payment 57.1 The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in the Contract
Agreement and in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement
titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which also outlines the
procedures to be followed in making application for and processing
payments.
57.2 No payment made by the Employer herein shall be deemed to
constitute acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities or any
part(s) thereof.
57.3 In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment by its
respective due date or within the period set forth in the Contract,
the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of
such delayed payment at the rate(s) shown in the Appendices to
the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment,
for the period of delay until payment has been made in full, whether
before or after judgment or arbitrage award.
57.4 The currency or currencies in which payments are made to the
Contractor under this Contract shall be specified in the Appendices
to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of
Payment, subject to the general principle that payments will be
made in the currency or currencies in which the Contract Price has
been stated in the Contractor’s tender.
58. Advance Payment 58.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the
Security notification of contract award, provide a security in an amount
equal to the advance payment calculated in accordance with the
Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures
of Payment, and in the same currency or currencies.
58.2 The security shall be in the form provided in the tender documents
or in another form acceptable to the Employer. The amount of the
security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the Facilities
executed by and paid to the Contractor from time to time, and shall
automatically become null and void when the full amount of the
advance payment has been recovered by the Employer. The
security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its
expiration.
59. Performance 59.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the
Security notification of contract award, provide a security for the due
performance of the Contract in the amount specified in the PCC.
59.2 The performance security shall be denominated in the currency or
currencies of the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency
acceptable to the Employer, and shall be in the form provided in
Section 5, Tender and Contract Forms, corresponding to the type
of bank guarantee stipulated by the Employer in the PCC, or in
another form acceptable to the Employer.
59.3 Unless otherwise specified in the PCC, the security shall be
reduced by half on the date of the Operational Acceptance. The
Security shall become null and void, or shall be reduced pro rata to
the Contract Price of a part of the Facilities for which a separate

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 90 of 483
 Time for Completion is provided, five hundred and forty (540) days
after Completion of the Facilities or three hundred and sixty five
(365) days after Operational Acceptance of the Facilities,
whichever occurs first; provided, however, that if the Defects
Liability Period has been extended on any part of the Facilities
pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.8 hereof, the Contractor shall
issue an additional security in an amount proportionate to the
Contract Price of that part. The security shall be returned to the
Contractor immediately after its expiration, provided, however, that
if the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.10, is liable for
an extended defect liability obligation, the performance security
shall be extended for the period specified in the PCC pursuant to
GCC Sub-Clause 42.10 and up to the amount specified in the PCC.
59.4 The Employer shall not make a claim under the Performance
Security, except for amounts to which the Employer is entitled
under the Contract. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the
Contractor harmless against and from all damages, losses and
expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from a
claim under the Performance Security to the extent to which the
Employer was not entitled to make the claim.

60. Taxes and Duties 60.1 The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all kinds of taxes,
duties, fees, levies, and such other charges assessed on the
Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees by all municipal,
state or national government authorities in connection with the
Facilities in and outside of the country where the Site is located.
60.2 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 60.1 above, the Employer shall
bear and promptly pay
(a) all customs and import duties for the Plant specified in Price
Schedule No. 1; and

(b) other domestic taxes such as, sales tax and value added tax
(VAT) on the Plant specified in Price Schedules No. 1 and No. 2
and that is to be incorporated into the Facilities, and on the
finished goods, imposed by the law of the country where the
Site is located.

60.3 If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be

available to the Contractor in the country where the Site is located,
the Employer shall use its best endeavours to enable the
Contractor to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum
allowable extent.
61. Payments to 61.1 The Contractor shall pay to the Nominated Subcontractor(s) the
Nominated amounts shown on the Nominated Subcontractor’s invoices
Subcontractor(s) approved by the Contractor in accordance with the subcontract
included under the Contract.

62. Price Adjustment 62.1 Where the Contract Period (excluding the Defects Liability Period)
exceeds eighteen (18) months, it is normal procedure that prices
payable to the Contractor shall be subject to adjustment during the
performance of the Contract to reflect changes occurring in the cost
of labour and material components. In such cases the tender

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 91 of 483
 documents shall include in the Appendix 2, a formula of such price
adjustment.
62.2 Where Contracts are of a shorter duration than eighteen (18)
months or in cases where there is to be no Price Adjustment, the
following provision shall not be included. Instead, it shall be
indicated under this Appendix 2 that the prices are to remain firm
and fixed for the duration of the Contract.
62.3 If the value of the Index is changed after it has been used in a
calculation, the calculation shall be corrected and an adjustment
made in the next or in the final payment certificate. The Index
value shall be deemed to take account of all changes in price due
to fluctuations.
63. Liquidated 63.1 The Contractor shall be liable to pay Liquidated Damages or in
Damages other words the Delay Damages to the Employer at the rate per
day as specified in the PCC for each day of delay from the
Intended Completion Date, for the uncompleted delivery of
goods/works/services or for any part thereof.
63.2 The total amount of Liquidated Damages shall not exceed the
amount defined in the PCC.
63.3 Once the cumulative amount of Liquidated Damages reaches ten
(10) percent of the Contract price, the Employer may rescind the
Contract, without prejudice to other courses of action and remedies
open to it.
63.4 The amount of Liquidated Damages may be deducted from any
money due or which may become due to the Contractor under the
Contract and/or collect such amount of Liquidated Damages from
the Retention Money (if any) or other securities posted by the
Contractor whichever is convenient to the Employer. In an extreme
situation that no such foregoing recourse is available, the
contractor be asked to make good the damages from his own
finances in writing failing which necessary action as per the
provisions of this GCC or PCC be taken.
63.5 Payment of Liquidated Damages by the Contractor shall not relieve
the Contractor from its obligations.
63.6 If the Intended Completion Date is extended after Liquidated
Damages have been paid, the Engineer shall correct any
overpayment of Liquidated Damages by the Contractor by
adjusting the next payment certificate.

G. Change in Contract Elements

64. Change in the 64.1 Introducing a Change
Facilities 64.1.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 64.2.5 and 64.2.7, the
Employer shall have the right to propose, and subsequently
require, that the Project Manager order the Contractor from time to
time during the performance of the Contract to make any change,
modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the Facilities
hereinafter called “Change”, provided that such Change falls within
the general scope of the Facilities and does not constitute
unrelated work and that it is technically practicable, taking into
account both the state of advancement of the Facilities and the
technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 92 of 483
 the Facilities as specified in the Contract
64.1.2 The Contractor may from time to time during its
performance of the Contract propose to the Employer with a copy to
the Project Manager, any Change that the Contractor considers
necessary or desirable to improve the quality, efficiency or safety of
the Facilities. The Employer may at its discretion approve or reject
any Change proposed by the Contractor, provided that the
Employer shall approve any Change proposed by the Contractor to
ensure the safety of the Facilities.

64.1.3 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 64.1.1 and 64.1.2, no

change made necessary because of any default of the Contractor in
the performance of its obligations under the Contract shall be
deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any
adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Completion.

64.1.4 The procedure on how to proceed with and execute

Changes is specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 64.2 and 64.3, and
further details and forms are provided in the Employer’s
Requirements (Forms and Procedures).

64.2 Changes Originating from Employer

64.2.1 If the Employer proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-

Clause 64.1.1, it shall send to the Contractor a “Request for Change
Proposal,” requiring the Contractor to prepare and furnish to the
Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change
Proposal,” which shall include the following:
(a) brief description of the Change
(b) effect on the Time for Completion
(c) estimated cost of the Change
(d) effect on Functional Guarantees (if any)
(e) effect on the Facilities
(f) effect on any other provisions of the Contract.
64.2.2 Prior to preparing and submitting the “Change Proposal,”
the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager an “Estimate for
Change Proposal,” which shall be an estimate of the cost of
preparing and submitting the Change Proposal.
Upon receipt of the Contractor’s Estimate for Change Proposal, the
Employer shall do one of the following:
(a) accept the Contractor’s estimate with instructions to the
Contractor to proceed with the preparation of the Change
Proposal
(b) advise the Contractor of any part of its Estimate for Change
Proposal that is unacceptable and request the Contractor to
review its estimate
(c) advise the Contractor that the Employer does not intend to
proceed with the Change.
64.2.3 Upon receipt of the Employer’s instruction to proceed under

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 93 of 483
 GCC Sub-Clause 64.2.2 (a), the Contractor shall, with proper
expedition, proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal, in
accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 64.2.1.

64.2.4 The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be

calculated in accordance with the rates and prices included in the
Contract. If such rates and prices are inequitable, the Parties
thereto shall agree on specific rates for the valuation of the Change

.64.2.5 If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal

it becomes apparent that the aggregate effect of compliance
therewith and with all other Change Orders that have already
become binding upon the Contractor under this GCC Clause 64
would be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set
forth in Article 2 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement by more
than fifteen percent (15%), the Contractor may give a written notice
of objection thereto prior to furnishing the Change Proposal as
aforesaid. If the Employer accepts the Contractor’s objection, the
Employer shall withdraw the proposed Change and shall notify the
Contractor in writing thereof.
The Contractor’s failure to so object shall neither affect its right to
object to any subsequent requested Changes or Change Orders
herein, nor affect its right to take into account, when making such
subsequent objection, the percentage increase or decrease in the
Contract Price that any Change not objected to by the Contractor
represents.

64.2.6 Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Employer and

the Contractor shall mutually agree upon all matters therein
contained. Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the
Employer shall, if it intends to proceed with the Change, issue the
Contractor with a Change Order.
If the Employer is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14)
days, it shall notify the Contractor with details of when the
Contractor can expect a decision.
If the Employer decides not to proceed with the Change for
whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen (14)
days, notify the Contractor accordingly. Under such circumstances,
the Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs
reasonably incurred by it in the preparation of the Change Proposal,
provided that these do not exceed the amount given by the
Contractor in its Estimate for Change Proposal submitted in
accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 64.2.2.

64.2.7 If the Employer and the Contractor cannot reach agreement

on the price for the Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for
Completion, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal,
the Employer may nevertheless instruct the Contractor to proceed
with the Change by issue of a “Pending Agreement Change Order.”

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 94 of 483
 Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the
Contractor shall immediately proceed with effecting the Changes
covered by such Order. The Parties shall thereafter attempt to
reach agreement on the outstanding issues under the Change
Proposal.
64.3 Changes Originating from Contractor

64.3.1 If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-

Clause 64.1.2, the Contractor shall submit to the Project
Manager a written “Application for Change Proposal,” giving
reasons for the proposed Change and including the
information specified in GCC Sub-Clause 64.2.1.
Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the
Parties shall follow the procedures outlined in GCC Sub-
Clauses 64.2.6 and
64.3.2. However, should the Employer choose not to proceed, the
Contractor shall not be entitled to recover the costs of
preparing the Application for Change Proposal.

65. Extension of Time 65.1 The Time(s) for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC
for Completion Sub-Clause 8.2 shall be extended if the Contractor is delayed or
impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the
Contract by reason of any of the following:
(a) any Change in the Facilities as provided in GCC Clause 64
(b) any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause
52, unforeseen conditions as provided in GCC Clause 50, or
other occurrence of any of the matters specified or referred to
in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clause 47.2
(c) any suspension order given by the Employer under GCC
Clause 41 hereof or reduction in the rate of progress
pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 66.2 or
(d) any changes in laws and regulations as provided in GCC
Clause 51 or
(e) any default or breach of the Contract by the Employer,
Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled ,or any activity, act
or omission of the Employer, or the Project Manager, or any
other contractors employed by the Employer, or
(f) any delay on the part of a sub-contractor, provided such
delay is due to a cause for which the Contractor himself
would have been entitled to an extension of time under this
sub-clause, or
(g) delays attributable to the Employer or caused by customs, or
(h) any other matter specifically mentioned in the Contract
by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the
circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment
sustained by the Contractor.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 95 of 483
 65.2 Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the
Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a notice of a claim
for an extension of the Time for Completion, together with particulars
of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as
reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or
circumstance. As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of
such notice and supporting particulars of the claim, the Employer
and the Contractor shall agree upon the period of such extension.
The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to
minimize any delay in the performance of its obligations under the
Contract.
In all cases where the Contractor has given a notice of a claim for an
extension of time under GCC 65.2, the Contractor shall consult with
the Project Manager in order to determine the steps (if any) which
can be taken to overcome or minimize the actual or anticipated
delay. The Contractor shall there after comply with all reasonable
instructions which the Project Manager shall give in order to
minimize such delay. If compliance with such instructions shall
cause the Contractor to incur extra costs and the Contractor is
entitled to an extension of time under GCC 65.1, the amount of such
extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price.
66. Suspension 66.1 The Employer may request the Project Manager, by notice to the
Contractor, to order the Contractor to suspend performance of any
or all of its obligations under the Contract. Such notice shall specify
the obligation of which performance is to be suspended, the
effective date of the suspension and the reasons thereof. The
Contractor shall thereupon suspend performance of such obligation,
except those obligations necessary for the care or preservation of
the Facilities, until ordered in writing to resume such performance
by the Project Manager..
If, by virtue of a suspension order given by the Project Manager,
other than by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the
Contract, the Contractor’s performance of any of its obligations is
suspended for an aggregate period of more than ninety (90) days,
then at any time thereafter and provided that at that time such
performance is still suspended, the Contractor may give a notice to
the Project Manager requiring that the Employer shall, within
twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the notice, order the resumption
of such performance or request and subsequently order a change in
accordance with GCC Clause 64, excluding the performance of the
suspended obligations from the Contract.
If the Employer fails to do so within such period, the Contractor may,
by a further notice to the Project Manager, elect to treat the
suspension, where it affects a part only of the Facilities, as a
deletion of such part in accordance with GCC Clause 64 or, where it
affects the whole of the Facilities, as termination of the Contract
under GCC Sub-Clause 66.1.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 96 of 483
 66.2 if
(a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due
under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to
approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause
pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms
and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of
the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that
requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated
in GCC Sub-Clause 57.3, requires approval of such invoice or
supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the
Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be. If the
Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to
approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons
for withholding such approval, or fails to remedy the breach or take
steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt
of the Contractor’s notice or
(b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations
under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer,
including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide
possession of or access to the Site or other areas in accordance
with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, or failure to obtain any governmental
permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the
Facilities,
then the Contractor may by fourteen (14) days’ notice to the
Employer suspend performance of all or any of its obligations
under the Contract, or reduce the rate of progress.

66.3 If the Contractor’s performance of its obligations is suspended or

the rate of progress is reduced pursuant to this GCC Clause 66,
then the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with
GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and any and all additional costs or
expenses incurred by the Contractor as a result of such
suspension or reduction shall be paid by the Employer to the
Contractor in addition to the Contract Price, except in the case of
suspension order or reduction in the rate of progress by reason of
the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract.
66.4 During the period of suspension, the Contractor shall not remove
from the Site any Plant, any part of the Facilities or any
Contractor’s Equipment, without the prior written consent of the
Employer.

H. Termination and Settlement of Disputes

67. Termination 67.1 Termination for Default

(a) The Employer or the Contractor, without prejudice to any

other remedy for breach of Contract, by giving twenty eight
(28) days written notice of default to the other party, may
terminate the Contract in whole or in part if the other party
causes a fundamental breach of Contract.

(b) Fundamental breaches of the Contract shall include, but shall

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 97 of 483
 not be limited to, the following:
(i) the Contractor stops work for twenty-eight (28) days
when no stoppage of work is shown on the current
Programme and the stoppage has not been authorized
by the Engineer;
(ii) the Engineer instructs the Contractor to delay the
progress of the Works, and the instruction is not
withdrawn within twenty-eight (28) days;
(iii) the Engineer gives Notice that failure to correct a
particular Defect is a fundamental breach of Contract and
the Contractor fails to correct it within a reasonable
period of time determined by the Engineer;
(iv) the Engineer gives Notice that the failure to achieve the
progress in accordance with the updated Programme of
Works by the Contractor is a non-fulfilment of contractual
obligations and the Contractor fails to restore it within a
reasonable period of time instructed by the Engineer;
(v) the Contractor does not maintain a Security, which is
required;
(vi) the Contractor has delayed the completion of the Works
by the number of days for which the maximum amount of
Liquidated Damages can be paid, as specified in GCC
Sub Clause 41.2;
(vii) the Contractor has subcontracted the whole of the Works
or has assigned the Contract without the required
agreement and without the approval of the Engineer;
(viii) the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has
engaged in practices, as defined in GCC Sub Clause 39,
in competing for or in executing the Contract.
(c) A payment certified by the Engineer is not paid by the
Employer to the Contractor within twenty eight (28) days of
the date of the Engineer’s certificate.

67.2 Termination for Insolvency

The Employer and the Contractor may at any time terminate
the Contract by giving twenty eight (28) days written notice to
the other party if either of the party becomes bankrupt or
otherwise insolvent. In such event, termination will be without
compensation to any party, provided that such termination will
not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy that has
accrued or will accrue thereafter to the other party.

67.3 Termination for Convenience

(a) The Employer, by giving twenty eight (28) days written notice
sent to the Contractor, may terminate the Contract, in whole or in
part, at any time for its convenience. The notice of termination
shall specify that termination is for the Employer’s convenience,
the extent to which performance of the Contractor under the
Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination
becomes effective. The termination shall take effect twenty eight

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 98 of 483
 (28) days after the later dates on which the Contractor receives
this notice or the Employer returns the Performance Security.
(b) The Employer shall not terminate the contract under GCC
Sub Clause 67.1 (a) in order to execute the contract itself or to
arrange for the Works to be executed by another contractor or to
avoid a termination of the Contract by the Contractor as stated
under GCC Sub Clause 67.1(a).
67.4 In the event the Employer terminates the Contract in whole or in
part, the Employer shall accept the portion of the Works that are
complete and ready for handing over after the Contractor’s receipt
of notice of termination of the Contract. For the remaining portion
of the Works, the Employer may elect:
(a) to have any portion completed by the Contractor at the
Contract terms and prices; and /or
(b) to cancel the remainder and pay to the Contractor an agreed
amount for partially completed Works and for materials and
parts previously procured by the Contractor, or
(c) except in the case of termination for convenience as stated
under GCC Sub Clause 67, engage another Contractor to
complete the Works, and in that case the Contractor shall be
liable to the Employer for any cost that may be incurred in
excess of the sum that would have been paid to the
Contractor, if the work would have been executed and
completed by him or her.
67.5 If the Contract is terminated, the Contractor shall stop work
immediately, make the Site safe and secure, and leave the Site as
soon as is reasonably possible

68. Payment upon 68.1 If the Contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of
Termination Contract under GCC Sub Clause 67.1 by the Contractor, the
Project Manager shall issue a certificate for the value of the Works
done and Plant and Materials ordered less advance payments
received up to the date of the issue of the certificate and less the
amount from percentage to apply to the contract value of the
works not completed, as indicated in the PCC. If the total amount
due to the Employer exceeds any payment due to the Contractor,
the difference shall be a debt payable to the Employer.
68.2 If the Contract is terminated for the Employer’s convenience or
because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the Employer,
the Project Manager shall issue a payment certificate for the value
of the work done, Materials ordered, the reasonable cost of
removal of Equipment, repatriation of the Contractor’s foreign
personnel employed solely on the Works and recruited specifically
for the Works, and the Contractor’s costs of protecting and
securing the Works, and less advance payments received up to
the date of the certificate.
68.3 If the Contract is terminated for reasons of Force Majeure, the The
Project Manager shall determine the value of the work done and
issue a Payment Certificate which shall include.
(a) the amounts payable for any work carried out for which unit

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 99 of 483
 rates or prices are stated in the Contract;
(b) the cost of Plant and Materials ordered for the Works which
have been delivered to the Contractor, or of which the
Contractor is liable to accept delivery: this Plant and
Materials shall become the property of (and be at the risk
of) the Employer when paid for by the Employer, and the
Contractor shall place the same at the Employer’s disposal;
(c) other costs or liabilities which in the circumstances were
reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Contractor in
the expectation of completing the Works;
(d) the cost of removal of Temporary Works and Contractor’s
Equipment from the Site; and
(e) the cost of repatriation of the Contractor’s staff and labor
employed wholly in connection with the Works at the date of
termination.
69. Property 69.1 All Materials on the Site, Plant, Equipment, Temporary Works,
and Works shall be deemed to be the property of the Employer if
the Contract is terminated because of the Contractor’s default
stated under GCC Sub Clause 67.1.

70. Frustration 70.1 If the Contract is frustrated by the occurrence of a situation of

Force Majeure as defined in GCC Sub Clause 52, the Engineer
shall certify that the Contract has been frustrated. The
Contractor shall make the Site safe and stop work as quickly as
possible after receiving this certificate and shall be paid for all
works carried out before receiving it and for any work carried out
afterwards to which a commitment was made.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 100 of 483
 I. Claims, Disputes and Arbitration
71. Contractor’s Claims 71.1 If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension
of the Completion Time and/or any additional payment, under any
Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the
Contract, the Contractor shall give notice to the Employer,
describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The
notice shall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than
twenty eight (28) days after the Contractor became aware, or
should have become aware, of the event or circumstance.
71.2 If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within such period of
twenty eight (28) days, the Intended Completion Date shall not be
extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional
payment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in
connection with the claim.
71.3 Within forty two (42) days after the Contractor became aware or
should have become aware of the event or circumstance giving
rise to the claim, or within such other period as may be proposed
by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the Contractor
shall send to the Engineer a fully detailed claim which includes full
supporting particulars of the basis of the claim and of the
extension of time and/or additional payment claimed, for
settlement.
72. Settlement of Amicable settlement
Disputes
72.1 The Employer and the Contractor shall make every effort to
resolve amicably by direct informal negotiation any disagreement
or dispute arising between them under or in connection with the
Contract.
Arbitration
72.2 If, after twenty-eight (28) days, the parties have failed to resolve
their dispute or difference by such mutual consultation as stated
under GCC Clause 72.1, then either the Employer or the
Contractor may give notice to the other party of its intention to
commence arbitration in accordance with GCC Sub Clause 72.3,
as to the matter in dispute, and no arbitration in respect of this
matter may be commenced unless such notice is given. Any
dispute or difference in respect of which a notice of intention to
commence arbitration has been given in accordance with this
Clause shall be finally settled by arbitration.
72.3 Arbitration shall be commenced prior to or after execution of the
Works under the Contract. Arbitration proceedings shall be
conducted in accordance with the rules of procedure specified in
the PCC.
72.4 Notwithstanding any reference to arbitration hereinabove the
parties shall continue to perform their respective responsibilities
under the Contract unless agreed otherwise and, the Employer
shall pay any monies due to the Contractor.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 101 of 483
 Section4. Particular Conditions of Contract

Instructions for completing the Particular Conditions of Contract are provided in italics in parenthesis for the relevant
GCC Clauses.

GCC Amendments of, and Supplements to, Clauses in the General Conditions of
Clause Contract

GCC 1.1(j) The Contractor is

[Name, address, and name of authorized representative]

GCC 1.1(ll) The Employer isDhaka Power Distribution Company Limited represented by
Superintending Engineer, Contract & Procurement circle
Address:BidyutBhaban (Level 4), 1 Abdul Gani Road Dhaka-1000.
Tel: 0088 02 9567258
Fax: 0088 02 9568349
e-mail address: [email protected]

GCC The Site is located at and is defined in drawings No:The site is located under 36
1.1(oo) NOCS area of DPDC

GCC 3.1 The Procuring Entity’s address for the purpose of communications under this contract
is :
Contact person: Superintending Engineer, Contract & Procurement circle, DPDC
Address:BidyutBhaban (Level 4), 1 Abdul Gani Road Dhaka-1000.
Tel: 0088 02 9567258
Fax: 0088 02 9568349
e-mail address: [email protected]

The Contractor’s address for the purpose of communications under this contract is :
Contact person:
Address:
Tel:
Fax:
e-mail address:

GCC 6.1 Other documents forming part of the Contract are;

(k)
 Bank Guarantee for Performance Security
 Relevant written correspondences and meeting minutes prior to signing of
the Contract agreement
 Applicable local Law & Acts
 The Schedule of Key Personnel
 Site Investigation Reports

GCC 9.2 Materials, Equipment Plants and supplies shall not have their origin in the following
countries: Israel

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 102 of 483
GCC 13.1 Possession of the Site or part(s) of the Site, to the Contractor shall be given on the
following date(s);
The sites for installation of smart meters are available.

GCC 22.3
The Contractor agrees to supply spare parts for a period of: Not applicable

GCC 24.1 The time for completion of the whole of the facilitiesis within 2 years from the effective
date. The 3 years AMC shall start after defect liability period. Effective date will
commence upon fulfilment of requirement mentioned in contract agreement.

GCC 32.1 A Subcontractor that is a national of, or registered in, the following countries are not
eligible:
Israel
GCC 33.1 Nominated Subcontractor(s) named below;
None
shall be entitled to execute the following specific components of the Works
None

GCC
The Guarantee Test of the Facilities shall be successfully completed within [15
40.2.2 days]from the date of Completion.

GCC 41.3
No bonus will be given for earlier Completion of the Facilities or part thereof.

GCC 42.3 The amount to be withheld for late submission of an updated Programme is: Not
applicable

GCC 42.10
The critical components covered under the extended defect liability are: 5 years.

GCC 45.1
The multiplier of the Contract Price is: 1(one)
(b)
GCC 56.2 The Contract Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the
Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Adjustment Clause: Not applicable
for this tender

GCC The amount of performance security, as a percentage of the Contract Price for
59.3.1 the Facility or for the part of the Facility for which a separate Time for Completion
is provided, shall be [10%]

GCC The performance security shall not be reduced on the date of the Operational
59.3.3 Acceptance.
GCC The performance security shall be reduced to ten percent (10%) of the value of
59.3.3 the component covered by the extended defect liability to cover the Contractor’s
extended defect liability in accordance with the provision in the PCC, pursuant to
GCC Sub-Clause 42.10.

GCC 60.1 The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for all kinds of taxes, duties, fees,
& 60.2 levies, and such other charges assessed on the Contractor, its Subcontractors or
their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in
connection with the Facilities in and outside of the country where the Site is

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 103 of 483
 located.

However, the employer shall pay all customs and import duties for the Plant
specified in Price Schedule No. 1.

If payment to the contractor is made in Bangladeshi taka, VAT, IT etc. shall be

deducted from the payment as per Govt. policy of Bangladesh.

GCC 72.2 (i) In the case of a dispute between the Employer and the foreign Contractor
Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Contract, or
breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in
accordance with theUnited Nations Commission on International Trade Law
(UNCITRAL) Arbitration Rules of 1976 as at present in force.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 104 of 483
 Appendix to the Tender

[In Tables below, the Procuring Entity shall indicate the source and base
values with dates of Indexes, unless otherwise instructed to be quoted by
the Tenderer, for the different Cost Components and mention its
Weightings or Coefficients]

Table 1.1: Price Adjustment Data: Not applicable for this tender
[ ITT Sub Clause 26.9: To be provided by the Procuring Entity]

Index Descriptions Base Value Sources of Index

Note:
1. The sources of Indexes and its values with dates shall be Bangladesh Bureau
of Statistics (BBS) unless otherwise mentioned by the Procuring Entity or
instructed to be quoted by the Tenderer.
2. The Procuring Entity may require the Tenderer to justify its proposed Indexes,
if quoted by the Tenderer.
3. The Base Value of the Indexes shall be those prevailing twenty eight (28) days
prior to the deadline for submission of the Tenders.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 105 of 483
 Table 1.2: Price Adjustment Data: Not applicable for this tender

[ GCC Sub Clause 56.4: To be provided by the Procuring Entity]

Coefficients or
Coefficients or Weightings for
Weightings for
Index adjustable Cost Components
Item Bill No. if non-
Descriptio Total
Group applicable adjustable
ns
Cost
Component a b c d e f g h i j

Note:

The Weightings or Coefficients of the Cost Components shall be mentioned by the Procuring
Entity based on the proportion of components involved in the items caused to be impacted by
rise and fall in its prices.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 106 of 483
 APPENDICES [This appendixes shall be the part of the contract]

Appendix 1 - Terms and Procedures of Payment

Appendix 2 - Price Adjustment
Appendix 3 - Insurance Requirements
Appendix 4 - Time Schedule
Appendix 5 - List of Major Items of Plant and services and List of Approved
Subcontractors
Appendix 6 - Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer
Appendix 7 - List of Documents for Approval or Review
Appendix 8 - Functional Guarantees

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 107 of 483
Appendix 1. Terms and Procedures of Payment

In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 57 (Terms of Payment), the Employer
shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis
of the Price Breakdown given in the section on Price Schedules. Payments will be made
in the currencies quoted by the Tenderer unless otherwise agreed between the parties.
Applications for payment in respect of part deliveries may be made by the Contractor as
work proceeds.

1.0 (A) Terms of Payment

1.1 Schedule No. 1 - Plant and Equipment Supplied from Abroad

LC charges within and outside Bangladesh shall be borne by the contractor. DPDC
will open LC upon getting request from the contractor.

In respect of plant and equipment supplied from abroad, the following payments shall
be made:

a.Ten percent (10%) of the CIP amount as an advance payment against receipt of
invoice and an irrevocable unconditional advance payment security for the equivalent
amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security will be
released after completion of PLI (post landing inspection) of all items to be supplied
from abroad.

b. Twenty percent (20%) of the CIP value of goodsshipped shall be paid through LC upon
submission of documents such as a) copies of supplier’s invoice showing goods’ description,
quantity, unit price, total amount; b) bill of lading; c) Packing List; d) Shipping advice
issued by the employer; e) Insurance certificate; f) Freight Memo; g) Manufacturer’s/
supplier’s warranty certificate (if any); h) inspection certificate issued by the nominated
inspection agency (or Procuring Entity) and/ or the supplier’s factory inspection report (if
any); i) Certificate of origin; and j) any other document requested by the purchaser (if
any). The payment shall be made within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
c.Ten percent (10%) of the CIP value of goods received shall be paid through letter of
credit up on submission of invoice supported by the acceptance certificate issued by
the Purchaser. Acceptance certificate will include post landing inspection report,
packing list and any other document requested by the purchaser (if any). The
payment shall be made within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

d. Fifty percent (50%) of CIP value of goods shall be paid in 10 equal

paymentsin the following manner:

(i)1st payment:Five percent (5%) of CIP value of goodsshall be paid through LC upon
completion of establishment of RF network in 1(one) NOCS area, installation of HES
& MDMS, DC & DR, installation of 10,000 nos. smart meters of 3 different meter
manufactures in that particular NOCSarea of DPDC, establishing online
communication with all 10,000 smart meters and bringing them into full commercial
operation. The contractor shall submit interim acceptance letter from the employer
about bringing in all meters online and in full commercial operation along with invoice
for payment. The payment shall be made within forty-five (45) days after receipt of
invoice.Out of 10,000 smart meters, there shall be at least 3000 meters from each 3
(three) meter manufacturer.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 108 of 483
 It is to be noted that at the time of 1st payment mentioned in d(i), RF network,
HES, MDMS, Data Center(DC), Disaster Recovery (DR) along with 10,000 smart
meters will be installed and brought online in 1 NOCS area of DPDC.

(ii) 2nd to 9thpayment:For each of 2nd to 9thpayment, 10,000 smart meters shall be
installed and brought online in 4 NOCS areas and RF network shall be established in
these 4 NOCS area. Five percent (5%) of CIP value of goods shall be paid through LC
for each of 2nd to 9thpayment.

The contractor shall submit interim acceptance letter from the employer about
bringing in all meters online and in full commercial operation along with invoice for
payment. The payment shall be made within forty-five (45) days after receipt of
invoice. Out of 10,000 smart meters, there shall be at least 3000 meters from each 3
(three) meter manufacturer.

It is to be noted that at the time of 9th payment mentioned in d(ii), RF network

along with 90,000 smart meters will be installed and brought online in 33 NOCS
areas of DPDC.

(iii) 10thpayment:10,000 smart meters shall be installed and brought online in 3

NOCS areas and RF network shall be established in these 3 NOCS area. Five
percent (5%) of CIP value of goods shall be paid through LC.

The contractor shall submit interim acceptance letter from the employer about
bringing in all meters online and in full commercial operation along with invoice for
payment. The payment shall be made within forty-five (45) days after receipt of
invoice. Out of 10,000 smart meters, there shall be at least 3000 meters from each 3
(three) meter manufacturer.

It is to be noted that at the time of 10th payment mentioned in d(iii), RF network

along with 1,00,000 smart meterswill be installed and brought online in 36
NOCS areas of DPDC.

D. Five percent (5%) of CIP value of goods upon issue of the Completion Certificate,
within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

E.Five percent (5%) of CIP value of goods upon issue of the Operational Acceptance
Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

F. For local currency payment, employer’s existing payment procedures will be followed upon
submission of invoice and necessary documents requested by the purchaser (if any).

Schedule No. 2- Plant and Equipment Supplied from within the Employer’s Country

In respect of plant and equipment supplied from within the Employer’s country, the payments
shall be made in the following manner:
a. Ten percent (10%) of the total EXW amount as an advance payment against
receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable unconditional advance payment security for the
equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security
will be released after completion of post delivery inspection of all items.

b. Eighty percent (80%) of the total EXW amount upon Incoterm “Ex-Works,” upon
delivery at site and completion of post-delivery inspection within forty-five (45) days
after receipt of invoice and submission of required documents such as a railway

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 109 of 483
 consignment note, a road consignment note, insurance certificate, delivery order,
inspection report (if any),any other document requested by the purchaser (if any) etc.

Five percent (5%) of total EXW amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate,
within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of total EXW amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance
Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

For other local currency payment, employer’s existing payment procedures will be followed upon
submission of invoice and necessary documents requested by the purchaser (if any).

Schedule No. 3 - Design Services

In respect of design services for both the foreign currency and the local currency
portions, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total design services amount as an advance payment
against receipt of invoice and an irrevocable advance payment security for the
equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.The advance payment security
will be released after completion of acceptance of design of all items.

Eighty percent (80%) of the total design services amount upon acceptance of design
in accordance with GCC Clause 45 by the Project Manager within forty-five (45) days
after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of total design services amount upon issue of the Completion
Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of total design services amount upon issue of the Operational
Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

For local currency payment, employer’s existing payment procedures will be followed upon
submission of invoice and necessary documents requested by the purchaser (if any).

Schedule No. 4 - Civil work

In respect of civil work for both the foreign and local currency portions, the following
payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total civil work amount as an advance payment against
receipt of invoice and an irrevocable unconditional advance payment security for the
equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security
will be released after issuance of Operational Acceptance Certificate.

Eighty percent (80%) of the measured value of work performed by the Contractor, as
identified in the said Program of Performance, during the preceding month, as
evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s application, will be
made monthly within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of civil workperformed by the
Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 110 of 483
 applications, upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after
receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of civil workperformed by the
Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly
applications, upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five
(45) days after receipt of invoice.

For local currency payment, employer’s existing payment procedures will be followed upon
submission of invoice and necessary documents requested by the purchaser (if any).

Schedule No. 5 - Installation and other Services

In respect of installation and other services for both the foreign and local currency
portions, the following payments shall be made:

I. Installation and other Services except Data Connectivity, Training and 3 years
Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC):

Ten percent (10%) of the totalinstallation and other services amount except Training
and 3 years Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC)as an advance payment against
receipt of invoice and an irrevocable unconditional advance payment security for the
equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security
will be released after issuance of Operational Acceptance Certificate.

Eighty percent (80%) of the measured value of installation and other services amount
except Training and 3 years Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) performed by the
Contractor, as identified in the said Program of Performance, during the preceding
month, as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s application,
will be made monthly within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation and other services
amount except Training and 3 years Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC)performed
by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s
monthly applications, upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45)
days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation and other services
amount except Training and 3 years Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC)performed
by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s
monthly applications, upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within
forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

For local currency payment, employer’s existing payment procedures will be followed upon
submission of invoice and necessary documents requested by the purchaser (if any).

II. Data Connectivity

Ten percent (10%) of the data connectivity amount as an advance payment against
receipt of invoice and an irrevocable unconditional advance payment security for the
equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security will
be released after issuance of Operational Acceptance Certificate.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 111 of 483
Twenty percent (20%) of data connectivity amount upon issue of the Operational
Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Ten percent (10%) of data connectivity amount upon completion of defect liability period,
within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Sixty percent (60%) of data connectivity amount upon shall be paid in 6 equal installments
i.e. Ten percent (10%) in each installment and to be paid on half yearly basis during 3 years
AMC period after submission of invoice duly certified by DPDC upon providing the desired
services. The amount shall be paid within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

III. Training: Ten percent (10%) of the Training amount as an advance payment against
receipt of invoice and an irrevocable unconditional advance payment security for the
equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security will
be released after completion of foreign and local training.

Eighty Percent (80%) of the Training amount shall be paid upon completion of training
and submission of training completion certificate to be issued by the employer and invoice.
The amount shall be paid within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of Training amountupon issue of the Completion Certificate, within
forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of Training amountupon issue of the Operational Acceptance

Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

IV. 3 years AMC (Annual Maintenance Contract):

The 3 years AMC (Annual Maintenance Contract) period will start after completion
of defect liability period.

One Hundred Percent (100%) of 3 years AMC amount shall be paid in 6 equal installments
and to be paid on half yearly basis during 3 years AMC period after submission of invoice duly
certified by DPDC upon providing the desired services. The amount shall be paid within
forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

(B) Payment Procedures

The procedures to be followed shall be as follows:

Foreign Currency Payment:Payment of foreign currency portion shall be made in USDwithin
forty-five (45) days of presentation of claim supported by a certificate from the Purchaser
declaring that the Goods/works/services have been delivered/performed. Payment shall be
done through LC. Project Director/Engineer will certify the invoice and the payment advice will
be issued by the employer’s representative (Accounts Department). Invoice and necessary
supporting documents as requested by the employer’s representative are required to be
submitted by the contractor.
Local currency payment:Payment of local currency portion shall be made in Bangladeshi
Takawithin forty-five (45) days of presentation of claim supported by a certificate from the
Purchaser declaring that the Goods/works/services have been delivered/performed. For local

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 112 of 483
 currency payment, employer’s existing payment procedures will be followed.VAT, IT etc.
shall be deducted from the payment as per Govt. Policy of Bangladesh.Project
Director/Engineer will certify the invoice and the payment advice will be issued by the
employer’s representative (Accounts Department). Invoice and necessary supporting
documents as requested by the employer’s representative are required to be submitted by the
contractor.
Applicable CD, VAT etc.for ‘Schedule No. 1 - Plant and Equipment Supplied from
Abroad’ shall be paid by the purchaser. C&F Agent will be engaged by the contractor
informing the purchaser.The Contractor shall obtain insurance from Sadharan Bima
Corporation of Bangladesh

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 113 of 483
Appendix 2. Price Adjustment: Not applicable for this tender

Prices payable to the Contractor, in accordance with the Contract, shall be subject to
adjustment during performance of the Contract to reflect changes in the cost of labor
and material components, in accordance with the following formula:

The Contract is subject to price adjustment applying the following formulae and the
weightings or coefficients:
[Price Adjustment Formulae to be applicable if stated under ITT Sub Clause 26.9 shall be specified
here]
Example:
P= A + a (Lm/Lo)+ b (BIm/BIo)+ c (CEm/CEo)+ d (RSm/RSo)+ e (STm/STo)+ f (BRm/BRo)+g (MIm/MIo)
+ h (FUm/FUo)+ etc

where;
L= Labor, BI=Bitumen, CE=Cement, RS=Reinforcing Steel, ST=Stone, BR=Bricks, MI=Miscellaneous,
FU= Fuel ]

Weighting or Coefficient A equals between 0.10 and 0.15 and, B (a+b+c+d+e+f+g+h+etc) equals
between 0.90 and 0.85.

[insert figure] non-adjustable component (coefficient A)

[insert figure] adjustable component (coefficient B)
[The sum of A+B shall equal ONE (1). It is usual to have value of A between 0.10 and 0.15 and
that of B between 0.90 and 0.85. Breakdown of Bshall be provided in Appendix to the Tender.]
[delete as appropriate]

The date of adjustment shall be the mid-point of the period of manufacture or

installation of component or Plant.

The following conditions shall apply:

(a) No price increase will be allowed beyond the original delivery date unless
covered by an extension of time awarded by the Employer under the terms of
the Contract. No price increase will be allowed for periods of delay for which the
Contractor is responsible. The Employer will, however, be entitled to any price
decrease occurring during such periods of delay.

(c) No price adjustment shall be payable on the portion of the Contract price paid to
the Contractor as an advance payment.

For complex plant supply and installation involving several sources of supply and/or a
substantial amount of installation works, a family of formulas may be necessary, with
provision for the usage of Contractor’s equipment in the works formula.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 114 of 483
Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements
The Contractor shall obtain insurance from Sadharan Bima Corporation of Bangladesh.
Insurances To Be Taken Out By The Contractor

In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 49, the Contractor shall at its expense take
out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the
performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the
deductibles and other conditions specified. The identity of the insurers and the form of the
policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, such approval not to be
unreasonably withheld.

(a) Cargo Insurance

Covering loss or damage occurring, while in transit from the supplier’s or manufacturer’s
works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Facilities (including spare parts therefore) and
to the construction equipment to be provided by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.

Deductible Parties
Amount From To
limits insured
Total & Full CIP
Dhaka Power supplier’s or
amount quoted at Contractor’s
Distribution manufacturer’s
Price Schedule of store in
Company works or
the Bidding Bangladesh
Limited. stores
Document.

(b) Installation All Risks Insurance

Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to completion of
the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect
of any loss or damage occurring during the defect liability period while the Contractor is on
the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the defect liability period.

Deductible
Amount Parties insured From To
limits
[in currency(ies)] [in currency(ies)] [names] [place] [place]
Total contract
amount quoted at Dhaka Power
Price Schedule of Distribution
the Bidding Company Limited.
Document.

(c) Third Party Liability Insurance

Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employer’s personnel)
and loss of or damage to property (including the Employer’s property and any parts of the
Facilities that have been accepted by the Employer) occurring in connection with the supply
and installation of the Facilities.

Deductible
Amount Parties insured From To
limits
[in currency(ies)] [in currency(ies)] [names] [place] [place]
Dhaka Power
USD 2.0 million Distribution
Company Limited.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 115 of 483
(d) Automobile Liability Insurance
Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not
owned by them) in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.
Comprehensive insurance in accordance with statutory requirements.

(e) Workers’ Compensation

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities
or any part thereof is executed.

(f) Employer’s Liability

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities
or any part thereof is executed.

(g) Other Insurances

The Contractor is also required to take out and maintain at its own cost the following
insurances:

Details:

Amount Deductible limits Parties insured From To

[in currency(ies)] [in currency(ies)] [names] [place] [place]

The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the
Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 49.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’
Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors
shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor
pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause49.1, except for the Cargo, Workers’ Compensation and
Employer’s Liability Insurances. All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds
for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under
such policies.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 116 of 483
 Insurances to be Taken OutBy The Employer
The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the
performance of the Contract the following insurances.

Details:

Amount Deductible limits Parties insured From To

[in currency(ies)] [in currency(ies)] [names] [place] [place]
Nil - - - -

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 117 of 483
Appendix 4. Time Schedule

The Tenderer are required to submit with its tender a detailed program, normally in the form
of a bar chart, showing how and the order in which it intends to perform the Contract and
showing the key events requiring action or decision by the Employer. In preparing this
Program, the Tenderer shall adhere to the Time(s) for Completion given in the Tender Data
Sheet.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 118 of 483
Appendix 5. List of Major Items of Plant and Services and List of
Approved Subcontractors

A list of major items of plant and services is provided below.

The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are approved for carrying out the item
of the facilities indicated. Where more than one Subcontractor is listed, the Employer is
free to choose between them. In accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 32.1, the Contractor
is free to submit proposals for Subcontractors for additional items from time to time. No
Subcontracts shall be placed with any such Subcontractors for additional items until the
Subcontractors have been approved in writing by the Employer and their names have
been added to this list of Approved Subcontractors.

Major Items of
Approved
Plant and Nationality
Subcontractors/Manufacturers
Services

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 119 of 483
Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer
The following personnel, facilities, works and supplies shall apply as appropriate.

All personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided by the Employer in good
time so as not to delay the performance of the Contractor, in accordance with the
approved Time Schedule and Program of Performance pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause
31.2.

Unless otherwise indicated, all personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be
provided free of charge to the Contractor.

Personnel Charge to Contractor (if any)

Employer’s personnel will be engaged No charge to Contractor.
to supervise and certify the works and
test. Name of the personnel will be
informed latter on.

Facilities Charge to Contractor (if any)

Works Charge to Contractor (if any)

Employer will not do any works. If Will be deducted from contractor’s
Contractor does not reinstate the payment.
Employer’s existing facilities (Civil,
networking, power line/materials etc.)
Employer will complete it.

Supplies Charge to Contractor (if any)

The Employer will not generally supply The Contractor will be required to
any machinery/Equipment and pay the amount to be determined
materials to the Contractor. In the by the Employer for such facilities.
event of any such requirement and
subject to availability, the Employer
may extend the facilities to use such
machinery and materials by the
Contractor on rental charge/cost under
normal terms and conditions.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 120 of 483
Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review

Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 35.3.1, the Contractor shall prepare, or cause its
Subcontractor to prepare, and present to the Project Manager in accordance with the
requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 31.2 (Program of Performance), the following
documents for

(A) Approval (not limited to)

1. RF Network design

2. Meter

3. Civil Design (if any)

4. Any other documents asked by the employer

(B) Review

1.

2.

3.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 121 of 483
Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees

1. General
This Appendix sets out

(a) the functional guarantees referred to in GCC Clause43 (Functional

Guarantees)

(b) the preconditions to the validity of the functional guarantees, either in

production and/or consumption, set forth below

(c) the minimum level of the functional guarantees

(d) the formula for calculation of liquidated damages for failure to attain the
functional guarantees.

2. Preconditions

The Contractor gives the functional guarantees (specified herein) for the facilities, subject to
the following preconditions being fully satisfied:

3. Functional Guarantees

Subject to compliance with the foregoing preconditions, the Contractor guarantees as

follows:

3.1 Testing & commissioning of all the equipment & materials and ready for
commercial operation of the facilities.
4. Failure in Guarantees and Liquidated Damages

4.1 Failure to Attain Guaranteed Production Capacity

If the production capacity of the facilities attained in the guarantee test, pursuant
to GCC Sub-Clause40.2, is less than the guaranteed figure specified in
para. 3.1 above, but the actual production capacity attained in the
guarantee test is not less than the minimum level specified in para. 4.3
below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the
Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the
Facilities, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 43.3, then the Contractor shall pay
liquidated damages at the rate of 0.5% per week in the proportions of
currencies in which the Contract Price is payable.

4.2 Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption in Excess of Guaranteed Level:

Not used

4.3 Minimum Levels

Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, if as a result of the guarantee

test(s), the following minimum levels of performance guarantees (and
consumption guarantees) are not attained by the Contractor, the Contractor
shall at its own cost make good any deficiencies until the Facilities reach any
of such minimum performance levels, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 43.2:

(a) production capacity of the Facilities attained in the guarantee test: ninety-
five percent (95%) of the guaranteed production capacity

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 122 of 483
 and/or

(b) average total cost of consumption of all the raw materials and utilities of
the Facilities: one hundred and five percent (105%) of the guaranteed
figures.

4.4 Limitation of Liability

Subject to para. 4.3 above, the Contractor’s aggregate liability to pay

liquidated damages for failure to the Contractor’s aggregate liability to pay
liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees shall not
exceed ten percent ( 10%) of the Contract price on the basis of 0.5% per week.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 123 of 483
Section 5. Tender and Contract Forms

Form Title

Tender Forms

PG5A – 1a Tender Submission Letterfor Technical Proposal

PG5A – 1b Tender Submission Letter for Financial (Price) Proposal

PG5A – 2a Tenderer Information Sheet

PG5A – 2b JVCA Partner Information

PG5A – 2c Subcontractor Information

PG5A – 3 Price Schedule for Plant and Services

PG5A – 4 Technical Proposal

PG5A – 4a Specification submission & compliance sheet.

PG5A– 5 Manufacturer’s Authorisation Letter

PG5A – 6 Bank Guarantee for Tender Security

PG5A – 6a Letter of Commitment for Bank’s undertaking for Line of Credit

(Form PG5A-6a)

Contract Forms

PG5A – 7 Notification of Award

PG5A – 8 Contract Agreement

PG5A – 9 Bank Guarantee for Performance Security

PG5A– 10 Bank Guarantee for Advance Payment

PG5A– 11 Bank Guarantee for Retention Money Security (Form PG5A-11)

Forms PG5A-1a,PG5A-1b to PG5A-6, PG5A-6a comprises part of the Tender and should be
completed as stated in ITT Clause 24.

Forms PG5A-7 to PG5A-11 and the appendices of the tender comprises part of the Contract
as stated in GCC Clause 6.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 124 of 483
 Tender Submission Letter for Technical offer
(Form PG5A-1a)
[This letter should be completed and signed by the Authorised Signatorypreferably on the Letter-Head
Pad of the Tenderer and be appended in the technical proposal envelope]

To: Date:
[Contact Person]
[Name of Procuring Entity]
[Address of Procuring Entity]

Invitation for Tender No: [indicate IFT No]

Tender Package No: [indicate Package No]

This Package is divided into the following Number of [indicate number of

Lots Lot(s)]

We, the undersigned, offer to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, pre-commission and
commissionin conformity with the Tender Document, the following Plant andServices, viz:

In signing this letter, and in submitting our Tender, we also confirm that:
(a) our Tender shall be valid for the period stated in the Tender Data Sheet (ITT Sub
Clause 30.1) and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any
time before the expiration of that period;
(b) a Tender Security is attached in the form of a [state pay order, bank draft, bank
guarantee] in the amount stated in the Tender Data Sheet (ITT Sub Clause 32)
and valid for a period of twenty eight (28) days beyond the Tender validity date;
(c) we have examined and have no reservations to the Tender Document, issued by
you on [insert date]; including Addendum to Tender Document No(s) [state
numbers] , issued in accordance with the Instructions to Tenderers (ITT Clause
11). [insert the number and issuing date of each addendum; or delete this
sentence if no Addendum has been issued];
(d) we, including as applicable, any JVCA partner or Subcontractor for any part of the
contract resulting from this Tender process, have nationalities from eligible
countries, in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.1;
(e) we are submitting this Tender as a sole Tenderer in accordance with ITT Sub
Clause 38.3
or
we are submitting this Tender as the partners of a JVCA, comprising the following
other partners in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 18.1;

Name of Partner Address of Partner

1
2
3
4

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 125 of 483
 (f) we are not a Government owned entity as defined in ITT Sub Clause 5.3 or
we are a Government owned entity, and we meet the requirements of ITT Sub
Clause 5.3;
(delete one of the above as appropriate)
(g) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, declare that we are not associated,
nor have been associated in the past, directly or indirectly, with a consultant or
any other entity that has prepared the design, specifications and other
documentsin accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.5;
(h) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner or Subcontractor for any part of the
contract resulting from this Tender process, have not been declared ineligible by
the Government of Bangladesh on charges of engaging in corrupt, fraudulent,
collusive or coercive practices in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.6;
(i) furthermore, we are aware of ITT Clause 4 concerning such practices and pledge
not to indulge in such practices in competing for or in executing the Contract;
(j) we intend to subcontract an activity or part of the Works, in accordance with ITT
Sub Clause 19.1, to the following Subcontractor(s);

Activity or part of the Plant and Name of Subcontractor with

Services Address

(k) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we do not have a
record of poor performance, such as abandoning the works, not properly
completing contracts, inordinate delays, or financial failure as stated in ITT
Clause 5.7, and that we do not have, or have had, any litigation against us, other
than that stated in the Tenderer Information (Form PG5A-2b);
(l) we are not participating as Tenderers in more than one Tender in this Tendering
process. We understand that your written Notification of Award shall constitute
the acceptance of our Tender and shall become a binding Contract between us,
until a formal Contract is prepared and executed;
(m) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we do not have a
record of insolvency, receivership, bankrupt or being wound up, our business
activities were not been suspended, and it was not been the subject of legal
proceedings in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.8;
(n) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we have fulfilled our
obligations to pay taxes and social security contributions applicable under the
relevant national laws and regulations of Bangladesh in accordance with ITT Sub
Clause 5.9;
(o) we understand that you reserve the right to reject all the Tenders or annul the
Tender proceedings, without incurring any liability to Tenderers, in accordance
with ITT Clause 59.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 126 of 483
 Signature: [insert signature of authorised representative
of the Tenderer]
Name: [insert full name of signatory with National ID
Number, if applicable]
In the capacity of: [insert capacity of signatory]
Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

[If there is more than one (1) signatory, or in the case of a JVCA, add other boxes and sign
accordingly].Attachment 1:
[ITT Sub Clause 38.3]
Written confirmation authorising the above signatory(ies) to commit the Tenderer
[and, if applicable]
Attachment 2:
[ITT Sub Clause 29.2(b)]
Copy of the JVCA Agreement / Letter of Intent to form JVCA with draft proposed Agreement

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 127 of 483
 Tender Submission Letter for Financial offer
(Form PG5A-1b)
[This letter should be completed and signed by the Authorised Signatory
preferably on the Letter-Head Pad of the Tenderer and be appended in the financial proposal
envelope]

To: Date:
[Contact Person]
[Name of Procuring Entity]
[Address of Procuring Entity]

Invitation for Tender No: [indicate IFT No]

Tender Package No: [indicate Package No]

This Package is divided into the following Number of [indicate number of

Lots Lot(s)]
We, the undersigned, offer to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, precommission and
commission in conformity with the Tender Document, the following Plant andServices, viz:
In accordance with ITT Clauses 26 and 27, the following prices and discounts apply to
our Tender:

The Tender Price is: [state amount in figures]

(ITT Sub-Clause 26.1) and [state amount in words]
Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) [state amount in figures]
Supplied from abroad and [state amount in words]
Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Taka[state amount in figures]
supplied from within the Employer’s Country And Taka [state amount in words]
Design Services [state amount in figures]
and [state amount in words]
Installation and Other Services [state amount in figures]
and [state amount in words]
Recommended Spare parts Price [state amount in figures]
(If economic Factor is applicable) and [state amount in words]
The Unconditional discount is [state amount in figures]
(ITT Sub-Clause 23.11) and [state amount in words]
The methodology for Application of the [state the methodology]
discount is:

and we shall accordingly submit an Advance Payment Guarantee in the format

shown in Form PG5A- 10.

In signing this letter, and in submitting our Tender, we also confirm that:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 128 of 483
 a) our Tender shall be valid for the period stated in the Tender Data Sheet (ITT Sub
Clause 30.1) and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time
before the expiration of that period;
b) a Tender Security is attached in the form of a [state pay order, bank draft, bank
guarantee] in the amount stated in the Tender Data Sheet (ITT Sub Clause 32) and
valid for a period of twenty eight (28) days beyond the Tender validity date;
c) if our Tender is accepted, we commit to furnishing a Performance Security within the
time stated under ITT Sub Clause 65.1) and in the form specified in the Tender Data
Sheet (ITT Sub Clause 66.1) valid for a period of twenty eight (28) days beyond the
date of issue of the Completion Certificate of the Plants and Services;
d) we have examined and have no reservations to the Tender Document, issued by you
on [insert date]; including Addendum to Tender Document No(s) [state numbers] ,
issued in accordance with the Instructions to Tenderers (ITT Clause 11). [insert the
number and issuing date of each addendum; or delete this sentence if no Addendum
has been issued];
e) we, including as applicable, any JVCA partner or Subcontractor for any part of the
contract resulting from this Tender process, have nationalities from eligible countries,
in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.1;
f) we are submitting this Tender as a sole Tenderer in accordance with ITT Sub Clause
38.3 or
we are submitting this Tender as the partners of a JVCA, comprising the following
other partners in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 18.1;

Name of Partner Address of Partner

1
2
3
4

g) we are not a Government owned entity as defined in ITT Sub Clause 5.3 or
we are a Government owned entity, and we meet the requirements of ITT Sub
Clause 5.3;
(delete one of the above as appropriate)
h) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, declare that we are not associated,
nor have been associated in the past, directly or indirectly, with a consultant or any
other entity that has prepared the design, specifications and other documentsin
accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.5;
i) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner or Subcontractor for any part of the
contract resulting from this Tender process, have not been declared ineligible by the
Government of Bangladesh on charges of engaging in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive
or coercive practices in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.6;
j) furthermore, we are aware of ITT Clause 4 concerning such practices and pledge not
to indulge in such practices in competing for or in executing the Contract;
k) we intend to subcontract an activity or part of the Works, in accordance with ITT Sub
Clause 19.1, to the following Subcontractor(s);

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 129 of 483
 Activity or part of the Plant and Name of Subcontractor with
Services Address

l) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we do not have a record
of poor performance, such as abandoning the works, not properly completing
contracts, inordinate delays, or financial failure as stated in ITT Clause 5.7, and that
we do not have, or have had, any litigation against us, other than that stated in the
Tenderer Information (Form PG5A-2b);

m) we are not participating as Tenderers in more than one Tender in this Tendering
process. We understand that your written Notification of Award shall constitute the
acceptance of our Tender and shall become a binding Contract between us, until a
formal Contract is prepared and executed;
n) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we do not have a record
of insolvency, receivership, bankrupt or being wound up, our business activities were
not been suspended, and it was not been the subject of legal proceedings in
accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.8;
o) we, including as applicable any JVCA partner, confirm that we have fulfilled our
obligations to pay taxes and social security contributions applicable under the
relevant national laws and regulations of Bangladesh in accordance with ITT Sub
Clause 5.9;
p) we understand that you reserve the right to reject all the Tenders or annul the
Tender proceedings, without incurring any liability to Tenderers, in accordance with
ITT Clause 61

Signature: [insert signature of authorised

representative of the Tenderer]
Name: [insert full name of signatory with
National ID Number]
In the capacity of: [insert capacity of signatory]
Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

[If there is more than one (1) signatory, or in the case of a JVCA, add other boxes and
sign accordingly].Attachment 1:
[ITT Sub Clause 38.3]
Written confirmation authorising the above signatory(ies) to commit the Tenderer

[and, if applicable]
Attachment 2:
[ITT Sub Clause 29.2(b)]
Copy of the JVCA Agreement / Letter of Intent to form JVCA with draft proposed
Agreement

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 130 of 483
 Tenderer Information (Form PG5A-2a)
[This Form should be completed only by the Tenderer, preferably on its Letter-Head Pad]

Invitation for Tender No: [indicate IFT No]

Tender Package No: [indicate Package No]
This Package is divided into the following Number of Lots: [indicate number of
Lot(s)]

1. Eligibility Information of the Tenderer [ITT –Clauses 5 & 29]

1.1 Nationality of individual
or country of
registration
1.2 Tenderer’s legal title

1.3 Tenderer’s registered

address
1.4 Tenderer’s legal status [complete the relevant box]
Proprietorship

Partnership
Limited Liability
Concern
Government-owned
Enterprise
Others
[please describe, if
applicable]
1.5 Tenderer’s year of
registration
1.6 Tenderer’s authorised representative details
Name
National ID number
Address
Telephone / Fax
numbers
e-mail address
1.7 Litigation [ITT Cause 13]
If there is no history of litigation or no pending litigation then state opposite “None”. If
there is a history of litigation, or a number of awards, against the Tenderer provide
details below
A. Arbitration Awards made against
ar Matter in dispute Value of Value of
Award Claim

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 131 of 483
 B. Arbitration Awards pending
Year Matter in dispute Value of Claim

1.8 Tenderer to attach photocopies of

the original documents mentioned [All documents required under ITT Clauses 5 and 29]
aside
The following two information are applicable for National Tenderers
1.9 Tenderer’s Value Added Tax
Registration (VAT) Number
1.10 Tenderer’s Tax Identification
Number(TIN)
[The foreign Tenderers, in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.1, shall provide evidence by a written
declaration to that effect to demonstrate that it meets the criterion]
2. Qualification Information of the Tenderer [ITT Clause 29]
2.1 General Experience in Plant and Services of Tenderer
Start End Years Contract No and Name of Role of Tenderer
Month Month Contract [Contractor/Subcontractor
Year Year
Name and Address of /Management Contractor]
Procuring Entity
Brief description of Plant
and Services

2.2 Specific Experience in Key Activities

Contract No [ insert reference no] of [ insert year]

Name of Contract [insert name]
Role in Contract Contractor Subcontr Management
[tick relevant box]. actor Contractor

\Award date [insert date]

Completion date [insert date]
Total Contract Value [insert amount]
Procuring Entity’s Name
Address
Tel / Fax
e-mail
Brief description with [state justification in support of its similarity compared to
justifications of the the proposed works]
similarity compared to the
Procuring Entity’s

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 132 of 483
 requirements

2.3 Average annual turnover [ITT Sub Clause15.1(a)]

[amount invoiced to Procuring Entity(s) for each year of works in progress or completed, using
rate of exchange at the end of the period reported]
Year Amount & Currency amount in figures

2.4 Financial Resources available to meet the cash flow [ITT Sub Clause 15.1(b)]
No Source of Financing Amount Available

In order to confirm the above statements the Tenderer shall submit , as applicable, the
documents mentioned in ITT Sub Clause 14.1(a), (b) and 15.1 (a), (b) & (c)
2.5 Contact Details
Name, address, and other contact details of Tenderer Bankers and other Procuring
Entity(s) that may provide references, if contacted by this Procuring Entity
2.6 Qualifications and experience of key technical and administrative personnel proposed for
Contract administration and management [ITT Sub Clause 16.1 ]
Position
Years of Specific Experience
Name
Years of General Experience

[Tenderer to complete details of as many personnel as are applicable.Each personnel

listed above should complete the Personnel Information (Form PG5A-5)]
2.7 Major Equipment proposed to carry out the Contract [ITT Sub Clause 17.1 ]
Condition Owned, leased or to be
Item of Equipment (new, good, average, purchased
poor) (state owner, lessor
seller)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 133 of 483
 [Tenderer to list details of each item of major equipment, as applicable]
Name: [insert full name of Signature with
signatory] Date and Seal
In the capacity [insert designation of [ Sign]
of: signatory]
Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 134 of 483
 JVCA Partner Information (Form PG5A-2b)
[This Form should be completed by each JVCA partner].

Invitation for Tender No: [indicate IFT No]

Tender Package No [indicate Package No]
This Package is divided into the following Number of Lots [indicate number of
Lot(s)]

1. Eligibility Information of the JVCA Partner [ITT –Clauses 5 & 29]

1.1 Nationality of Individual or country
of Registration
1.2 JVCA Partner’s legal title
1.3 JVCA Partner’s registered
address
1.4 JVCA Partner’s legal status [complete the relevant box]
Proprietorship
Partnership
Limited Liability Concern
Government-owned Enterprise
Other
(please describe, if applicable)
1.5 JVCA Partner’s year of
registration
1.6 JVCA Partner’s authorised representative details
Name
National ID number
Address
Telephone / Fax numbers
e-mail address
1.7 Litigation [ITT Sub Cause 13]
If there is no history of litigation or no pending litigation then state “None”. If there is
a history of litigation, or a number of awards, against the JVCA Partner provide
details below:
A. Arbitration Awards made against
Year Matter in dispute Value of Value of Claim
Award

B. Arbitration Awards pending

Year Matter in dispute Value of Claim

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 135 of 483
 1.8 JVCA Partner to attach copies of
the original documents [All documents required under ITT Clauses 5 and 29]
mentioned aside
The following two information are applicable for national JVCA Partners only
1.9 JVCA Partner’s Value Added Tax
Registration (VAT) Number
1.10 JVCA Partner’s Tax Identification
Number (TIN)
[The foreign JVCA Partners, in accordance with ITT Sub Clause 5.1, shall provide evidence
by a written declaration to that effect to demonstrate that it meets the criterion]
2. Key Activity(ies) for which it is intended to be joint ventured [ITT Sub Clause 18.2 &
18.3]
Elements of Activity Brief description of Activity

3. Qualification Information of the JVCA Partner [ITT Clause 18]

3.1 General Experience in Plant and Services of JVCA Partner
Start End Years Contract No and & Name Role of JVCA Partner
Month Month of Contract [Contractor/Subcontract
Year Year
Name and Address of or/Management
Procuring Entity Contractor]
Brief description of Works

3.2 Specific Experience in Key Activities

Contract No [ insert reference no] of [ insert year]
Name of Contract [insert name]

Role in Contract Contractor Subc Management

[tick relevant box] ontra Contractor
ctor
Award date [insert date]
Completion date [insert date]
Total Contract Amount [insert amount]
Procuring Entity’s
Name [state justification in support of its similarity compared to
Address the proposed plants and service]
Tel / Fax

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 136 of 483
 e-mail Brief description with justifications of the similarity
compared to the Procuring Entity’s requirements

3.3 Average annual construction turnover [ITT Sub Clause 15.1 (a)]
[amount invoiced to Procuring Entity(s) for each year of work in progress or
completed, using rate of exchange at the end of the period reported]
Year Amount & Currency Amount in Figures

3.4 Financial Resources available to meet the cash flow [ITT Sub-Clause 15.1(b)]
Source of financing Amount available

In order to confirm the above statements the JVCA Partner shall submit , as applicable,
the documents mentioned in ITT Sub Clause 14.1 (a) & (b)15.1 (a), (b), (c) & (d)
3.5 Contact Details

Name, address, and contact details of Tenderer’s Bankers and other Procuring Entity(s)
that may provide references if contacted by this Procuring Entity
3.6 Qualifications and experience of key technical and administrative personnel proposed for
Contract administration and management [ITT Sub Clause 16.1]
Position Years of Specific Experience
Name
Years of General Experience

[Tenderer to complete details of as many personnel as are applicable. Each

personnel listed above should complete the Personnel Information (Form PG5A-5)]
3.7 Major items of Construction Equipment proposed for carrying out the works [ITT Sub-
Clause 17.1]
Item of Equipment Condition Owned, leased or to be
(new, good, purchased
average, poor) (state owner, leaser or seller)

[Tenderer to list details of each item of Major equipment, as applicable]

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 137 of 483
 Name: [insert full name of Signature with
signatory] Date and Seal
In the capacity of: [insert designation of [ Sign]
signatory]
Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 138 of 483
 Subcontractor Information (Form PG5A-2c)
[This Form should be completed by each Subcontractor, preferably on its Letter-Head Pad]

Invitation for Tender No: [indicate IFT No]

Tender Package No [indicate Package No]
This Package is divided into the following Number of Lots [indicate number of
Lot(s)]

1. Eligibility Information of the Subcontractor [ITT –Clauses 5 & 29]

1.1 Nationality of Individual or

country of Registration
1.2 Subcontractor’s legal title

1.3 Subcontractor’s registered

address
1.4 Subcontractor’s legal status [complete the relevant box

Proprietorship

Partnership

Limited Liability Concern

Government-owned Enterprise

Other(please describe)

.1.5 Subcontractor’s year of registration

1.6 Subcontractor’s authorised

representative details
Name

Address

Telephone / Fax numbers

e-mail address

1.7 Subcontractor to attach copies All documents to the extent relevant to ITT Clause
of the following original 5 and 29 in support of its qualifications
documents
The following two information are applicable for national Subcontractors

1.8 Subcontractor’s Value Added

Tax Registration (VAT) Number
1.9 Subcontractor’s Tax
Identification Number(TIN)
[The foreign Subcontractors , in accordance with ITT sub Clause 5.1, shall provide evidence
by a written declaration to that effect to demonstrate that it meets the criterion]
2. Key Activity(ies) for which it is intended to be Subcontracted [ITT Sub Clause 19.1]

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 139 of 483
 2.1 Elements of Activity Brief description of Activity

2.2 List of Similar Contracts in which the proposed Subcontractor had been engaged

Name of Contract and Year of Execution

Value of Contract

Name of Procuring Entity

Contact Person and contact details

Type of Assignment performed

Name: [insert full name of signatory] Signature with Date and Seal

In the capacity of: [insert designation of [ Sign]

signatory]
Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 140 of 483
 Price Schedule for Plant and Service (Form PG5A-3)
(This form should be completed and submitted by the tenderer and appended in the financial proposal
envelope)

Invitation for Tender No: [indicate IFT No]

Tender Package No [indicate Package No]
This Package is divided into the following Number of Lots [indicate number of Lot(s)]

General
1. The Price Schedules are divided into separate Schedules as follows:
Schedule No. 1: Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad
Schedule No. 2: Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within the
Employer’s Country
Schedule No. 3: Design Services
Schedule No. 4: Installation and Other Services
Schedule No. 5: Grand Summary
Schedule No. 6: Recommended Spare Parts
2. The Schedules do not generally give a full description of the plant to be supplied and the
services to be performed under each item. Tenderers shall be deemed to have read the
Employer’s Requirements and other sections of the Tender Document and reviewed the
Drawings to ascertain the full scope of the requirements included in each item prior to
filling in the rates and prices. The entered rates and prices shall be deemed to cover the
full scope as aforesaid, including overheads and profit.

3. If tenderers are unclear or uncertain as to the scope of any item, they shall seek
clarification in accordance with ITT 9.1 prior to submitting their tender.
Pricing
4. Prices shall be filled in indelible ink, and any alterations necessary due to errors, etc., shall
be initialed by the Tenderer.
As specified in the Tender Data Sheet and Special Conditions of Contract, prices shall be
fixed and firm for the duration of the Contract, or prices shall be subject to adjustment in
accordance with the corresponding Appendix (Price Adjustment) to the Contract
Agreement.

5. Tender prices shall be quoted in the manner indicated and in the currencies specified in
the Instructions to Tenderers in the Tender Document.
For each item, tenderers shall complete each appropriate column in the respective
Schedules, giving the price breakdown as indicated in the Schedules.
Prices given in the Schedules against each item shall be for the scope covered by that
item as detailed in Section 6 (Employer’s Requirements) or elsewhere in the Tender
Document.

6. Payments will be made to the Contractor in the currency or currencies indicated under
each respective item.

7. When requested by the Employer for the purposes of making payments or partial
payments, valuing variations or evaluating claims, or for such other purposes as the
Employer may reasonably require, the Contractor shall provide the Employer with a
breakdown of any composite or lump sum items included in the Schedules.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 141 of 483
 Schedules of Rates and Prices
Schedule No. 1 - Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad
Total CIP Inland Total delivered price at site
price per transportation,
Unit Price in
Line Line Itemup local insurance
Country of USD (CIP up to
Item Description of Item Quantity to ICD etc. including
Origin ICD kamalapur,
No kamalapur, VAT, IT up to USD BDT
Dhaka)
Dhaka delivery at site
[USD] [BDT]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7= 5 x 6 8 9=7+8

1 Single Phase Smart Meter Numbers 92,000

2
Three Phase Smart Meter Numbers 8,000

3 RF Network Interface Card/RF

Communication module/chip with Numbers 8,50,000
secure plug-in facility
4 Set up/establishment of RF
based Network i.e. AMI
Infrastructure:
Data Collector/ Access Point/
Routers/ Repeaters (Inclusive of all
necessary accessories) with Lot 1
redundant data bandwidth for
Data Collector as per solution
requirement covering whole of DPDC
area of approx. 225 sq. km.
5 Meter Data Management Software
with billing system and application
server for DC and DR for 8.5 Lac
smart meter but scalable up to
Lot 1
2million meters (Enterprise life time
License)
6 Head End System (HES) with
related software for DC and DR for
8.5 Lac smart meter but scalable up
to 2 million meters (Enterprise life
Lot 1
time
License)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 142 of 483
 Total CIP Inland Total delivered price at site
price per transportation,
Unit Price in
Line Line Itemup local insurance
Country of USD (CIP up to
Item Description of Item Quantity to ICD etc. including
Origin ICD kamalapur,
No kamalapur, VAT, IT up to USD BDT
Dhaka)
Dhaka delivery at site
[USD] [BDT]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7= 5 x 6 8 9=7+8

7 Oracle Database 12cR2 / upper Number DC-24 Core

release License of Core DR-12 Core
8 Hardware for DC (as per
specification and quantity
mentioned in this tender document ) Lot 1
along with power cabling and
network setup etc.
9 Hardware for DR (as per
specification and quantity
mentioned in this tender document ) Lot 1
along with power cabling and
network setup etc.
10 Necessary equipments for each
of 17 numbers of UCC (as per
specification and quantity
numbers 17
mentioned in this tender document )

TOTAL of Column 9 to be carried forward to Schedule No. 6. Grand Summary

Note: Keeping either the total number of meter same i.e. 100,000 (one lac) or contract value same, number of three phase and single phase meter may be changed by the
employer if found necessary during implementation period.
Country of Origin Declaration Form

Item Description Country

Name: [insert full name of signatory] Signature with Date and Seal
In the capacity of: [insert designation of signatory] [ Sign]
Duly authorized to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 143 of 483
 Schedule No. 2 - Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from within the Employer’s Country

Unit Transportation and

Unit Price other cost including Total delivered Price site at site
Line EXW including VAT, IT upto
Total EXW Price delivery at site in
Item Description of Item Quantity VAT, IT where
(USD or Taka) BDT
No. applicable
(USD or Taka)

USD BDT USD BDT USD BDT

5 7 8= 6+7
1 2 3 4 6

1 Single Phase Smart Meter Numbers 92,000 `

2 Three Phase Smart Meter Numbers 8,000

3 RF Network Interface Card/RF

Communication module/chip with
secure plug-in facility Numbers 8,50,000

4 Set up/establishment of RF
based Network i.e. AMI
Infrastructure:
Data Collector/Access Point/
Routers/Repeaters (Inclusive of all
Lot 1
necessary accessories) with
redundant data bandwidth for Data
Collector as per solution requirement
covering whole of DPDC area of
approx. 225 sq. km.
5 Meter Data Management Software
with billing system and application
server for DC and DR for 8.5 Lac
Lot 1
smart meter but scalable up to
2million meters (Enterprise life time
License)
6 Head End System (HES) with
Lot 1
related software for DC and DR for

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 144 of 483
 Unit Transportation and
Unit Price other cost including Total delivered Price site at site
Line EXW including VAT, IT upto
Total EXW Price delivery at site in
Item Description of Item Quantity VAT, IT where
(USD or Taka) BDT
No. applicable
(USD or Taka)

USD BDT USD BDT USD BDT

5 7 8= 6+7
1 2 3 4 6

8.5 Lac smart meter but scalable up

to 2 million meters (Enterprise life
time
License)
7 Oracle Database 12cR2 / upper Number of DC-24 Core
release License Core DR-12 Core

8 Hardware for DC (as per

specification and quantity
mentioned in this tender document) Lot 1
along with power cabling and
network setup etc.
9 Hardware for DR (as per
specification and quantity
mentioned in this tender document) Lot 1
along with power cabling and
network setup etc.
10 Necessary equipments for each
of 17 numbers of UCC(as per
numbers 17
specification and quantity
mentioned in this tender document)
TOTAL of Column 8 to be carried forward to Schedule No. 6. Grand Summary

Note: Keeping either the total number of meter same i.e. 100,000 (one lac) or contract value same, number of three phase and single phase meter may be changed by the
employer if found necessary during implementation period.

Name: [insert full name of signatory] Signature with Date and Seal
In the capacity of: [insert designation of signatory] [ Sign]

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 145 of 483
 Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 146 of 483
 Schedule No. 3 - Design Services

Unit Unit Price Total Price

Local Currency Foreign
Item Description of Item Quantity Foreign Currency Local Currency
Portion including Currency
Portion in USD Portion in BDT
VAT, IT etc. in BDT Portion in USD
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) = (3 x 4) (7) = (3 x 5)

Design and drawing services lot 1

TOTAL of Columns 6 and 7 to be carried forward to Schedule No. 6. Grand Summary

1
Note: 1. Specify currencies in accordance with ITT 27. Create and use as many columns for Unit Price and Total Price as there are currencies

Name: [insert full name of signatory] Signature with Date

and Seal
In the capacity of: [insert designation of signatory] [ Sign]
Duly authorized to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 147 of 483
Schedule No. 4 –Civil works part

Rate in BDT
Total Amount in
Item Description of items Unit Quantity including VAT,
BDT
IT etc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 = 4*5

a. Necessary civil work for RF canopy installation Lot 1

b. Necessary civil work for UCC

Lot 1

TOTAL of Column 6 to be carried forward to Schedule No. 6. Grand

Summary

Note: 1. Specify currencies in accordance with ITT 27. Create and use as many columns for Unit Price and Total Price as there are currencies

Name: [insert full name of signatory] Signature with Date

and Seal
In the capacity of: [insert designation of signatory] [ Sign]
Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 148 of 483
Schedule No. 5- Installation and Other Services
Unit Unit Price Total Price
Local Currency Local Currency
Item Description Quantity Portion in BDT Foreign Currency Portion in BDT Foreign Currency
including VAT, IT Portion in USD including VAT, IT Portion in USD
etc. etc
1 2 3 4 5 6=3x4 7=3x5
Installation of single phase smart meter numbers 92000
1

Installationof three phase smart meter numbers 8000

2

Data Connectivity
3
Primary and redundant data connectivity
between DC and DR during project
implementation stage, defect liability period
and 3 years AMC period. Lot 1
minimum 200 MBPS for each
(the connectivity shall be fiber optic based
from 2 different NTTN i.e ISP provider)
Primary and redundant data connectivity from
Data collector/ DCU/ Router/ Repeater/
Gateway etc. to system/data center during
project implementation stage, defect liability
period and 3 years AMC period: minimum 2
MBPS for each Lot 1
(the connectivity shall be fiber optic based
from 2 different NTTN i.e ISP provider) along
with GPRS/3G/4G data connectivity

Primary and redundant data connectivity from

17 nos. UCC to system/data center during
project implementation stage, defect liability
period and 3 years AMC period: minimum 2 Lot 1
MBPS for each
(the connectivity shall be fiber optic based
from 2 different NTTN i.e ISP provider)

4 Training
Foreign Training
(30 person for 5 days in several MM 5
batches)
Local Training
(120 person for 5 days in several MM 20
batches)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 149 of 483
 5 Integration Services
Integration with DPDC’s existing and
upcoming Systems
Lot 1
3 Years Annual maintenance Contract
6
(AMC)
For RF Network Lot 1

For HES Lot 1

For MDMS Lot 1

For ORACLE DB Lot 1

Miscellaneous
7

Survey and public relation activities in all Lot 1

NOCS
Necessary PVC wire for additional Lot 1
neutral wiring & meter relocation where
necessary

TOTAL of Column 6 and 7 to be carried forward to Schedule No. 6. Grand Summary

Note: Keeping either the total number of meter same i.e. 100,000 (one lac) or contract value same, number of three phase and single phase meter may be changed by the
employer if found necessary during implementation period.
.
Name: [insert full name of signatory] Signature with Date and Seal

In the capacity of: [insert designation of signatory] [ Sign]

Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 150 of 483
 Schedule No. 6 - Grand Summary

Total Price
Schedule
Title ForeignCurrency in LocalCurrency in
No.
USD BDT

Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from

1 Abroad

2 Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from

Within the Employer’s Country

3 Design Services

4 Civil work

5 Installation and Other Services

GRAND TOTAL to be carried forward to Form PG5A-1b

Name: [insert full name of signatory] Signature with Date

and Seal
In the capacity of: [insert designation of signatory] [ Sign]
Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 151 of 483
 Schedule No. 7 - Recommended Spare Parts

Unit Price Total Price

EXW CIP
Local Imported Local Foreign
Item Description Qty
Parts Parts Currency Currency
Local Foreign Portion Portion
Currency Currency
1 2 3 4 5 6=3x4 7=3x5

TOTAL

Name: [insert full name of Signature with

signatory] Date and Seal
In the capacity [insert designation of [ Sign]
of: signatory]
Duly authorized to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering system Page 152 of 483
 Technical Proposal (Form PG5A-4)
[The Revised Technical Proposal, if any, shall follow the same format and structure]

Site Organization

Method Statement

Mobilization Structure

Construction Structure

Plant

Safety Plan

Personnel

Equipment

Proposed subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Services

Time Schedule

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 153 of 483
Site Organization

The Tenderer shall include in the tender an appropriate organization chart. This shall
includehead office as well as site components and clearly demonstrate that the Tenderer
possesses thestaff and organizational resources to complete the Supply and Installation of
Plant & Equipment.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 154 of 483
Method Statement

The Tenderer shall furnish an overall description covering all activities and processes from
inception to site works and commissioning.
In particular methods of minimizing the impact on the environment in accordance with the
relevant laws and regulations during the construction phase shall be described.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 155 of 483
Mobilization Schedule
This shall be included in the overall time schedule to be provided by the Tenderer as
per“Time Schedule” in Section 5.Tendering Forms

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 156 of 483
Construction Schedule
This shall be included in the overall time schedule to be provided by the Tenderer as
per“Time Schedule” in Section5. Tendering Forms

Plant
The Tenderer shall provide the plant and equipment it intends to use in the
constructionprocess to demonstrate that it has the capability to complete the Supply and
Installation of Plant & Equipment.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 157 of 483
Safety Plan
The Tenderer shall demonstrate that it has a comprehensive safety system that will be used
during the construction and installation phase. This system shall meet all safety requirements
in accordance with all relevant laws, rules and regulations.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 158 of 483
Personnel Information
[This Form should be completed for each person proposed by the Tenderer on Form PG5A-2a& PG5A-2b, where
applicable]

Invitation for Tender No: [indicate IFT No]

Tender Package No [indicate Package No]
This Package is divided into the following Number of Lots [indicate number of Lot(s)]

A. Proposed Position (tick the relevant box)

B. Personal Data
Name
Date of Birth
Years overall experience
Years of specific experience
National ID Number
Years of employment with the
Tenderer
B. Professional Qualifications:
1.

2.
C. Present Employment [to be completed only if not employed by the Tenderer]
Name of Procuring Entity:
Address of Procuring Entity:

Present Job Title:

Years with present Procuring Entity:
Tel No: Fax No: e-mail address:

Contact [manager/personnel officer]:

D. Professional Experience
Summarise professional experience over the last twenty years, in reverse chronological order.
Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.
From To Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management
experience.
1
2
3

Name: [insert full name of Signature with

signatory] Date and Seal
In the capacity of: [insert designation of [ Sign]
signatory]
Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 159 of 483
Equipment Information
[The Tenderer shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the
requirements for the key equipment listed in TDS . A Separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment
listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the Tenderer]

Invitation for Tender No: [indicate IFT No]

Tender Package No [indicate Package No]
This Package is divided into the following Number of [indicate number of
Lots Lot(s)]

Item of equipment

Equipment Name of manufacturer Model and power rating

information
Capacity Year of manufacture
Current status Current location
Details of current commitments
Source Indicate source of the equipment
 Owned  Rented  Leased  Specially manufactured

Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Tenderer.

Owner Name of owner

Address of owner
Telephone Contact name and title
Fax Telex
Agreements Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project
Name: [insert full name of Signature with
signatory] Date and Seal
In the capacity [insert designation of [ Sign]
of: signatory]
Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 160 of 483
Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and
Installation Services

A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.

The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of
the facilities indicated. Tenderers are free to propose more than one for each item

Major Items of Plant and Proposed Nationality

Installation Services Subcontractors/Manufacturers

Form Functional Guarantee

The Tenderer shall copy in the left column of the table below, the identification of each
functional
guarantee required in the Specification and stated by the Employer in ITT 24(n) and in the
right column, provide the corresponding value for each functional guarantee of the proposed
plant and equipment.
Invitation for Tender No: [indicate IFT No]
Tender Package No [indicate Package No]
This Package is divided into the following Number of Lots [indicate number of ot(s)]

Required Functional Guarantee Value of Functional Guarantee of the

Proposed
Plant and Equipment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 161 of 483
Specifications Submission and Compliance Sheet (Form PG5A-4a)
Invitation for Tender No: Date:
Tender Package No: Package [enter description
Description: as specified in
Section 6]
Tender Lot No: Lot [enter description
Description: as specified in
Section 6]

Item Name of Goods Country Make and Full Technical Specifications and
No. of Model (when Standards
or Related Service
Origin applicable)

1 2 3 4 5

FOR GOODS Note 1

FOR RELATED SERVICES

[The Tenderer should complete all the columns as required]

Signature: [insert signature of authorised representative

of the Tenderer]
Name: [insert full name of signatory with National ID]
In the capacity of: [insert designation of signatory]

Duly authorised to sign the Tender for and on behalf of the Tenderer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 162 of 483
Manufacturer’s Authorisation Letter (Form PG5A - 5)

[The Tenderer shall require the Manufacturer to fill in this Form in accordance with the
instructions indicated. Thisletter of authorization should be on the letterhead of the
Manufacturer and should be signed by a person with the proper authority to sign documents
that are binding on the Manufacturer. The Tenderer shall include it in its tender, if so
indicated in the TDS as stated under ITT Sub-Clause29.1(b)]

Invitation for Tender No: Date:

Tender Package No:

Tender Lot No:

To:
Name and address of Employer]

WHEREAS

We [insert complete name of Manufacturer],

who are official manufacturers of[insert type of goods manufactured], having

factories at [insert full address of Manufacturer’s factories], do hereby

authorize[insert complete name of Tenderer] to supply the following Plant and

Equipment, manufactured by us [insert name and or brief description of the Goods].

We hereby extend our full guarantee and as stated underGCCClause 42 of the

General Conditions of Contract and Warranty clause mentioned in Section 6:
Employers Requirement, with respect to the Goods offered by the above Tenderer.

Signed: [insert signature(s) of authorized representative(s) of the Manufacturer]

Name: [insert complete name(s) of authorized representative(s) of the Manufacturer]

Address: [insert full address including Fax and e-mail]
Title: [insert title]

Date: [insert date of signing]

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 163 of 483
Bank Guarantee for Tender Security (Form PG5A– 6)
[this is the format for the Tender Security to be issued by a scheduled bank
of Bangladesh as stated under ITT Clauses32 and 33]

Invitation for Tender No: Date:

Tender Package No:

Tender Lot No:

To:
[Name and address of Employer]

TENDER GUARANTEE No:

We have been informed that [insert name of Tenderer] (hereinafter called “the Tenderer”)
intends to submit to you its Tender dated [insert date of Tender] (hereinafter called “the
Tender”) for the supply and installation of [description of plant and services] under the above
Invitation for Tenders (hereinafter called “the IFT”).

Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, Tenders must be supported

by a Bank Guarantee for Tender Security .

At the request of the Tenderer, we [insert name of bank] hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally undertake to pay you, without cavil or argument, any sum or sums not
exceeding in total an amount of Tk.[insert amount in figures and in words] upon receipt by
us of your first written demand accompanied by a written statement that the Tenderer is in
breach of its obligation(s) under the Tender conditions, because the Tenderer:

a. has withdrawn its Tender after opening of Tenders but within the validity of the
Tender Security ; or
b. refused to accept the Notification of Award (NOA) within the period as stated
under Instructions to Tenderers (ITT) ; or
c. failed to furnish Performance Security within the period as stipulated in the NOA;
or
d. refused to sign the Contract Agreement by the time specified in the NOA; or
e. did not accept the correction of the Tender price following the correction of the
arithmetic errors in accordance with the ITT; or

This guarantee will expire:

(a) if the Tenderer is the successful Tenderer, upon our receipt of a copies of the
contract signed by the Tenderer and the Performance Security issued to you in
accordance with the ITT; or

(b) if the Tenderer is not the successful Tenderer,twenty eight (28) days after the
expiration of the Tenderer’s Tender validity period, being [date of expiration of the
Tender validity plus twenty eight(28) days]

Consequently, we must receive at the above-mentioned office any demand for payment
under this guarantee on or before that date.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 164 of 483
Letter of Commitment for Bank’s undertaking for Line of
Credit (Form PG5A-6a)
[This is the format for the Credit Line to be issued by any scheduled Bank of Bangladesh in accordance with ITT
Clause 15.1(b)]

Invitation for Tender No: Date:

Tender Package No:

Lot No (when applicable)

To:

[Name and address of the Procuring Entity]

CREDIT COMMITTMENT No: [insert number]

We have been informed that [name of Tenderer] (hereinafter called “the Tenderer”) intends to
submit to you its Tender (hereinafter called “the Tender”) for the execution of the Supply and
Installation of Plant & Equipment of[description of works] under the above Invitation for Tenders
(hereinafter called “the IFT”).

Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, the Tenderer’s Financial

Capacity i.e. Liquid Asset must be substantiated by a Letter of Commitment of Bank’s
Undertaking for Line of Credit.

At the request of, and arrangement with, the Tenderer, we [name and address of the Bank] do
hereby agree and undertake that [name and address of the Tenderer] will be provided by us with a
revolving line of credit, in case awarded the Contract, for execution of the Works viz. [insert name
of works], for an amount not less than BDT [in figure]( in words) for the sole purpose of the execution
of the above Contract. This Revolving Line of Credit will be maintained by us until issuance of
“Taking-Over Certificate” by the Procuring Entity.

In witness whereof, authorised representative of the Bank has hereunto signed and sealed this
Letter of Commitment.

Signature Signature

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 165 of 483
Notification of Award (Form PG5A - 7)
Contract No: Date:
To:

[Name of Contractor]

This is to notify you that your Tender dated [insert date] for the supply and installation of
plant and Services for [name of contract] for the Contract Price of [state amount in
figures and in words] as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to
Tenderers, has been approved by [name of Employer].

You are thus requested to take following actions:

i. accept in writing the Notification of Award within seven (7) working days
of its issuance pursuant to ITT Sub-Clause 64.1
ii. furnish a Performance Security in the specified format and in the amount of
Tk.[state amount in figures and words] ,within Twenty-eight (28) days from
issue of this Notification of Award but not later than (specify date), in
accordance with ITT Clause 64.3
iii. sign the Contract within twenty eight (28 ) days of issuance of this
Notification of Award but not later than (specify date), in accordance with ITT
Clause 69.2

You may proceed with the execution of the supply of Plant and Services only upon
completion of the above tasks. You may also please note that this Notification of Award
shall constitute the formation of this Contract, which shall become binding upon you.

We attach the draft Contract and all other documents for your perusal and signature.

Signed

Duly authorised to sign for and on

behalf of [name of Employer]

Date:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 166 of 483
Contract Agreement (Form PG5A - 8)
THIS AGREEMENT made the [day] day of [month][year] between [name and address of
Employer] (hereinafter called “the Employer”) of the one part and [name and address of
Contractor] (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) of the other part:

WHEREAS the Employer invited Tenders for certain plant and services, viz, [brief
description of plant and services] and has accepted a Tender by the Contractor for the
supply of those plant and services in the sum of Taka [Contract Price in figures and in words]
(hereinafter called “the Contract Price”).

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are
respectively assigned to them in the General Conditions of Contract hereafter referred
to.
2. The following documents forming the Contract shall be in the following order of
precedence, namely :
(a) the signed Form of Contract Agreement;
(b) the Notification of Award
(c) The Tender and the appendices to the Tender
(d) Particular Conditions of Contract;
(e) General Conditions of Contract;
(f) Technical Specifications;
(g) Drawings;
(h) Price Schedules of Plant and Equipment and;
(i) other document including correspondences listed in the PCC forming
part of the Contract

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as

hereinafter mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to provide
the plants and related services and to remedy any defects therein in conformity in all
respects with the provisions of the Contract.

4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the provision
of the plant and services and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or
such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the
times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

5. The Appendices listed in the attached List of Appendices shall be deemed to form an
integral part of this Contract Agreement. Reference in the Contract to any Appendix
shall mean the Appendices attached hereto, and the Contract shall be read and
construed accordingly.

6. Effective Date (Reference GCC Clause 1)

The Effective Date, upon which the period until the Time for Completion of the
Facilities shall be counted from is the date when all of the following conditions have
been fulfilled:

(a) This Contract Agreement has been duly executed for and on behalf of the
Employer and the Contractor;
(b)The Contractor has submitted to the Employer the performance security;
(c)An irrevocable Letter of credit has been opened by the purchaser in favor of the
contractor upon written request from the contractor after contract signing.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 167 of 483
 Each party shall use its best efforts to fulfill the above conditions, for which it is
responsible, at the earliest practicable time.

The contractor shall submit necessary documents to the employer within 1 (one)
month from the date of contract signing to facilitate opening of Letter of Credit (L/C).

IN WITNESS whereof the Employer and the Contractor have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their duly authorized representatives in accordance with the laws of
Bangladesh on the day, month and year first written above.

Signed by, for and on behalf of the Employer

For the Employer: For the Contractor:

Signature

Print Name

Title

In the presence
of Name
Address

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 168 of 483
Bank Guarantee for Performance Security (Form PG5A – 9)
[This is the format for the Performance Security to be issued by an internationally reputable bank and it shall
have correspondent bank located in Bangladesh, to make it enforceablein accordance with ITT Sub-Clause
67.1pursuant to Rule 27(4) of the Public Procurement Rules, 2008.]

Contract No: Date:

To:

[Name and address of Employer]

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No: [insert PerformanceGuarantee number]

We have been informed that [name of Contractor] (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has
undertaken, pursuant to Contract No [reference number of Contract] dated [date of Contract]
(hereinafter called “the Contract”) for the supply and installation of [description of plant and
services] under the Contract.

Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, Contracts must be

supported by a performance guarantee.

At the request of the Contractor, we [name of bank] hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
undertake to pay you, without cavil or argument, any sum or sums not exceeding in total an
amount of Tk.[insert amount in figures and in words] upon receipt by us of your first written
demand accompanied by a written statement that the Supplier is in breach of its obligation(s)
under the Contract conditions, without you needing to prove or show grounds or reasons for
your demand of the sum specified therein.

This guarantee is valid until [date of validity of guarantee], consequently, we must receive at
the above-mentioned office any demand for payment under this guarantee on or before that
date.

[Signatures of authorized representatives of the bank]

Signature Seal

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 169 of 483
Bank Guarantee for Advance Payment (Form PG5A – 10)
[this is the format for the Advance Payment Security to be issued by an
internationally reputable bank and it shall have correspondent bank located in
Bangladesh, to make it enforceable in accordance with GCC Clause 57.1]

Contract No: Date:

To:

[Name and address of Employer]

ADVANCE PAYMENT GUARANTEE No.:

We have been informed that [name of Contractor] (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has
undertaken, pursuant to Contract No [reference number of Contract] dated [date of Contract]
(hereinafter called “the Contract”) for the supply and installation of [description of plant and
services] under the Contract.

Furthermore, we understand that, according to your Particular Conditions of Contract Clause

26.1, Advance Payment(s) on Contracts must be supported by a bank guarantee.

At the request of the Contractor, we [name of bank] hereby irrevocably unconditionally

undertake to pay you, without cavil or argument, any sum or sums not exceeding in total an
amount of Tk.[insert amount in figures and in words] upon receipt by us of your first written
demand accompanied by a written statement that the Contractor is in breach of its
obligation(s) under the Contract conditions, without you needing to prove or show grounds
or reasons for your demand of the sum specified therein.

We further agree that no change, addition or other modification of the terms of the Contract
to be performed, or of any of the Contract documents which may be made between the
Employer and the Contractor, shall in any way release us from any liability under this
guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification.

This guarantee is valid until [date of validity of guarantee], consequently, we must receive at
the above-mentioned office any demand for payment under this guarantee on or before that
date.

[Signatures of authorized representatives of the bank]

Signature Seal

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 170 of 483
Bank Guarantee for Retention Money Security(Form PG5A-
11)
[This is the format for the Retention Money Guarantee to be issued by any scheduled Bank of Bangladesh in
accordance with GCC Clause 57]

Demand Guarantee

[Bank’s Name, and Address of Issuing Branch or Office]

Beneficiary: [insert Name and Address of the Procuring Entity]

Date: [insert date]

RETENTION MONEY GUARANTEE No.: [insert number]

We have been informed that [insert name of Contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") has
entered into Contract Number [insert reference number of the Contract] dated [insert date] with you,
for the execution of [insert name of Contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the
Contract").

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, when the Taking-Over
Certificate has been issued for the Works and the first half of the Retention Money has been certified
for payment, payment of Tk. [insert the amount of the second half of the Retention Money] which
becomes due after the Defects Liability Period has passed and certified in the form of Defects
Correction Certificate, is to be made against a Retention Money Guarantee.

At the request of the Contractor, we [insert name of Bank] hereby irrevocably unconditionally
undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of Tk. [insert amount in
figures] (Taka [insert amount in words]) upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing
accompanied by a written statement stating that the Contractor is in breach of its obligation under the
Contract because the Contractor failed to properly correct the defects duly notified in respect of the
Supply and Installation of Plant & Equipment.

It is a condition for any claim and payment under this guarantee to be made that the payment of the
second half of the Retention Money referred to above must have been received by the Contractor on
its account number[insert A/C no] at [name and address of Bank].

This guarantee is valid until [insert the date of validity of Guarantee that being twenty-eight (28)
days beyond the Defects Liability Period]. Consequently, we must receive at the above-
mentioned office any demand for payment under this guarantee on or before that date.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 171 of 483
Section 6. Employer’s Requirements

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 172 of 483
6.1 Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation
Services by the Contractor
1. 0 INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL INFORMATION

1.1 Background
Dhaka Power Distribution Company Limited (DPDC) is one of the largest power
distribution companies in Bangladesh. Dhaka Power Distribution Company Limited
(DPDC) had been incorporated on 25th October, 2005 under the Companies Act
1994 with an authorized share capital of Tk. 10,000 (ten thousand) crore divided into
100 (one hundred) crore ordinary share of Tk. 100 each.
The company was granted permission to commence business from 25th October,
2005 and started its function from 14th May 2007. Company started its commercial
operation on 1st July of 2008 by taking over all assets and liabilities from the then
DESA. DPDC distributes electricity to 1.15 million consumers spread over an area of
225 sqkm in Dhaka and Narayanganj. Present Peak demand of DPDC system is
nearly 1550 MW. DPDC has an unparalleled System loss reduction record of over 61%
during the past 10yearsi.e from 19.36% in FY2008-9 to 7.41 % in FY2017-18. DPDC
has always been on the forefront of adoption of state of the art technologies for
providing world class power supply to its consumers. In line with the same, DPDC
has implementing several smart grid technologies to enhance network reliability,
improve operational efficiency and ensure high customer satisfaction. Key
technologies implementing by DPDC include
 Supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) system for Sub-transmission
Network
 Digitalization and Automation of Sub-Station Meter
 Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) System
 Geographical Information System (GIS) for Distribution Network
Treading the journey of making power distribution smarter every day, DPDC desires
to leverage the benefits of Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) for taking power
quality and reliability to the acme of excellence. Accordingly, DPDC has prepared an
ambitious plan for rollout of Advanced metering infrastructure. Details of plan are
given in subsequent sections.

1.2 Project Objectives

The Dhaka Power Distribution Company Ltd (DPDC) plans to implement Advance
Metering Infrastructure to bring about reform in the distribution sector. Through AMI
implementation, DPDC aims to mirror the benefits to the customers that can be seen
in a number of countries and can be replicated in Dhaka Power Distribution
Company Ltd (DPDC). In the initial stages of program rollout, the immediate benefits
such as reduced meter reading costs, access to time of use based tariffs and the cut

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 173 of 483
 back in System losses will be realized. The long term benefits for DPDC eventually
include but not limited to:
i) Improved network visibility and hence reduced or deferred network
reinforcement costs;
ii) Improved management of power outages;
iii) Improved connection processes;
iv) Reduced costs for micro-generation customers;
v) Access to the benefits offered by demand side response;
vi) Losses reduction; and
vii) Improved customer service across a range of routine activities.
viii) Increase Customer satisfaction.

While the introduction of smart meters will bring the immediate benefits to customers,
their full potential in relation to network-related benefits will only be realized when
customers start to adopt behavioral changes in power consumption.

1.3 Advanced Metering Infrastructure

AMI (Advanced Metering Infrastructure) is not a single technology, but rather an
integration of many technologies that provides an intelligent connection between
consumers and Power Utilities.AMI is the collective term to describe the whole
infrastructure from Smart Meter to two way-communication network to control center
equipment and all the applications that enable the gathering and transfer of energy
usage information in near real-time. AMI makes two-way communications with
customers possible and is the backbone of smart grid. The objectives of AMI can be
remote meter reading for error free data, network problem identification, load profiling,
energy audit and partial load curtailment in place of load shedding.

1.4 Building Blocks of AMI

AMI is comprised of various hardware and software components, all of which play a
role in measuring energy consumption and transmitting information about energy,
water and gas usage to utility companies and customers. The overarching
technological components of AMI that DPDC plans to implement include:
 Smart Meters: Advanced meter having the capacity to collect information about
energy usage at various intervals and transmitting the data through fixed
communication networks to utility, as well as receiving information like pricing
signals from utility and conveying it to consumer.
 Communication Network: Advanced communication networks which supports
two way communications and enables information from smart meters to utility
companies and vice-versa. Networks such as Broadband over Power Line (BPL),
Power Line Communications, Fiber Optic Communication, Fixed Radio
Frequency or public networks (e.g., landline, cellular, paging) are used for such
purposes.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 174 of 483
  Meter Data Acquisition System: Software applications on the Control Centre
hardware and the DCUs (Data Concentrator Units) used to acquire data from
meters via communication network and send it to the MDMS
 Meter Data Management System (MDMS): Host system which receives, stores
and analyzes the metering information

1.5 Scope of Work

The project scope of work is to design, supply, establish, install, testing,

commissioning, operate and maintain the Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) for
consumers equipped with Single Phase and Three Phase Whole Current meters
including. The DPDC intends to deploy the AMI system entire DPDC area (225
Sq.km). The first stage of smart metering project includes 100,000 metering nodes in
the 36 NOCS areas of DPDC from 3 different meter manufacturers. The 3 different
meter manufacturers shall be from at least 2 different countries.The smart metering
i.e. AMI project will cover 8,50,000 smart meter with course of time. The AMI system
will be established for these meters and shall be scaled up for 2 million meters.

The intent of this project is to implement the AMI system for all Distribution
consumers with following functions but not limited to:

I. Capability to access the real-time data and provide all information on a single
console in anintegrated manner with the possibility to remotely control the
entire network and increase operational efficiency.
II. The contractor shall establish network platform that can support the multiple
applications like AMI, GIS, DMS, Street Light Management and HAN etc.
over a single communications platform using RF communication technology.
III. The Network canopy to be established using RF communication technology
shall communicate with field devices using intermediate network elements
such as routers/ repeaters/ collectors/ gateways/ data concentrator’s units/
access points etc.
IV. The contractorshall install smart meter and create a RF communication
canopy at the meter installation locations.
V. The contractorwill supply, install, configure, commissioning all related
software (HES, MDM, Database, Application Server, Mobile Apps etc.) and
hardware (Data Center & Disaster Recovery Center) for effective AMI
management.

The project shall have the capability to accommodate entire signals from distribution
network of DPDC are which includes electricity line - 5,213 km., 132 KV
Transmission Line- 228 km., 33 KV Transmission Line-390 km., 11/0.4 KV Line -
4431 km and 18000 No’s of Distribution Transformer and initial Smart meter catering
to 100,000 consumers. Subsequent phases of smart metering shall have capability
to accommodate 8,50,000 meter nodes within the entire DPDC region and therefore

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 175 of 483
 proposed AMI Communication network, controlcenter, data center and AMI system
should be scalable in nature, taking into account 8.5% average growth rate of
consumers and associated infrastructure per annum. This account to the total value
of 2 million (approx.) AMI meters post overall installation and implementation.

Technology embedded in the communications system for smart meters should

enable the configuration-less formation and self-restoration of communication
network that can scale up to the required level for AMI applications so as to collect
the data on power consumptions as well as to remotely connect and disconnect the
power supply remotely. The system should also provide users with value-added
services such as detailed visualized reporting on the power consumptions.

The design and technology of the network should be such that the greater number of
communication devices can be connected to the RF network canopy as per the
agreement between DPDC and bidder by adding additional components at each
level of RF network canopy and IT infrastructure.

DPDC also wants to achieve device level interoperability by choosing RF

communication technology and multiple smart meter manufacturers. That is, the
multiple meter manufactures shall use the same communications technology RF
mesh and shall comply with the RF Network Interface Card (NIC)/RF Communication
module/chipwith plug-in facility specification of the RF canopy vendor.

The desired functional and technical specifications of major items mentioned in

subsequent sections of this document are indicative. It will be the responsibility of
bidder to ensure that all the systems, sub-systems and equipment/devices shall
conform in all respects to high standards of engineering, design and workmanship
and shall be capable of performing continuous commercial operations as per the
existing and upcoming future requirements of the DPDC.

The scope of work shall include, in complete conformity with subsequent sections of
the specifications, site survey, planning, design, engineering, manufacturing, supply,
transportation & insurance, delivery at site, unloading, handling, storage, installation,
integration, configuration, testing, commissioning, demonstration for acceptance,
training, operation, maintenance and documentation of the following:-

1. Site Survey of client locations to assess the following:

a. Electrical network/grid.
b. Communication infrastructure.
c. IT/Automation Systems.
d. O&M Processes pertaining to the network
e. Existing Business Processes etc.
2. Site survey for the identification of network design (equipment locations etc.)
and detailing out comprehensive bill of material with project inception report.
3. Prepare a detailed project plan & implementation schedule including the
following:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 176 of 483
 a. Develop an overall AMI system architecture capable of upgrades and
scaling as per future requirements.
b. System security and access with due consideration of data privacy,
confidentiality cyber security guidelines etc.
c. Communication network engineering and designing of communication
canopy for whole DPDC license area.
4. Install, test and commissioning of the proposed solution.
5. Suggest the updated business processes for organization under the AMI
project scope e.g. Metering Business Process.
6. Supply, installation and commissioning of necessary hardware, software&
support systems.
7. Integration with existing legacy system like postpaid billing system with MDM
if feasible.
8. Establishment of AMI communication network canopy.
9. Supply and Commissioning of Data Concentrator Unit/Gateway/Access
Point/Collector/Repeater/Router etc.
10. Supply, Install and Commissioning of Smart Prepaid Meters.
11. Head End System
12. Meter Data Management System
13. Development of Interface with mobile app and web portal/dashboard.
14. Interface supplied RF Network Interface Card (NIC)/RF Communication
module/chip with plug-in facility with smart meter which will be selected in
upcoming tender or interested meter manufactures as per DPDC’s instruction.

1.6 Basic Functions of AMI

The AMI system shall help utility to manage their resource and business process
efficiently. AMI system shall support the following minimum functionalities:
a) Remote Meter data reading at configurable intervals(push/pull)
b) Time of day (TOD)/TOU metering
c) Pre-paid functionality following Bangladesh Energy Regulatory Commission
(BERC) rules and existing Unified Prepaid Metering System Business logic.
d) Net Metering/Billing
e) Alarm/Event detection, notification and reporting
f) Remote Load Limiter and connection/ disconnection at defined/on demand
conditions
g) Remote firmware upgrade
h) Integration with other existing systems like Postpaid billing software, GIS
mapping, consumer indexing, new connections & disconnection, analysis
software, Outage Management System etc.
i) Security features to prevent unauthorized access to the AMI including Smart
meter & meter data etc. and to ensure authentication of all AMI elements by
third party.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 177 of 483
 This is only an indicative but not exhaustive list. The system should be capable to
support the other functionalities as per the requirement of DPDC as mutually
agreed with vendor. The System should accurately maintain system time
synchronization across all devices to ensure accuracy of data. The system
should support the interfacing with the future Smart Grid functionalities like
outage management system, distribution automation including self-healing
system, distribution transformer monitoring units, Electric vehicle, distributed
energy resources etc. The communication network shall preferably be able to
support multiple applications.

The Bidder shall submit an approach paper describing overall architecture and
operational philosophy of the proposed AMI solution and methodology for achieving
different functionalities, specified in this document and also highlight additional
features, if any.

1.7 Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) tentative Rollout Plan

DPDC plans to implement AMI project in phases as per the below table:

Plan Phase – 1 (1st Tender) Phase -2 (2nd Tender)

Timeline FY18-19 FY19-20 FY20-21 FY19-20 FY20-21

Install 8,50,000  Setup RF Based Network for smart meter  Call Tender and procure 7.5 Lac
Smart Meter communication in 36 NOCS area of DPDC. Smart meter in 3 Lots (2.5 lac
Initially 1 NOCS for Pilot. meter each lot).
 Install 5.5 lac Smart Meters in
 Procure 8.5 Lac RF based NIC/RF module
DPDC 17 NOCS
with plug-in facility for Smart Meter.
 Install 1 lac Smart Meters in DPDC
 Procure 1 Lac Smart (3 Phase & Single
other NOCS as per requirement.
Phase) Meter from 3 different meter
manufactures and Interface NIC to the meter.
 Setup IT Hardware (DC & DR) and Establish
Data Connectivity.
 Procure & Setup HES, MDM & Other Related
Software
 Install 10,000 Smart Meters in 1 NOCS as
Pilot bases.
 On basis of pilot success, set up RF Based
Network and install 90,000 smart meters in
whole of DPDC area.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 178 of 483
 Please note that the above plan is indicative and subject to change as per
DPDC requirements and regulatory approvals. Phase wise rollout overview is
given below.

1.8 Domain Philosophy

Work for AMI will be carried out under the following three domains:
 Domain -1 - Smart Meters
 Domain -2 - Communication Infrastructure (Head End System, NIC,
Router/Gateway, Data Collector/Concentrator etc.)
 Domain -3 - Meter Data Management System (MDMS) & Associated
Applications

1.9 Design, Supply and Installation of AMI System

 The Bidder shall carry out the design, supply, establishment, operation and
maintenance of Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) with proven scalability
for 2 million metering connections of DPDC area.
 It includes the designing, supply and installation of single phase, three phase,
and other meter smart meters along with the network communication canopy.
 Supply and installation of meter data management and acquisition systems that
enables two-way communication between DPDC’s smart metering system and
customers.
 Supply and installation of necessary hardware and software for successfully
running the AMI system operations.
1.10 Proposed AMI Architecture
Proposed AMI architecture is given below. Considering that AMI solutions are still
evolving, appropriate changes to optimize system performance may be made in the
architecture during the implementation period. Overlapping of domains indicates the
integration requirements among the domains.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 179 of 483
  RTU- Remote Terminal Unit  NAN – Neighborhood Area Network
 FRTU – Field Remote Terminal Unit  WAN- Wide Area Network
 NIC – Network Interface  HES - Head End System
Card/Communication Card/Communication  MDMS – Meter Data Management System
Module

1.11 Establishment of Last Mile Communication

 The Bidder shall carry out the establishment of RF network canopy, to be used
for providing the last mile connectivity for communicating with the AMI, DMS,
GIS, Street light management etc.
 In case of RF canopy, the bidder shall establish the RF canopy, operating in
the unlicensed frequency bands and be capable of two-way communications.
 The established network canopy shall be IPv6 technology compliant. The RF
canopy shall be designed to cater to the data requirements of 2 million Smart
meters.
 The network canopy should be designed to operate at minimum 50% of
designed capacity in normal operation (peak data requirement with
guaranteed performance) for full scale deployment.
 DPDC envisions that the last mile communication infrastructure thus created
shall be scalable over the air for supporting more end-point deployments and
other applications in future. The system shall remain fully operational in the
next 10 years and shall consequently not be affected by obsolescence.
 Contractor shall use a DCU or Router-based RF canopy for providing last mile
connectivity to the nodes envisaged to be connected by DPDC’s Smart
Metering System.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 180 of 483
  The required data from the field devices and smart meters shall reach the
DCU/Access Points etc. through the networking elements such as Routers,
Repeaters, and Extender Bridges etc.
 Contractor shall use the GSM/GPRS & Fiber Optics connectivity to connect the
DCU/Access Points to the data center where optical fiber connectivity is
unavailable.

1.12 Integration Requirement

Bidder has to submit an End-to-End Integrated AMI solution and architecture
clearly depicting integration between Electricity Meters, Data Concentrators,
Head-End System (HES), Meter Data Management System (MDM) and other
Distribution applications.
The proposed architecture should guarantee the capability of High Availability,
High Security with High Performance in full load for the components like
concentrators/access points. The software performance shall be tested through
virtual metering point simulation tools which will be provided by the bidder
The scope of integration with external systems includes the already existing and
functional IT systems in utility and any other system commissioned during the AMI
system implementation. The integration is expected to be on-line real time or
batch wherever appropriate and shall operate in an automated fashion without
manual intervention.
The Proposed system and overall software solution should be capable of SOA or
any other open source integration methodology based integrating with external
systems (BI, Reporting System, Other MDM/RMR etc.). The integrated systems
should be capable of communicating and sharing data with each other or any
other external system as required by DPDC to generate the following benefits:
 Data Analytics
 Alert and Alarm
 Dashboard
 BI Reports
 Any other external system
DPDC has started the modernization of Distribution Sub-station network through
Sub-station automation system. Under this new system, DPDC has planned to
implement Distribution Management system (DMS), Outage Management
system (OMS).

DPDC will also implement other smart grid solution in coming future.Therefore,
the proposed system and overall solution shall be capable to support the vision
of modern/ smart grid. It shall be capable to integrate with modern distribution
center and support latest grid automation technologies as well.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 181 of 483
 Moreover, DPDC is also encouraging renewable energy based generation such
as Photo voltaic generation and inject the green energy into DPDC’s network.
Net metering is being used to record the total amount of green energy injected
into the network of DPDC. The AMI shall also support necessary communication
with net meter to monitor the energy generated from Distributed Generation
sources.

1.13 Commissioning and Testing of System

 The supplied hardware and software solution by contractor shall meet the
necessary standards, compliance and testing criteria.
 Bidder shall carry out the commission and acceptance of overall AMI system in
compliance to DPDC requirements.
 The supplied hardware, software and energy meters shall have the warranty
period of minimum 5 years along with operational support, post completion of the
required duration.
 Minimum life of RF communication canopy solution including complete hardware
and software(excluding third party software) shall be for 10 years.

1.14 Cyber Security of AMI System

 Contractor will define the AMI security controls including the description of
security requirements, rational and implementation guideline.
 Bidder shall map the security controls of AMI logical components from
systems architecture definition.
 Bidder shall develop the security architecture and detailed design of AMI
components.
 Support Security assessment: On completion of Enterprise wide AMI system
acceptance and Go-live, the bidder, in coordination with DPDC will carry out
an extensive cyber and information security assessment / audit and testing
through third party network / cyber threat analyst. Based on the findings of
assessment and testing, the Bidder will fix and resolve any high severity
issues and provide a plan around medium and low severity issues.
i. Network and security architecture review and recommendation –
Bidder is expected to comply with leading industry practices and
standards for securing network architecture as well as
recommendation for secure configuration of devices.
ii. Vulnerability assessment – The bidder is expected to provide
technical resolution to patch any discovered/ known vulnerabilities in
the systems/ applications deployed.
iii. Penetration testing – The bidder is expected to enhance the
Information Security posture of its infrastructure ( network and
applications) through placement of appropriate security solutions

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 182 of 483
1.15 Documentation
The successful Bidder will provide ongoing product information for referential
purposes and facilitating self-education by DPDC’s personnel. The scope shall
include but not limited to the below deliverables:
 User Manuals
 System Administrator Manuals
 OEM Functional Manuals
 Technical Manuals Installation Guides
 Business Process Guides
 Program Flow Descriptions Sample Reports
 Troubleshooting Guides FAQ Guides

Hard copy and soft copy of user manuals are expected to be provided by the
successful Bidder. These should include information on the application concepts in
addition to transaction and field level documentation.
Selected Bidder will be expected to assist in the developing of operational procedure
manuals forthe Utility AMI systems. The user manuals shall be provided in the word
format so that client has flexibility to customize them into their own manuals to
include specific business processes or operational procedures.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 183 of 483
 Functional
And
Technical Requirements

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 184 of 483
2. 0 FUNCTIONAL AND TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
2.1 Introduction
The project shall have the capability to accommodate entire signals from distribution
network of DPDC are which includes electricity line - 5,213 km., 132 KV
Transmission Line- 228 km., 33 KV Transmission Line- 390 km., 11/0.4 KV Line -
4431 km. and 18000 No’s of Distribution Transformer and initial Smart meter catering
to 100,000 consumers. Subsequent phases of smart metering shall have capability
to accommodate 8,50,000 meter nodes within the entire DPDC region and therefore
proposed AMI Communication network, control center, data center and AMI system
should be scalable in nature, taking into account 8.5% average growth rate of
consumers and associated infrastructure per annum. This account to the total value
of 2 million (approx.) AMI meters post overall installation and implementation.

Communication canopy would span across the license area of DPDC providing
communication connectivity to all field elements including smart meters, DA devices,
DER (Distributed Energy Resources) integration, EV charging points, sensors,
streetlights points etc. The envisaged high level architecture diagram is given below:

List of Integration for the Field Devices and not limiting to:

• Consumer meters
• Network meters like DT meters, grid meters, interface meters etc.
• Substation automation
• DA devices
• Automatic Power Factor Correction(APFC) Panels, switching capacitors
• Switchgears, FPI (Fault Passage Indicator) etc.
• Sensors with FRTU, air quality, temperature sensors etc.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 185 of 483
 • Streetlight meter/ streetlight points
• Electric vehicle
• Distributed generation
• Net meter for solar generation
• Storage devices

DPDC intends to select and deploy IPv6 based 6LoWPAN RF mesh network
technology solution that shall meet all the utility requirements while providing
scalability and certain level of future proofing.
The broad scope of work shall include supply and installation of network elements of
proposed communication canopy, related hardware, Network Interface Card (NIC)
for agreed quantities of smart meters and DA points, supply & configuration of Head
End system (HES), supply & configuration MDM. Any bidder making a proposal to
DPDC must demonstrate as per solution requirement.

2.2 Terminology
Since the technology and naming conventions may vary between different
bidders of the solution, it is important to highlight the terminology that is used in
this document. However, the bidder is free to use their own conventions as long
as it is properly defined in the technical proposal with reference to the definitions
below and with brief functionality.
NODE: This is essentially the end-point device of AMI and other Field
applications. This device will offer wireless connectivity upstream to
DCU/Gateways/Extender Bridges and/or Gateways. For example, in AMI
application, the smart meters with plugin RF modules are Nodes themselves and
will form a Mesh amongst themselves.
REPEATER / ROUTER: A Repeater/Router will be an intermediate aggregation
point which will wirelessly connect downstream to the Nodes in its vicinity and to
Gateways upstream. The Repeaters will form a Mesh amongst themselves to
reach the Gateway either directly or via hops in the Mesh.
DCU / GATEWAY: A Gateway is the device that will connect Smart meters to
DPDC/Data center’s Head end system/MDAS through dedicated and reliable
connectivity like MPLS/Fiber optic/ Cellular/RF. It will have connectivity upstream
to the HES and wireless connectivity to Nodes and Repeaters either directly or
via hops in the Mesh.

2.3 Communication Engineering

RF Mesh based communication technology is selected for the project and RF
canopy will be established entire licensed area of DPDC. In a RF mesh-based or
multipoint-to-multipoint AMI system, meters communicate peer-to-peer or RF

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 186 of 483
 mesh using 433.05-434.19MHz, 866-868 MHz, 922-925 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz,
5725-5875 MHzunlicensed wireless frequency. Devices called collectors and
repeaters/routers are strategically placed so they can talk to as many meters as
possible. These AMI collectors require a backhaul communications media such
as fiber, various types of radio technology, or cellular to be used to transport the
AMI data from the collector to the office.
Coverage is impacted by the collectors’ and repeaters’ mounted height, endpoint
receiver sensitivity, endpoints’ quantity and density, as well as terrain and other
obstacles such as buildings. In the event that the primary mesh radio signal is
unavailable, systems typically self-heal and are capable of automatically
rerouting messages.
A detailed report to be submitted to DPDC along with the bid clearly specifying
the quantity and type of the communication devices required for erecting the
multi-application communication canopy over the entire area both for AMI and
DA (RTU/FRTU) applications, keeping in mind that the deployment shall be done
phase wise, need based. All information not limited to electrical network, present
IT and communication, end point location, DPDC assets (Substations, offices)
shall be furnished and any other information relevant to build up of
communication network shall be provided.
Bidder to submit detailed document covering the approach and methodology of
canopy designing as part of the bid covering following as a minimum. The main
known issues that must be addressed in the Mesh Radio design service are:
i. Optimizing router/repeater/DCU locations to suit both mesh radio
communications requirements and Backhaul Communications availability;
ii. Equipment to comply with electrical safety and operational requirements;
iii. Mesh radio communication range may be limited by poor propagation due to
equipment located in basements, internal switch rooms, metal enclosures
and similar areas; and
iv. Sufficient density of meters/alternate solution to maintain the communication
relaying.
Based on scope and area to be covered, the bidder shall submit overall initial
network design architecture highlighting key location for placement of field
equipment’s.
a. Network design shall be approved by utility before start of project.
b. Bidder needs to provide details of their communication architecture and
features including information about the storage and speed of
communications across the network. They should indicate all the types of
equipment (head ends, data collector, router, repeaters etc.) and the
functions that they perform on the network.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 187 of 483
 c. Bidder should also indicate the achievable bandwidth on the network and the
number of meters that can be supported per DCU/Gateway from functional
and storage limitation perspectives.
d. If the system utilizes repeaters to extend the reach of communications, typical
distances between repeaters must be indicated.
e. Bidder needs to detail the backhaul communications requirements for the
access point/collectors devices. This should include full specification of any
interface devices that are needed for connection. The Respondent should
indicate any international standards with which their communication system
complies.

2.4 Communication Canopy Network

 Bidder to design, supply, install, test, commission and maintain agreed SLA’s
of communication canopy network platform based on RF mesh technology
that can support multiple Smart Grid applications like AMI, DA, Sub-station
management, Street light management, Home automation etc. over the single
communication platform.
 Bidder to establish and maintain the complete backhaul communication
network between the Gateways / Concentrators and HES and should be
available in redundancy mode on at least 2 of the following Cellular (3G / 4G
LTE) or MPLS or Fibre etc.
 Bidder to establish backhaul at DPDC Data Centre and DR Centre.
 Bidder to do site survey for identification of initial network designs (equipment
locations etc.) Bidder to submit the canopy solution document covering
canopy design criterions / parameters, bandwidth requirements, redundancy
as a minimum confirming that 99.5% (calculated on daily basis) of the
network terminals should be accessible from the HES at all times failing
which penalties described later in this document will be applicable.

2.5 Communication Infrastructure Specification

DPDC intends to set up a RF communication canopy covering over the unlicensed
frequencies in Bangladesh (433.05-434.19MHz, 866-868 MHz, 922-925 MHz, 2400-
2483.5 MHz, 5725-5875 MHz), spread across utility operational area for AMI and
communication support for DA devices (RTU/FRTU).This communication covering
shall be used for seamless flow of AMI and distribution automation data to and from
data center and be available to DPDC staff.
a. Bidder shall design a reliable, interference free & robust communication
network keeping in view the site conditions. It shall be flexible in terms of
providing communication in variable terrain & urban density.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 188 of 483
 b. The entire infrastructure & associated civil works required for installation &
commissioning of equipment/devices like collectors, repeaters, routers &
access points etc. shall be in the scope of bidder. The operational testing of all
the network elements has to be demonstrated by the bidder to the satisfaction
of the utility.
c. Communication network shall provide reliable medium for two-way
communication between various nodes (smart meters and DA points) & HES.
d. Bidder to design Communication network for entire project area in such a way
that it can be scaled up to meet the requirements in terms of coverage of total
number of endpoints.
e. Last mile communication infrastructure thus created shall be scalable over the
air for supporting more end-point deployments and other applications in future.
The system shall remain operational for the next 10 years and shall
consequently not be affected by obsolescence.
f. The complete backhaul communication network between the Gateways /
Concentrator and HES will be in the scope of the bidder and should be available
on MPLS (Multi-protocol label switching)/Fibre/Cellular etc.
g. It is mandatory to design communication network to support multiple utility
applications. The desired objective is to have a versatile system to support
Smart Grid applications such as DA in addition to AMI metering.
h. The communication network shall be reliable, scalable and shall have facility
for auto registration and self-healing. It should be fault tolerant & “sleepy” in
nature to optimize on resources.
i. Suitable Network Management System (NMS) shall be available to monitor
the performance of the communication canopy round the clock from the data
center/IT Control center of DPDC.
j. Communication infrastructure should be secure enough to avoid all cyber-
attacks like DDOS, Spoofing, Malware etc. and should provide secure
communication channel through Public Key/ Asymmetric encryption.
k. The network solution offered by the bidder should have disaster recovery
mechanism in place. The same shall be explained by bidder in details.

2.6 Communication Module (RF Network Interface Card/RF Communication

module/chip with plug-in facility)
This Communication Module shall operate on RF Mesh.
a) The meter shall have a provision for an ‘integral modular plug in type’
communication Module for NAN (Neighborhood Area Network) i.e. from Meter to
Data Concentrator Unit/Access point.
b) Support two way communications and support open protocol like DLMS,
COSEM.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 189 of 483
 c) Support internal communication interface for Router/ DCU / HES and also have
a port for local communication. The port for local communication and baud rate
shall be as per relevant clause of IEC standards.
d) Capable to communicate requested data as per programmed interval and shall
support remote configuration including remote firmware upgrade.
e) Detect as well as resolve abnormal & tamper events while storing the same in
meter and relay it through RF canopy and application(s) to support alert to
DPDC personnel.
g) Support remote load management by sending load curtailment signals that can
be direct display/SMS/Web application.
h) Meters should provide on-site communications indication with the AMI network.
Shall support self-discovery and self-registry functionality with AMI system.
i) Meter/AMI system shall support On-Demand remote polling of the meter to
determine whether the supply is open or closed/whether meter is energized or
not. The meter shall provide clear local visual indication of the status
(open/closed) of the supply, consumption, last bill details.
j) The communication part of the meter is designed so as to enable
communication of the meter through all meter interfaces with order of priority to
RF through remote followed by on site meter reading to ensure seamless
remote meter reading.
k) Communication module shall logically bind to the meter and also support
replacement of old and installation of new communication module with
replacement with security keys managed, using field tools/HES duly security
enabled to perform the changeover.
l) Direct connection with laptop when necessary to access the meter/meter
parameters directly thorough optical port.
m) The meter shall have facilities for data transfer locally through optical probe
using CMRl and remotely by RF Mesh with proper security via Plug in type RF
NIC/Communication module/chip. Communication ports shall not be affected by
any type of injection /unauthenticated signals and having proper sealing
arrangement.
n) The bidder shall supply software required for local (CMRI) & remote (AMI)
connectivity including required training to use the software as per solution
requirement.
The meter shall be capable of executing instructions from HES and local field tools
(limited to reading only) using RF only after due authentication through protected
password, for the following:
 Change in integration period.
 Change in automatic re-setting for billing data date & time.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 190 of 483
  Meter should have provision for eight time zones as per ICS, however it
should be configurable. So that it shall be modified as per the requirement
up to eight zones and same should be recorded/ displayed.
2.7 Communication Canopy Network
The detailed technical specification of the communication canopy network is given below
Sl.
Items Details Specification
No.
All Network element must:
a. Be of industrial grade construction
b. All network elements should be compliant
through a competent authority for use in
01 Network Element Design
Bangladesh.
and construction
c. Mountable either internally at existing
Utility assets or externally as pole top devices.
d. Have a design life of at least 10 years after
Operational Acceptance Test
All RF canopy elements are required to adhere to
02 Radio Power requirement the Bangladesh Telecom Regulatory Commission
(latest guidelines).
The solution should utilize a license and unlicensed
radio spectrum (433.05-434.19MHz, 866-868 MHz,
03 Radio Spectrum 922-925 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, 5725-5875 MHz)
(subject to BRTC requirements). Bidder should
procure license if operate in licensed band.
All equipment shall be standards-based, shall use
recognized protocol such as IPv6. 6LoWPAN
04 Communication Protocol support for all IP traffic over radio Mesh networks.

Bidders to comply IEEE 802.15.4 and IEEE

802.15.4g.
The solution should conform/ comply to both IPv6
and IPv4 network protocols where appropriate
05 IP Protocol Conformance with backward compatibility feature. (bidder
solution should comply to IEC 62053-21 latest
standard)

a. Bidder to work with meter OEM for integration of

NIC/Module in Smart meter.
b. Bidder to ensure with meter OEM's that
06 Smart Meter Integration
Communicationmodule/ NIC will be plug-in type
with a standard PIN withproper sealing
arrangement.
a. RF canopy should support multiple
applications data and all end-points should
be able to be connect to either the AMI Head
End System AND/OR to the respective
07 RF canopy elements control & monitoring system
b. Be capable of communicating with large
numbers of end points simultaneously over
the same network at the same time
maintaining prioritization (quality of service)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 191 of 483
 Sl.
Items Details Specification
No.
as required for operational applications
c. Have the capability to use an external
antenna to extend communication range for
RF canopy elements like routers and
collectors
d. Be capable of operating within an operating
temperate range of -40°C to +60°C with
humidity between 0% to 95%, non-
condensing
e. Have the ability to support multiple
communication protocols as mentioned in
the scope.
f. The data flow between the Gateways /
Concentrator and HES will be in the scope of
the bidder and support at least two of the
following backhaul options Cellular (3G & 4G
LTE) or MPLS, Fibre etc.
g. All equipment’s should support time sync
from NTP
The communication canopy should be capable to
integrate with multiple types of field devices
Communication including:
08  Smart Meter
CanopyConnectivity
 Distribution Automation devices (RTU/FRTU)
 Other AMI related devices.

09 Data Rate Communication canopy should supportdata rate of

minimum 100kbps or more
Typical communication latency across the network
10 Latency component of the communication canopy should
be as per scope and SLA.The bidder to share hop
to hop latency and hop to HES latency.
The dataflow between the Gateways/Concentrator
and HES will be in the scope of the bidder
11 preferably on a dedicated high availability with an
BackhaulCommunications
uptime of 99.5% upwards of the network.
Replication link between DC and DR is in copeof
bidder and to be planned in redundancy.
Bidder to quote only for latest versions of hardware
/ software and products. However forproduct
/solution life cycle, bidder to describe:
a. End-of-life policy for AMI modules,
12 Product / Solution Life
communication devices and system software
Cycle
b. What guarantees are you willing to provide
regarding end- of-life
c. Bidder should provide necessary support as
per warranty support commitment
Bidder will be responsible for interfacing of their
13 Interface with other supplied system with other components of DPDC
Systems technology architecture including Network
Management Sever as specified in tender

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 192 of 483
 Sl.
Items Details Specification
No.
document using inter-operable /mutually agreed
standards free of cost, for full scale deployment of
Smart Grid.
14 Interoperability & Future All elements of communication canopyshould be
Up- gradation interoperable as per the relevantstandard
a. The equipment shall be weatherproof,
dustproof and constructed for outdoor
installation on poles (minimum rating: IP65).
b. The mounting provision shall be for pole either
mounting or mounting brackets for flat
surfaces.
c. Enclosure: Provision for security sealing shall
be provided and in case the gasket of the
cover is used for protection against moisture,
dust and insects, the gasket shall be of
weather and aging resistant material made of
neoprene or equivalent. The network elements
should have option to provision of AC / DC
(battery) with suitable identification of source.
d. Operating Voltage: The single phase auxiliary
15 Equipment Specification power supply should operate in the range 120
and Features V- 240 V. Power backup of network elements
should be 8 hrs. In case requirement of higher
back up hrs are required then the bidder needs
to support up till 14 hrs as a variant at
proportionate cost addition.
e. Failure rate of network elements should not be
more than 0.5%, under field conditions.
f. Solution to support in 3P Smart meters capable
to report/detect outage in power in case of any
phase missing (if supported by the smart
meter)
g. Proposed DA network elements by vendor
must support multiple Ethernet and Serial
RS232/485 ports.
h. Proposed DA network elements

Proposed solution should support traffic

prioritization, filtering, shaping etc. Data
traffic/congestion measures are required so that
16 Data Traffic Management communication canopy elements can efficiently
handle the volumes of asynchronous or
synchronous data that will potentially be routed
through their hardware.
Each mesh network device/ endpoints must be
17 Mesh Network able to connect to at least two peers/base stations
for redundancy.
18 Each meter should be able to access minimum of 2
Failover
routers address/ endpoints dynamically.
a. Automatic Node Discovery
19 Other Network
b. Dynamic Re-routing
Functionality
c. Self-Healing mechanism through rerouting

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 193 of 483
 Sl.
Items Details Specification
No.
and built-in network redundancy
d. Downloading configuration data to field
devices/ meters.
e. Supervision and optimization of the
Communication Canopy communication
network by computing performance statistics to
achieve maximal channel capacity
f. Troubleshooting of devices from field, reading
of data from end devices with portable tools,
detection and reporting of trouble conditions
such as link breaks and device failures
g. Support for IPv6 Each gateway device should
have 10BASET/100BASE-TX Ethernet Port to
connect to any Circuit switched / packet
switched network such as SDH (Synchronous
digital hierarchy) / MPLS (Multiprotocol Label
Switching)
It is required that the solution conforms to IT
20 Privacy Standards privacy Standards of Bangladesh (in particular
DPDC).
It is required that the solution adheres to DPDC IT
security protocols and practice.
a. Certificate-based identities user names and
passwords
b. Role based access control
c. Link-layer encryption
d. Group based key generation and
management.
e. Network layer encryption.
f. A standards-based protocol for network
authentication and joining must be utilized by
the solution to allow for interoperability of the
join mechanism (for example, IEEE 802.1x /
PANA).
g. Data encryption applied on all data following
21 Data Security and through the communication channel through
Encryption Protocols Asymmetric encryption between NIC and HES
h. Sensitive information must be encrypted in the
database
i. Preference is for user access to be managed
in a central area using Role Base Security
j. Password policy to enforce password rules
k. Manage the length of active sessions, and
retries.
l. The use of Digital certificates
m. Audit logs to track user changes (Audit rails)
n. Key Management and Security must use FIPS
140 validated cryptography
o. System should fail secure; for example, if a key
update to a radio fails, the device continues to
operate with cryptographic controls
p. Solution shall not use certificates that never

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 194 of 483
 Sl.
Items Details Specification
No.
expire nor inject certificates and keys in an
unsecured facility
q. The system should be deployed in accordance
with NIST IR 7628

22 Solution Provider is required to provide detailed

Security Models
security models for their solution.

Over the air, firmware upgrades to all relevant end-

23 Over the Air Firmware points should be possible across the
Upgrades communications network via AMI Head End
System or respective monitoring & control system.
It is required that the bidder has demonstrated
24 proof of ability to mass produce NIC/Radio chips,
Production and Supply
including manufacturing capability, stock and
capacity
Bidder should provide a communications test
bench for testing of the system at DPDC. All
necessary H/W, S/W & network elements required
for setting up communication test bench for testing
25 Test Bench of various communication as defined in tender will
be in the scope of bidder. Test bench will be a part
of network and maintenance of this test bench for
project duration. It should support to test 10 meters
for pre-deployment communication checks.

2.8 Plug-in type RF Network Interface Card (NIC)/RF Communication

module/chip
The detailed technical specification of the NIC/RF communication module/chip is
given below.

Sl.
Item Details
No.
a. RF NIC/ RF communication module/chip shall be
plugin type.
b. Self-configuring and self-healing
d. Support smart metering, distribution automation,
sensors etc.
e. AES 128/256 encryption
f. Communication module should have “watch dog”
mechanism and also it has the ability to retrieve
01 General itself when it is hanged.
g. It shall be possible to upgrade the firmware of the
module remotely in a secured manner.
h. Display indication for Signal quality.
i. NIC/ RF communication module/chip shall support
two-way communications between smart meter &
head-end system such as data exchange,
configuration parameters exchange, alarms,
operational commands, push services firmware

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 195 of 483
 Sl.
Item Details
No.
upgrade of the meter.
j. Network interface card shall be based on RF mesh
6LoWPAN technology, which shall be in compliant
with IPv6.
k. Network interface card shall have necessary
hardware support to deliver first breath and last
gasp.
NIC
02 Communication a. Communication Module/ NIC Type : RF based
Technology

Over UART/RS232/RS485 (bidder to specify

03 Meter Interface
detailed Pin configurations)

04 Radio output 500 mW and shall be less than or equal 1W

05 Baud rate 100 kbps or more

a. RF Free Band: Free band 433.05-434.19MHz, 866-

868 MHz, 922-925 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, 5725-
5875 MHz for sub-GHz cards (subject to BTRC)
06 RF Band
b. RF Licensed Band: Subject to BTRC compliance
Bidder should procure license if operate in licensed
band.
a. Operating Temperature: -40 Deg C ~ +60 Deg C
07 Operating
b. Storage Temperature: -40 Deg C ~ +85 Deg C
Conditions
c. Humidity: up to 95% RH (Non-Condensing)
When power goes out the individual end point (other
end points and network alive) shall send a power
08 Individual outage message to HES which shall be populated on
Outage events outage map of HES. This functionality shall help utility
to identify the power outages on real time basis.

2.9 Routers and Access Points

2.9.1 General Overview

Routers and access points collect data from multiple nodes, before forwarding the
data to the utility data center. The routers and access points receive information
from the nodes on a scheduled / need basis and transfer the data to the HES.
Routers are the extra nodes for enhancing the range & signal strength. The routers
shall be strategically sited & placed to ensure sufficient signal strength in entire
project area despite presence of obstacles or sparsely of nodes.
Routers are the device, which is used to send/receive signals coming from node
directly to DCU/gateway. It shall use asynchronous spread spectrum hoping &
dynamic message routing. It shall have data security and error-checking algorithms

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 196 of 483
 to achieve integrity & reliability. It shall have minimum RF baud rate of 100 kbps for
data transmission with DCU/gateways. The intrinsic protection should be at least IP
65

Main functionalities typically include:

a. Automatic detection of nodes

b. Node registration
c. Node synchronization and periodic and on-demand reads
d. Configuration and firmware upgrade

2.9.2 Functional Requirements for Router and Access Point

The following functional specification outlines the requirement & expectation of

DPDC with respect to the establishment of an integrated end to end last mile multi-
application communication canopy suitable for seamless data transfer between
nodes of different types.

High level Functional Specification is listed below.

ID Requirement Description
Automatic
01 Access Point shall automatically detect nodes in the
detection of
network and to ensure all nodes are detected.
nodes
02 Node Access Point shall facilate registration of nodes in the
registration last mile network
Access Point shall support synchronization of the meter
RTC from the HES. Time synchronization from other
system is not allowed. Time synchronization from HES
03 Access Point
shall synchronize Access Point with local time. The
synchronization
Access Point shall provide functionality to adjust the
maximum deviation that is accepted compared to the
actual time from the MDMS/HES.
Access Point shall perform synchronization of all its
dependent nodes to same time stamp once per day.
Access Point shall have the capability to execute
04 Node synchronization cycle manually, via local web client in
synchronization Access Point. Access Point shall provide functionality to
synchronize the nodes using node to Access Point
interface. The synchronization command shall be able to
be generated using unicast and multicast.
Access Point shall send data to Data Collector/HES
Data receiving once a day or according to configurable schedule.
05 and Access Point will respond to configurable schedule
transmission requests or on-demand requests from the central
system
Configuration
06 The Access Point shall enable configuration and
and firmware
firmware upgrade of nodes.
upgrade
08 memory The memory shall be sufficient for smooth operation

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 197 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
In cases where a node changes its Access Point
09 Deregistration ownership, the Access Point shall be able to update its
of node node list, but continue to store data of deregistered
node.

2.9.3 Technical Specification for Routers and Access Points

In this type of communication network, nodes shall interconnect with each other
using RF mesh network and they shall communicate with nearby routers to transfer
the data to access points. In such a communication network, if any
routers/repeaters/access points fail, then nodes connected on that device shall
automatically reconfigure the mesh with available nearby nodes.
DPDC intends to set up a communication canopy over any of the unlicensed
frequencies available in Bangladesh and/or licensed wireless band, spread across
its total DPDC’s licensed area of about 225 sq. km for AMI and other operational
applications mentioned in the scope. Communication towards HES shall be done
with secured protocols, https, sftp, etc.
The RF canopy thus established, using wireless technology, shall be in the form of
a RF mesh with nodes & operating in a licensed / unlicensed frequency band. For
solution on licensed band, frequency license should be approved by Bangladesh
Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC) for use in Power Utility. For
solution on unlicensed bands, an Equipment Type Approval (ETA) needs to be
obtained from the BTRC. These devices shall facilitate a network infrastructure
which can be distributed over a large span of distance covering the entire licensed
area of DPDC. For communicating with the control center, access point shall be
connected using optical fiber. However the Bidder shall use GSM/GPRS
connectivity to connect the access point to the data center where optical fiber
connectivity is unavailable.
Access Points and Routers shall be tested for the following:
 Mechanical, vibrations, heat and fire resistance tests: IEC 60068-2
 Insulation test: IEC 60060-1
 Test of immunity to electrostatic discharges: IEC 61000-4-2
 Test of immunity to electromagnetic RF field: IEC 61000-4-3
 Test of immunity to fast transient burst test: IEC 61000-4-4
 Surge immunity test: IEC 61000-4-5
 Test of immunity for conducted disturbances IEC 61000-4-6
 Electromagnetic compatibility - Dielectric strength: 4 kV, 50 Hz: IEC
61004-5
 Electromagnetic compatibility - Electrostatic discharge: 15 kV: IEC
61004-2
 Electromagnetic compatibility - Burst (4 kV): IEC 61004-4

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 198 of 483
  Electromagnetic compatibility - Impulse voltage 6kV, 1,2/50 μs: IEC
62052-11
 Electromagnetic compatibility - High frequency electromagnetic field 10
V/m and 30 V/m: IEC 61004-3
 IP65 compliance or higher (Equivalent)
 Category Rating
 Cold IEC 60068-2-1; -40º C, 16 hours
 Damp Heat IEC 60068-2-56: 5º C @ 93% humidity for 4 days
 Damp Heat Cyclic IEC 60068-2-30: max 55º C
Change of
 Temperature IEC 60068-2-14: 70º C to -25º C in 6 hours

The security requirements shall be:

 Data/message encryption at store and in transit
 Password for Access Point shall be unique to DPDC.
 Request for information: any other information security capability that
Access Point has shall be mentioned to DPDC.
The operating conditions for Access Points and Routers shall be:
 Relative humidity durability range: 5% to 95%
 Temperature range: -40ºC to 60ºC
Bidder may also envisage to utilize mobile towers of service providers for
installation of network elements at bidders cost. In case bidder uses 3rd party mobile
towers for creating RF canopy, bidder is required to submit documentary proof for
back to back arrangement with tower owner for entire duration of project. The
communication network shall be reliable, scalable and shall have facility for auto
registration and self-healing forming dynamic mesh/other topology. It should be fault
tolerant & “sleepy” in nature to optimize on resources. Suitable network
management system (NMS) shall be available to monitor the performance of the
communication canopy round the clock from the Control Centre of DPDC. The NMS
shall provide view of all the networking elements deployed at site and enable
configuration, parameterization of the networking devices and the nodes over the air.
Router Technical Specification
Element Description
Power Supply
Input AC Voltage 120 V- 240 V
Battery Backup (hours) At least 8 hours
RF Frequency Range 433.05-434.19MHz, 866-868 MHz, 922-
925 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, 5725-5875
MHz
Baud rates up to 100 kbps
Output Power (transmitting) 21 or 25 or 30 dBm
Modulation Type (transmitting) FSK/GFSK/OFDM/LoRa
Environmental

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 199 of 483
 Element Description
Operating Temperature Range -40 to 60 C (internal ambient of
enclosure)
Storage Temperature -40 to 85 C
Relative Humidity 5%-85%, non-condensing
IP Rating (International Version) IP65
Mounting options Pole mounted
Standard Compliance
EMI/EMC and IP Compliance Indentor’s ANSI C12.1-2008, FCC
Class B, IEC 60529, IEC 61000-4-
2,3,4,5
Standards Applicable IEEE 802.15.4, IPv4/IPv6, RPL, UDP,
SNMP V2

2.10 Data Collector Unit (DCU) /Gateway

2.10.1 General Overview

Bidder shall use a Router-based RF canopy for providing last mile connectivity to
the nodes envisaged to be connected by smart prepaid metering system. This
sections mentions and captures the details of a DCU based architecture.

DCUs collect data from multiple nodes, before forwarding the data to the HES.
The Data Collector Unit receives information from the nodes on a scheduled/need
basis and stores the data, which can be accessed by HES.

Main functionalities typically include:

a) Automatic detection of nodes
b) Node registration
c) Node synchronization and periodic and on-demand reads
d) Configuration and firmware upgrade.

2.10.2 Functional Requirements for Data Collector Unit

The following functional specification outlines the requirement & expectation of

DPDC with respect to the establishment of an integrated end to end last mile
multi-application communication canopy suitable for seamless data transfer
between nodes of different types.

High level Functional Specification is listed below.

ID Requirement Description
Automatic
01 DCU shall automatically detect nodes in the network and
detection of
to ensure all nodes are detected.
nodes
02 Node DCU shall register nodes in the last mile network and to
registration ensure all nodes are registered.
DCU shall support synchronization of the RTC from the
centralized server like NTP or HES. Time synchronization
03 DCU from other system is not allowed. Time synchronization
synchronization shall synchronize DCU with local time. The DCU shall
provide functionality to adjust the maximum deviation that
is accepted compared to the actual time from the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 200 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
MDMS/HES.
DCU shall perform time synchronization of all its
04 Node dependent nodes at least once per day. DCU shall have
synchronization the capability to facilitate executing synchronization cycle
manually(on demand).
Data receiving Automatically or upon request of HES, the application
05 And send data to MDM once a day or according to
transmission configurable schedule.
Configuration
06 The DCU shall support configuration and firmware
and firmware
upgrade of nodes.
upgrade

General features to be supported by Gateway

 DCU/Gateways shall have Wide Area Network (WAN) connectivity to the

HES.
 DCU/Gateways shall communicate with routers/nodes/end points on RF
mesh (license free band).
 DCU/Gateways shall support periodically monitor meter reads/downstream
commands and shall retry and reconnect in case of failed events/reads.
 After Power Interruption, on restoration of power supply DCU/Gateways shall
establish communication with underlying devices as well as upstream
application (HES) automatically.
 The retry attempts for meter data acquisition shall be configurable globally or
individually for a meter.
 HES shall keep record of
o No of packet failures
o Retry attempts
o Missed periodic reading
o Failure to connect
 DCU/Gateways shall support remote firmware upgrades as well as remote
configuration in order to add new features and functions to DCU/Gateways
remotely from the control center.
 The intrinsic protection should be at least IP 65

2.10.3 Technical Specification for Data Concentrator Unit (DCU)/Gateway

DCUs shall communicate with nodes using RF canopy. DPDC intends to set up a
communication canopy over any of the unlicensed frequencies available in
Bangladesh and/or licensed wireless band, spread across its total DPDC’s
licensed area of about 225 sq. km for AMI and other operational applications
mentioned in the scope. Communication towards HES shall be done with
secured protocols, https, sftp, etc.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 201 of 483
 The RF canopy thus established, using wireless technology, shall be in the form
of a RF mesh topology & shall operate in a licensed / unlicensed frequency band.
For solution on licensed band, a frequency usage license should be provided
approved by Bangladesh Telecommunication Regulatory Commission (BTRC).
For solution on unlicensed bands, an Equipment Type Approval (ETA) needs to
be obtained from the BTRC(if required) by the contractor. These devices shall
facilitate a network infrastructure which can be distributed over a large span of
distance covering the entire licensed area of DPDC. For communicating with the
control center, DCU shall be connected using optical fiber. However the Bidder
shall use GSM/GPRS connectivity to connect the DCU to the data center for
redundant purpose.
Bidder may also envisage to utilize mobile towers of service providers for
installation of network elements at bidders cost. In case bidder uses 3rd party
mobile towers for creating RF canopy, bidder is required to submit documentary
proof for back to back arrangement with tower owner for entire duration of project.
The communication network shall be reliable, scalable and shall have facility for
auto registration and self-healing forming dynamic mesh/other topology. It should
be fault tolerant & “sleepy” in nature to optimize on resources. Suitable network
management system (NMS) shall be available to monitor the performance of the
communication canopy round the clock from the Control Centre of DPDC. The
NMS shall provide view of all the networking elements deployed at site and
enable configuration, parameterization of the networking devices and the nodes
over the air.
DCU shall be tested for the following:
 Mechanical, vibrations, heat and fire resistance tests: IEC 60068-2
 Insulation test: IEC 60060-1
 Test of immunity to electrostatic discharges: IEC 61000-4-2
 Test of immunity to electromagnetic RF field: IEC 61000-4-3
 Test of immunity to fast transient burst test: IEC 61000-4-4
 Surge immunity test: IEC 61000-4-5
 Test of immunity for conducted disturbances IEC 61000-4-6
 Electromagnetic compatibility - Dielectric strength: 4 kV, 50 Hz: IEC
61004-5
 Electromagnetic compatibility - Electrostatic discharge: 15 kV: IEC
61004-2
 Electromagnetic compatibility - Burst (4 kV): IEC 61004-4
 Electromagnetic compatibility - Impulse voltage 6kV, 1,2/50 μs: IEC
62052-11
 Electromagnetic compatibility - High frequency electromagnetic field 10
V/m and 30 V/m: IEC 61004-3
 IP 65 compliance
 Category Rating
o Cold IEC 60068-2-1; -40º C, 16 hours

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 202 of 483
 o Damp Heat days IEC 60068-2-56: 5º C @ 93% humidity for 4
o Damp Heat Cyclic IEC 60068-2-30: max 55º C
o Change of Temperature IEC 60068-2-14: 70 º C to -25º C in 6 hours

The security requirements shall be:

o Data/message encryption at store and in transit
o Password for DCU shall be unique to DPDC.
o Request for information: any other information security capability
that DCU has shall be mentioned to DPDC.
The operating conditions for DCU shall be:
o Relative humidity durability range: 5% to 95%
o Temperature range: -40oC to 60oC

Gateway/DCU Technical Specifications

Sl.No. Element Description
1.0 Electrical (General)
1.1 Input Voltage Range 120-270 VAC
1.2 Frequency (Electrical 50 Hz
network)
1.3 Battery backup At least 8 hours with provision of up to 14
hours
1.4 Radio (General)
1.5 Communication Protocol IEEE 802.15.4g
Compliance
1.6 RF Frequency Range 433.05-434.19MHz, 866-868 MHz, 922-
925 MHz, 2400-2483.5 MHz, 5725-5875
MHz
1.7 Data rate 50 to 200 Kbps
1.8 Transmitting Output Up to 1W
Power
1.9 Modulation Type FSK/GFSK/OFDM/LoRa
1.10 Out-of-band Spurious <-70 dBc
Emissions
2.0 Antenna Requirements
2.1 Type Omnidirectional
2.2 Gain < 5.5 dBi
2.3 Routing Protocol RPC 6550
2.4 Enclosure Compliant to IP65 or higher

3.0 Operating Temperature -40° to 60° C

Range
4.0 Storage Temperature -40° to 85° C
Range
5.0 EMI/EMC and IP Indentor’s ANSI C12.1-2008, FCC Class
Compliance B, IEC 60529, IEC 61000-4-2,3,4,5
6.0 Standards Applicable IEEE 802.15.4, IPv4/IPv6, RPL, UDP,
SNMP V2

2.10.4 Hardware & Power Supply of DCU

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 203 of 483
 • Enclosure/box of DCU shall be minimum IP65 or better compliant. A suitable
mounting arrangement required for DCU installation shall also be provided.

• A suitable and optimum power supply shall be provided keeping in view, DCU
can be powered. DCU should be capable of withstanding surges & voltage
spikes of 6KV as per IEC 61000-4-5 standards. Power supply shall be
terminated on suitable sized MCB to facilitate isolation during on-site
maintenance.

• DCU shall have battery with backup for 8 hours (higher back up variant will
be required up to 14 hrs) for normal meter reading, to push tamper event,
carry out on demand reading and the network health status / connectivity
continuity & check. DCU should have the suitable feature to send power
outage and restoration message to the HES. The battery shall have a
guaranteed life of 10 years.

• DCU shall have built in Real Time Clock (RTC) with separate battery backup.
The battery shall have a guaranteed life of 10 years. It shall have self-
diagnostic feature for RTC, memory, battery, communication module, etc.
Alternatively, Software driven RTC may also be used as per agreement
between bidder and utility.

2.11 Head End System

2.11.1 General Overview

Bidder to supply the Head End System (HES) and network management
software with requisite licenses and integrate with Meter Data Management
(MDM).
HES acquires data from nodes automatically avoiding any human intervention
and monitor parameters acquired from the nodes. It shall also perform network
management of the communication network created by the underlying nodes.
DPDC shall use a single HES for capturing data from different types of nodes
under project scope. But HES for other application or system (Unified Prepaid
System and Substation Automation System) will be integrated with proposed
MDM. HES shall enable all the functional requirements of the MDM that require
interaction with the meters. HES performs the acquisition of data from the nodes,
across the communication infrastructure automatically avoiding any human
intervention and monitor parameters acquired from meters.
The HES must be able to communicate with the access point /router/DCU via
optical fiber and GSM/GPRS connectivity.

The HES shall have the following in-built module:

1) AMI module: This module shall support automatic meter reading,

revenue management, remote connect/disconnect, load control, peak

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 204 of 483
 pricing, demand side management for all types of signals/alerts to
endpoint devices/from the end points, street lighting management &
reporting.
2) Operational management module: This shall enable two-way
communications over the common communication gateway with the
communication modules, connected with the Grid management/control
devices at site with associated reporting. HES also shall serve as the
control and monitoring hub for sending commands to end points
individually/in defined groups or across the entire network.
3) Security module: This is an additional module, attached to the HES, for
secure storage & to process security keys & certificates.
4) Firmware Up grader: This shall enable the utility to upgrade Firmware in
the communication devices/meters over the air (OTA) in batch mode in
bulk.
5) Network Management Module (NMM): The HES shall indicate
mesh/others network topology status, summary status by service type/
device type and events type. Network management system, inbuilt in the
HES, shall be on open standard, interoperable and shall support third
party network equipment, with the following features:
a. Centralized management of RF networks
b. Advanced Configuration and Visualizations
c. Real time and historical information
d. Support external interface
e. Auto registration and self-healing
f. Dynamic network discovery
g. Backhaul flexibility and redundancy
h. Network provisioning
i. Performance monitoring
j. RF connectivity analysis
k. Trouble shooting
l. Security Management

6) System General Requirements:

a. Perform acquisition of meter data across the communication
infrastructure.
b. Provide the MDM with standard data interface regardless of meter
type and communication channels.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 205 of 483
 c. HES shall have a GUI to support management and viewing on the
status of the system.
d. HES shall be scalable to 2 million nodes/end points. Bidder to prove
the scalability with validate testing or cite deployments.
e. HES shall support efficient metering infrastructure management.

2.11.2 Functional Requirement for Head End System

The following table outlines the requirement and expectation of DPDC with
respect to the establishment of a Head End System (HES).

High level Functional Specification is listed below.

ID Requirement Description
HES will be responsible for uniform data output to
01 Data output to the MDM (data received in different standards from
MDMS the different types / manufacturers of DCUs/Access
Point).
Receipt of HES will know how to redirect messages including
02 commands configuration commands from the MDM in order to
from reach the desired meter. HES shall support on-
MDMS cycle and off-cycle billing reads.
HES shall support alerts and messages transfer
from the meters and concentrators/collector to the
03 MDMs. HES shall provide outage detection
Meter alerts
notification and power restoration notification
information in support of enhanced outage
management and improved customer satisfaction.
HES shall support centralized remote management,
04 Network monitoring and control of all communication
Management network and communication equipment, including
the tracking of necessary system component.
HES shall support self-discovery and self-registry
Self-discovery functionality to detect and register meters within 60
05 and self- minutes of meter connection and establishment of
registry communication. The system shall allow inputs via
of meters manual data entry or data files for the necessary
meter provisioning data.
The system shall provide daily, weekly and monthly
performance reports tracking equipment failures,
07 Performance communications failures and data latency for all
reporting customer and equipment classes. Reports shall be
generated in common commercially available
reporting tools.
Meter HES shall support meter energization checks (on-
08 energization demand pings) by meter/customer or batch of
checks meters/customers.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 206 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
HES shall support on-request reading of any
09 On-demand
available information by meter/customer or batch of
Reading
meters/customers.
HES shall support revenue integrity monitoring
Revenue
10 across the entire meter/customer population
integrity
including, but not limited to, meter tamper, energy
monitoring
diversion, site diagnostics, and load diagnostics.
Remote HES shall support the physical disconnect/
11 connect/ reconnect functionality. The head end system
disconnect should support the load limiting functionality.
12 Prepayment HES should support pre-payment capabilities.
The HES must be able to communicate with the
13 Communication
access point / router/DCU via optical fiber and
network
GSM/GPRS connectivity.
Meter Data
acquisition in System shall be capable of collecting data from all
with defined the consumers at least once in a day under the
periodicity of utility defined frequency (15 min/30 min/1 hour etc.)
14 data collection The system shall collect the customer data at least
via On- once in a day, However the data download
Demand/ frequency and integration period shall be depends
Schedule on DPDC’s business requirements.
mode.
Communication
15 medium with HES will able to communicate with GPRS, PLC &
end point/ RF based Meter
meter

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 207 of 483
2.12 Meter Data Management (MDM)
2.12.1 General Overview
The Meter Data Management System shall support storage, billing (prepaid &
postpaid),archiving, retrieval & analysis of meter data and various other MIS along
with validation & verification algorithms. It shall act as a central data repository. MDM
shall have capability to import raw or validated data in defined formats and export the
processed and validated data to various other systems sources and services in the
agreed format. It shall provide validated data for downstream systems such as billing
(Postpaid & Prepaid), consumer Information system, customer care, analytics,
reporting, Network planning & analysis, load analysis/forecasting, Peak Load
Management, Outage management etc.
MDM should also support the future requirement of utility and should support the
integration of other smart grid functionalities like Distribution Transformer Health
Monitoring system, self-healing system etc. as and when implemented by the utility.
The MDM System shall support the data retention and data purging, however the
policy and framework to carry out the needful shall be discussed with the DPDC. The
proposed MDM will have ability to integrate and operate multiple HES on basis on
standard API.
The Bidder shall specify and deliver an initial system that supports the collection and
storage of data for meeting the performance level for the defined no of consumers/
smart meters with facility of future expansion.
The MDM shall have the ability to selectively choose which data to be maintained
and which to be purged or archived as per requirement of Utility.
2.12.2 Functional Requirements for MDM
2.12.2.1 Asset Management
 The MDM shall maintain information and relationships between the current
installed meter location (apartment, shop, industry/ address etc.), Consumer
information (Name etc.), Consumer account no, Meter ID, Type of Meter (type of
consumer, 1 phase/3phase, with or without relay, etc.), Meter configuration (Load
profile capture period, number of dials, meter multiplier etc.), GIS supplied
information (longitude, latitude, connection with feeder/ transformer/ pole etc.) etc.
 The software should support tracking the status of meters and communication
equipment from the date when they are installed in the field. The history of in-
service asset location is maintained throughout the device life with start and end
dates associated with each in-service location reference.
 Ability to report and log any damage / deterioration in the meter attributable to
consumer /utility.
 The MDM shall support different types of meters: industrial, residential, sub-
meters (register the relation between a main meter, and a sub-meter) etc. (as per
business requirements).

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 208 of 483
2.12.2.2 AMI Installation Support
 The MDM shall also support device lifecycle management from device
registration, installation, provisioning, operations and maintenance to
decommissioning etc. The MDM shall generate exceptions for meter or modules
not delivering the correct meter data after installation.
 The MDM shall provide a reconciliation report that identifies the meters that have
been installed but not communicating for a designated (configurable) period.
MDM shall generate reports on the number of meters installed in comparison to
the number of meters successfully communicating.
 The MDM shall support online end-to-end check during new meter installations.
The MDM shall support automatically install/remove meter
 The MDM shall support manually install/remove meter.
 The MDM shall support meter replacement business process.
 The MDM shall support automatically disconnect / connect meter. The MDM shall
support manually disconnect / connect meter.
2.12.2.3 Meter Data
 The MDM shall accept input, process, store, and analyze Meter data from HES
and meter data collected through hand held meter reading instruments and
manual meter reads. In case of manual reads, provision should be there to insert
associated notes like assessed energy, etc.
 The MDM should accept input, process, store, and analyze non-billing meter data
such voltage and power quality data (like under/over voltage etc.) as they are
available from AMI Head End Systems. The MDM should also support schedule
and on-demand meter reads and pinging of meter energized states by authorized
users and by other utility systems.
 The MDM shall support multiple data states of multiple time series metered data
through its transition from acquisition to analysis. For example, invalid, estimated,
edited, verified, validated and so on.
 The MDM shall provide storage of all collected Meter Data, events and alarm. It
shall have capacity of storing 7 years data or more via archiving.
 Correctly track & resolve energy usage across meter changes with no loss of
individual meter data.
 Provide complete history and audit trail for all data collected from meters
including commands sent to meters and other devices for 30 days (configurable
period).
 Execute on-demand read processes.
 Handle special metering configurations like net metering/multiple meters at same
premises. The MDM shall have the ability to manage at a minimum 15 minute
interval data.
 Data Integrity- Vendor shall ensure data integrity checks on all metered data
received from data collection systems.
 The MDM shall have the ability to compare multiple time series together. The
data series could pertain to the same channel or different channels.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 209 of 483
  MDM must keep versions of all meter data in case of change. Scheduling can be
configurable.
 User should have extensive search option for search using meter number,
consumer name, location, and date or reading of meter. An explore option should
also be given for listing out all the meter data available in the system. This menu
option will provide the list of data files sorted in the order of serial numbers,
consumer account number and location.
 The MDM shall allow addition of virtual metering nodes and associate the same
to the regional hierarchy / network topology.
 The MDM shall allow backing up of all type of meter data including raw data, final
data etc. for audit purposes.
 The MDM shall allow manual editing of metering data with audit trial.

2.12.2.4 Data Validation, Estimation, and Editing (VEE)

 Provide an ability to configure VEE functions; including rules that determine what
level of VEE can happen automatically, and what requires manual intervention.
 MDM must have the ability to define a new formula for validation rules. Apply
different VEE rules with different customer segments.
 MDM must have the ability to define a new routine for editing and estimation.
 MDM must have the ability to configure estimation routines/and rules for a
specific group of meters / accounts.
 MDM must have the ability to turn on and off the VEE rules.
 MDM must have the ability to prioritize VEE rules. Estimate according to different
techniques, including linear interpolation, historical averages, using previous day
etc.
 MDM must have the ability to configure threshold or boundaries for estimation on
specific accounts by meter / customer, group, tariff / rate, or energy provider.
 The validation and estimation of metered data shall be based on standard
estimation methods. The MDM should also support and maintain following data-
a. Registered Read Data including register reads, daily billing cycle, as
well as derived billing determinants like TOU.
b. Interval Data channels with variable intervals and variable units of
measure
c. Calculated Data that is derived or computed such as billing
determinants and aggregated loads.
d. Event data storage of all collected event and alarm data from meters,
network equipment, and MDMS itself
 MDM shall flag, alarm and trigger an estimating process including but not limited
to when the following anomalies occur in the cumulative (“CUM”) register reads
 CUM Decrements within a billing cycle (except net-metering)
 CUM reads increments more than configurable threshold
 Future or old read dates

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 210 of 483
  Number of digits exceeds number of meter dials
 MDM shall detect, flag, alarm and trigger an estimating process including but not
limited to when the following anomalies occur in Time of Use (TOU) register
reads
 Register Decrements (except net-metering)
 Resets (to zero) (except net-metering)
 CUM reads increments more than configurable threshold
 Future or old read dates
 Erratic compared to CUM read (sum of TOU reads minus CUM read)
 MDM shall detect, flag, alarm and trigger an estimating process including
but not limited to when the following anomalies occur in Demand register
reads
 Do not reset on cycle
 Do not reset coincident with customer move-out or move-in o Reset off
cycle inappropriately
 Too high
 All data shall be transferred to billing system after meter data validation and
estimation.
 MDM shall estimate usage for non-metered service points such as street lights,
farm lights, traffic signals, etc.
 The MDM shall maintain both the original received raw data in a non-manipulated
state, in addition to VEE data.
 Notwithstanding the latency of data collection via the AMI system, once the MDM
receives meter read data, the VEE process occurs in real-time and the post-VEE
data is then immediately available to user or external systems.
 The MDM shall be able to automatically flag data changes from manual edits,
VEE (Validating, Editing and Estimating) rules and data source corrections and
electronically generate audit trail with timestamps and user-ids.
 The MDM shall be able to store validated meter data in versions.
2.12.2.5 Prepaid Functionality - The prepaid functionality shall be available in MDM.
Following features shall available:
 The MDM should support pre-payment metering and capability to interface (Web
and Mobile App) with pre-payment application.
 The Mobile application should support presently available different OS platform
like Android, iOS, Windows etc.
 The prepayment should support the system that payment and connection
parameters are stored centrally and the details are being updated to consumer
portal/ app.
 The system should periodically monitor the energy consumption of prepaid
consumer and decrease the available credit based on consumption.
 The system should send connect/disconnect command on the basis of available
credit as per notified rules & regulations.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 211 of 483
  The system should send low-credit notifications to the consumer when their
balance approaches a threshold.
 User Interface (Web and Mobile App) for Utility: User interface for utility to
update the credit amount of prepaid consumers to MDM. Such type of user
interface before login shall require password & login i.d. for authentication. User
interface after getting information like consumer i.d., mobile number & recharge
amount etc. shall update the same to MDM. The details of payment information
shall also update to consumer through SMS, email etc.
 User Interface (Web and Mobile App) for Consumer: Consumers can view
recharge history & present balance. Prepaid consumers shall be provided facility
to recharge their account by logging on user interface. User interface shall
require consumer id., mobile number & password for secure login. This user
interface shall be integrated with the present online payment gateway of utility.

2.12.2.6Billing Determinants Calculations

The MDM billing determinants calculation shall include the followings:
 Shall support re-triggering of bill correction automatically. Shall generate all
necessary output for the billing system. Shall support ‘Billing on Demand’.
 Shall support billing cycle triggered by billing system. This includes; manual On-
demand reading OR through Scheduling.
 Shall allow configuring multiple TOU/TOD options (e.g. the number and duration
of TOU rate periods) by customer type, tariffs and day type (weekend, weekdays,
and holidays) and by season.
 Shall support the processing of interval data (OR Scalar Data) into billing
determinants, and shall also validate/check the bill calculation with the following
at minimum:
 Total Consumption
 Consumption in different time blocks for ToU billing
 Maximum Demand (in kW and kVA)
 Number of tamper counts
 Average power factor
 Shall process interval data and frame it into the appropriate TOU periods for
consumption and demand; for example, roll up 15/30 minute data intervals into
hourly data.
 Shall have the ability to properly account for special metering situations such as
check metering, sub metering, prepaid metering and net metering when
calculating billing determinants and sending them to billing and other systems.
 Shall have the ability to properly account for special situations including, but not
limited to, curtailment requests, demand response scenarios when calculating
billing determinants and sending them to billing software.
2.12.2.7Exception Management

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 212 of 483
  Ability to capture and log data exceptions, problems and failures and to generate
management reports, provide trend analysis, automate generation of service
requests and track corrective actions.
 Ability to group, prioritize, filter and send system generated alarms and events to
predetermined email addresses, cellular text messages to phone
numbers/SMS/customer care etc.
 Exception Generation - MDM shall generate exceptions based on configurable
business rules including but not limited to the following:
 Meter tamper alerts
 Communication module health alerts for Meter/DCU
 If the consumption is less/more than pre-defined average consumption
 Negative Consumption (not for net-metering)
 Power outage indications received from the Smart meter
 Ability to search for Work Queues (WQ’s) based on specified ‘search criteria’.
Ability to classify the WQ’s based on ‘type’ of work queues.
 Ability to have WQ’s with the following statuses like Open, Closed, On-hold and
so on. Ability to enter ‘notes’ by the user for each of the WQ’s while closing the
same.

2.12.2.8Service Orders
 The MDM shall generate/or support(i.e. created by another external systems) the
service orders based on configurable rules for various events and alarms such as
stop meter, tampers, problem in communication networks, AMI host server, etc.
 MDM shall send service orders via SMS, email, etc. with the email addresses /
phone numbers being configurable. MDM shall receive feedback on action taken
on the service order and track the status of service orders.
2.12.2.9 Customer Service Support
 The solution shall provide customers with access to current and historical
consumption and interval data, outage flags, voltage and power quality
indications. The data shall be displayed in graphical and tabular form depending
on user choice. The Customer may also access data through customer portal.
The solution shall integrate via a user friendly graphical interface.
 MDM shall support email/SMS notification of configured alarms & events to
selected users.
 The MDM shall support the web portal or shall have the ability to interface with
the 3rd party portal/utility portal to provide the consumer near real time online
views of both usage and cost and helping consumers to understand electricity
usage and cost information, alerts and notifications and energy savings tips with
different levels of detail. The portal should support the view for past electricity
usage, last week’s, yesterdays, current days or other period etc. as per selection.
The portal should provide user friendly access to consumer for their data via
colorful graphs and charts and can download the data into a spreadsheet.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 213 of 483
  Shall support mobile app through which consumer shall be able to log in through
android/iOS/Window based mobile app to see information related to his energy
consumption. App shall also provide platform for implementation of peak load
management functionality by providing existing tariff & incentives rates,
participation options etc.
2.12.2.10Analysis
The MDM shall have analysis capability based on configurable business rules
including but not limited to the following:
 Display consumption/load profiles by configurable period (15/30 min, hour, day,
month, year etc.) day type (weekday, weekend, holiday, festival wise etc.) and by
tariff, customer type, or any user specified collection of meters.
 Generate peak & off-peak load patterns by aggregating all loads of
DT/Feeder/consumer group. Monitoring peak load at different network levels.
 Monitoring of performance factors like load factor, average power factor,
utilization factor, load duration curves etc.
 Perform DT/feeder wise energy audit.
 Perform load analysis for different groups and categories of consumers.
Monitoring of usage / demand patterns would thus be enabled.
 Ability to provide the data to load forecasting, load research or demand response
applications and perform error management like: Missed reads and intermittent
meter reads before taking into forecasting, load research or demand response.
 Ability to configure the system to effectively visualize consumption trends, identify
unusual patterns, and visualize load analysis to understand which assets are
being over utilized.
 Analyzing data to identify new patterns of usage, Setting fraud alert / transformer
overload alerts / demand – supply gap alert etc.
 Ability to receive and store outage and restoration event data from smart meters
and outage systems and to log all such events for analysis.

2.12.2.11 Reporting
The solution shall include a list of the standard reports that are provided with the
MDM including but not limited to following:
 Daily data collection report
 Usage exceptions
 VEE validation failures
 Missing interval Read date and times (on hourly, daily, weekly & monthly
basis)
 Physical meter events (install, remove, connect, disconnect) & meter
reset report
 Meter flags
 Meter inventory
 Defective meters

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 214 of 483
  AMI performance measurements
 Threshold Exception

 The solution shall support users modifying standard reports to better meet
specific reporting requirements.
 The MDM shall enable the Utility to deliver reports in standard digital format such
as PDF, Excel, etc.
 Ability for GUI (Graphical User Interface) to set up or change report delivery to
configurable email addresses, network file directories, ftp sites or printer systems
without modifying source program code and without any proprietary language
skills.
 All queries shall be generated through user driven drop down menu in GUI.
 Ability to provide daily & weekly interface exception reports between MDM and
other subsystems e.g. billing, outage, etc.
 MDM shall support both types of reports i.e. operational as well as administrator
as require by business.
 The collected data can be viewed in the form of customized reports. User can
take print outs of these reports, export the data into spreadsheets, or convert the
data in the form of flat file.
 MDM shall able to generate a summary reports of billing data, any load violation
like contract demand violation / peak load violation / off days violation along with
tamper counts for that particular meter.
2.12.2.12 Revenue Protection Support
 Ability to analyze meter tampering flags, power outages, usage trends and usage
profiles to identify potential energy diversion situations, and produce daily reports,
monthly reports and service order requests for investigation.
 The business rules for revenue protection alerts shall be configurable via a user-
friendly interface.
 The MDM shall support the analytics/investigation (i.e. view current and historical
usage patterns) to valid suspected revenue protection issues.

2.12.2.13 Demand Control/Demand Response Support

 Vendor shall describe how its MDM supports Smart Grid Demand Response
programs involving
 Demand Response (DR) systems. The solution shall support the following
analysis:
 Totaling the actual consumption during the DR event.
 Totaling the actual consumption of different groups that participated in the DR
event. Comparing the actual to baseline consumption for the groups in above.
 The MDM shall support the tracking, monitoring and managing of Smart Meter
and events.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 215 of 483
2.12.2.14DMS/OMS/ other smart grid functionality support
 MDM shall support Smart Grid DMS/OMS system as per the requirement of the
utility. MDM shall support the interfacing with DMS/OMS software for providing
AMI meter data needed for fault location identification and other requisite
services like updating the data after attending the fault etc.
 MDM should also support the interfacing of other smart grid functionalities like
Distribution Transformer Health Monitoring system, self-healing system, electric
vehicle etc. as and when implemented by the utility.
 MDM shall store various types of events as detected by the meter (i.e. all type of
meters). MDM shall be a logging of all events for further analysis / report.
 MDM shall be able to register the events in a chronological event list, in which
the type of event and its time of occurrence are indicated. The information shall
be obtained also from printed event log.
 MDM shall be able to listing of faults, errors and limit value violation of all values
occurring in an alarm list. It shall contain unacknowledged alarms and persisting
faults. Date and time of occurrence shall be indicated.
 MDM system shall support dispatching alarms / notification using various
communication media like SMS, E-mail and Desktop Application etc. to be
delivered to multiple recipients.
 Receive and store notifications from the smart meters (via the head ends)
 Rule based forwarding / routing of notifications to enterprise systems in near real
time.

2.12.2.15 Contractual load shedding

 Register which premises have been signed up for this program. Send messages
to customer about load shedding events.
 Register general requests for demand reduction “load shedding event”.
Aggregate load shedding relevant consumption data for billing.
 Allow customers to overrule a request for load shedding, and keep track of such
overruling
 Generate reports about load shedding events, based on i.e. premises signed up,
measured consumption

2.10.2.16Essential Features
1. Net-Metering
MDM shall flag, alarm and trigger an estimating process including but not limited
to when the following anomalies occur:
 CUM decrements of forward energy within a billing cycle
 Register decrements for Time of Use (ToU) of forward energy
 Power generated(exported) by any net-metering consumer more than the
installed capacity of solar PV rooftop system

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 216 of 483
  Energy generated(exported) in any given day by any net-metering consumer
more than the programmable threshold value

2. Prepaid functionality
The prepaid functionality will be availed in MDM. Following features shall available:
 The MDM should support pre-payment metering and capability to interface with
pre-payment application.
 The prepayment should support the system that payment and connection
parameters are stored centrally and the details are being updated to consumer
portal/ app.
 The system should periodically monitor the energy consumption of prepaid
consumer and decrease the available credit based on consumption.
 The system should send connect/disconnect command on the basis of available
credit as per notified rules & regulations.
 The system should send low-credit notifications to the consumer when their
balance approaches a threshold.
 The system shall support for Debt recovery mechanism (being very critical for
prepayment/credit metering).
 Meter should support for engineering/vending UTRN (unique transaction
reference number) so that business processes should not get hampered in the
absence of communication.
 Friendly credit days/week/holidays need to be supported by the meter. The meter
shall support for tariff structure along with TOU.
 Display of meter value should have a scope for prepayment parameters (tariff,
current balance, debt, recovery rate etc.)

3. Flexible, user friendly and scalability

 The MDM software system shall be flexible in terms of system and application
software, user friendly and scalable up words and downwards.
 Robust architecture, high availability and reliability.
 The MDM software should be based on robust architecture model / framework
that is highly scalable / available / reliable, gives good performance, and offers
distributed computing.

4. N-tier design methodology

 The MDM software would be designed with multi-tier (N-tier) design methodology.
It should have distinct tiers representing the client/business/database layers and
so on.
Here,

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 217 of 483
  Client Tier: The client tier will be the interface of the software with the utility’s
operations / dashboard user. The client tier will provide all the user interfaces for
the operational and supervisory activities involved in meter data acquisition,
processing and analysis.
 Business Logic Tier: The business logic tier would service the requests made by
the client tier. These requests could be automated, based on user-defined
schedules or on demand from the user.
 Database Tier: The database tier should comprise on RDBMS that should be
designed to be able to maintain the relationships between meter and network
assets, network topology, and user privileges.

5. Audit Trial
 The MDM software system shall support audit logged for all data state transition,
validation failures, or as per business requirements.

6. Time synchronization with all the systems

 MDM system shall maintain time synchronization with the help of NTP server to
ensure its system time is accurate.

2.12.2.17 Route Management

 The MDM software shall allow viewing and selection of service points / routes as
per various selection criteria such as region, division, sub division, substation and
so on.
 The MDM software shall provide the ability for the user to manually make
changes to the cycle, routes, sequence or to create new route based on the
business requirements.
 The MDM shall allow for the users to select specific sets of service points and
move them to another route / cycle based on specific search criteria.

2.12.2.18 User Interface

 The AMI Vendor shall provide user interface for the following:
 Utility:User interface for utility shall have ability for at least the following
functionality:
 Display meter data at a user defined configurable cycle through a GUI that allows
authorized users to view energy usage patterns and the data behind them for
selected customers.
 Allow authorized users to view metered data, initiate and view reports, modify
configurations, and initiate and update service requests via a GUI.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 218 of 483
  Display via a GUI the energy usage profile for a single meter or group of meters.
The load profile shall illustrate energy consumption and peak demand in user
defined intervals for a user-specified time period.
 Display via a GUI the energy usage profile for a single meter or group of meters
according to Time of Use (ToU) tariff.
 Access to a minimum of 7 years of historical energy usage and meter reads
through the GUI.
 GUI to clearly and visually distinguish between metered, estimated, allocated and
substituted data.
GUI to provide role-based access based on user identity and user role. Shall have
following types of users:
 Administrator
 Operator
 Field staff
 Viewer/Guest
 Configure the look, feel, and functionality of the MDM in accordance with
business needs, business processes, and business conventions. (E.g. GUI,
content, look and feel of screens, validation rules, exception handling, etc.).
 Ability for utility through user interface to set up alarm and event notifications that
can be directed to a combination of configurable email addresses, cellular text
messages or phone numbers.
 User interface for utility to update the credit amount of prepaid consumers to
MDM. Such type of user interface before login shall require password & login Id
for authentication. User interface after getting information like consumer Id,
mobile number & recharge amount etc. shall update the same to MDM. The
details of payment information shall also update to consumer through SMS, email
etc.

2.12.2.19 Integration with other Systems

MDM shall preferably interface with other systems on standard interfaces and the
data exchange models and interfaces shall comply with CIM / XML / any other open
standard. MDM solution shall be Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) enabled.
MDM integration with other systems shall include but not limited to the following:
 HES for data exchange from other AMI solutions Utility Administration
 Existing other Data Collection Systems IVR system, CRM, Consumer Portal
 Billing and collection system (Postpaid & Prepaid)
 GIS Systems integration with CIS and with MDM system including network up
gradation, load change, DT shifting, line shifting, HT consumer feeder shifting,
etc.
 Support of interface with Hand Held Units (HHU) or manual reading system etc.
 Provide the ability to interface with a web portal. The interface will show customer
consumption data, historical data and analytical data regarding consumption.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 219 of 483
  Biddershould provide 20 number of HHUs to read and update the data in MDM in
case of any communication failure between meter and HES/MDM. The cost shall
be deemed to have been included in financial offer of the bidder.

2.12.2.20 Energy Audit

 With the help of integration with HES module, MDM system should be able to
check energy balance between HV side and LV side of any substation to ensure
all the meters are working properly and can calculate bus bar losses and
transformation losses in the substation.
 The system should be able to balance 11 KV feeder flow against consumption of
High Tension (HT) consumers and Distribution Transformers (DT’s) in the feeder
through integration with HES module, thereby finding HT losses and DT losses.
 The system should be able to add consumption of all the consumers connected
to a particular DT and the consumptions of all the DT’s in an 11KV feeder.
 In case of change in power flow logic due to network reconfiguration the system
should be able to regroup the DT’s / 11 KV feeders based on changed network
reconfiguration. The energy consumption data at the time of network
reconfiguration should be recorded by system for energy accounting.
 With the help of integration with Network Analysis module, the system should
have be able to calculate the allowable technical losses in the system from the
power flow data and network data available in the system.
 The system should be able to calculate the estimated technical and commercial
losses in every part of the network via integration with Network Analysis module,
Geographic Information System (GIS) based indexing and asset mapping, and
computerized billing system
 It should store the energy audit data of each month for a period of 5 years. The
system should able to generate report of energy accounting indicating areas
where high technical and high commercial losses are taking place. The system
should be able to generate graphical analysis of losses over a period.
 The system should have intelligent data analysis feature to detect possible
malpractices by comparing with the previous statistics of consumption.
 The system shall provide DT wise, Feeder wise, and substation wise data for
generating summary reports, statistical data, performance indices etc. in user
defined format.
 The system shall be able to capture and maintain the geographic / administrative
/ regional hierarchy of a utility’s control area i.e. the tree hierarchy of zones,
circles, divisions, sub divisions and substations constituting a utility.

2.12.2.21 Performance Requirement for User Interface

The user interface performance testing shall be done as per following criteria-

Sl. No. User Interface Requirements Response Time

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 220 of 483
 Any real time display and application display on workstation Within 5 sec
1 console along with data values shall appear on screen.

2 Manual data entry of the new value appears on screen. Within 5 sec

3 Display Update rate Within 5 sec

Response time for display of Alarm and event after receipt in Within 2 sec of receipt
4 system In system
Requests for generation of reports (to be acknowledged Within 5 sec
5 withan indication of request is being processed).

ID Requirement Description
The MDM shall maintain information and relationships between the
01 Asset
current installed meter location, customer information, meter
Management
configuration details, etc.
AMI The MDM shall support device lifecycle management from device
02 Installation registration, installation, provisioning, operations and maintenance
Support to decommissioning etc.
The MDM shall accept input(all type of meter data), process, store,
03 and analyses meter data from HES and meter data collected
Meter Data
through hand held meter reading instruments and manual meter
reads.
Validation,
04 Estimation, The MDM shall support to configure VEE functions or business
and Editing rules.
(VEE)
Billing
05 The MDM shall support billing calculations and provide billing
determinants
determinants to the billing system as per business requirements.
calculations
The MDM shall support to capture and log data exceptions,
problems and
06 Exception
failures and to generate management reports, provide trend
Management
analysis, automate generation of service requests and track
corrective actions
07 Service The MDM shall generate service orders based on configurable rules
Orders for various events and alarms.
Customer The MDM shall provide customers with access to current and
08 service historical consumption and interval data through interface with
support customer portal.
The MDM shall provide to display consumption/load profiles by
09 configurable period, Generate peak & off-peak load patterns,
Analysis
perform load analysis for different groups and categories of
consumers etc.
10 The MDM shall support various standard reports or business
Reporting
reports in standard format like excel, pdf, etc.
Revenue The MDM shall support the analytics/investigation (i.e. view current
11 Protection and historical usage patterns) to valid suspected revenue protection
Support issues.
12 Demand
The MDM shall support DR programs.
Response

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 221 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
(DR) Support
The MDM shall support smart grid OMS system as per the
requirement of the utility OR support the interfacing withOMS
13 OMS Support software for providing
AMI meter data needed for fault location identification and other
requisite services
14 Contractual The MDM shall support contractual load shedding events. Generate
load shedding reports about load shedding events.
The MDM application shall support net-metering, pre-paid metering,
15 Essential scalability, robust architecture, user friendly, high availability,
Features maintain N-tier design methodology, audit trial, route management,
time synchronization etc.
16 User Interface The MDM shall support user interface for utility team.
The MDM shall support interface with other systems on standard
Integration
17 interfaces and the data exchange models and interfaces shall
with other
comply within / XML / any other open standard. MDM solution shall
systems
be Service OrientedArchitecture (SOA) enabled.
Performance
18 Requirement The MDM shall support performance requirements for user
for User interface.
Interface
19 Energy Audit The MDM shall support Energy Audit with various levels.

2.13 Billing System

The MDM should have prepaid functionality and postpaid billing system or tenderer
will provide 3rd party software prepaid and Postpaid billing solution which will be
integrated with MDM by tenderer.The tenderer will follow DPDC’s existing billing
system business logic when develop or customized the system. But following items
are given for better understanding.
2.13.1 Consumer tagging and Route planning
 The software shall facilitate consumer tagging as per the electricity distribution
network. The binders can be re-organized substation wise, feeder wise /
distribution transformer wise.
 The software shall facilitate creation of route plans, route maps to enable efficient
billing in a timely manner and to facilitate re-organization of existing networks,
geographic are etc., as desired by Utility.
 The software shall facilitate new consumer updating as and when new
consumers are added.
 The software shall have provision to implement billing at desired periods and
thus suitably re-organize the route plans and consumer indices.
2.13.2 Meter Reading Schedule
 Master data preparation for Meter Reading

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 222 of 483
  Dynamic manpower allocation
2.13.3 Record Meter Reading Results
 Record meter reading results (for AMI/ Non-AMI meters)
 Process meter reading results, validations and adjustments (pre-audit)
2.13.4 Tariff & Billing Rule Management
 Enable UI based interface for configuring tariff (both categories and components)
and business rules (for computation of average & provisional billing).
 Have provisions for retrospective and prospective billing.
 Have provision to calculate part bills with variable bill period.
 Enable end-users to define tariff category-specific & season-specific bill
computation
2.13.5 General Billing Logic
 Bill shall have automatic system generated number & date
 Bill calculation logic
 Flexible for billing logic changes through central location
 Should be possible for manual modification
 Support part bill
 Support final bills
 Flexible for changes to billing cycle
 Bill is available in soft & hard copy
 Capable for individual bill generation (monthly/bi-monthly/fortnightly)
 Capable for mass-bill generation (group billing) (monthly/ bi-monthly/
fortnightly
 Keeping disputed amount under deferral or hold with or without Interest
 Support, rebates like Solar/ Orphanage/handicap/High voltage etc., as per
tariff order in force.
 Transfer in billing logic
 Transfer from post-paid to prepaid and vice versa,
 Un-metered to metered
 Kwh to kVAh& vice versa
 Meter data validation
 Identifying meter tampering, alerts to users
 Identifying faulty meters & estimation of consumption
 Accommodate multiple meter changes in a single billing cycle
 Bill printing based on dispatch sequence
 Automatically select & print in desirable sequence
 Group billing
 Common bill for a set of consumers having same due date
 Bill of multiple premises on a single bill
 Bill printing flexibility
 Support existing bill format defined as per Regulation for different categories
 Support printing at work station or bases billing centre
 Interfacing with manual billing:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 223 of 483
  Capable to capture inputs manually to update customer database on bills with
reasons
 Bill on demand
 Generate duplicate bills at Back office
 Support printing of past bills
 Bill correction/amendment provisions
 Support manual/auto bill cancellation of current and past bills as per Utility
requirement. To maintain history of frozen and cancelled bills. Should not
allow to cancel in between month’s bills. If any of the past bill is to be
cancelled, it shall be ensured that all the bills in sequence up to current
month should be cancelled. Then System to support rebill either individually
or individual monthly bill duly prorating the consumption and applying slabs
and tariffs in force. Reversal of Cancelled bills of past months shall reflect in
the MIS under relevant columns (Consumption, Rev, Tax, LPC etc.)
 Support separate accounting for past and current month/year
 Reversal of sales (consumption & amount)
 Change of billing cycle
 Change in billing Cycle with increase or decrease in billing frequency,
 Change in reading dates
 Linking consumer to appropriate tariff
 Auto-Linking consumer to appropriate tariff based on the purpose of
Connection
 Support retrospective tariff changes
 Support retrospective discounts
 Support retrospective subsidy from Govt. /State
 Display of subsidy details in the bills
 Inclusion of Tax, past dues and surcharge/fine on past dues
 Levy of Tax on eligible category of customers as per rules
 Inclusion of past dues and interest on it
 Calculation of other dues like fines, interest for belated payment, surcharges
etc.
 In case of any post facto extension provision to automatically waive late
payment s/c
 Management of security deposit (SD)
 Shall capture and maintain separate account heads for each of the type of
deposit, Capture deposit Type, Receipt No. Receipt date, Amount under
different group.
 Refund of excess SD after annual auditing of SD by way of adjustment in the
current or future bills or cash refund through approval chain
 Refund of SD by way of adjustment in the final bills on termination either
consumer initiated, or Utility initiated.
 Transfer of partial or full SD against current or future energy charges due to
reduction of load
 Annual Interest pay-outs on SD through auto credit in bills duly after
deducting TDS as per prevailing Income Tax rules

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 224 of 483
  Annual Interest pay-outs on SD through auto credit in SD account duly after
deducting TDS as per prevailing Income Tax rules if SD held is less than
maintainable SD
 Interest pay-out on SD as lump sum pay-outs separately
 Adjustment of SD as prepaid charges for any consumer (ACC) shifting from
post-paid to pre-paid regime
 Additional SD Bill / Notice generation for shortfall of SD
 Conversion of Excess SD to Advance Payment
 Estimate billing
 Generation of estimate bill when meter data is not available/DL/MNR/MBO
and regularization of DL bill when reading is available including computation
of slab-wise fixed charge
 Generation of estimate bill for theft & enforcement
 Provision to incorporate change in estimate logic
 Electronic dispatch of bills/availability of bills on internet portal
 Electronic dispatch of bills
 Availability of bills on internet portal of the utility
 Due date & alert SMS
 Generation of dis notices over web, mobile phones, paper
 Bill Delivery Tracking
 Discontinuing billing after dismantling
 Billing for temporary connections
 Billing for temporary connections
 Renewals
 Auto job creation for disconnection/final bill
 Adjustment of ACC
 Shifting of dues to permanent ACC No.
 Creation of monthly ledger with all break-ups (Example : ACCNo, ID, SL/CD,
Tariff, Opening Balance with all break ups viz. Rev, Int. on Rev, Tax, Int. on
Tax, Misc., Prev. Reading, Pres Reading, Diff, Multiplying Factor,
Consumption Slab wise, FC slab wise, Energy charges slab wise, rebates,
Excess load penalty, PF Surcharge, Belated payment charges, Interest, D&R
Fee, other Debits, Tax, Credits, adjustments, Govt. subsidy, Payments,
Incentives, payment cancellations, adj. of Int. on Deposit, adj. of deposits,
write off, closing balance with all break ups as available in the database.
(This is only an indicative)
 Generation of monthly Debit Credit Report.
 Ledger Adjustment
 Support adj. – debit
 Support adj. – credit
 Final reconciliation
 Last bill generation
 Last bill generation - customer initiated (out of cycle)
 Last bill generation - Utility initiated
 Provision for holding printing bill till checked

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 225 of 483
  should have post billing filters to sort out abnormal bills
 Provision for
 Net-meter billing
 utility billing
 block metering billing
 Spot billing including optional spot collection
 suspense a/c system
 Advance Payment Module
 On Demand Billing for Voluntary Disconnection cases.
 Disconnection notice generation
 Generation of Cutting-Off jobs
 Abatement, Revised Bill generation
 Court case activity
 Anti-Pilferage activity
 Customized Closing activity
 Letter of Credit (NC) and Bank guarantee system (BG) involving Consumer,
Discom, DF and vendor
 Burnt meter system
 Short term supply billing like billing for Puja, etc.
 Treasury Management system
 CRM and Consumer Services system
 Modification of due date for a segment of consumers due to any unforeseen
event like strikes, etc.
 Related Analytics
 Mother-Child Metering System
 Mother-Child (CPR-CPC: Check Point Real - Check Point Child) metering
system is presently being used in DPDC’s post-paid billing system. To protect
revenue leakage, DPDC wants to implement Mother-Child meter system for
smart metering system also. The following way incorporate mother meter-
child metering concept in smart metering system.
 Child Meters will be operated in prepaid mode & Mother Meter will be
operated in prepaid/postpaid mode. All child meters load come from mother
meter. The mother meter will be a 3 Phase Smart meter and mother meter
also have some load. The system will work in the following way:
 All child meters’ load will be connected through mother meter.
 Mother meter will be operated in postpaid mode.
 Mother meter consumption will be calculated after deducting child meters
consumption. Calculation will happen at the end of each month.
 There will be an option to shut down the mother meter remotely from system.

2.13.6 Customer Payment

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 226 of 483
  System should support group payment facility for acceptance of one single
payment for set of consumer accounts. System should generate reconciliation
repots for the same.
 System must be capable of handling centralized or decentralized payment
processing.
 Linking payment to logging id
 System to capture payment details
 Association of logging ids of persons receiving payments
 Association of logging ids of collection centres receiving payments along with
machine ID
 Collection should be against specific bills/forms
 Handling of Cheque
 Recognition of payment on receipt drawl date
 Manage ChequeDishonour cases including Reversal of payment, levy of
handling charges, Notice generation, blocking from making cheque payment
in future with appropriate message in the bill, Option to restoration of cheque
payment facility
 System should generate centralized collection report and closing of collection
process (cash book) on daily basis with relevant approval.
 System should support monthly payment reconciliation process
 Ability to generate multi-language payment receipt
 Adaptability to different mode of collection. Capable to receive/ support:
 Cash
 Cheque
 Demand draft
 Credit card
 Debit card
 Wallets
 E-payments
 Online transfers/ Net banking
 Advance payments without bill
 Third Party Payment Agencies
 Single cheque against multiple payment & its track
 Automatic information (SMS) on receipt of payment
 Mass updating of Hand Receipts(HRT)
 Group Billing and Group Payment
 Any Where payment (AWP)
 Daily reconciliation of cash and bank
 Handle daily reconciliation
 Bank remittance
 Reconciliation with bank statement
 Cash Balance Report/Bank Reconciliation Report
 The system should have the flexibility to accept full, partial advance payments.
The system should also have the facility to centrally change these settings from
time to time.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 227 of 483
  Flexibility to accept part payment
 Flexibility to accept full payment
 Provision to change these settings centrally
 Interfacing with special drives
 Generation of reminders/disconnection notice
 System to generate reminder SMS for due date, dis, dismantling.
 System to generate reminder letters due date, dis, dismantling.
 System ability to keep track of cancelled receipt
 Capable to cancel receipt before cash close, should not allow to cancel after
the cash collection once the counter is closed.
 Keep details in the system
 Print the same on the new receipt
 Transfer from one account to another account
 Offline collection
 There could be collection points which may not have the requisite
connectivity to the application during the course of the day; hence it is
imperative to collect the payment in offline mode through the legacy
application. Provisions should be built to upload such collections into the
system once network connectivity is restored.
 System should have the logic of defining the distribution of the payments against
the bills based on the specific order or as defined by utility like Tax, Interest,
Revenue etc.
 System must be able to generate & send SMS/Email automatically to customer
for every payment received as per the requirement and directions of Utility.

2.13.7 Financial Accounting related to Customer Payment

 The system shall have full-featured accounts-receivable application that can feed
transaction details to any General Ledger (GL) application
 Adjustments for Fees, Corrections, and Transfers shall be used to represent any
financial activity against a Service Agreement. Adjustments shall be created,
cancelled, and frozen manually online, or uploaded in batch via an interface.
Some processes should automatically create Adjustments as necessary.
3 Customer Interface & Consumer Services
2.13.8 Manage New Consumer
 The new connection module shall facilitate the entry of new consumers into the
system either by the way of 1) Keying in the data 2) Importing from a third party
system 3) Bulk uploads etc.
 The application shall have inbuilt document management system for uploading
and storing all the require documents for new connection.
 The consumer shall be able to track the status of the applications and shall
receive email, SMS alerts on the application stage and status.
 The modules shall incorporate all the existing stages and business rules involved
in processing the new consumer application. Comprehensive dashboards and

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 228 of 483
 reports shall depict the number of applications received and applications at each
stage and if the applications are being processed within the regulatory standards.
 The New Connection Module shall include O/S checking, LCC checking,
consumer number allocation. There should be provision for integration of the
new connection system with the Site Office system, Enterprise asset
management and GIS.
 Provision for Calculation and processing of Security Deposit for New Connection
and Additional Load are required.
 Customer Data Management
 An account is always linked to a main customer (person), who is financially
responsible for the account’s obligations. An Account may have multiple
additional contact Persons linked to it, and a Person may have more than one
Account. This shall allow for any variety of customer billing situations,
including spouses, personal and business accounts, roommates, third-party
guarantors, etc.
 Each Account shall belongs to a customer class, which defines many rules in
areas that include budgets, payment distribution, and overpayments.
 An Account shall remain linked to the financially responsible parties
indefinitely. There should no need to set up a new Account when a customer
moves or purchases new services. This feature facilitates both smoother
customer service and increased tracking of the customer’s history.
 This system shall allow an Account Management Group to be associated with
important accounts to route account issues to specific staff for special
handling.

2.13.8 Disconnection & Reconnection

 The software shall have provision to identity the consumers liable for
disconnection and shall have provision to generate notices, lists, send email and
SMS alerts.
 This shall have provisions to generate various reports for enabling effective
disconnection and reconnection.
 This shall have work flow based rules for long disconnected consumers until they
are permanently disconnected and dismantled.
 The workflow for managing the process is defined below.
 Generation of disconnection list as per COS and facility to bulk update on a
single screen:
 Exclude exception cases - Open complaints pending in customer care/ court/
other forums
 Support classification of customers under regular, temp dis, permanent dis,
annulled customers. Sub-category for permanent dis consumers having
arrears pending.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 229 of 483
  Prioritize cases based on default amount/ Age/ Meter Reader / Tariff/ Binder
wise/ Group wise or in any combination
 Capturing of non-disconnection reasons
 System to capture pre-defined non-disconnection reasons
 Provision to add/delete/update the reasons
 Support Payment extensions (Govt.)
 Support payment in instalments
 Auto generation of reconnection list, as per the requirement of company and auto
levy of Reconnection fee.
 Generation of dismantling list for removal of meter and service line, support bulk
update of dismantlement status for deduction from Security Deposit automatically.
 Trigger for Security deposit adjustment
 Support Automatic Recovery process viz., termination of notice, Final bill with
adjustment of deposits, Form-A, B & C and write-off of arrears once the
installation is disconnected for payment default and auto cancellation of recovery
process on receipt of payment before the expiry of termination notice.
 Support to carry forward recovery process to all migrated inactive installations
from the stage where it is left over.
 Raise exception to field staff about payment received after dis list is generated to
avoid unnecessary trips
 The system should be able to provide updates on the customer status:
 As Regular or Active
 As disconnected
 As inactive
 As dismantled / Permanent disconnected
 Should have Linkage with New connection module to support arrears settlement
 Tracking and escalation of disconnection/dismantling failures to utility defined
higher authority
 Support Termination of connection both consumer initiated Installation surrender)
and company initiated (Permanent disconnection) with or without deposit
adjustments, Refund of Deposits/ Misc. / Revenue
 Support arrears transfer from one installation to other installation
 Exception reports on payment by disconnected consumers
2.13.9 System Support with Ticketing
 The software should have online context sensitive help, user manuals and
centralized ticketing system for Support. The application users shall have
provision to raise tickets, a unique ticket number shall be assigned. This shall
have tools to track the ticket number for status update and resolution.
 Maintain Contacts
 Manage Customer Complaints (Commercial & Technical)
 Manage Customer Interactions including internet self-service scenarios
 Change password
 Display bill (including cover sheet)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 230 of 483
  Display and pay open items (by direct debit, either as a one-off or repeatedly
or credit card)
 Enter meter reading
 Display consumption history (also in graphical form)
 Display load profile
 Display payment and credit information
 Initiate call-back
 Use rate calculator
 Grant direct debit authorization
 Manage Customer segmentation
 Maintain Customer and Billing Addresses
 Integration with the existing call centre / IVRS (Provision for future)

2.14 Analytics Requirement

The System should have analysis capability based on configurable business rules:
 Display Consumption/load profiles by configurable period, day type and by tariff,
consumer type or any user specified collection of meters
 Generate peak and off-peak load patterns
 Perform DT / Feeder wise energy audit
 Provide data for load forecasting, load research or demand response
applications and perform error management like missing reads and intermittent
meter reads
 Analyzing data to identify new patterns of usage, setting fraud alert / transformer
overload alerts / demand – supply gap alert etc.
 Ability to receive and store outage and restoration event data from smart meters
and outage systems and to log all such events for analysis
 Ability to analyze meter tampering flags, power outages, usage trends and usage
profiles to identify potential energy diversion situations and to produce daily
reports, monthly reports and service order requests for investigations
 The system to support the analytics /investigation (i.e. view current and historical
usage patterns) to valid suspected revenue protection issues
 The system should support Smart grid demand response programs involving
Demand Response (DR) systems as part of Peak load management (PLM). The
solution shall support following analysis:
 Totaling the actual consumption during the DR event
 Totaling the actual consumption of different groups that participated in the DR
event
 Comparing the actual to baseline consumption for the groups in above
 The system should support the tracking, monitoring and managing smart
meter events and monitor customer response to facilitate payment of
customer incentives
 The System should have advanced analytics feature to facilitate:
 Customer Behavior Analysis (Benchmarking power consumption relative to
neighbors)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 231 of 483
  Usage Pattern Analysis for peak load optimization and loss and theft
detection
 Load Forecasting to identify demand supply gap
 Customer profiling based on usage
 Revenue forecasting
 High Bill alerts

2.15 Customer Web Portal / Mobile Apps

This application should have Pre-built integrations with proposed Billing solution. The
high level functionality for customer web portal is mentioned below:
 Dynamic customer portal where customers can update 24x7 to personalize their
portal view, allows customers to sign-up for alerts, select multiple languages,
reminders based on their notification preferences, allow customer to set their own
daily or billing period user-defined threshold alert etc.
 Intuitive, stable, reliable, user friendly interface to view energy use in nearly real-
time, Time of Use (ToU) tariff , receive alerts for payments, compare usage with
neighbors, energy efficiency offers, trending statistics, raise service requests,
energy saving tips, rebates, temperature and rainfall data, manage their
payments etc.
 Multiple account management, Pre-payment and post payment management,
one time- recurring payments, Peak Load management programs enrollment, net
metering, etc.
 Provide for robust reporting capability including both canned reports and
customizable reporting.
 The solution shall provide customers with access to current and historical
consumption and interval data, outage flags, voltage and power quality
indications. The data shall be displayed in graphical and tabular form depending
on user choice. The Customer may also access data through customer portal.
The solution shall integrate via a user friendly graphical interface.
 The MDMS shall support the web portal or shall have the ability to interface with
the 3rd party portal/DISCOM portal to provide the consumer near real time online
views of both usage and cost and helping consumers to understand electricity
usage and cost information, alerts and notifications and energy savings tips with
different levels of detail. The portal shall support the view for past electricity
usage, last week’s, yesterday’s, current days or other period etc. as per selection.
The portal shall provide user friendly access to consumer for their data via
colorful graphs and charts and can download the data into a spreadsheet
 Shall support mobile app through which consumer shall be able to log in through
android/iOS/Window based mobile app to see information related to his energy
consumption. App shall also provide platform for implementation of peak load
management functionality by providing existing tariff & incentives rates,
participation options etc.
 User interface for all authorized consumers shall have ability for at least the
following functionality:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 232 of 483
  View metered data, initiate and view report
 View data according to Time of Use(ToU) tariff
 Can make request for connection/disconnection
 User can update mobile number/email
 In case of prepaid consumers, consumers can view recharge history &
present balance
 Prepaid consumers shall be provided facility to recharge their account by
logging on user interface. User interface shall require consumer id., mobile
number &password for secure login. This user interface shall be integrated
with the present online payment gateway.
 The implementation partner(s) shall provide a website portal and a mobile
application (for smartphone and tablet devices using latest and commonly
available browsers and operating systems and platforms) using which customer
can readily access to the features extended by AMI.
 Both the mobile app and web portal shall support all device form factors like
mobile, tablet, desktop etc. through a responsive screen. It shall be Operating
System and device agnostic.
 The portal/app shall have the ability to display single/multiple account information
of the users displaying information like account name, address, balance, due,
status etc. Any status message pertaining to the account/s viz. alerts/actions
shall be displayed here. Information about different customer engagement
programs viz DSM etc. shall be displayed here. The portal/app shall have the
ability to display consumption history of the user in graphical formats for at least
12 months. A more detailed analysis is provided in a tabular format listing the
meter reading date, the reading, consumption, number of days, charges etc.
 The portal/app shall have the ability to provide option for registering in
online/paper billing to the customer. Their shall be a bill summary page that shall
display bill information in summary and also option for detailed view and
download in pdf format if required by customer. The use shall be able to pay bill
for single and multiple accounts
 The portal/app shall have the ability to provide option for recording service
requests/complaints lodged by the customer as new connection, disconnection,
load change, name change, category change, meter shifting etc. The user can
view the service request status. The user can register complaints viz. power
failure, faulty meter, street light outage etc.

2.16 Network Security

The Network shall have adequate cyber security measures not limited to the
measures as described below. The network security would be extended to all the
interfaces. The goal to be achieved is to protect all points of entry to the network,
make reconnaissance difficult from the inside, limit points of vulnerability and thwart
attempts to misuse or compromise the network and the data it transmits. Details of
how technology addresses the below-mentioned criteria, which standards are being
used and what methodologies are being followed to continuously identify potential

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 233 of 483
 vulnerabilities/ threats and to upgrade technology accordingly are to be shared in
detail.
Security Approach:-
Sl.
Item Details
No.
a. Communicates with neighbors, DCU/Gateways and
access points over wireless channel using integrity
checks (keyed HMAC) and optional encryption
(AES 128 / 256) after negotiating a key
b. Re-play protection for commands such as
remote disconnects by storing RF Sequence
number in the header of the packet over which a
keyed-HMAC (integrity check) is done or to specify
any other mechanism for imp command security
Field Devices such as c. Embedded networking stack must work on few
01
Smart Meter kilobits of RAM and a few dozen kilobits of Flash
memory so that device limited resource are not
effected
d. Firewall to manage egress/ingress traffic between
HAN/LAN
e. Logging of activities and transfer of logs audit
& log management
f. Key based certificates for authentication of high
order commands
g. Every device should have an individual key

a. Rogue device identification with use of key

cryptography
b. Data integrity to be maintained by use of keyed-
HMAC & hashing by SHA2 or higher
c. Over the air security by RF protection using per
channel scrambling and unique hopping sequence
for every node
02 LAN
d. Critical data like readings to be encrypted with AES
128/256. Use of IPSec& SSL/TLS for
communications with Access points and WAN
access points
e. Critical commands such as remote disconnect to
be signed using private key at the back-office
f. Physical security to protect access points

a. Data to be protected using encryption

b. Encrypted communication
03 DCU/Gateways c. Device authentication between meters & access
points
d. Fraud monitoring – Data reconciliation between

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 234 of 483
 Sl.
Item Details
No.
meters
& feeder meter 128 or 256 bit AES encryption
a. Private backhaul network connected to Utility data
center
b. Secure IP Anywhere MPLS Gateway if MPLS
connectivity is to be used
04 WAN c. AAA services with EVDO protocol that
authenticates for access requests
d. Logging, Anti-spoofing features
e. ACLs & MPLS border security to control traffic
f. Authentication via MD-5 hash

a. Data Integrity, Confidentiality and Privacy - Ensure data integrity and

confidentiality for data from smart meters and distribution automation devices
when it traverses over any public or private network. Data & Communications
Security mutual authentication, data encryption and digital signature that are
standards based.
b. Threat Detection and Mitigation - Reduced system vulnerability to physical attack
or cyber-attack. Logically separate different functional elements that should
never be communicating with each other. Log collection and analysis which
results in automated alerts and actions as per rules defined.
c. Device and Platform Integrity - Operating resiliency against security disruptions.
Ensure that devices, endpoints and applications are not compromised easily and
are resistant to cyber-attacks. Alerts are raised when device is tampered.
Maintain audit trails for all sensitive events. Any device change in network should
give alert and history should be maintained to track changes.
d. Secure Access Controls - The system shall include mechanisms for defining and
controlling user access to the operating system environment and applications.
Strong identity mechanisms for all grid elements like users, devices and
applications. Monitoring and alerts for unauthorized access. Best practices from
enterprise security including password strength, password aging, password
history, reuse prevention etc. must be followed for access control.
e. Authorization Controls - A least-privilege concept such that users are only
allowed to use or access functions for which they have been given authorization
shall be available.
f. Logging - Logs must be maintained for all attempts to log on (both successful
and unsuccessful), any privilege change requests (both successful and
unsuccessful), user actions affecting security (such as password changes),
attempts to perform actions not authorized by the authorization controls, all
configuration changes etc. Additionally, the access to such logs must be

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 235 of 483
 controlled in accordance to the least-privilege concept mentioned above, so that
entries may not be deleted, accidentally or maliciously.
g. Hardening - All unnecessary packages must be removed and/or disabled from
the system. Additionally, all unused operating system services and unused
networking ports must be disabled or blocked. Only secure maintenance access
shall be permitted and all known insecure protocols shall be disabled.
h. Network Security - The network architecture of the HES must be secure with
support for firewalls and encryption. The system shall also allow host-based
firewalls to be configured, as an additional layer of security if the network firewall
were to fail.
i. Standards based Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) for authentication and
establishing a chain of trust in the network.
j. Key Generation & Storage to ensure that cryptographic material is securely
generated and stored.
k. Key Exchange & Rotation to ensure unique, time-limited keys for each device
pair.
l. Firmware Code Signing to prevent injection or use of altered firmware images on
devices.
m. Critical Operations Rate Limiting to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.
n. Establishment of a framework for meeting regulatory compliance requirements.
o. Industry standard data security policy to be shared and mechanism to be set to
ensure implementation and tracking.

2.17 Business Intelligence, Analytics and Reports

 The AMI monitoring center shall be a visualization layer which shall give the data
center operators an integrated view of the system, from consumer perspective as
well as distribution network perspective. The monitoring center shall source data
from rest of the AMI systems, inherently heterogeneous systems or multivendor
solutions for various functionalities. As the objective of monitoring center is to
facilitate quick and timely response to incidents, there is a need to enable and
facilitate exchange and selection of pertinent information across functions in a
structured manner that relies on standards. The Business Intelligence and
Analytics reporting should be a Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) software
product or built on top of framework having COTS software products based on
Open Standards.
1. The BI&AR will facilitate viewing and management of the incidents &
emergency events as a single system. The objective of the monitoring center
is to provide real-time and historical views into the incidents & events of the
AMI System, for the envisaged purpose of this project.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 236 of 483
 2. The BI&AR should facilitate cross-agency collaboration and information
exchange in real time and facilitate data representation and exchange,
aggregation, visualization and communication for effective incident
management.
3. The BI&AR system must enable the formation of a Common Operational
Picture (COP) to allow different departments & units in an organization (and
different levels within one organization) to conduct collaborative planning and
provide accurate information for decision makers at these different
organizational levels.
4. To achieve these objectives the system should also have an innovative
message broadcast and notification solution that allows authorized personal
and/or business processes to send large number of messages to target
audience using multiple communication methods including SMS, Voice, Email
and Social Media. This system should be highly scalable solution which can
support the transmission of large numbers of messages via various
communication media and protocols.
i. Data Management: The solution should provide the capability to natively
connect to the various disparate sources and underlying operational
systems of data. The solution should provide GUI driven capabilities to
validate and cleanse, de-duplicate the data based on customizable rules.
Additionally the solution should perform transformations of data from
native sources to the destination repository, without the underlying
operational systems needing to be changed.
ii. Visualization - Provides easy to use, Web-based one-stop portal to
information, events, and overall status. It should have features like
operational insight, collaboration, event correlation, communication,
planning & management. For example, the visualization layer shall
receive the critical tamper events, outage events etc. from meter data
management system and fault related events from feeder automation
system. The web based portal should facilitate users to access overall
information collated from the multiple operational sources for enhanced
decision making. The information in the form of various visualizations
(interactive graphs, charts, tables etc.) and alerts shall be provided. The
solution should also provide power users the capability to perform ad-hoc
analysis on the data and distribute the results on mobile tablet devices
for on-the-go analysis offline.
iii. Analytics: The proposed analytics solution is expected to provide an
integrated environment for predictive and descriptive modelling, data
mining, forecasting, optimization, simulation, experimental design and
more. From dynamic visualization to predictive modelling, model
deployment and process optimization, the tool should provide a single
platform based range of techniques and processes for the collection,
classification, analysis and interpretation of data to reveal patterns,

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 237 of 483
 anomalies, key variables and relationships, leading ultimately to new
insights and better answers faster.

2.18 Mandatory Requirements - AMI

1) The bidder shall provide comprehensive deliverable details for successful
execution of the project such as H/w, s/w, tools etc. as desired by DPDC in this
document.
2) The bidder must also specify the degree of redundancy kept while designing
the system for self-healing features to be effectively working and the
performance parameters those that capture this commitment consistently.
3) The bidder shall confirm that, the HES has sufficient logic driven smoothening
built in features, for example: reliably determining current status of a meter
once an outage alert is received from the meter, as well as, ability to suppress
or filter false positives from outage and restoration notifications. There should
be provision for deploying more such user defined logics.
4) In case of licensed frequency, the bidder shall confirm that, the bandwidth
made available by the Bangladesh telecommunication Authority for this
purpose, shall not in any way limit or hamper the performance of both the AMI
& other applications running concurrently on the same communication canopy
as well as supporting other Smart grid applications.
5) Bidder shall submit their after sale service support plan in order to meet
contractual obligations and performance guidelines.
6) It would be the responsibility of the tenderer to integrate their NIC with various
device (meter or any other equipment) manufacturers. In future, it would be
bidders’ responsibility to integrate new device as decided by DPDC, in RF
canopy network. Hence, device-level interoperability will be achieved.
7) The bidder shall ensure the possibility of up-gradation of the firmware /
software in the nodes and DCUs/access points/routers etc. from remote from
time to time to meet the increasing demand of the system in operation /
overcoming system limitations / bugs. The bidder therefore shall ensure that all
such upgrades shall seamlessly fit into the existing end to end system in
operation and shall be backwardly compatible to the earlier generation devices
/ software / Firmware in operation to guard against obsolescence at no cost to
DPDC.
8) The bidder shall spell out the time duration required and associated success
rate in case of OTA firmware up-gradation for multiple devices simultaneously,
well in advance, from the design stage and shall also ensure that all these
DCUs/Access points/Routers &nodes to be used in the system shall have more
than adequate memory capacity for the firmware upgrades to happen smoothly,
and securely, meeting the enhanced expectations of the next 10 years, as well
as, avoiding overwriting operations during the firmware upgrades, thus avoiding
obsolescence of the hardware installed at site in quick time.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 238 of 483
 9) Bidder to commit that the communication media shall be exclusively used for
data transfer for DPDC and it will not be used for any other purpose without
any consent from DPDC. Bidder shall submit corporate principal certificate for
adherence of this clause.
10) The bidder shall guarantee for providing service & expansion support in the
aforesaid area (at least for backward compatibility) for 10 years.
11) As the proposed system will be integrated with different IT system of DPDC
(SCADA, Distribution Automation System, and GIS etc.); to ensure
interoperability with these systems, any upgrade required in the
hardware/software (including 3rd party items) of proposed solution shall be the
responsibility of bidder during the entire warranty and post warranty
maintenance period.
12) The offered solution including (H/w, s/w, OS, licenses & others) shall have life
cycle of 10 years.
13) Specifications of hardware shall be provided along with bid and Manufactures
authorization for warranty & guarantee shall be in Name of DPDC.
14) Bidder shall replace, upgrade or replace third party equipment free of cost in
case the support on said equipment is withdrawn by respective OEM during
this period i.e. declared as end of support by OEM.
16) Vendors to submit its experience / credentials for integrating its solutions with
multiple applications used in power distribution utility nationally / internationally
for solution scalability, ease of integration point of view.
17) For product maturity, vendor to submit performance certificates from customers
(power distribution utility national / international) along with their contact details
for their experience on the solution implemented in their utility – DPDC should
be free to get in touch with them for clarifications, if needed.
18) DPDC reserves the right to review integration mechanism along with prices of
NIC (or communication module) with smart meters and other equipment after
project completion.
19) The NIC ceiling price shall be revised downwards after project completion
subject to market price.

2.19 Performance of AMI

The RF canopy shall adhere to the following performance requirements:
1) Smart Metering System shall be able to receive all interval data from
minimum 95% of meters within 8 hours after midnight;
2) Smart Metering System shall be able to receive all interval data from 99.9%
of meters within 24 hours after midnight;
3) Smart Metering System shall be able to receive on-demand meter reading
data from 90% of meters within 1 hour;

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 239 of 483
 4) Smart Metering System shall be able to receive on-demand meter reading
data from 99% of meters within 2 hours;
5) Smart Metering System shall be able to receive on-demand meter reading
data from 99.9% of meters within 6 hours;
6) Smart Metering System shall be able to perform load control at 95% of
meters within 5 minutes;
7) Smart Metering System shall be able to perform load control at 99% of
meters within 10 minutes;
8) Smart Metering System shall be able to perform remote connect/disconnect
at 90% of meters within 10 minutes;
9) Smart Metering System shall be able to perform remote connect/disconnect
at 99% of meters within 1 hour;
10) Smart Metering System shall be able to perform remote connect/disconnect
at 99.9% of meters within 2 hours;
11) Smart Metering System shall be able to receive alarms for loss of supply and
outage detection within 5 minutes for 90% of meters;
12) Smart Metering System shall be able to upgrade the firmware of 99% of
meters within 24 hours;
13) Smart Metering System shall be able to upgrade the firmware of 99.9% of
meters within 36 hours;
14) Smart Metering System shall be able to remotely read the event logs at 90%
of meters within 30 minutes;
15) Smart Metering System shall be able to remotely read the event logs at 99%
of meters within 1 hour;
16) Smart Metering System shall be able to remotely read the event logs at 99.9%
of meters within 6 hours.
17) For distribution automation, the communication network offered by RF
canopy shall be able to monitor and control 99.5% of devices, with a
response time of maximum 5 seconds, between FRTU & DMS.
18) For other devices in the RF canopy, the Bidder shall be able to monitor and
control 95% of devices within 10 minutes.

2.20 Distribution Automation (DA) communication:-

Operational automation includes Distribution Automation as mentioned below; the
functional features, DPDC expects the offered solution to support for DA, are listed
below.
a) Communication over IEC 60870-5-104/101
b) Data rate at least 100 kbps

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 240 of 483
 c) Response time (end to end – for DI, DO, and analog measurement – Two way
communication) Maximum acceptable latency 10 seconds or better with 97%
reliability.
d) Distribution System Monitoring (RMU automation)
e) Additionally the solution must support communication of other substation
applications like support for Substation Transformer Control over IEC 60870-5-
104/101
f) The communication protocol used is IEC 60870-5-104.

2.21 Cyber Security

The HES system shall have adequate cyber security measures as detailed below:
Security Access Control
The system shall include mechanisms for defining and controlling user access to the
operating system environment and applications. Measures such as password policy,
password strength, password aging, and password history and reuse prevention
must be implemented.
Authorization Controls
A least-privilege concept such that users are only allowed to use or access
functionsforwhich they have been given authorization shall be available.
Logging
Logs must be maintained for all attempts to log on (both successful and
unsuccessful),anyprivilege change requests (both successful and unsuccessful),
user actionsaffecting security (such as password changes), attempts to perform
actions not authorized by
theauthorizationcontrols,allconfigurationchangesetc.Additionally, the access to such
logs must be controlled in accordance to the least-privilege concept mentioned
above, so that entries may not be deleted, accidentally or maliciously.
Hardening
All unnecessary packages must be removed and/or disabled from the system.
Additionally,all unused operating system services and unused networking ports must
be disabled or blocked. Only secure maintenance access shall be permitted and all
known insecure protocols shall be disabled.
Malicious Software Prevention
Implementation of anti-virus software and other malicious software prevention tools
shall be supported.
Network Security
The network architecture of the HES must be secure with support for firewalls and
encryption. The system shall also allow host-based firewalls to be configured, as an

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 241 of 483
 additional layer of security if the network firewall were to fail. Bidder to provide
detailed description of the same.
The security key management should be physical hardware based.

2.22 Integration
a) HES shall be integrated with MDM /for transfer of the meter billing data, interval
data and events data or instantaneous data.
b) MDMS System shall support integration web-services and APIs to exchange
data with other systems like third party ERP, GIS, OMS, Streetlight Management
System, and SCADA etc.
c) As a part of project solution there will be data collected from smart meters and
DA devices(RTU/FRTU). Solution should ensure that there is scalability and
compatibility to integrate with advance application platforms so that various type
of business dash board providing meaningful information to take proactive
actions can be made available.
d) Proposed technology solution shall be able to integrate with various advance
analytical tools and provide processing capabilities such as big data analytics.
e) Solution should be capable to integrate with various mobile applications to
provide proactive and real time operational alerts.
f) HES should have the capability to integrate with SMS and Email gateways
existing at DPDC to send various alarms and notifications with the organization
for operational purposes.
g) HES shall have standard interfaces like CIM IEC 61968 (CIM 2.0) /Web services
/ Flat files transfer.
h) HES shall facilitate programming of following meter parameters like and not
limiting to:
i. Load profile capture period
ii. Demand integration period
iii. Setting of parameters for time of day (TOD/TOU) billing
iv. Prepaid parameter details on meter display
v. Billing date
vi. Clock setting/time synchronization
vii. Load curtailment limit
viii. Event setting for connect/disconnect
ix. Number of auto reconnection attempt
x. Time interval between auto reconnection attempt
xi. Lock out period for relay
xii. Remote firmware upgrade
xiii. Push schedule

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 242 of 483
 xiv. Setting threshold limits for monitored parameters
xv. Provision for adding more programming features in future

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 243 of 483
 Meter Specification
Single Phase Whole Current
Smart Meter
5-60A

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 244 of 483
2.9 Single PhaseSmart Prepaid Meter
2.9.1 General Overview
This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing and supply of static single-
phase direct connected pre-payment energy meters of accuracy Class 1.
2.9.2 Functional Specifications of Smart Meter
The meters shall be compatible for two-way communication between Smart energy
meter and Head End System (HES) to enable remote reading, monitoring & control
of all electrical energy meters in the organization.

ID Requirement Description

1.0 Meter Features

1.1 Meter should record billing, event & tampers,

Meter DataRecord
instantaneous and demand parameters
1.2 Inbuilt permanent non-volatile memory to store all
Inbuilt Memory
relevant meter data, events.
Support remote load management by sending load
1.3 Load Limit curtailment signals that can be via HES (Web
application)
1.4 Data Compatible store and be capable to communicate
Communication requested data as per programmed interval
Detection, Notification, Resolve abnormal & tamper
1.5 Temper
events and store the same with alert to DPDC
Detection
personnel.
1.6 Configuration
Flexible configurations to support customized needs.
Flexibility

a) System based Prepayment and Multi energy

recording
b) Energy measurement inclusive of harmonic
content
1.7 Basic Features c) Configurable event logging and Tamper detection
d) Configurable load control relay configurations
e) Programmability and Reset Capability. The meter
should have manual/ automatic, remote
programming reset function to record the monthly
energy.
Meters should provide on-site indication of
communications preferable on meter display with the
1.8 Communication
AMI network so that a technician servicing a meter
Indication
can determine communications success with the AMI
network
Meters shall have self-discovery and self-registry
Self-discovery
1.9 functionality to allow the AMI system to detect and
and Self registry
register the meter within 60 minutes of meter
functionality
connection and establishment of communication
The meter shall have a test output accessible from
1.10 Test Output the front and be capable of being monitored with
suitable testing equipment. The operation indicator

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 245 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
must be visible from the front. Test output device shall
be provided in the form of LED output device for KWh
measurement. Therelation between test outputs shall
comply with the marking on the name plate or with the
indication on display if so provided in addition to
details on name plate i.e. pulse per KWh.
The meters shall have the following additional salient
features:-
• The meter shall have provision to display meter
1.11 Salient Features parameter in the absence of power
• Drawing of current through local earth. The meter
shall register accurate energy even if load is
drawn down partially or fully through local earth.
The meter shall be capable of performing complete
self-diagnostic check to monitor the circuits for any
malfunctioning to ensure integrity of date memory
location all the time. The meter shall provide
information for unsatisfactory/non-functioning/
1.12 Self-Diagnostic
malfunctioning of the following:-
Feature:
• Time and date
• All display segments as per the requirement
• Real Time Clock (RTC)
• Non Volatile Memory (NVM)
• RF communication symbol
2.0 Load Control : Disconnection and reconnection
Disconnect
2.1 All meters shall have a supply Disconnect /Reconnect
/Reconnect
relay.
switch
Remote Disconnect The AMI system shall support remote
2.2 /Reconnect disconnect/reconnect of customer supply only via
internal inbuilt relay.
When the AMI meter performs a disconnect
2.3 Disconnect
operation, then outgoing power circuits from the meter
Supply
shall cut-off.
To confirm the current state of a meter, the AMI
system shall support "On-Demand" remote polling of
2.4 Connection the meter to determine whether the supply is open or
status of meter closed/whether meter is energized or not. The meter
shall provide clear local visual indication i.e. LED for
the status (open/closed) of the Supply contactor.
Disconnection of phase/neutral shall be performed in
case of following:
 Over current
2.5 Phase
 Over load
Disconnection
 Disconnect signal from utility
 Low balance (if consumer avail this functionality;
command to be issued by MDM/system)
2.6 Remotely Load Control limit (consumer sanctioned load) shall
programmable be remotely programmable.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 246 of 483
 ID Requirement Description

2.7 Change mode Should provide remote switching from prepayment to

of Payment credit mode and vice versa
2.8 Remote Remote reconnection shall only be enabled only via
reconnection over the air through RF communication
The meter shall be capable of automatically
Automatic
2.9 disconnect the supply when a decision to
Connection /
disconnection is made and reconnect automatically
Disconnection
when a decision in that effect is made.
Special Event Log records entries for at least 10
2.10 previous disconnections, i.e. reconnections of the
Event Log
switching module, with the time stamp and switching
module status shall be provided.
Meters shall have self-discovery and self-registry
Self-discovery
2.11 functionality to allow the AMI system to detect and
and self-registry
register the meter within 60 minutes of meter
functionality
connection and establishment of communication.
Meters shall have provision to display the indication
for Connect/Disconnect:
 Status of Relay – i.e. Connected / Disconnected
2.12 Connect/Disconnect should be available on LED as well as through
Indication communication.
 Connection and Disconnection should also be
logged as events. Such minimum twenty events
should be recorded.
It should be possible to program the parameters
Limits /values from remote through sufficiently
2.13 Programmability
adequate security mechanism. Meteorology under
Security
such condition must remain intact and shall not be
upgradable from remote
The meter shall have provision to configure the load
limits well in advance from remote with the help of
software i.e. HES/MDM for demand side
2.14 Demand Side
management. The meter will disconnect if the limit is
management
crossed and reconnect as perdisconnection and
reconnection mechanism specified in subsequent
clauses, if the load is dropped below the limit.
Meter shall support for reading of meter data on
2.15 Reading
predefine frequency and it should be configurable. On
Frequency
demand meter reading facility shall also be available.
Meter shall have RTC with 20 years calendar
2.16 RTC and time
programmed in the memory and provision for time
synchronization
synchronization.
3.0 Tariff and TOU Programming

3.1 Remotely The tariff and TOU implementation shall be remotely

Configurable configurable and robust to communication failures.
3.2 Total energy register of kWh data shall be separately
Tariff Store
stored for each tariff (upto 8 tariff).
At least 4 seasons shall be definable and
3.3 Tariff Seasons configurable. Only one season and one tariff shall be
in operation during any time.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 247 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
A season shall be defined by a month, day and shall
3.4 be in effect starting at 00:00 hours of the defined day
Season define
in every year, and shall be superseded when the next
season becomes effective.
4.0 Meter Data Storage

4.1 Meter Internal All meters shall utilize non-volatile memory for storing
Memory and retaining meter data
4.2 Last 6 months billing parameter record shall be
Data Storage
available.
4.3 Meter data shall be retained from local port without
Data Security
loss or degradation without power
4.4 Meter data shall be manually retrievable without
Data Retrieve
having to remove a meter cover
Meter shall be capable of retaining data store in its
memory at all the time even under a loss of power. It
4.5 Data shall be possible to query historical readings manually
Download and locally and shall be able to download the same
for analysis purpose. Meter data shall be manually
retrievable without having to remove a meter cover.
Meters shall have metering integrity violation (meter
cover opening, parameter change, strong magnetic
4.6 field impact on the meter etc.)recording and signaling
Meter Integrity
function. For each of the indicated events, Event Log
shall make a record with a time stamp when this
event occurred, for each of the indicated events.
5.0 Event Log
Meter memorizes events related to metering,
5.1 Meter Event adjustment and handling into the special memory
registers (organized under FIFO principle).
A record in the memory is generated for each event
5.2 memorizing the type of event, time stamp and meter
Record of event
status when the event occurred. Meter registers at
least 500 events.
Event coding as well as the type of events entered in
5.3 the Event Log should be organized under the
Event security
recommendations given inDLMS/COSEM. Event Log
is not erasable via any external intervention.
Meter shall record events related to electricity quality,
5.4 metering integrity, consumption management, etc. in
Special Event
the event log. Software shall be capable of
distinguishing special events
Supply Meter to be registered the number and total duration
5.5 Interruption of supply interruptions. Time duration for recording of
Registration power off event shall be configurable.
6.0 Self-Check
The purpose of this function is to verify proper
6.1 Verify Meter
execution of basic meter functions. Meter performs
Function
self-check during network connection, i.e. after every

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 248 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
supply restoration (power up).
Meter will during application of new firmware perform
self-check. Results of this self-check will be available
6.2 Firmware Update on the meter remotely. New firmware upgrade in the
meter should happen remotely only with due security
checks.
7.0 Meter Firmware Upgrade
Meter shall support firmware upgrade option.
Firmware upgrade option in the meter is realized not
to alter in any way the metering characteristics
7.1 (metrology) of the meter, data memorized in the meter
Firmware Upgrade
(metering data, statuses, etc.) Configuration
parameters or operational parameters of the meter all
these data remain unchanged even after firmware
upgrade.
Meter will after receiving the new firmware verify its
compatibility in case that verification does not end
7.2 Firmware positively, new firmware will not be executed. Meter
Compatibility willrecord time and data of new firmware receipt in the
Event Log, as well as time and date of new firmware
application.
Meter is connected via internal communication
module with corresponding software module in the
head-end system for installation of the new firmware
on the meter. Head-end system role may be taken
over by the concentrators. This process is executed in
the manner not affecting at any time the data in the
Remote
7.3 meter. Meter should have separate memory to store
Firmware
the new firmware as image file and upgrade the
Upgrade
firmware on defined date/time. Event Log shall record
all actions. The meter shall be capable of remotely
upgrading the firmware if DPDC wants.
Enable and disable pre-payment functionality shall be
part of meter configuration; firmware upgrade shall
not be required for such configuration.
8.0 Quantities To Be Measured, Monitored AndMemorized
The meter shall be capable of measuring, monitoring
and storing in the memory minimum four (4) register
with 4 zones of time of day electrical quantities for
Measureable pre-specified
8.1
Quantity  Active energy: Absolute Cumulative kWh energy.
 Maximum Demand: Highest Active MD, KW
demand established after last Reset.
 High resolution mode for KWH
The meter shall have 3 modes for display:
i. Mode-1 – (Main auto Mode) This mode shall
8.2 display billing and tamper parameters.
Mode for display:
ii. Mode-2-(Push mode)This mode shall display
observation parameters like TOD zone wise
energies, MD, etc. parameters to be finalized by

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 249 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
DPDC.
iii. Mode-3-This mode shall display high precision
readings of energy for accuracy testing at site.
The meter shall keep following quantities recorded
and memorized in its Non Volatile memory chip
forever, so that in event of failure/damage of the
Monitor meter the last reading of billing quantities would not
8.3 &Memorisable be lost.
Quantities  Cumulative KWH energy to the consumer.
 MD for last power on.
Billing parameters of last 6 billing cycles shall be
recorded in meter memory on FIFO principle.
9.0 Last Gasp Outage Alert
Smart meter shall have functionality that when power
goes out the individual end point (other end points
9.1 Power Outage and network alive) shall send a power outage
notification message to HES which shall be populated on outage
map of HES. This functionality shall help utility to
identify the power outages on real time basis.
10.0 Security and Tampering
Meter shall verify its firmware at power-on and prior to
10.1 Firmware activation of the firmware. It shall provide tampering
Verification protection for main and cover open and shall provide
magnetic field detection monitoring.
For the purpose of data security, locally accessed
10.2 Access data have to be protected by access right verification
Verification with at least three access levels and transferred data
encryption.
The security of data communicated between the
meter (server) and the client after establishment of
the Application Association is to be handled by the
Encryption and following settings for the associations that are
10.3 authentication for required to support the Advanced Security Profile
data transport 1) “Logical Name with Ciphering”. This is to be done
during Application Association establishment
2) use of “AES-GCM-128 for encryption and
authentication and AES-128 for key-wrapping
Minimum of total five hundred (500) events
(occurrence and restoration) of all types of tamper
with date and time shall be available in the meter
memory on first in, first out basis. Compartments, if
10.4 Temper Events any may be clearly indicated in the bid. Snap Shots
should be available (numerical values) of voltage,
current, power factor and energy (kWh) readings as
well as the date and time of logging of the occurrence
and restoration of tamper events.
The tamper events shall be recorded in sequence
10.5 Temper manner in FIFO/Roll Over basis. Any occurrence
Sequence event and restoration event shall be treated as
separate events as per DLMS. The total number of

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 250 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
tamper counts shall also be provided on the meter
display as well as at the BCS end.
Cover Open Event, Magnetic these events shall be
pushed to HES immediately. Interference shall be
communicated back to HES as and when they occur.
These tamper events shall be sent as an alarm to the
HES/MDM which shall store the same in its database.
The tamper persistence time for logging/registration of
10.6 an occurrence and restoration of tamper shall be
Temper Time
provided during Bid. Mutually agreed time to be
provided.
11.0 Sealing Of The Meter
Reliable sealing arrangement shall be provided to
make the meter tamper proof and to avoid fiddling or
tampering by unauthorized persons.
11.1 Seal For this, at least one (1) Nos. manufacturer’s seals
Arrangement on meter body, 1 No. Twist Tight seal arrangement on
meter terminal cover, one (1) No. seal on
communication port and one (1) No. seal on RF
comms chamber shall be provided in front side.
The bidder shall have to provide two polycarbonate
Plastic seals on the meter body of each meter before
11.2 polycarbonate
dispatch of the meter. The plastic seal shall have
Plastic seals
embossing of the bidder’s logo on one side of seal &
DPDC Logo& SR.NO. of seal on other side of seal
12.0 Display Of Meter Values
The measured value(s) shall be displayed on seven
segment, seven dig it Liquid crystal Display LED /
12.1 Display
(LCD) display with backlit unit, having minimum
Character
character heightof 10 mm. Good quality display shall
be used to enable correct reading even from distance.
The data shall be stored in nonvolatile memory. The
12.2 Data Retain nonvolatile memory shall retain data for a period of
not less than 10 years under unpowered condition.
It shall be possible to easily identify the displayed
12.3 Parameter
parameters through symbols / legend on the meter
Symbol
display itself.
In case of multiple values presented by a single
12.4 Display display, it shall be possible to identify each displayed
Multiple values value/ parameter through separate symbol/legend to
be made available on the display itself.
12.5 Persistence Persistence time for each parameter shall be factory
Time configurable. Default 10 second.
In addition to providing serial number of the meter
preferably on the display or on the meter name plate,
12.6 Meter Serial
the meter serial number shall also be programmed
Number
into meter memory for identification through
CMRI/meter reading print out.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 251 of 483
 ID Requirement Description

13.0 Maximum Demand

The meter shall monitor and calculate the average
demand in KW established during pre-specified
integration period set and record/display the
Maximum maximum registered value and the same shallbe
13.1 Demand (MD) stored along with date and time when it occurred in
Registration the meter memory.
The integration period shall of be 15 minutes and it
should be programmable with due authentication.MD
should available also for TOD.
Maximum Automatic resetting at the end of pre-specified date of
13.2 Demand every calendar month (e.g. 00.00 hours on First day
Reset of every month).
A provision for revising the resetting cycle for
13.3 MD reset
modifying the date and time of automatic resetting
authentication
through HES or via RF communication.
13.4 In all the MD resets, Nos. of counts shall increase on
MD count
every reset.

2.9.3 Technical Specifications for Smart Meter

Technical specifications of smart meter covers the design, manufacture, assembly,

inspection, testing at manufacturer work before dispatch, supply and delivery at site
for destination in single phase whole current electronic meter of Class 1.0 accuracy
for current range of 5-60 Amps for tariff purpose along with other associated
component as per requirement given in specification which is based on regulations
on Installation and Operation of meters. This specification also covers load control
with connection and disconnection through relay facility.

It is not the intent to specify completely herein all the details of the design and
construction of meter. The meter shall, however, conform in all respects to high
standards of engineering, design and workmanship and shall be capable of
performing for continuous commercial operation in a manner acceptable to the
purchaser, who will interpret the meanings of drawings and specification and shall
have the power to reject the meter which is not in accordance therewith. The offered
meter shall be complete with all accessories, hardware, software andcomponents
necessary for their effective and trouble free operation. Such components shall
bedeemed to be within the scope of Bidder's supply irrespective of whether those are
specifically brought out in this specification and/or the commercial order or not.
Bidder should follow the international metering standards IEC 62052/IEC 62053 and
ensue for availability of following technical specifications.
a) However accuracy class for single phase meter shall be Class 1 for Active
Energy (kWh)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 252 of 483
 b) The meter shall operate with specified accuracy for power factors in the full range
of all quadrants.
c) The meter shall be of the surface mounting type and shall have terminals at the
bottom.
d) Meter shall have minimum 10years of life span and it shall operate within the
stipulated error limits for full life span without any recalibration.
e) The meter shall also be capable to withstand and shall not get damaged if phase
to phase voltage is applied between phases to neutral.
f) Starting current should be equal to or less than 0.4 % of basic current i.e. 10A
g) Meter should have the capability of neutral current measurement
h) Measuring quantity for energy should have resolutions of Min 0.001 kWh for
Active Energy.
When the equipment offered by the bidder conforms to standards other than those
specified above, salient points of difference between standards adopted and the
standards specified in this specification shall be clearly brought out in the relevant
schedule.

2.9.3.1 Applicable Standards

Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this specification, the performance and
testing of the meters shall conform to the following National/International Standards
and all related National /International standards to be read with up To-date and latest
amendments/revisions thereof.
Smart meter shall be in accordance with the standards specified below or later
editions and/or amendments thereof. The electricity meters shall conform to all
appropriate IEC standards including, but not limited to, the following:
 IEC 62052-11 – Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) – General Requirements,
tests and test conditions Meter – Part 11 Metering Equipment
 IEC 62053-21 - Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - Particular requirements -
Part 21: Static meters for active energy (classes 1 and 2)
 IEC 62052-31 - Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) – General requirements,
tests and test conditions – Part 31: Product safety requirements and tests
 IEC 62053-21 - Power consumption, voltage requirements, accuracy and local
interface
 IEC 62053-61 - Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - Particular requirements –
Part 61:Power consumption and voltage requirements
 IEC 62058-11 - Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - Acceptance inspection -
Part 11:General acceptance inspection methods

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 253 of 483
  IEC 62058-31 - Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - Acceptance inspection -
Part 31: Particular requirements for static meters for active energy (classes 0,2
S, 0,5 S, 1 and 2)
 Degree of protection IP 51
In the event any other equivalent standards are used the English language copies of
such standards shall accompany the tender. Failure to provide them shall make the
offer rejected by the purchaser.

2.9.3.2Meter Type
For the purpose three types of meter are considered as follows:

Meter type Communication Module Relay

Single phase Direct Current RF Yes

 The supplied smart meter shall be designed with a provision to supply

appropriate power for energization of RF Mesh NIC.
 The supplied smart meter shall support all mentioned functionality of the bid
document including data exchange on both communication technology. Any
Programming and firmware upgrade shall be done through RF communication
only.The supplied smart meter shall support all mentioned functionality of the bid
document including data exchange, firmware update, tariff changes etc. on both
communication technology.

Electrical Requirements

a) For Single Phase Energy Meter

 The meter shall be suitable for operation on 230 V supply. Both current and
voltages shall be directly connected to the terminals
 The meters shall be suitable for operation on standard rated current of 60A
and the maximum current shall be 1.2 time the rated current.
 Rated frequency: 50 Hz with +/- 5%.

2.9.3.3 Data Display Facility (Auto/Manual)

Data Display shall be in three modes-

 Auto Scroll
 Scroll with Push Button
 High Resolution (Shall display energy values with resolution of 2 digits before
decimal and 3 digits after decimal in push button mode)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 254 of 483
a) Data Display order for single phase meter shall be: Auto Scroll

 Cumulative Active Energy kWh along with legend.

 Current calendar month MD in kW with legend.
 Instantaneous voltage
 Instantaneous current

These parameters should be displayed on the LCD/LED continuously for a period

of 15 seconds on Auto scroll. In case of power failure, the meter should display
above parameters with push button.

Scroll with Push-button

 Meter Serial Number

 Date
 Real Time
 Cumulative kWh
 Instantaneous Voltage (V), Current (I)
 Power (kW)
 Current month MD in kW
 Last month MD in kW
 Internal diagnostics

The meter’s display should return to default display mode (continues auto scroll)
if push button is not operated for more than 10 seconds. (The order of display
may be revised as per requirement of the utility)

2.9.3.4 Power Consumption

Power consumption should not be more than 7W during communication through

in-built communication card.

2.9.3.5Accuracy Requirements
a) The percentage errors shall not exceed the limits for the relevant accuracy class
given in Table 6 of IEC 62053-21.
b) Limits of error due to current and other influencing factors. The additional
percentage error due to the change influencing factors shall not exceed the limit
for the reference accuracy class given in Table 8 of IEC 62053-21.
c) Starting and running with no-load.
d) The meter shall be fully functional within 5 seconds after a voltage is applied to
the meter terminals. When a voltage is applied with no current flowing in the
current circuit the test output of the meter shall not produce more than one pulse.
e) The meter shall start and continue to register at current shown in Table 9 of IEC
62053-21.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 255 of 483
2.9.3.6Active Energy

a) Meter measures, registers and displays active energy within rated accuracy class
range. Meter measures total active energy as per IEC 62056-61
b) Presentation of these values on the display shall be factory programmable.

2.9.3.7 Maximum Power

a) Meter measures, registers and displays maximum mean active power under all
tariffs as per IEC 62056-61
b) Power integration period is initially 15 minutes.
c) This value is programmable with the following values: 15 and 30 minutes and
display of this value is easily accessible under manual display operation regime
and remotely. Manual reset is not possible.
2.9.3.8 Voltage Metering (Electricity metering Quality)

Meter measures and displays effective voltage value on request.

2.9.3.9 Under and Over Voltage

Under and Over Voltages Meter registers under-voltage/overvoltage occurrence
event and termination of the latter. Vents are entered into a voltage compartment
with the date/time of event, with the capacity of at least 100 entries. Under-voltage
and overvoltage thresholds may be adjusted. Initially: under-voltage = -30% Un,
overvoltage = +30% Un.

2.9.3.10 Current Metering

Meter shall measure phase and neutral current both. Energy shall be incremented
based on highest current between phase or neutral.

2.9.3.11 Time and Date

a) Meter displays time and date from internal clock controlled by a quartz crystal
oscillator.
b) It should operate with accuracy as specified in IEC 62052-21. The nominal
clock resetting function should be there (but be independent from all
functionality of the meter).
2.9.3.12 Battery backup as redundant power source
a) The meter shall have built in battery as redundant power source. It shall be a
long-lifetime super lithium battery catering to power down protection of clock,
data and settings.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 256 of 483
 b) The life time of the battery shall be such that it performs evenly throughout
the full life span of the meter under normal usage.
c) The Battery should be capable of self-sustaining its original condition for
guaranteed life of meterwithout power.

2.9.3.13 Display
a) Meter shall be provided with a user friendly display of information with easy
navigation through displayed information. Presentation of metered values and
characteristic codes shall be easily readable even in badly lit environment, as
well as under direct lighting.
b) Presentation of metered values covers minimum 7 (Seven) digits, while there
is minimum 6 (six) whole digits, and minimum 1 (one) decimal digits. Figures
for value display shall at least be 8mm for metered values.
c) In case of wrong energy flow direction detection, phase presence display
symbol shall blink.
d) LC display operates in automatic, manual and self-check display regime.
Transition between automatic and manual display operation regime is
executed in a simple manner, e.g. by pressing the key/keys. Default display
regime is automatic to which the display returns from manual display after
corresponding idle period (keys are not pressed), which is programmable.
e) Under automatic regime, values of metered and registered values are shown
cyclically. Individual value display period should be factory programmable
and between 5 to 20 sec. Values presented on LC display, their sequence
and number shall be changeable (programmable).

2.9.3.14 Impulse (Test)

Terminals Meter shall have an optical impulse output, via red LED diode.
Characteristics of impulse terminals of the meter are realized according to the
standard IEC 62053 – 31. Meter constant shall be 3200 impulses per kWh.

2.9.3.15 Performance characteristics

The performance characteristics of the meters are specified as below. These
characteristics shall be achieved and shall have upper and lower limits of
acceptable operation. The Bidder shall provide the performance characteristics of
his proposed meter and consider the following data as a maximum.
S. No Feature No of retries Latency
Local meter reading of 2 months of Load
1 2 10 min
Profile data

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 257 of 483
2.9.3.16 Meters RAM Requirements

 RAM requirements
The Bidder is required to provide with meters with the following RAM properties:
a) Reliability
b) Operational TTF (time to first failure): At least 10 years.
c) Operational service life time: At least 10 years, without the need for
maintenance or recalibration.
d) Maintainability – The meter will be “preventive maintenance” free for its
entire life length.

2.9.3.17 Climatic Conditions

The meter supplied against this specification shall be suitable for the satisfactory
continuous operation under the tropical conditions. Meters shall be capable of
maintaining required accuracy under hot tropical and dusty climate.
The meter shall meet Dry Heat/Cold/Damp heat cycle test requirement as per
relevant IEC compliances.

2.9.3.18 Mechanical and Constructional Requirements

 The Meters shall be of rugged construction to ensure reliable operation. The
meter shall have an insulated case which shall be sealed in such a way that the
internal parts of the meter are not accessible to unauthorized persons.
 Meter shall be designed and constructed in such a way so as to avoid causing
any danger during use and under normal conditions. However, the following
shall be ensured:
i. Personal safety against electric shock
ii. Personal safety against effects of excessive temperature
iii. Protection against spread of fire
iv. Protection against penetration of solid objects, dust and water
 All meter housing parts, including the terminal shall be made of material
resistant to mechanical impact, humidity, UV radiation and self-quenching
characteristics in accordance with the requirements indicated by IEC 62052–11
standard.
 The meter shall be designed and manufactured using SMT (Surface Mount
Technology) components.
 All insulating material used in the construction of meter shall be non-hygroscopic,
non-ageing and of tested quality to ensure higher reliability, longer life and
sustained accuracy. All parts that are likely to develop corrosion shall be
effectively protected against corrosion by providing suitable protective coating.
 The meter shall have an operation indication device such as a blinking LED /
LCD given type indication. The operation indicator shall be visible from the front

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 258 of 483
 window and capable of being monitored conveniently with suitable testing
equipment.
 The meter shall conform to the degree of protection IP51 of IEC529 for
protection against ingress of dust, moisture and vermin.
 The meter shall be supplied with a transparent extended terminal block cover
(ETBC).
 The meter base shall be manufactured from high quality industrial grade
material viz. Polycarbonate with 10 % glass filled which shall meet mention
properties to ensure higher reliability and long life of the meter case.
 Meter's case material should be polycarbonate and it should be fire, heat and
ultra violet radiation resistant as per IEC62052-11.
 All parts of the meter should be resisted against mechanical stroke and shake
during the transportation as per IEC62052-11.
 The meter base, terminal compartment, meter cover and terminal cover shall be
of high grade non-hygroscopic, fire retardant, low tracking fire resistant,
reinforced poly-carbonate or equivalent high grade engineering plastic which
shall form an extension of the meter case and shall have terminal holes and
shall be of sufficient size to accommodate the insulated conductors & meeting
the requirement of IEC standards.
 The meter cover shall be made of clear polycarbonate or transparent
thermoplastic material and shall be one integral unit. The terminal cover shall be
transparent and extended type with provision to seal and should have separate
seals.
 The wiring terminals shall be protected by a sealable terminal cover and the
terminal cover shall be made of an insulating material.
 The terminal covers shall be of extended type with easily breakable knockouts.
Provision shall be made to seal the meter cover and terminal cover separately.
 No permanent deformation of the case is allowed for life time period of 10 years.
Meter case material should not deteriorate over the guaranteed life span of the
meter. UV protected materials should be used.
 The meter cover and base shall be suitably shielded with metallic material so as
to protect the meter from adverse effect of AC/DC Abnormal external magnetic
field.
 The terminal block, the ETBC meter cover and meter base shall ensure
reasonable safety against the spread of fire. They shall not be ignited by thermic
overload of live parts in contact with them.
 The terminals shall have suitable construction with barriers and cover to provide
firm and safe connection of current and voltage leads of stranded copper
conductors or copper reducer type terminal ends (thimbles) manner of fixing the
conductors to the terminal block shall ensure adequate and durable contact
such that there is no risk of loosening or undue heating. Screw connections
transmitting contact force and screw fixing which may be loosened and
tightened. Terminals shall be made up of Zinc/nickel coated brass, MS terminals
are not accepted.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 259 of 483
  The meter shall be compact in design. The entire design and construction shall
be capable of withstanding stresses likely to occur in actual service and rough
handling during transportation. The meter shall be convenient to transport and
immune to shock and vibration during transportation and handling.
 All parts that are likely to develop corrosion shall be effectively protected against
corrosion. The construction of the meter shall be such as to be sealed
independently and prevent unauthorized tampering.
 The meter shall meet the mechanical requirements as per compliance with IEC
standards.
 Meter shall be break to open; if any attempt is made for cover open then
physical evidence should be available in the meter

A. Test of Mechanical requirements

The Type Test shall be performed at a reference voltage at a reference
frequency of 50Hz. The Type test Certificates shall be submitted in complete
form as furnished by the testing Authority. Incomplete Type Test Certificates
of parts of Certificates will not be considered. ((IEC 62052-11)
a) Vibration test
b) Shock test
c) Spring hammer test
d) Tests of protection against penetration of dust and water
e) Test of resistance to heat and fire

The Type Test Certificates shall clearly indicate the following;

i. Name, Address and Country of the Testing Authority.
ii. Date of Testing.
iii. Name of Equipment Type Tested.
iv. Number of pages of the Type Test certificates.
v. Manufacturers identify/Catalogue Reference Number etc.
vi. Basic Parameters.
vii. The Standard to which the equipment Type tested.
viii. Comments and Observations of the Testing Authority.
B. Resistance to Heat and Fire
The terminal block, the terminal cover and the meter case shall not ignite by
thermal overload of live parts in contact with them and they shall meet the
tests stipulated in Clause 5.8 of IEC 62052-11
C. Protection against penetration of dust and water
The metering equipment shall be suitable for indoor use and conform to the
degree of protection ofIP51 as per IEC 60529.
D. Influence of supply voltage

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 260 of 483
 a) Voltage Range The normal operating voltage range of the meter shall be
as stipulated in and the permissible error due to voltage variation shall
conform to the table 7 of IEC 62052-11.
b) Voltage dips and short interruptions:
Voltage interruptions shall not produce a change in the register as
stipulated in Clause 7.1.2 of IEC 62052-11. When the voltage is restored,
the meters shall not have suffered degradation of the meteorological
characteristics.
c) Influence of short time over current
The meters shall not be damaged by short time over currents and the
meter shall perform correctly when back to its initial working conditions
and the variation of error shall not exceed the value indicated in Table 3
of IEC 62053-21.
d) Influence of self-heating
The variation of error due to self-heating shall not exceed the value given
in Table 4 of IEC 62053-21.
e) Influence of heating
The temperature rise at any point of the external surface of the meter
shall not exceed 25K with the ambient temperature at 40oC. Under
normal operating condition the electrical circuits and insulation shall not
reach a temperature which might affect the operation of the meter.
E. Electromagnetic compatibility
a) Meter shall meet norms required by IEC 62052 – 11 and IEC 62053 – 21
standards.
b) Immunity to electromagnetic disturbance the meter shall be designed in
such a way that conducted or radiated electromagnetic disturbance as
well as electrostatic discharge do not damage or influence the meter.
c) The meter shall not generate, conduct or radiate noise which could
interfere with other equipment.

2.9.3.19 Sampling Rate and Derivation of Basic Measurable Quantities

The actual supply wave of related voltages and currents shall be sampled out at the
rate of minimum 3000 samples per second and shall provide integrated values of
each actual voltage and current (available on display in push button mode) while
deriving actual basic active (cosine part measurable component) energies (with
respect to relevant voltage wave and current wave) even under presence of
harmonics.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 261 of 483
 The meter shall have internal Real Time Clock with the backup of a Lithium
maintenance free battery. The Real Time Clock shall be based on Quartz crystal
timer so as to make it independent of line frequency variations.

2.9.3.20 Meter's Communication

Meter display should have seven digits (the min size of each digit 5×10 mm) and
view angle of 15º upward directions and 60º in other directions. Ability to display all
measured quantities or desired quantity automatically or scrolling through the button
on the meter as follows:
 Active and Reactive energy in each tariff
 Current tariff
 Max. Demand in each tariff and also the highest Max. Demand with exact
time & date
 Time
 Serial number
 The number of voltage cut off and reverse energy
 Bidder contactor's status
 All parts of item 3 (including instantaneous quantities and cumulative energy
values and also maximum demand in all tariffs with time & date indication).

Meter should have capability of display and record of Max. Demand with ability of
configuration of Max. Demand time interval calculation. Max. Demand should be
measured at least in three integer and two decimal digit
 Meter should have optical port with baud rate of 1200 - 9600 bps for local read
 RF communication port to fulfil AMI system requirements (this port should be
physically accessible for authorized person).
 This port should be screw terminal type and should be easily installed &
marked properly, and also wires should not be contacted directly to this port
by screw.
 Communication protocol should be according to DLMS/COSEM

2.9.3.21 Anti-Tampering:

 The meter shall continue recording energy under any temper condition and would
log the event and send alarm at Head End System after detection of the defined
theft features as per relevant IEC standards.
 Meter should detect and record physical tamper attempts (fraud and violation)
and inform the central system through communication port. Some of these
tamper attempts are as follows:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 262 of 483
  Big Magnetic field(lower than 0.5mT meter accuracy class should not effected
and bigger than 0.5mT should be recorded as tamper, Meters should not be
failed to magnetic fields up to 200mT)
 Terminal and Meter cover removal
 Partial earthing
 Inverse current
 Changing of input phase & Neutral
 Meter should record following events with their exact time & date and it should be
possible to read them remotely;
 Magnetic Tamper
 Meter cover removal
 Energy inverse
 meter turn off (power disconnection)
 remote connect/disconnect order
 comms removal event
 Meter reprogramming
 Tariff change
 Time & Date change
 Meter should have software serial number which is located in internal memory of
meter and should be completely protected by meter
 Stored programs and registers should have Full tamper and fraud protection.

2.9.3.22 Disconnection and Reconnection

a) Disconnection mechanism:
Disconnection switches shall be operated by the meter itself, without any
command from external, in case of over drawl of current, voltage sag and swell,
power factor, temperature and the settings for such operations shall be
configured by the utility from remote. Each operation of the switches shall be
logged by the meter as an event with date and time stamp. The cumulative no.
of such operations shall also be made available.

The disconnection mechanism is as follows:

 The switch re-connection shall be decided by meter locally. It will try to re-
connect the load up to 3 times, with 5 minutes interval.
 If the consumption is still more than the programmed limits, it will lock out
and wait for 30 minutes (lock out period).
 If the consumption is still above the limit, the procedure as defined above
in i) and ii) shall be repeated. The number of re-connection attempts, time
interval between reconnection and lock- out period shall be
programmable by the utility.
b) Reconnection mechanism:
 Reconnection shall normally be done from HES. In case of failure of
communication / HES, reconnection shall be possible through RF
communication. Relay for connect/disconnect shall comply all relevant
requirements of IEC Standards

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 263 of 483
2.9.3.24Time& Date
 The accuracy of meter's clock should be 0.5 second per day in 23ºc degree and
0.15 second change against 1ºc change per day as per IEC 62054-21.

2.9.3.25Communication Module
This Communication Module shall operate on RF Mesh.
a) The meter shall have a provision for an ‘integral modular plug in type’
communication Module for NAN (Neighborhood Area Network) i.e. from Meter to
Data Concentrator Unit/Access point.
b) Support two way communications and support open protocol like DLMS,
COSEM.
c) Communication module shall be plug in type and field replaceable
d) Support internal communication interface for Router/DCU / HES also have port
for local communication. The port for local communication and baud rate shall be
as per relevant clause of IEC standards.
e) Capable to communicate requested data as per programmed interval and shall
support remote configuration including remote firmware upgrade
f) Detect as well as resolve abnormal & tamper events while storing the same with
alert to DPDC personnel.
g) Support remote load management by sending load curtailment signals that can
be direct display/SMS/Web application.
h) Meters should provide on-site communications indication with the AMI network.
Shall support self-discovery and self-registry functionality with AMI system.
i) Meter/AMI system shall support On-Demand remote polling of the meter to
determine whether the supply is open or closed/whether meter is energized or
not. The meter shall provide clear local visual indication of the status
(open/closed) of the supply, consumption, last bill details.
j) The communication part of the meter is designed so as to enable simultaneous
communication of the meter through all meter interfaces, without their mutual
interference, and particularly without any effect on the metering part of the meter.
k) Communication module shall not logically depend on the meter i.e. replacement
of old and installation of new communication module is reduced to simple
physical replacement, while software in the concentrator/AMCC Centre performs
logic replacement.
l) Direct connection with laptop when necessary to access the meter/meter
parameters directly.
m) The meter shall have facilities for data transfer locally through CMRl (Using
Optical port) and remotely by RF I RF Mesh with proper security via Plug in type

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 264 of 483
 NIC. Communication ports shall not be affected by any type of injection
/unauthenticated signals and having proper sealing arrangement.
n) The bidder shall supply software required for local windows based (CMRI) &
remote (AMI) connectivity including required training to use the software free of
cost. Bidder shall provide the communication protocol I APls for communication
with meter

2.9.3.26 Battery: Shall be Non rechargeable Lithium Ion with guaranteed life of meter

2.9.3.27 Connection Diagrams, Phase Sequence and Terminal Marking

Every meter shall be indelibly marked with a diagram of connections and this
diagram shall also show the sequence for which the meter is intended,
permanently pasted (manufactured from good quality plastic sticker material) on
the inside of the extended transparent terminal cover.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 265 of 483
 Meter Specification
Three Phase Whole current
Smart energy meter
10-100A

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 266 of 483
2.10 Three PhaseSmart Prepaid Meter

2.10.1 General Overview

This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing and supply of static single-
phase direct connected pre-payment energy meters of accuracy Class 1.
2.10.2 Functional Specifications of Smart Meter
The meters shall be compatible for two-way communication between Smart energy
meter and Head End System (HES) to enable remote reading, monitoring & control
of all electrical energy meters in the organization.

ID Requirement Description

1.0 Meter Features

Meter should record billing, load survey, event &
1.1 Meter DataRecord
tampers, instantaneous and demand parameters
Inbuilt permanent non-volatile memory to store all
1.2 Inbuilt Memory relevant meter data, events for a minimum of 180
days.
Support remote load management by sending load
1.3 Load Limit curtailment signals that can be via HES (Web
application)
Data Compatible store and be capable to communicate
1.4
Communication requested data as per programmed interval
Detection, Notification, Resolve abnormal & tamper
Temper
1.5 events and store the same with alert to DPDC
Detection
personnel.
Configuration Flexible configurations to support customized needs
1.6
Flexibility like load profile, time of use, demand metering.
a) Multiple energy profile recording Tariff-based
b) Full quadrant energy measurement
(import/export,lead/lag)
c) Net or gross measurement
d) Energy measurement inclusive of harmonic
content
1.7 Basic Features
e) Configurable event logging and Tamper detection
f) load control configuration
g) Programmability and Reset Capability. The meter
should have automatic, remote/ programming
reset function to record the monthly energy

Meters should provide on-site indication of

Communication
1.8 communications preferable on meter display with the
Indication
AMI network so that a technician servicing a meter

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 267 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
can determine communications success with the AMI
network
Meters shall have self-discovery and self-registry
Self-discovery
functionality to allow the AMI system to detect and
1.9 and Self registry
register the meter within 60 minutes of meter
functionality
connection and establishment of communication
The meter shall have a test output accessible from
the front and be capable of being monitored with
suitable testing equipment. The operation indicator
must be visible from the front. Test output device shall
be provided in the form of LED output device for kwh
1.10 Test Output
and KVArh measurement. The relation between test
outputs shall comply with the marking on the name
plate or with theindication on display if so provided in
addition to details on name plate I.e. pulse per KWh /
KVArh.
The meters shall have the following additional salient
features:-
• The meter shall have provision to read/display
meter parameter in the absence of power
• The meter shall work accurately irrespective of
phase sequence of the mains supply.
• The meter shall remain powered up and functional
in presence of any two wires in three phase meter.
1.11 Salient Features • The meter shall continue to record accurately as
per prevailing electrical conditions even if the
neutral of supply gets disconnected only for three
phase meter.
• The meter shall record correct energy in case of
current reversal of one or more phase.
• The meter should be programmed for both KVA
MD and KW MD.
The meter shall be capable of performing complete
self-diagnostic check to monitor the circuits for any
malfunctioning to ensure integrity of date memory
location all the time. The meter shall provide
informationfor unsatisfactory/non-functioning/
Self-Diagnostic malfunctioning of the following:-
1.12 • Time and date
Feature:
• All display segments as per the requirement
• Real Time Clock (RTC)
• Non Volatile Memory (NVM)
If possible, the details of malfunctioning shall be
recorded in the meter memory and alarm for this to be
sent to HES.
2.0 Load Control : Disconnection and reconnection

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 268 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
Disconnect
All meters shall have a supply Disconnect /Reconnect
2.1 /Reconnect
relay for R,Y and B phase.
switch
Remote Disconnect The AMI system shall support remote disconnect/
2.2 /Reconnect reconnect of customer supply only via Meters internal
inbuilt relay.
When the AMI meter performs a disconnect
Disconnect
2.3 operation, then outgoing power circuits from the meter
Supply
for all phase/ shall be disconnected/cut-off.
To confirm the current state of a meter, the AMI
system shall support "On-Demand" remote polling of
Connection the meter to determine whether the supply is open or
2.4 closed/whether meter is energized or not. The meter
status of meter
shall provide clear local visual indication i.e LED for
the status (open/closed) of the Supply contactor,
consumption, last bill details.
Disconnection of phase/neutral shall be performed in
case of following:
 Over current
Phase
2.5  Over load
Disconnection
 Disconnect signal from utility
 Low balance (if consumer avail this functionality;
command to be issued by MDM/system)
Remotely Load Control limit in kW (i.e. consumer sanctioned
2.6
programmable load) shall be remotely programmable.
Change mode Should provide remote switching from prepayment to
2.7
of Payment credit mode and vice versa
Enable Remote Remote reconnection shall be enabled via push
2.8
reconnection button and through over the air command from HES.
The meter shall be capable of automatically
Automatic
disconnect the supply when a decision to
2.9 Connection /
disconnection is made and reconnect automatically
Disconnection
when a decision in that effect is made.
Special Event Log records entries for at least 10
previous disconnections, i.e. reconnections of the
2.10 Event Log
switching module, with the time stamp and switching
module status shall be provided.
Meters shall have self-discovery and self-registry
Self-discovery
functionality to allow the AMI system to detect and
2.11 and self-registry
register the meter within 60 minutes of meter
functionality
connection and establishment of communication.
Meters shall have provision to display the indication
Connect/Disconnect for Connect/Disconnect:
2.12
Indication • Status of Relay – i.e. Connected / Disconnected
should be available on display as well as through

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 269 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
communication.
• Connection and Disconnection should also be
logged as events. Such minimum twenty events
should be recorded.
It should be possible to program the
parameterslimits/values from remote through
Programmability sufficiently adequate security mechanism. Once
2.13 programmed it will be possible for the programmed
Security
parameters to come into effect from a certain date &
time. Meteorology under such condition must remain
intact and shall not be upgradable from remote
The meter shall have provision to configure the load
limits well in advance from remote with the help of
software i.e. HES/MDM for demand side
Demand Side
2.14 management. The meter will disconnect if the limit is
management
crossed and reconnect as perdisconnection and
reconnection mechanism specified in subsequent
clauses, if the load is dropped below the limit.
Meter shall support for reading of meter data on
Reading
2.15 predefine frequency and it should be configurable. On
Frequency
demand meter reading facility shall also be available.
Meter shall have RTC with 20 years calendar
RTC and time
2.16 programmed in the memory and provision for time
synchronization
synchronization.
3.0 Tariff and TOU Programming
Remotely The tariff and TOU implementation shall be remotely
3.1
Configurable configurable and robust to communication failures.
Total energy register of kWh data shall be separately
3.2 Tariff Store
stored for each tariff (upto 8 tariff).
At least 4 seasons shall be definable and
3.3 Tariff Seasons configurable. Only one season and one tariff shall be
in operation during any time.
Tariff Register Local tariff register management shall be realized via
3.4 internal clock. Tariff programmed shall anticipate the
Management
possibility of defining four different days
4.0 Meter Data Storage
Meter Internal All meters shall utilize non-volatile memory for storing
4.1
Memory and retaining meter data
Data storage shall be sufficient to provide redundancy
for at least 180 days of at least two channels of data
4.2 Data Storage Monthly energy consumption (under different TOUs,
import/export) and the energy, maximum demand per
month for one year, load profile data for 180 days.
4.3 Data Security Meter data shall be retained without loss or
degradation without power via local communication

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 270 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
port
Meter data shall be manually retrievable without
4.4 Data Retrieve
having to remove a meter cover
Meter shall be capable of retaining data store in its
memory at all the time even under a loss of power. It
Data shall be possible to query historical readings manually
4.5
Download and locally and shall be able to download the same
for analysis purpose. Meter data shall be manually
retrievable without having to remove a meter cover.
Meters shall have metering integrity violation (meter
cover opening, parameter change, strong magnetic
field impact on the meter etc.)recording and signaling
4.6 Meter Integrity
function. For each of the indicated events, Event Log
shall make a record with a time stamp when this
event occurred, for each of the indicated events.
5.0 Event Log
Meter memorizes events related to metering,
5.1 Meter Event adjustment and handling into the special memory
registers (organized under FIFO principle).
A record in the memory is generated for each event
memorizing the type of event, time stamp and meter
5.2 Record of event
status when the event occurred. Meter registers at
least 500 events.
Event coding as well as the type of events entered in
the Event Log should be organized under the
5.3 Event security
recommendations given inDLMS/COSEM. Event Log
is not erasable via any external intervention.
Meter shall record events related to electricity quality,
metering integrity, consumption management, etc. in
5.4 Special Event
the event log. Software shall be capable of
distinguishing special events
Supply Meter to be registered the number and total duration
5.5 Interruption of supply interruptions. Time duration for recording of
Registration power off event shall be configurable.
6.0 Self-Check
The purpose of this function is to verify proper
Verify Meter execution of basic meter functions. Meter performs
6.1
Function self-check during network connection, i.e. after every
supply restoration (power up).
Meter will during application of new firmware perform
self-check. Results of this self-check will be available
6.2 Firmware Update
on the meter (remotely). New firmware upgrade in the
meter may be done remotely only.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 271 of 483
 ID Requirement Description

7.0 Meter Firmware Upgrade

Meter shall support firmware upgrade option.
Firmware upgrade option in the meter is realized not
to alter in any way the metering characteristics
(metrology) of the meter, data memorized in the meter
7.1 Firmware Upgrade
(metering data, statuses, etc.) Configuration
parameters or operational parameters of the meter all
these data remain unchanged even after firmware
upgrade.
Meter will after receiving the new firmware verify its
compatibility in case that verification does not end
Firmware positively, new firmware will not be executed. Meter
7.2
Compatibility willrecord time and data of new firmware receipt in the
Event Log, as well as time and date of new firmware
application.
Meter is connected via internal communication
module with corresponding software module in the
head-end system for installation of the new firmware
on the meter. Head-end system role may be taken
over by the concentrators. Meter should have
separate memory to store the new firmware as image
file and upgrade the firmware on defined date/time. If
Remote for some reasonfirmware upgrade was not completed
7.3 Firmware successfully, there is a procedure to restore
Upgrade automatically the original (previous version) firmware.
Event Log shall record all actions. The meter shall be
capable of remotely upgrading the firmware if DPDC
wants to enable and disable pre-payment
functionality.
Enable and disable pre-payment functionality shall be
part of meter configuration; firmware upgrade shall
not be required for such configuration.
8.0 Quantities To Be Measured, Monitored AndMemorized
The meter shall be capable of measuring, monitoring
and storing in the memory minimum four (4) register
with 4 zones of time of day electrical quantities for
pre-specified
 Active energy: Absolute Cumulative kWh energy.
Measureable  Reactive energy: Cumulative KVARH lagging with
8.1 respect to Active energy.
Quantity
 Apparent energy: Cumulative Absolute KVAH
derived vector ally from lagging Reactive and
Active energy.
 Maximum Demand: Highest Active MD, KW
demand established after last Reset.
 High resolution mode for KWH, KVAH, KVARH

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 272 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
(LAG).
The meter shall have 3 modes for display:
i. Mode-1 – (Main auto Mode) This mode shall
display billing and tamper parameters.
ii. Mode-2-(Push mode)This mode shall display
8.2 Mode for display: observation parameters like TOD zone wise
energies, MD, etc.
iii. Mode-3-This mode shall display high precision
readings of energy for accuracy testing at site.
Parameters to be finalized by DPDC.
The meter shall keep following quantities recorded
andmemorized in its Non Volatile memory chip
forever, sothat in event of failure/damage of the meter
the lastreading of billing quantities would not be lost.
 Cumulative energies from the date of installation.
Monitor  Cumulative KWH energy to the consumer.
8.3 &Memorisable  Cumulative KVARH lag (With respect to export
KWH) and Cumulative KVARH lead (With respect
Quantities to KWH) both separately with identification.
 Cumulative KVAH energy derived from Vectorial
summation of Active and Reactive energy.
 MD for last power on.
Billing parameters of 12 billing cycles shall be
recorded inmeter memory on FIFO principle.
9.0 Last Gasp Outage Alert
Smart meter shall have functionality that when power
goes out the individual end point (other end points
Power Outage and network alive) shall send a power outage
9.1
notification message to HES which shall be populated on outage
map of HES. This functionality shall help utility to
identify the power outages on real time basis.
10.0 Security and Tampering
Meter shall verify its firmware at power-on and prior to
Firmware activation of the firmware. It shall provide tampering
10.1
Verification protection for main and cover open and shall provide
magnetic field detection monitoring.
For the purpose of data security, locally accessed
Access data have to be protected by access right verification
10.2
Verification with at least three access levels and transferred data
encryption.
The security of data communicated between the
Encryption and
meter (server) and the client after establishment of
10.3 authentication for
the Application Association is to be handled by the
data transport
following settings for the associations that are

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 273 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
required to support the Advanced Security Profile
1) “Logical Name with Ciphering”. This is to be done
during Application Association establishment use
of “AES-GCM-128 for encryption and
authentication and AES-128 for key-wrapping
Minimum of total five hundred (500) events
(occurrence and restoration) of all types of tamper
with date and time shall be available in the meter
memory on first in, first out basis. Compartments, if
10.4 Temper Events any may be clearly indicated in the bid. Snap Shots
should be available (numerical values) of voltage,
current, power factor and energy (kWh) readings as
well as the date and time of logging of the occurrence
and restoration of tamper events.
The tamper events shall be recorded in sequence
manner in FIFO/Roll Over basis. Any occurrence
event and restoration event shall be treated as
separate events as per DLMS. The total number of
tamper counts shall also be provided on the meter
Temper
10.5 display as well as at the BCS end.
Sequence
Cover Open Event, Magnetic these events shall be
pushed to HES immediately. Interference shall be
communicated back to HES as and when they occur.
These tamper events shall be sent as an alarm to the
HES/MDM which shall store the same in its database.
The tamper persistence time for logging/ registration
10.6 Temper Time of an occurrence and restoration of tamper shall be as
per mutually agreed between DPDC and bidder which
can be decided during bid finalization.
11.0 Sealing Of The Meter
Reliable sealing arrangement shall be provided to
make the meter tamper proof and to avoid fiddling or
tampering by unauthorized persons.
Seal For this, at least one (1) Nos. manufacturer’s seals
11.1
Arrangement on meter body, 2 No. Twist Tight seal arrangement on
meter terminal cover, one (1) No. seal on
communication port and one (1) No. seal on RF
comms chamber shall be provided in front side.
The bidder shall have to provide two polycarbonate
Plastic seals on the meter body of each meter before
polycarbonate
11.2 dispatch of the meter. The plastic seal shall have
Plastic seals
embossing of the Bidder’s logo on one side of seal &
DPDC Logo& SR.NO. ofseal on other side of seal. 6

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 274 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
Digits Sr. No of seal is to beprovided on both male &
female part of the seal.
12.0 Display Of Meter Values
The measured value(s) shall be displayed on seven
segment, seven dig it Liquid crystal Display LED /
Display
12.1 (LCD) display with backlit unit, having minimum
Character
character heightof 10 mm. Good quality display shall
be used to enable correct reading even from distance.
The data shall be stored in nonvolatile memory. The
12.2 Data Retain nonvolatile memory shall retain data for a period of
not less than 10 years under unpowered condition.
It shall be possible to easily identify the displayed
Parameter
12.3 parameters through symbols / legend on the meter
Symbol
display itself.
In case of multiple values presented by a single
Display display, it shall be possible to identify each displayed
12.4
Multiple values value/ parameter through separate symbol/legend to
be made available on the display itself.
Persistence Persistence time for each parameter shall be factory
12.5
Time configurable. Default 10 second.
In addition to providing serial number of the meter
preferably on the display or on the meter name plate,
Meter Serial
12.6 the meter serial number shall also be programmed
Number
into meter memory for identification through
CMRI/meter reading print out.
13.0 Maximum Demand
The meter shall monitor and calculate the average
demand in KW/KVAestablished during pre-specified
integration period set and record/display the
Maximum maximum registered value and the same shallbe
13.1 Demand (MD) stored along with date and time when it occurred in
Registration the meter memory.
The integration period shall of be 15 minutes and it
should be programmable with due authentication.MD
should available also for TOD.
Maximum Automatic resetting at the end of pre-specified date of
13.2 Demand every calendar month (e.g. 00.00 hours on First day
Reset of every month).
A provision for revising the resetting cycle for
MD reset
13.3 modifying the date and time of automatic resetting
authentication
through HES or via RF communication.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 275 of 483
 ID Requirement Description
In all the MD resets, Nos. of counts shall increase on
13.4 MD count
every reset.
14.0 Load Survey Capability:
Meter shall record load survey of minimum 180 days
for average voltage, average current, avg pf, for all
phases and block KWh, block KVARh reading.
Load Survey
14.1 Average demand derived by software in KW with
Storage
integration period of 15 minutes. It shall be possible to
select either demand or energy view at the MDM end.
Load survey parameters shall be field programmable.
The load survey data shall be available in the form of
bar charts as well as in spread sheets. The system
(MDM) shall have the facility to give complete load
survey data both in numeric and graphic form. The
Load Survey load survey data must be available in FIFO manner
14.2
Display (First In First Out). The load survey data is only for
power on days. For billing point of view last twelve
reset back up is required for various energy &
demand parameters with TOU and average power
factor.

2.10.3 Technical Specifications for Three Phase Smart Meter

Technical specifications of smart meter covers the design, manufacture, assembly,

inspection, testing at manufacturer work before dispatch, supply and delivery at site
for destination in single phase whole current electronic meter of Class 1.0 accuracy
for current range of 10-100 Amps for tariff purpose along with other associated
component as per requirement given in specification which is based on regulations
on Installation and Operation of meters. This specification also covers load control
with connection and disconnection through relay facility.

It is not the intent to specify completely herein all the details of the design and
construction of meter. The meter shall, however, conform in all respects to high
standards of engineering, design and workmanship and shall be capable of
performing for continuous commercial operation in a manner acceptable to the
purchaser, who will interpret the meanings of drawings and specification and shall
have the power to reject the meter which is not in accordance therewith. The offered
meter shall be complete with all accessories, hardware, software andcomponents
necessary for their effective and trouble free operation. Such components shall
bedeemed to be within the scope of Bidder's supply irrespective of whether those are
specifically brought out in this specification and/or the commercial order or not.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 276 of 483
 Bidder should follow the international metering standards IEC 62052/IEC 62053 and
ensue for availability of following technical specifications.
• However accuracy class for three phase whole current meters shall be Class 1
for Active Energy (kWh) and Class 2 for reactive Energy (kVArh).
• The meter shall operate with specified accuracy for power factors in the full range
of all quadrants.
• The meter shall be of the surface mounting type and shall have terminals at the
bottom.
• The meter shall record the consumption accurately irrespective of the phase
sequence of supply.
• Meter shall have minimum 10years of life span and it shall operate within the
stipulated error limits for full life span without any recalibration.
• The meter shall also be capable to withstand and shall not get damaged if phase
to phase voltage is applied between phases to neutral.
• Starting current should be equal to or less than 0.4% of basic current
• Power consumption should not be more than 7W during communication through
in-built communication card.
• Meter should have the capability of neutral current measurement
• Measuring quantity for energy should have resolutions of Min 0.001 kWh for
Active Energy and Min 0.001 kVarh for Reactive Energy.

When the equipment offered by the bidder conforms to standards other than those
specified above, salient points of difference between standards adopted and the
standards specified in this specification shall be clearly brought out in the relevant
schedule.
2.10.3.1Applicable Standards
Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in this specification, the performance and
testing of the meters shall conform to the following National/International Standards
and all related National /International standards to be read with up To-date and latest
amendments/revisions thereof.
Smart meter shall be in accordance with the standards specified below or later
editions and/or amendments thereof. The electricity meters shall conform to all
appropriate IEC standards including, but not limited to, the following:

 IEC 62052-11 – Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) – General Requirements,

tests and test conditions Meter – Part 11 Metering Equipment
 IEC 62053-21 - Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - Particular requirements -
Part 21: Static meters for active energy (classes 1 and 2)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 277 of 483
  IEC 62052-31 - Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) – General requirements,
tests and test conditions – Part 31: Product safety requirements and tests
 IEC 62056-21 - Electricity metering – Data exchange for meter reading, tariff and
load control – Part 21: Direct local data exchange
 IEC 62053-21 - Power consumption, voltage requirements, accuracy and local
interface
 IEC 62053-61 - Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - Particular requirements –
Part 61:Power consumption and voltage requirements
 IEC 62056 Electricity metering – Data exchange for meter reading, tariff and load
control Parts 42,46,47,53,61,62
 IEC 62058-11 - Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - Acceptance inspection -
Part 11: General acceptance inspection methods
 IEC 62058-31 - Electricity metering equipment (a.c.) - Acceptance inspection -
Part 31: Particular requirements for static meters for active energy (classes 0,2
S, 0,5 S, 1 and 2)
 Degree of protection IP 51
In the event any other equivalent standards are used the English language copies of
such standards shall accompany the tender. Failure to provide them shall make the
offer rejected by the purchaser.

2.10.3.2Meter Type

For the purpose three types of meter are considered as follows:

Meter type Communication Module Relay
Three phase Direct Current RF Yes

 The supplied smart meter shall be designed with a provision to supply

appropriate power for energization of RF Mesh NIC.
 The supplied smart meter shall support all mentioned functionality of the bid
documentincluding data exchange on both communication technology. Any
Programming and firmware upgrade shall be done through RF communication
only.The supplied smart meter shall support all mentioned functionality of the bid
document including data exchange, firmware update, tariff changes etc. on both
communication technology.

Electrical Requirements

For Single Phase Energy Meter

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 278 of 483
  Rated voltage for three phase meter 415V.(3P 4W)
 Voltage Variation range: -30% to +30%
 Rated current for three phase mater is 100 Amps (Three phase), IMAX =
120%Ib, Starting Current = 0.4%Ib.
 Continuous current rating (Amp.) for three phase meters is 100amp. Rated
frequency: 50
Hz with +/- 5%.
 Power Factor : 0 Lag – Unity – 0 Lead

2.10.3.3 Data Display Facility (Auto/Manual)

Data Display shall be in three modes-

 Auto Scroll
 Scroll with Push Button
 High Resolution (Shall display energy values with resolution of 2 digits before
decimal and 3 digits after decimal in push button mode)

a) Data Display order for three phase meter (Whole Current): Auto Scroll
shall be finalized at the time of design approval.

Scroll with Push-button: shall be finalized at the time of design approval.

The meter’s display should return to default display mode (continues auto
scroll) if push button is not operated for more than 10 seconds. (The order of
display shall be as per the requirement of DPDC). In case of power failure,
the meter should display above parameters with push button

2.10.3.4 Power Consumption

Power consumption should not be more than 7W during communication through

in-built communication card.

2.10.3.5Accuracy Requirements
a) The percentage errors shall not exceed the limits for the relevant accuracy
class given in Table 6 of IEC 62053-21.
b) Limits of error due to current and other influencing factors. The additional
percentage error due to the change influencing factors shall not exceed the
limit for the reference accuracy class given in Table 8 of IEC 62053-21.
c) Starting and running with no-load
d) The meter shall be fully functional within 5 seconds after a voltage is applied
to the meter terminals. When a voltage is applied with no current flowing in
the current circuit the test output of the meter shall not produce more than
one pulse.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 279 of 483
 e) The meter shall start and continue to register at current shown in Table 9 of
IEC 62053-21.

2.10.3.6Active Energy

a) Meter measures, registers and displays active energy within rated accuracy
class range. Meter measures total active energy as per IEC 62056-61
b) Presentation of these values on the display is programmable.

2.10.3.7 Maximum Power

a) Meter measures, registers and displays maximum mean active power under all
tariffs as per IEC 62056-61
b) Power integration period is initially 15 minutes.
c) This value is programmable with the following values: 15 and 30 minutes and
display of this value is easily accessible under manual display operation regime
and remotely. Manual reset is not possible.

2.10.3.8 Current Active and Reactive Power

Meter measures and displays current active and reactive power separately in all four
quadrants

2.10.3.9 Voltage Metering (Electricity metering Quality)

Meter measures and displays effective voltage value on request.

2.10.3.10Voltage Variation
If voltage difference between any two phase is less than 10% if reference voltage
then meter should record a voltage unbalance tamper.

2.10.3.11 Under and Over Voltage

Under and Over Voltages Meter registers under-voltage/overvoltage occurrence
event and termination of the latter. Events are entered into a voltage compartment)
with the date/time of event, with the capacity of at least 100 entries. Under-voltage
and overvoltage thresholds may be adjusted.
2.10.3.12 Current Metering
Meter shall measure and displays phase wise current and neutral current value on
request.
2.10.3.13 Phase Presence

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 280 of 483
 a) Meter shall display phase voltage presence on the connected conductor. Phase
display function provides information on phase presence.
2.10.3.14 Time and Date
a) Meter displays time and date from internal clock controlled by a quartz crystal
oscillator.
b) It should operate with accuracy as specified in IEC 62052-21. The nominal
clock resetting function should be there (but be independent from all
functionality of the meter).
2.10.3.15 Battery backup as redundant power source
a) The meter shall have built in battery as redundant power source. It shall be a
long-lifetime super lithium battery catering to power down protection of clock,
data and settings.
b) The life time of the battery shall be such that it performs evenly throughout
the full life span of the meter under normal usage.
c) The Battery should be capable of self-sustaining its original condition for
guaranteed life of meter.

2.10.3.16 Display
a) Meter shall be provided with a user friendly display of information with easy
navigation through displayed information. Presentation of metered values and
characteristic codes shall be easily readable even in badly lit environment, as
well as under direct lighting.
b) Presentation of metered values covers minimum 7 (Seven) digits, while there
is minimum 6 (six) whole digits, and minimum 1 (one) decimal digits. 7
segment Digits shall have minimum 10 mm height and 5 mm width.
c) In case of wrong energy flow direction detection, Current reversal symbol
shall blink
d) LC display operates in automatic, manual and self-check display regime.
Transition between automatic and manual display operation regime is
executed in a simple manner, e.g. by pressing the key/keys. Default display
regime is automatic to which the display returns from manual display after
corresponding idle period (keys are not pressed), which is factory
programmable.
e) Display period should be programmable which will be applicable for all auto
mode parameters and between 5 to 20 sec. Values presented on LC display,
their sequence and number shall be changeable (programmable)..
f) Under manual display current power, voltage, current, etc.shall be displayed
as per DPDC requirement. Values displayed in the standard data menu, their
sequence and number shall be changeable (factory programmable) and
independent from the setting for automatic display regime.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 281 of 483
 g) Self-check display regime is realized to visually verify the accuracy of symbol
and character display on it (verification of proper operation of all LC display
elements), as well as basic meter functions.
2.10.3.17 Keys
Meter shall have at least two buttons for up and down scrolling of parameters.
Keys enablemenu scrolling functions, selection of desired menu, return to the
previous menu level, andreturn to automatic operation regime.

2.10.3.18 Impulse (Test)

Terminals Meter shall have an optical impulse output, via red LED diode.
Characteristics of impulse terminals of the meter are realized according to the
standard IEC 62053 – 31. Meter constant shall be 2000/4000 impulses per kWh.

2.10.3.19 Performance characteristics

The performance characteristics of the meters are specified as below. These
characteristics shall be achieved and shall have upper and lower limits of
acceptable operation. The Bidder shall provide the performance characteristics of
his proposed meter and consider the following data as a maximum.
S. No Feature No of retries Latency
Local meter reading of 3 months of Load
1 2 10 min
Profile data

2.10.3.20Meters RAM Requirements

 RAM requirements
The Bidder is required to provide with meters with the following RAM properties:
a) Reliability
b) Operational TTF (time to first failure): At least 10 years.
c) Operational service life time: At least 10 years, without the need for
maintenance or recalibration.
d) Maintainability – The meter will be “preventive maintenance” free for its
entire life length.

2.10.3.21 Climatic Conditions

The meter supplied against this specification shall be suitable for the satisfactory
continuous operation under the tropical conditions. Meters shall be capable of
maintaining required accuracy under hot tropical and dusty climate.
The meter shall meet Dry Heat/Cold/Damp heat cycle test requirement as per
relevant IEC compliances.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 282 of 483
2.10.3.22 Mechanical and Constructional Requirements
 The Meters shall be of rugged construction to ensure reliable operation. The
meter shall have an insulated case which shall be sealed in such a way that the
internal parts of the meter are not accessible to unauthorized persons.
 Meter shall be designed and constructed in such a way so as to avoid causing
any danger during use and under normal conditions. However, the following
shall be ensured:
v. Personal safety against electric shock
vi. Personal safety against effects of excessive temperature
vii. Protection against spread of fire
viii. Protection against penetration of solid objects, dust and water
 All meter housing parts, including the terminal shall be made of material
resistant to mechanical impact, humidity, UV radiation and self-quenching
characteristics in accordance with the requirements indicated by IEC 62052–11
standard.
 The meter shall be designed and manufactured using SMT (Surface Mount
Technology) components.
 All insulating material used in the construction of meter shall be non-hygroscopic,
non-ageing and of tested quality to ensure higher reliability, longer life and
sustained accuracy. All parts that are likely to develop corrosion shall be
effectively protected against corrosion by providing suitable protective coating.
 The meter shall have an operation indication device such as a blinking LED /
LCD given type indication. The operation indicator shall be visible from the front
window and capable of being monitored conveniently with suitable testing
equipment.
 The meter shall conform to the degree of protection IP51 of IEC529 for
protection against ingress of dust, moisture and vermin.
 The meter shall be supplied with a transparent extended terminal block cover
(ETBC).
 The meter base shall be manufactured from high quality industrial grade
material viz. Polycarbonate with 10 % glass filled which shall meet mention
properties to ensure higher reliability and long life of the meter case.
 Meter's case material should be polycarbonate and it should be fire, heat and
ultra violet radiation resistant as per IEC62052-11.
 All parts of the meter should be resisted against mechanical stroke and shake
during the transportation as per IEC62052-11.
 The meter base, terminal compartment, meter cover and terminal cover shall be
of high grade non-hygroscopic, fire retardant, low tracking fire resistant,
reinforced poly-carbonate or equivalent high grade engineering plastic which
shall form an extension of the meter case and shall have terminal holes and
shall be of sufficient size to accommodate the insulated conductors & meeting
the requirement of IEC standards.
 The meter cover shall be made of clear polycarbonate or transparent
thermoplastic material and shall be one integral unit. The terminal cover shall be

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 283 of 483
 transparent and extended type with provision to seal and should have separate
seals.
 The wiring terminals shall be protected by a sealable terminal cover and the
terminal cover shall be made of an insulating material.
 The terminal covers shall be of extended type with easily breakable knockouts.
Provision shall be made to seal the meter cover and terminal cover separately.
 No permanent deformation of the case is allowed for life time period of 10 years.
Meter case material should not deteriorate over the guaranteed life span of the
meter. UV protected materials should be used.
 The meter cover and base shall be suitably shielded with metallic material so as
to protect the meter from adverse effect of AC/DC Abnormal external magnetic
field.
 The terminal block, the ETBC meter cover and meter base shall ensure
reasonable safety against the spread of fire. They shall not be ignited by thermic
overload of live parts in contact with them.
 The terminals shall have suitable construction with barriers and cover to provide
firm and safe connection of current and voltage leads of stranded copper
conductors or copper reducer type terminal ends (thimbles) manner of fixing the
conductors to the terminal block shall ensure adequate and durable contact
such that there is no risk of loosening or undue heating. Screw connections
transmitting contact force and screw fixing which may be loosened and
tightened. Terminals shall be made up of Zinc/nickel coated brass, MS terminals
are not accepted.
 The meter shall be compact in design. The entire design and construction shall
be capable of withstanding stresses likely to occur in actual service and rough
handling during transportation. The meter shall be convenient to transport and
immune to shock and vibration during transportation and handling.
 All parts that are likely to develop corrosion shall be effectively protected against
corrosion. The construction of the meter shall be such as to be sealed
independently and prevent unauthorized tampering.
 The meter shall meet the mechanical requirements as per compliance with IEC
standards.
 Meter shall be break to open; if any attempt is made for cover open then
physical evidence should be available in the meter

A. Test of Mechanical requirements

The Type Test shall be performed at a reference voltage at a reference
frequency of 50Hz. The Type test Certificates shall be submitted in complete
form as furnished by the testing Authority. Incomplete Type Test Certificates
of parts of Certificates will not be considered. ((IEC 62052-11)
a) Vibration test
b) Shock test
c) Spring hammer test
d) Tests of protection against penetration of dust and water

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 284 of 483
 e) Test of resistance to heat and fire

B. The Type Test Certificates shall clearly indicate the following;

i. Name, Address and Country of the Testing Authority.
ii. Date of Testing.
iii. Name of Equipment Type Tested.
iv. Number of pages of the Type Test certificates.
v. Manufacturers identify/Catalogue Reference Number etc.
vi. Basic Parameters.
vii. The Standard to which the equipment Type tested.
viii. Comments and Observations of the Testing Authority.
C. Resistance to Heat and Fire
The terminal block, the terminal cover and the meter case shall not ignite by
thermal overload of live parts in contact with them and they shall meet the
tests stipulated in Clause 5.8 of IEC 62052-11
D. Protection against penetration of dust and water
The metering equipment shall be suitable for indoor use and conform to the
degree of protection ofIP51 as per IEC 60529.
E. Influence of supply voltage
a) Voltage Range The normal operating voltage range of the meter shall be
as stipulated in and the permissible error due to voltage variation shall
conform to the table 7 of IEC 62052-11.
b) Voltage dips and short interruptions:
Voltage interruptions shall not produce a change in the register as
stipulated in Clause 7.1.2 of IEC 62052-11. When the voltage is restored,
the meters shall not have suffered degradation of the meteorological
characteristics.
c) Influence of short time over current
The meters shall not be damaged by short time over currents and the
meter shall perform correctly when back to its initial working conditions
and the variation of error shall not exceed the value indicated in Table 3
of IEC 62053-21.
d) Influence of self-heating
The variation of error due to self-heating shall not exceed the value given
in Table 4 of IEC 62053-21.
e) Influence of heating

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 285 of 483
 The temperature rise at any point of the external surface of the meter
shall not exceed 25K with the ambient temperature at 40oC. Under
normal operating condition the electrical circuits and insulation shall not
reach a temperature which might affect the operation of the meter.
F. Electromagnetic compatibility
a) Meter shall meet norms required by IEC 62052 – 11 and IEC 62053
– 21 standards.
b) Immunity to electromagnetic disturbance the meter shall be designed
in such a way that conducted or radiated electromagnetic
disturbance as well as electrostatic discharge do not damage or
influence the meter.
c) The meter shall not generate, conduct or radiate noise which could
interfere with other equipment.

2.10.3.23 Sampling Rate and Derivation of Basic Measurable Quantities

The actual supply wave of related voltages and currents shall be sampled out at the
rate of minimum 4000 samples per second and shall provide integrated values of
each actual voltage and current (available on display in push button mode) while
deriving actual basic active (cosine part measurable component) and reactive (sine
part measurable component) energies (with respect to relevant voltage wave and
current wave) even under presence of harmonics.
The meter shall have internal Real Time Clock with the backup of a Lithium
maintenance free battery of minimum shelf upto guaranteed lige of meter for
operation of the time clock. The Real Time Clock shall be based on Quartz crystal
timer so as to make it independent of line frequency variations.

2.10.3.24 Meter's Communication

Meter display should have seven digits (the min size of each digit 5×10 mm) and
view angle of 15º upward directions and 60º in other directions. Ability to display all
measured quantities or desired quantity automatically or scrolling through the button
on the meter as follows:
 Active and Reactive energy in each tariff
 Current tariff
 Max. Demand in each tariff and also the highest Max. Demand with exact
time & date
 Time
 Serial number
 The number of voltage cut off and reverse energy
 Total tamper count

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 286 of 483
  All parts of item 3 (including instantaneous quantities and cumulative energy
values and also maximum demand in all tariffs with time & date indication).

Meter should have capability of display and record of Max. Demand with ability of
configuration of Max. Demand time interval calculation. Max. Demand should be
measured at least in three integer and two decimal digit
 LCD should display measured items in OBIS codes and relevant standard
symbols.
 Meter should have optical port with baud rate of 1200 - 9600 bps for local read
 RF communication port to fulfil AMI system requirements (this port should be
physically accessible for authorized person).
 Communication protocol should be according to DLMS/COSEM
 OBIS indication according to IEC62056-61.

2.10.3.25 Anti-Tampering:

 The meter shall continue recording energy under any temper condition and would
log the event and send alarm at Head End System after detection of the defined
theft features as per relevant IEC standards.
 Meter should detect and record physical tamper attempts (fraud and violation)
and inform the central system through communication port. Some of these
tamper attempts are as follows:
 Big Magnetic field(lower than 0.5mT meter accuracy class should not effected
and bigger than 0.5mT should be recorded as tamper, Meters should not be
failed to magnetic fields up to 200mT)
 Meter cover open
 Inverse current
 Current Bypass
 Current unbalance
 Over load
 Over current
 Low power factor
 Comms removal tamper
 Neutral disturbance tamper
 Meter should record following events with their exact time & date and it should be
possible to read them remotely;
 Magnetic Tamper
 meter cover open
 energy inverse
 Power Off conditionremote connect/disconnect order
 At least 10 recent meter connect/ disconnect due to load limitation
 Meter reprogramming
 Tariff change
 Time & Date change

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 287 of 483
  Meter should have software serial number which is located in internal memory of
meter and should be completely protected by meter
 Stored programs and registers should have Full tamper and fraud protection.

2.10.3.26 Disconnection and Reconnection

a) Disconnection mechanism:
Disconnection switches shall be operated by the meter itself, without any
command from external, in case of over drawl of current, voltage sag and swell,
power factor, temperature and the settings for such operations shall be
configured by the utility from remote. Each operation of the switches shall be
logged by the meter as an event with date and time stamp.The cumulative no.
of such operations shall also be made available.

The disconnection mechanism is as follows:

 The switch re-connection shall be decided by meter locally. It will try to re-
connect the load up to 3 times, with 5 minutes interval.
 If the consumption is still more than the programmed limits, it will lock out
and wait for 30 minutes (lock out period).
 If the consumption is still above the limit, the procedure as defined above
in i) and ii) shall be repeated. The number of re-connection attempts, time
interval between reconnection and lock- out period shall be
programmable by the utility.
b) Reconnection mechanism:
 Reconnection shall normally be done from HES. In case of failure of
communication / HES, reconnection shall be possible through RF
communication. Relay for connect/disconnect shall comply all relevant
requirements of IEC Standards

2.10.3.28Time& Date
 The accuracy of meter's clock should be 0.5 second per day in 23ºc degree and
0.15 second change against 1ºc change per day as per IEC 62054-21.
 Meter should have Persian calendar including Leap year, Day light saving time,
summer and winter clock and tariffs for normal days, weekend, public holidays.
 Note: Persian calendar should be readable on each meter interface and this
capability should be proved by Bidder on each meter interface. Also testing
method of this capability should be provided by Bidder.

2.10.3.29 Communication Module

This Communication Module shall operate on RF Mesh.
This Communication Module shall operate on RF Mesh.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 288 of 483
 a) The meter shall have a provision for an ‘integral modular plug in type’
communication Module for NAN (Neighborhood Area Network) i.e. from
Meter to Data Concentrator Unit/Access point.
b) Support two way communications and support open protocol like DLMS,
COSEM.
c) Communication module shall be plug in type and field replaceable
d) Support internal communication interface for Router/DCU / HES a and also
have port for local communication. The port for local communication and
baud rate shall be as per relevant clause of IEC standards.
e) Capable to communicate requested data as per programmed interval and
shall support remote configuration including remote firmware upgrade
f) Detect as well as resolve abnormal & tamper events while storing the same
with alert to DPDC personnel.
g) Support remote load management by sending load curtailment signals that
can be direct display/SMS/Web application.
h) Meters should provide on-site communications indication with the AMI
network. Shall support self-discovery and self-registry functionality with AMI
system.
i) Meter/AMI system shall support On-Demand remote polling of the meter to
determine whether the supply is open or closed/whether meter is energized
or not. The meter shall provide clear local visual indication of the status
(open/closed) of the supply, consumption, last bill details.
j) The communication part of the meter is designed so as to enable
simultaneous communication of the meter through all meter interfaces,
without their mutual interference, and particularly without any effect on the
metering part of the meter.
k) Communication module shall not logically depend on the meter i.e.
replacement of old and installation of new communication module is reduced
to simple physical replacement, while software in the concentrator/AMCC
Centre performs logic replacement.
l) Direct connection with laptop when necessary to access the meter/meter
parameters directly.
m) The meter shall have facilities for data transfer locally through CMRl (Using
optical port)and remotely by RF I RF Mesh with proper security via Plug in
type NIC. Communication ports shall not be affected by any type of injection
/unauthenticated signals and having proper sealing arrangement.
n) The bidder shall supply software required for local (CMRI) & remote (AMI)
connectivity including required training to use the software free of cost. Bidder
shall provide the communication protocol I APls for communication with meter

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 289 of 483
2.10.3.30 Connection Diagrams, Phase Sequence and Terminal Marking
Every meter shall be indelibly marked with a diagram of connections and this
diagram shall also show the sequence for which the meter is intended,
permanently pasted (manufactured from good quality plastic sticker material) on
the inside of the extended transparent terminal cover.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 290 of 483
 Design Considerations
For
Proposed Solution

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 291 of 483
3. DESIGN CONSIDERATION FOR PROPOSED SOLUTION
The design considerations for the deployment of proposed IT Infrastructure at the
Data Center and Disaster Recovery Center of DPDC.
1. It is to be emphasized that, DPDC is looking to have a holistic AMI system
implementation and not just the supply of hardware and software. To that end, bill
of material indicated in the Bid Documents are minimum. The bidders are
expected to focus on the objectives of the Project and should consider both
performance and scalability along with SLAs of this project and formulate their
solution offering in a manner that enables achieving those objectives both in letter
as well as in spirit.
2. Bidder shall provide system integration services along with supply, installation and
commissioning of the required hardware, software etc. at the DPDC Data Centre
and Disaster Recovery Centre to deploy the Advance Metering Infrastructure
including the applications and integrate with both Legacy, Internal and external
agencies as specified in the functional scope. Bidder’s scope would include
procurement of Hardware and relevant software licenses, their installation and
commissioning at DPDC’s Data Centre. The following Data Centre services will be
made available to the bidder at the DPDC Data Centre by DPDC:
 RACK Space
 Power and Cooling
 Bandwidth / Internet Connectivity LAN
 Fire prevention
 Physical security surveillance
 Network Operation Centre
 Data Centre facility Maintenance and Support
Bidders are required to visit the DPDC’s Data Centre Site to understand the
deployment scenario along with Physical, Civil Electrical &Cooling Solutions
available to them for the proposed services and understand key requirements and
develop the required solution w.r.t the functional requirements, configuration and
customization specific to DPDC.
3. Bidders are required to consider the proposed services and must consider the key
requirements of DPDC and develop the required solution w.r.t the functional
requirements, configuration and customization specific to DPDC and therefore
bidders would need to develop interfaces to integrate with DPDC’s existing legacy
systems specifically the existing Billing module / system being used at DPDC.
3.1 High Availability, Failover and Load Balancing at the Data Center
The solution shall be hosted in collocation at DC&DR site or at a location approved
by DPDC. The solution tier for critical applications should consist minimum of two
nodes clustered on a fail-over configuration for the critical components like Web,
application & database servers at the Datacenter site. Proposed components shall
have adequate redundancies so as to have no single point of failure for the solution
at the Data Center site. On failure of the primary application server, the ‘failover’

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 292 of 483
 server shall take over the processing. Similarly on failure of a database server, the
other server shall continue seamlessly, thus providing the desired availability.
All network & security equipment / devices shall have the capability to failover to a
redundant or secondary unit upon failure of the primary unit. Likewise, the load on
the primary unit shall be shared with a secondary unit upon the primary unit reaching
its capacity.

3.2 Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery

In case, if primary site / DC fails, the business should continue from DR site.
Connectivity between primary site and DR site should be redundant. In case of
Failures of DC, DR will act as DC. So ever transaction in DC will shift at DR in real
time. Propose AMI system DR will act as passive DC.
Bidders are expected to keep the above issues in mind and propose technically best
alternative to ensure that the system is available for the users in all times by
conceptualizing various scenarios and explaining how their solution addresses all the
possible scenarios. While the Bill of material proposed is the bare minimum required
to be supplied, Bidder should propose additional BOM as may be required to meet
the above objectives.
3.3 Zoned Deployment
The IT Infrastructure will have multiple security layers to secure the infrastructure
from threats. The proposed deployment have different security zones as briefed
below and all zones should have separate firewall in addition to the external
(Perimeter security appliances). The firewall policies should be configured based on
zone based requirements.
i. Militarized security Zone for Production Servers (Database and Application
server Farm (MZ):
Militarize Zone (MZ) will secure host all critical application, Data Base server,
Storage etc. The Zone shall not be accessible from Internet directly. All user
traffic will to enter in this security zone after firewall only. The proposed solution
will have provision of dedicated Internal Firewall to secure the critical production
(Data base and Application) environment.
ii. Demilitarized Security Zone (DMZ) Web server Farm Zone:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 293 of 483
 This security zone will host all servers that can be accessed from external users
after authentication and traffic filtering. This zone shall host the Web servers,
Access control & sign on servers, Antivirus Server etc.
iii. Test, development & Staging zone (TDSZ):
This zone will host all servers required for test and development for applications.
This zone will have limited access and it will not have any direct access to
Production zone (PZ) and the activity shall be monitored.
iv. IT infra management zone:
The technical manpower proposed by Service Provider for DC & DR
infrastructure will use this facility and will be able to access the infrastructure
from this zone only. This can be based at DPDC Head Quarters or DC/ DR site.
Traffic for this zone will be virtually segregated / zoned by firewall.

3.4 Information Security: Log monitoring and correlation

All Servers / sub systems / network devices / appliances as proposed by Service
Provider should have capability and throw logs to the log server. The Logs and
events generated by network & hardware component / devices of the system shall
be monitored. Service Provider must provide a Security information and event
management (SIEM) solution for the same which should be capable to provide
various security alerts, events, logs generated from various IT infrastructure
(Hardware/Software) components. Service Provider would need to ensure the IT
security compliance and therefore monitor the threats/logs generated by various
equipment’s / sub systems.

3.5 Backup and recovery

Data is an asset, just as personnel, physical resources, and financial resources are
assets. Data and information are resources that are extremely valuable for the
organization; hence data management processes must be in place to maintain the
data. Service Provider needs to prepare a backup policy which shall be approved by
DPDC. Service Provider would be required to design detailed backup and recovery
policies which shall be implemented at the time of deployment. The responsibility of
taking backups and testing the backups as per the backup policy shall be of Service
Provider for the entire project period. Service Provider shall ensure that the data is
replicated at the backup site at DR Site. Service Provider shall be responsible for
safe & secure storage of complete data.
3.6 Policy & Documentation
Bidders will have to develop, document and implement the following:
 Data Backup, Archival &Retention Policy
 Security Policy
 Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery Policy

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 294 of 483
 All the policy and procedure which will ensure availability & security at all times,
these policies has to be updated in every six months (twice a year) or as per
requirements of DPDC. Service Provider MUST design and implement the policy
(with DPDC inputs) in compliance to the ISO standards (such as Information
security ISO 27001). Design of Information Security Policy should necessarily
include but not limited to the following policies to ensure IT security in the Smart
Metering System of DPDC:
 IT Risk Management Policy
 Information Classification Policy Access Control Policy
 User ID and Password Management Policy Internet Access Policy
 Asset Management Policy
 Incident Management Policy
 E-mail Security Policy

3.7 Virtualization
Bidders may leverage virtualized deployment and all the Servers must support
virtualization from the day 1. Bidder is requested to propose a deployment strategy
keep in mind both logical &physical segregation of Application, Database & other
services without any overlap and compromising design parameters like High
Availability etc.

3.7.1 Virtualization Design Considerations:

 Bidder should separate and Isolate Management and De - Militarized network
zones.
 Bidder should utilize partition trust zones as: Core application zone, Public
Interface services & Database Zone.
 Bidder must use Harden the virtual Infrastructure according to security best
practices for virtualization and should secure virtual machines like physical
servers (such as Antivirus etc.).
 Bidder should strictly control administrative access (such as Use roles-based
access control to limit administrative capabilities) and enforce separation of
duties.
 Bidder should configure the VM’s with sufficient compute capability, memory &
I/O requirement and each VM should be configured with sufficient cores andRAM.
3.7.2 Scalability
Scalability is the most important aspect of the project as initially the user base is
8,50,000 smart prepaid meters but this shall be scaled up to 2 million smart meters
and cover entire DPDC area. Therefore all the deployment of application should be
considered for entire DPDC for the entire project period. Bidder must factor both
vertical & horizontal scalability in the design and deployment of application.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 295 of 483
3.7.3 Sizing of Hardware
Sizing is the most important aspect of the project as initially the user base is
8,50,000 smart prepaid meters but this shall be scaled up to 2 million smart meters
and cover entire DPDC area. Bidder must size the applications for entire DPDC for
the entire project period. Bidder must propose hardware sizing based on their sizing
of peak load considering 40% concurrency they must highlight all the assumptions
taken in consideration for sizing.

3.7.4 Utilization of Hardware

Bidder should design & Size the hardware to cover entire DPDC for the entire project
period. Bidder must propose hardware sizing considering that Hardware utilization
should never cross 70% at the peak load during the entire project period.

3.8 Licensing
 Bidder shall procure and supply the licensing of required AMI systemsoftware
including Meter Data Management System and Head End System.
 All the licenses shall be procured/supplied in the name of “Dhaka Power
Distribution Company Ltd (DPDC)”. All the licenses shall be owned by DPDC
during the contract and even after the end of “Contract Period”.
 The bidder shall provide license in compliance to the BOM and BOQ
requirements/Number of Consumers /Number of Meters for MDM and Head End
System.
 The purchaser shall be at liberty to deploy the solution anywhere within DPDC.
 The source code of the customized part of the application software will remain
the exclusive property of DPDC, during the contract period even after termination
or expiry of the contract.
 Enterprise wide shall mean Complete DPDC with geographical coverage over
DPDC area.
 DPDC shall have the rights to use all these software to serve consumers within
the organization.
 DPDC want hardware associated with HES and MDM compatible and scalable
with 2 million nodes.
 DPDC will implement 0.85 million meters solution from this project.
 DPDC may implement additional 1.15 million smart meters solution within next 7
years.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 296 of 483
 IT Equipment’s
Specification

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 297 of 483
4.0 IT EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
Instructions for filling the documents
1. The requirements provided are minimum value. It is the responsibility of the
bidder to provide the optimum size of the equipment and its component to
ensure trouble-free and smooth operation after proper study of the system
requirement. The bidder is required to provide necessary design parameter to
prove the requirement.
2. The tenderer may offerother hardware specification or solution on virtual
environment but it must fulfill the minimum hardware specification
requirement mentioned in the document. In this case, the tenderer must
provide detail specification.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 298 of 483
1. Technical Specifications for Application Server/MDM Server/HES Server

Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description

1 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
Processor should be latest generation Intel Platinum
2 Processor series / equivalent AMD Processor. Clock speed
should be minimum 2.5 GHz with 24 Core.

3 Number of Processor 02 (Two) – Option 4 (Four)

Should have minimum 256 GB RDIMM, 2666MT/s,

4 Main Memory
Dual Rank. Expandable up to 3TB

Hot Pluggable Disk Drive

5 RAS Features Redundant Power Supply at server / rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at server level
 4x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-plug Hard Drives
 Integrated RAID controller card with 8GB NV
6 Hard Disks
cache / Flash
 Supported RAID option (RAID 0,1, 5,6,10, 60)

 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig Ethernet ports built-

in.
2x Single port 16Gbps FC card for SAN switch to
7 Network Interface
SAN storage connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should be in redundant
mode
8 I/O ports Please mention the USB, VGA, and Serial port details.
9 PCIe slots Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future expandability
Have to provide all accessories related to servers, like
10 Accessories cable management arms, safety bezel, 2x 10m
multimode LC-LC cables with module.
 The server should support virtualization
technology and a software defined datacenter
network infrastructure
 Server should certified to run minimum of 1,50,000
TPC-H Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H Benchmark
certificate would be considered for same
11 Virtualization
series/model of Server being offered even with
different CPU configuration but meeting or
exceeding the TPC-H numbers
 Form Factor : Rack mountable / Blade (In case
Bidder is offering Blade Server - Blade Chassis
should be Provided by Bidder)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 299 of 483
2. Technical Specifications forDatabase Server

Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description

1 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
2 Country of assemble Please mention
Processor should be latest generation Intel Platinum
3 Processor series / equivalent AMD Processor. Clock speed should
be minimum 2.5 GHz with minimum 24 Core.
4 Number of Processor 02 (Two) – Option 04 (Four)

Should have minimum 512 GB RDIMM, 2666MT/s, Dual

5 Main Memory
Rank. Expandable up to 3TB
Hot Pluggable Disk Drive
6 RAS Features Redundant Power Supply at server / rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at server level
 4x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-plug Hard Drives
 Integrated RAID controller card with 8GB NV cache /
7 Hard Disks
Flash,
 Supported RAID option (RAID 0,1, 5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig Ethernet ports built-in. 
 2x Single port 16Gbps FC card for SAN switch to
8 Network Interface SAN storage connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should be in redundant
mode
9 I/O ports Please mention the USB, VGA, and Serial port details.
10 PCIe slots Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future expandability
Have to provide all accessories related to servers, like
11 Accessories cable management arms, safety bezel, 2x 10m multimode
LC-LC cables with module.
 The server should support virtualization technology
and a software defined datacenter network
infrastructure
 Server should certified to run minimum of 1,50,000
TPC-H Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H Benchmark
certificate would be considered for same
12 Virtualization
series/model of Server being offered even with
different CPU configuration but meeting or exceeding
the TPC-H numbers 
 Form Factor : Rack mountable / Blade (In case
Bidder is offering Blade Server - Blade Chassis
should be Provided by Bidder)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 300 of 483
3. Technical Specifications forWeb/Mail/Antivirus Server
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description
1 Brand Please mention
2 Model Please mention
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
4 Country of assemble Please mention
Processor should be latest generation Intel Platinum
5 Processor series / equivalent AMD Processor. Clock speed
should be minimum 2.5 GHz with minimum 18 Core.
6 Number of Processor 02 (Two)

Should have minimum 256 GB RDIMM, 2666MT/s,

7 Main Memory
Dual Rank. Expandable up to 3TB

Hot Pluggable Disk Drive

8 RAS Features Redundant Power Supply at server / rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at server level
 4x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-plug Hard Drives
 Integrated RAID controller card with 8GB NV
9 Hard Disks
cache / Flash
 Supported RAID option (RAID 0,1, 5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig Ethernet ports
built-in. 
 2x Single port 16Gbps FC card for SAN switch to
10 Network Interface
SAN storage connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should be in redundant
mode
11 I/O ports Please mention the USB, VGA, and Serial port details.
12 PCIe slots Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future expandability
Have to provide all accessories related to servers, like
13 Accessories cable management arms, safety bezel, 2x 10m
multimode LC-LC cables with module.
 The server should support virtualization
technology and a software defined datacenter
network infrastructure
 Server should certified to run minimum of
1,50,000 TPC-H Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H
Benchmark certificate would be considered for
14 Virtualization
same series/model of Server being offered even
with different CPU configuration but meeting or
exceeding the TPC-H numbers 
 Form Factor : Rack mountable / Blade (In case
Bidder is offering Blade Server - Blade Chassis
should be Provided by Bidder)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 301 of 483
4. Technical Specifications forTesting and Development Server

Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description

1 Brand Please mention
2 Model Please mention
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
4 Country of assemble Please mention

Processor should be latest generation Intel Platinum

5 Processor series / equivalent AMD Processor. Clock speed should
be minimum 2.5 GHz with minimum 18 Core.

6 Number of Processor 02 (Two)

Should have minimum 256 GB RDIMM, 2666MT/s, Dual

7 Main Memory
Rank. Expandable up to 3TB

Hot Pluggable Disk Drive

8 RAS Features Redundant Power Supply at server / rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at server level
 4x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-plug Hard Drives
 Integrated RAID controller card with 8GB NV cache /
9 Hard Disks
Flash
 Supported RAID option (RAID 0,1, 5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig Ethernet ports built-in. 
 2x Single port 16Gbps FC card for SAN switch to
10 Network Interface SAN storage connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should be in redundant
mode
11 I/O ports Please mention the USB, VGA, and Serial port details.
12 PCIe slots Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future expandability
Have to provide all accessories related to servers, like
13 Accessories cable management arms, safety bezel, 2x 10m multimode
LC-LC cables with module.
 The server should support virtualization technology
and a software defined datacenter network
infrastructure
 Server should certified to run minimum of 1,50,000
TPC-H Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H Benchmark
certificate would be considered for same
14 Virtualization
series/model of Server being offered even with
different CPU configuration but meeting or exceeding
the TPC-H numbers 
 Form Factor : Rack mountable / Blade (In case
Bidder is offering Blade Server - Blade Chassis
should be Provided by Bidder)
.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 302 of 483
5. Technical Specifications forBackup Server:
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description
1 Brand Please mention
2 Model Please mention
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
4 Country of assemble Please mention
Processor should be latest generation Intel Platinum
5 Processor series / equivalent AMD Processor. Clock speed should
be minimum 2.5 GHz with minimum 18 Core.
6 Number of Processor 02 (Two)

Should have minimum 256 GB RDIMM, 2666MT/s, Dual

7 Main Memory
Rank. Expandable up to 3TB

Hot Pluggable Disk Drive

8 RAS Features Redundant Power Supply at server / rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at server level
 4x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-plug Hard Drives
 Integrated RAID controller card with 8GB NV cache /
9 Hard Disks
Flash
 Supported RAID option (RAID 0,1, 5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig Ethernet ports built-in.
 2x Single port 16Gbps FC card for SAN switch to
10 Network Interface SAN storage connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should be in redundant
mode
11 I/O ports Please mention the USB, VGA, and Serial port details.
12 PCIe slots Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future expandability
Have to provide all accessories related to servers, like
13 Accessories cable management arms, safety bezel, 2x 10m multimode
LC-LC cables with module.
 The server should support virtualization technology
and a software defined datacenter network
infrastructure
 Server should certified to run minimum of 1,50,000
TPC-H Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H Benchmark
certificate would be considered for same
14 Virtualization
series/model of Server being offered even with
different CPU configuration but meeting or exceeding
the TPC-H numbers 
 Form Factor : Rack mountable / Blade (In case
Bidder is offering Blade Server - Blade Chassis
should be Provided by Bidder)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 303 of 483
6. Technical Specifications forDNS/ LDAP Server
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description
1 Brand Please mention
2 Model Please mention
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
4 Country of assemble Please mention

Processor should be latest generation Intel Platinum

5 Processor series / equivalent AMD Processor. Clock speed should
be minimum 2.5 GHz with minimum 12 Core.

6 Number of Processor 02 (Two)

Should have minimum 256 GB RDIMM, 2666MT/s, Dual

7 Main Memory
Rank. Expandable up to 3TB
Hot Pluggable Disk Drive
8 RAS Features Redundant Power Supply at server / rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at server level
 2x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-plug Hard Drives
 Integrated RAID controller card with 8GB NV cache /
9 Hard Disks
Flash
 Supported RAID option (RAID 0,1, 5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig Ethernet ports built-in. 
 2x Single port 16Gbps FC card for SAN switch to SAN
10 Network Interface
storage connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should be in redundant mode
11 I/O ports Please mention the USB, VGA, and Serial port details.
12 PCIe slots Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future expandability
Have to provide all accessories related to servers, like
13 Accessories cable management arms, safety bezel, 2x 10m multimode
LC-LC cables with module.
 The server should support virtualization technology
and a software defined datacenter network
infrastructure
 Server should certified to run minimum of 50,000
TPC-H Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H Benchmark
certificate would be considered for same series/model
14 Virtualization
of Server being offered even with different CPU
configuration but meeting or exceeding the TPC-H
numbers· 
 Form Factor : Rack mountable / Blade (In case Bidder
is offering Blade Server - Blade Chassis should be
Provided by Bidder)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 304 of 483
7. Technical Requirements Specifications – SAN Storage

Sl.
Minimum Requirement Description
No.
The Storage system should have unified capability i.e. should support block and file
access with host connectivity for FC, iSCSI,NFS and CIFS.
01
Any hardware/software required for this functionality shall be supplied along with it in
NSPOF mode per storage controller.
The Storage system should have at least two controllers running in an active-active
02
mode with automatic failover to each other in case of one/any controller failure.
The system should be dedicated appliance with specifically optimized OS to provide
both SAN and NAS functionalities. The architecture should allow Data in place
03
upgrades hardware and software for investment protection. The system should be
suitably configured for achieving enhanced performance and throughput.
The storage system should have dual controllers & file system heads with automatic
04 failover capabilities in case of one controller or head failure. The storage should be
installed in the OEM Rack to be supplied.
Easy to use GUI based or web enabled administration interface for configuration,
storage management for all protocols asked i.e. both SAN and NAS Management.
Performance management tools should show detailed real time and historical key
05
performance characteristics like, Read and Write IOPS, Throughput in MB/s or GB/s,
controller utilization, disk utilization, capacity utilization etc. Management GUI shall
support scheduling email of reports for above performance metrics."
The storage system should have auto-negotiating 8/16Gbps FC, SAS 1 GbE and 10
GbE interfaces. TheStorage System should support Raid Levels 5, 6,10 or
06
equivalent data protections. Multiple raid configurations to be configured in the
proposed solution.
The Storage System should have support for SSD,SAS Drives, and NL SAS Drives.
The storage system should have support for 6Gbps SAS 2.0 drives. Proposed
07 system should be able to support all on-line data storage tiers in order to maximize
both system performance and capacity scalability. Proposed system should support
flash, Minimum 10K RPM SAS2.0 as well as 7.2K RPM drives.
The storage system should be supplied with 30 TB of usable disk space at raid level
5 after over heads like formatting, raid configuration, one hot spare disk for every 30
08 disks and configured with 10K RPM SAS 2.0 drives and necessary disk enclosures.
All the drives should be in addition to the drives used to hold the system’s OS.
Offered Storage shall be configured with Min of 32 GB of cache.
The Storage System should have the capability to support Non-Disruptive Data
09 migration across Volumes. The Storage System Should be configured with host
multi-pathing drivers.
No replacement or upgrade of controllers should be required for supporting the 150
10 disks. It should be a single or tightly clustered singly managed system rather than
aggregate of multiple separate smaller boxes.
The storage should have the ability to create logical volumes without physical
capacity being available (Thin Provisioned) or in other words system should allow
11
overprovisioning of the capacity. The feature should be made available for the
maximum supported capacity.
For file access It should be possible to set quotas and should have LDAP
integration. Support for heterogeneous client Operating System platforms (on both
12
block and file level) like LINUX , Microsoft Windows, HP-UX, SUN Solaris, IBM-AIX,
ESXi, etc.
The Storage System should have the Capability to support creation of instantaneous
13 or Point In Time Snapshot copies of volumes. The snapshot feature should support
incremental and thin provisioned volumes.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 305 of 483
 Sl.
Minimum Requirement Description
No.
The solution should support virtual infrastructure (like VMware / Hyper-V etc.).
Should have capabilities for booting VMs from the SAN. Should be supplied with
14
virtualization aware APIs for provisioning and managing the storage array from the
virtual infrastructure.
The solution should support movement of data between different disk tiers based on
predefined policies (i.e. storage tiring). Licensing should be provided. The Storage
15
System should support Synchronous & Asynchronous Replication for DR Strategy
such as for a Single Lun.
Easy to use GUI based and web enabled administration interface for configuration,
managing and administration of file & block storage and associated functionalities
16 including deployment, automation, provisioning, and protection and monitoring
management. Solution Should offer real time performance monitoring tools giving
information on CPU utilization, volume throughput, I/O rate and latency.
The Storage box should be connected to the servers through SAN switches in High
17 Available Configuration. All necessary cables for connecting the storage with
switches are to be supplied.
Solution should support replication between Primary & DR site. Solution should be
18
fully compatible with all standard backup software’s.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 306 of 483
 8. Technical Specifications forSAN Switch

Sl.
Minimum Requirement Description
No.
Should have minimum 24 Active ports, upto supported 40 ports (each with
01
minimum port speed 16Gbps).
SAN Extension should have at least 2 numbers of 10Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) ports,
02 and 8 numbers of 10 GbE Fiber Channel over Ethernet portsfor SAN extension
over WAN.
03 Should support FCIP protocol.

04 Should have capability of port trunking.

05 Should have optical transceivers for short wave and long wave.
Should have GUI based management software for administration and
06
configuration.
07 Should be possible to configure the switches with alerts.

08 Should support zoning configuration or equivalent.

09 Should support fabric routing to enable cross fabric connectivity or equivalent.

10 All other necessary fibre cables and racking accessory should be supplied.
Should have inbuilt diagnostic features like Online Diagnostics, power on self-test,
11
Online Health System or equivalent etc.
12 Should support RADIUS authentication or SSH.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 307 of 483
 9 Technical Specifications forTape Library
Sl.
Minimum Requirement Description
No.
01 Drive Type - LTO Generation 7.
Tape library should be offered with min
02
8*LTO7 drives and 100 slots
Offered LTO6 drive in the Library shall conform to the Continuous and Data rate
03
matching technique for higher reliability.
Offered LTO7 drive shall have native speed ofat least 300MB/sec and a
04
compressed speed of 600MB/sec
Offered LTO7 drive in the library shall offer
05
WORM and AES 256bit encryption.
Offered tape Library shall provide the granular modularity and scalability in the
06
increments of100 slots.
07 Should be offered with redundant power supply
RAS Features Hot-swappable drives; Tape Library shall provide remote monitoring
08
capability.
Supported Host Platform AIX, Linux, Solaris,
09
Windows.
Offered tape Library shall be Modular design toAllow configuration, add capacity
10
and increase performance.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 308 of 483
 10. Technical Specifications forIntrusion Prevention System

Sl.
Minimum Requirement Description
No.
The device should be a purpose built dedicated appliance (not a subset of firewall
or UTM appliance).
The device should accurately detect the following
Attack categories:-
 Unauthorized access attempts
01
 Pre-attack probes
 DoS
 Vulnerability exploitation
 Zero-day attacks.

The device should support both IPv4 & IPv6 simultaneously (Dual Stack).
The device should support botnet protection based on:
02
a) BOT detection
b) Command and control database
03 The device should have separate dedicated interface for management.
IPS (Intrusion Prevention Systems) should detect
04
and actively prevent attacks in real-time
05 Should support 1 Gbps throughput or more
The IPS should work in a non-intrusive mode and be able to monitor all of the
06 major TCP/IP protocols, including IP, Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP),
TCP, and User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
The IPS should state fully decode application-layer protocols such as FTP, Simple
Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP), HTTP, Domain Name System (DNS),remote
07
procedure call (RPC), NetBIOS, NNTP and Telnet. RIP Version 2 passive mode
support
The platforms on which the IPS tools run on should be appliance sensors which
08
are hardware/software devices and should be latest in the series
The IPS system itself is protected against attacks and uses no services on the host
09
that might make it vulnerable to attack
11 User-specified signatures can be created based upon content; i.e. string matching
On power up the IPS should use built-in system monitoring & diagnostics before
11
going online to detect failure of hardware
Extensive debugging capabilities to assist in
12
hardware problem resolution
Product can process host traffic at an acceptable rate with all of the attack
13
signatures active
Support Hybrid IDS/IPS services that allow a single sensor to operate
14
simultaneously both as an IDS sensor and an IPS sensor
IPS device should have features to prioritize alerts after an alert action is taken
15 place eg if a high priority attack is dropped, the alert should be log, however if an
high priority attack is allowed, the alert should be an email
The ability to define a default operating system that will be used in the attack
16 relevance calculation - eg if a Linux based attack is targeted towards a windows
server, the alert severity of the attack should be lowered

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 309 of 483
 Sl.
Minimum Requirement Description
No.
The ips should have the ability to dynamically understand the risk posed by an
attack to the network so as to best adjust the rating of the alert. This risk should be
17
assessed via various parameters like relevancy of an attack (Linux vs. windows)
and value of target (printer vs. server)
The sensors should be able to detect attacks running inside of these tunneling
18
protocols - GRE, IP-in-IP, MPLS, and IPv6
Ability to identify attacks in IPv6 environments through the inspection of IPv4 traffic
19
being tunneled in IPv6
exceptions be setup to filter out, fine-tune or adjust the actions for specific attacker
20
or destination IP on a per signature basis
21 System protect against “generic” attack indications such as remote “shell code

22 It Should support to block attacks using protocols that are using non-standard ports
The proposed solution should be able to detect & mitigate zero day DDoS attacks,
23
based on behavioral DoS detection & mitigation.
Communication between the IPS ManagementSystem and the IPS Sensor should
be encrypted.
Should have an updateable pattern file for up to date protection from the newest
threats and methods of attack.
Vendor must provide signature updates and must have a facility for automatically
distributing these updates to all intrusion detection servers in the organization
Should be easy to update monitoring, blocking, and alerting rules
Product should have the capability of backing up the configuration details using a
backup server and the transmission should be encrypted
The Management System should be able to automatically download the latest
signature files off the Bidder’s web/ftp site.
The Bidder should provide updated signature files for any attacks carried out in any
part of the world once a remedy is found; by automatically updating its web/ftp site
24 and generating an e-mail with the respective signature files to the administrator.
Vendor should provide updated signature files on weekly basis by making them
available on its web/ftp site.
Product should have the capability of scheduling the auto backup’s facility and auto
updating of signature files.
The product’s sensor and the management console should seamlessly talk to each
other on a TCP/IP network.
The product should have a centralized management system

Web based management software and command line interface support

Management software should run on standard,commercial off-the-shelf hardware
platforms and operating systems
Network management services should be provided using standards based
protocols like SNMP & SNMPV2
Should provide a comprehensive system for capturing information and making it
available for analysis. Should provide the ability to filter, sort, and view the archived
25 information, and to create detailed reports.
Administrators should be able to view alerts and generate reports based on the
consolidated information

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 310 of 483
 Sl.
Minimum Requirement Description
No.
Must give detailed statistical reports on numbers of policy violations and where
they came from, web usage, protocol distribution etc.
Product should have a comprehensive “drilldown” querying and reporting facility of
intrusion events that took place off the database
Product should provide real-time statistics of the intrusion events detected, which
could be represented in a graphical form.
Must protect the network from threats low level protocol attacks and server and
desktop intrusions.
Should detect attack patterns in network traffic that indicate potential intrusions,
attacks, and abuses and take appropriate action based upon predefined policies,
even while such attacks are in progress
Should be able to monitor all the ports in the switch of the network
Should be able to work on servers of different platforms of OS. (Please specify the
list of OS)
Support for packet reassembly

Detection of attacks due to misuse of protocols

Anomaly based intrusion detection

Check for Security attacks at layer 2 to Layer 7

26
Monitoring the logs of different network systems for policy violation
Product detects incidents based on patterns innetwork traffic that indicate malicious
intent (pattern based signatures)
Product's pattern-based signatures have a strong sense of context, so that false
positives areminimized
IPS should be a dedicated hardware module or hardware appliance

Support creation of baseline of normal network traffic

Should be able to correctly track TCP sessions in complex network configurations

Support inspection and mitigation of threats in
Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) environments
IPS interfaces should be configurable for different types of connections; In-line,
Span, Tap

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 311 of 483
 11 Technical Specifications forServer Load Balancer
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description
No.
Should be high performance purpose built hardware with multicore
CPU support. The appliance should support GSLB across 2 or more
Locations / Data centers for the mentioned specifications
The appliance should have 8 GB RAM and up to 5Gbps of system
throughput to support multiple load balancing features and functions.
Server Load The appliance should have minimum 4 triple speed10/100/1000 Mbps
01
Balancer Gigabit copper ports & option for 2 * 10G SFP+ ports.
Should Provide a scalable, dedicated hardware platform to help
ensure that all applications access must be provisioned through DR in
event of service disruption at DC. The proposed solution must
integrate with DPDC's business critical applications and network
devices.
Should able to load balancer both TCP and UDP based applications
with layer 2 to layer 7 load balancing support
The appliance should support wide range of server load balancing
algorithms such as round robin, weighted round robin, least connection
shortest response, proximity, SNMP, SIP session ID, hash header etc.
Load
Should support Multi-level policy routing for intelligent traffic
02 balancing
distribution to backend servers.
features
Support for policy nesting at layer7 and layer4, solution should able to
combine layer4 and layer7 policies to address the complex application
integration.
Should support algorithms for Traffic load balancing such as round
robin, least connections, shortest response and SNMP.
Should provide performance optimization using TCP connection
multiplexing, TCP buffering and IEEE802.3ad link aggregation.
Support for TCP optimization options including windows scaling,
timestamp & Selective.
Appliance should provide real time Dynamic Web Content
Compression to reduce server load and solution.
Should provide advanced high performance memory/packet based
reverse proxy Web cache; fully compliant with HTTP1.1 to enhance
the speed and performance of web servers.
IPv6 gateway
Should provide support for cache rules/filters to define granular cache
and
03 policies based on cache-control headers, host name, file type.
Application
Should support OCSP protocol to check the validity of the certificates
acceleration
online. Certificate bases access control, CRL's (HTTP, FTP, and
LDAP) support.
IPv6 gateway should provide compressive support for IPv6 functions
to help with ipv4-to-ipv6 transition without business disruption and
should provide support for dual stack, DNS64, NAT 64, DNS 46, NAT
46, IPv6 NAT.
Should support various deployment modes for seamless integration
including reverse proxy (IPv6 to IPv4, IPv4 to IPv6) and IPv6 to IPv6
transparent and reverse proxy mode.
Should support advance ACL's to protect against network based
Network and
flooding attacks. Administrator should able to define ACL’s rules based
04 application
on connections per second (CPS) and concurrent connections (CC),
security
cookie value.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 312 of 483
 Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description
No.
Appliance should have security features like reverse proxy firewall,
Syn-flood and dos attack protection features from the day of
installation.
Proposed solution should provide integrated WAF functionality to
protect against layer7 attacks and should support deep packet
inspection of HTTP & HTTPS traffic in reverse proxy mode.
Should support built in rules to counter application attack, provision
should be there to customize predefined application security rules.
Should support all kind of attacks including OWASP top 10.
Should provide comprehensive and reliable support for high availability
with Active-active & active standby unit redundancy mode.
Clustering Should support built in failover decision/health check conditions (both
05 and hardware and software based).
failover
High Availability support with active-active and active-standby
configurations.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 313 of 483
 12 Technical Specifications forData Replication / DR Management
Software
Sl.
Minimum Requirement Description
No.
The proposed solution should offer a workflow based Management & monitoring and
reporting capability for the real time monitoring of a DR solution parameters like RPO,
01 RTO, and replication status and should provide alerts (including SMS and e-mail
alerts) on any deviations. The proposed solution should be able to conduct DR Drills
from DPDC office.
The proposed solution should provide a dashboard to track DR Readiness status of all
02
the applications under DR.
The proposed solution should have inbuilt ready to use library of recovery automation
action for heterogeneous databases and replication environment. This should
03
significantly reduce custom development of scripts and speedy deployment of DR
solutions.
The proposed solution should facilitate out-of-the-box, workflow based switchover and
04
switchback for DR drills for standard applications based on industry best practices.
The proposed solution should facilitate workflows for bringing up the applications and
05 all the components it depends on at DR while it is up at primary site without
pausing/stopping the replication.
The proposed solution should be able to manage hosts by either deploying agents or
06 without deploying any agent and should not require any change in the existing
environment.
The proposed solution should be able to manage the applications deployed at DPDC &
should support applications hosted on all major platforms including Linux, Windows,
07
with native high availability options. It should support both physical and virtual
platforms.
The proposed solution should support Monitoring of Recovery Time Objective (RTO)
08
and RPO in real time from application perspective.
09 The solution should be able to receive automatic alerts about possible site failure.
The solution should be able to automate failback to original production site using
10
original recovery plan.
The solution should be able to store, view and export results of test and failover
11
execution from Disaster Recovery manager.
The solution should provide support for broad choice of compatible storage arrays and
12 replication products from all major vendors and also able to leverage iSCSI, Fibre
Channel or NFS-based storage replication

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 314 of 483
 13 Technical Specifications forData Backup Solution
Sl.
Minimum Requirement Description
No.
Should support both automatic and manual backup, incremental and full back up
01
facility.
Should have some GUI for centralized management which should support
heterogeneous platform and ensure easy administration.
Should support various offered OS platforms and be-capable of supporting SAN
based backup/restore from various platforms.
The proposed backup solution should support
Tape mirroring of the same job running concurrently with primary backup.
Should be Capable of taking backup of SAN environment as well as LAN based
backup.
The proposed backup solution shall be configured in such a fashion that no extra
license for client and media servers is required while moving from LAN to SAN based
backup.
The proposed backup solution shall be unrestricted use that is it should allow CTD to
configure without any restriction of client / media licenses for both SAN based backup
and LAN based backup.
Capability to write multiple data streams to a
single tape service or multiple tape devices in parallel from multiple clients to leverage
the throughput of the drives using multiplexing technology
Should support encryption.
Should have robust backup scheduling capabilities. Should support and have in-built
media management and supports cross platform device & media sharing in SAN
environment. It should ensure backups never fail for media.
Capability to rebuild the Backup Database/Catalogue form tapes in the event of
catalogue loss/corruption.
Should have LAN-free Backup/Restore capabilities.
Capability to configure retries for backups of a clients in case the clients is not
available on the network due to reboot or network failures.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 315 of 483
 14Technical Specifications forAntivirus

Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description
No.
The Central Management Solution should have capabilities to
manage the Servers at Primary site & DR Site.
The Central Management Solution should be bundled with all
required hardware, software, software subscription (software license)
and service support for managing Antivirus solution with 5 years
warranty across the country.
The Central Management solution hardware configuration should be
Centrally capable of managing all the servers and should be scalable for entire
Managed DPDCendpoints
01
Antivirus Solution should ensure the performance of Central Management
Solution Server if any distribution or relay server becomes bottleneck and
endpoints connectivity and proper syncing up to the Central
Management Server deployed by the bidder.
Solution should ensure that all managed endpoints under the
distribution/relay server takes updates on regular basis but at the
same time the performance of endpoints should not be reduced due
to the performance of Central Management/distribution/relay server
deployed by the bidder.
Solution should ensure that secure authentication between endpoints
and Central Management server for any software/signature update of
Host Integrity the solution to the manage endpoints only.
02
Management
Solution should ensure that only managed endpoints take updates
through distribution or relay system.
Solution should scan, detects, and clean/delete/quarantine the
infected files.
Solution should block/clean/delete malicious code/software in real
time,including viruses, worms, Trojan horses, bot, spyware, adware
and Rootkit.
Solution should have embedded behavioral analysis and protection
technology apart from signature based clean/delete/quarantine for
unknown threats.
Antivirus and Solution should protect the data transfer from endpoints to the
03 Anti- hacker system spoofed IP or MAC address.(Anti IP and MAC
Spam spoofing).
Solution should support to install AVAgent through various
techniques like web based, MSI package or any other sources in
workgroup and Active Directory environment.
Solution should support throttling ofCPU process during real time
and conventional scan for improving the performance endpoints
during the execution user routine task.
Solution should support to scan single file/directory/entire system
and detect(clean or delete or quarantine).

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 316 of 483
 Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description
No.
Solution should scan, detect, clean or delete malicious code software
for protocols POP3, POP3S, SMTP, andSMTPS.
Solution should support to prompt a message whenever any external
devices plugged into the endpoints and scan, detect, clean, delete,
quarantine and also support manual scan,detect ( clean or delete or
quarantine).
Solution should support scheduled scan configuration for full- disks
scan at designated time from central server for clean, delete,
quarantine malicious program.
Solution should support to prevent endpoints users not to uninstall or
disable managed Antivirus services without authenticated password.
Solution should support to exclude the files/directories from real time
and manual scan.
Solution should provide a utility software tool to the Antivirus support
team for clean uninstallation of managed antivirus using
authenticated password.
Solution should allow creating and deploying user defined firewall
Antivirus policy for endpoints to permit or deny network access based over IP
04
Firewall Address, logical Ports, and Services on a single IPAddress, range,
and segments.
Solution should support to block external devices like USB, Data
Card, Infrared, and Bluetooth.
05 Device Control
Solution should be able to provide permission to access authorized
external devices based on privileges.
Supported
Solution should support all latest versions of Windows Operation
06 Operating Systems.
Systems
Solution should support to generate infected IP address with source
and destination IP address.
07 Reports Solution should support to generate following reports from console:
 Current Virus Definition.
 Virus Definition updates.
Solution should support to send endpoints logs automatically up to
Central Management Server.
Solution should support that the managed endpoints should send
Antivirus Antivirus event logs.
08 Client
System logs. Solution should support that the managed endpoints should send
Antivirus firewall logs i.e. compliance violations and access log.
Solution should support to integrate with 3rd Party Log Analyzer
Application Software (SIEM and Sic. Log).
Log Collection Solution should provide a UtilitySoftware Tool for all variant Windows
09 Utility Operation for collecting infected endpoints log for analyzing and
Programs for developing signatures which can clean the endpoints from Malware

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 317 of 483
 Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description
No.
Windows infection.

System
Cleaning Solution should provide a system cleaning tools before installing
10
Antivirus Agent on endpoints.
Tool
Solution should include 5 years antivirus software subscription and
service support cost in the Antivirus Solution itself.
Solution should provide a Utility Software Tool for all variant other
than Windows Operating System for collecting infected endpoints log
for analyzing and developing signatures which can clean the
endpoints from Malware infection.
11 OEM Support
Solution should support following
Operating Systems:
 Linux (list all supported variants/versions).
 MaC OS (list all supported versions).
 Windows OS (list all supported versions).
 Solution should be IPV6 attacks Ready.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 318 of 483
 15Technical Specifications forMiddleware
Sl.
Minimum Requirement Description
No.
Application / Web Server software licenses should be unrestricted and full use
01
licenses. Complete hardware needs to be licensed
Application / Web Server software licenses should be independent of operating
02
system and hardware platform.
Application Server should be fully standards compliant providing support for latest
03 versions of Web Services, SOAP,WSDL, UDDI, LDAP, SSL, Java and XML
standards
Application Server must support REST based Web Services, and standards such as
04 JAX-RS 2.0, Java API for JSON, Web Socket etc. which enable and support
development of mobile applications or applications running in HTML5 browsers
Provide comprehensive XML support compliant with the W3C XML standards and
05 contain the basic building blocks to XML-enable applications – including reading,
manipulating, transforming and viewing XML documents
Support developing, publishing and consuming web services and should allow
06
integration (push and pull data) from other systems via web services
The application server should be capable of supporting clustering and load
07
balancing.
All components of the application server should be based on standards and selected
08
such as to provide ease of management and to avoid compatibility issues.
All application server components must be maintainable with an ease such that
09 corrective and preventive maintenance can be performed on the system without
affecting the entire working of system.
All the application server components must be capable of being managed from a
10
remote management station and provide information on performance parameters
Management software should support detection of bottlenecks, provide diagnostics
11 on them and assist in pinpointing the root cause be it at any layer i.e. Web Server,
Application server or Database Layer.
Management software should provide metrics on Java Virtual Machine (JVM) such
12
as garbage collection, heap and thread status
Dashboards creation functionality, which can either be pre-built by administrators or
13
customizable should be available to monitor KPIs
Should have the capability to combine both server performance analysis and
14 application usage analysis to monitor and manage real application experience
delivered to the user
Management capability should not interfere with the application performance and not
15
require any changes/modifications in the application
Application / Web Server software OEM should have at least 4 year support
16
roadmap.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 319 of 483
 16Technical Specifications for24 Port Managed Access Switch
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description
No.

 Switch should have 24 Nos. 10/100/1000 Base-TX auto-sensing

plus with minimum 2x10G SFP+ uplinks.
 Should support stacking using dedicated stacking ports
 Switch should support link aggregation across multiple switches in
Switch
a stack.
01 Architecture and
 Switch should have non-blocking wire-speed architecture.
Performance
 Switch should support IPv4 and IPv6 from day One
 Switch should have non-blocking switching fabric of minimum 128
Gbps or more
 Switch should have Forwarding rate of minimum 60 Mpps.

 IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tagging

 802. 1Q VLAN on all ports with support for minimum 255 active
VLANs and 1k VLAN ids
 Support for 8k/16 k MAC addresses
 Spanning Tree Protocol as per IEEE 802.1d
 Multiple Spanning-Tree Protocol as per IEEE 802.1s
 Rapid Spanning-Tree Protocol as per IEEE 802.1w
02 Layer 2 Features  Self-learning of unicast & multicast MAC addresses and
associatedVLANs
 Jumbo frames up to 9000 bytes
 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) as per IEEE 802.3ad.
 Port mirroring functionality for measurements using a network
analyzer.
 Switch should support IGMP v1 / v2 / v3 as well as IGMP v1 / v2 /
v3 snooping.
 Switch should support classification and scheduling as per IEEE
802.1P on all ports.
 Switch should support QoS configuration on per switch port basis.
 Switch should support classification and marking based on IP
Quality of
Type of Service (TOS) and DSCP.
03 Service (QoS)
Features  Switch should provide traffic shaping and rate limiting features (for
egress as well as ingress traffic) for specified Host, network,
Applications etc.
 Strict priority queuing guarantees that the highest-priority packets
are serviced ahead of all other traffic.
 Switch should support MAC address based filters/ access control
lists (ACLs) on all switch ports.
 Switch should support Port as well as VLAN based Filters/ ACLs.
 Switch should support RADIUS and TACACS+ for access
restriction and authentication.
 Secure Shell (SSH) Protocol, HTTP and DoS protection
Security
04  IP Route Filtering, ARP spoofing, DHCP snooping etc.
Features
 Should support DHCP snooping, DHCP Option 82, Dynamic ARP
Inspection (DAI)
 Should support a mechanism to shut down Spanning Tree
Protocol Port Fast-enabled interfaces when BPDUs are received
to avoid accidental topology loops.
 Should support a mechanism to prevent edge devices not in the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 320 of 483
 Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description
No.
network administrator's control from becoming Spanning Tree
Protocol root nodes.
 Switch should support static ARP, Proxy ARP, UDP forwarding
and IP source guard.
 Switch should have a console port with RS-232 /RJ-45 Interface
for configuration and diagnostic purposes.
 Switch should be SNMP manageable with support for SNMP
Version 1, 2 and 3.
 Switch should support all the standard MIBs (MIB-I & II).
 Switch should support TELNET and SSH Latest Version
 Switch should support RMON (history, statistics, alarm and
events).
 Switch should support system and event logging functions as well
as forwarding of these logs to multiple syslog servers.
 Switch should support on-line software reconfiguration to
implement changes without rebooting. Any changes in the
configuration of switches related to Layer-2 & 3 functions, VLAN,
Management, STP, Security, QoS should not require rebooting of the switch.
Easy-to-Use  Support for Automatic Quality of Service for easy configuration of
05
Deployment and QoS features for critical applications.
Control Features  Support to detect unidirectional links caused by incorrect fiber-
optic wiring or port faults and disable on fiberoptic interfaces.
 Switch should have comprehensive debugging features required
for software & hardware fault diagnosis.
 Should support DHCP Server feature to enable a convenient
deployment option for the assignment of IP addresses in networks
that do
 DHCP servers configured on servers and integrated with Directory
Services.
 Switch should support Multiple privilege levels to provide different
levels of access.
 Switch should support NTP (Network Time Protocol)
 Switch should support FTP / TFTP

 RoHS Compliant.
 IEEE 802.1x support.
 IEEE 802.3x full duplex on 10BASET and 100BASE-TX ports.
 IEEE 802.1D Spanning-Tree Protocol.
06 Standards
 IEEE 802.1p class-of-service (CoS) prioritization.
 IEEE 802.1Q VLAN.
 IEEE 802.3u 10 BaseT / 100 Base Tx / 1000 Base Tx.

 Switch / Switch’s Operating System should be tested and certified

07 Compliance for EAL 2 /EAL3 / NDPP or above under Common Criteria
Certification

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 321 of 483
 17 Technical Specifications for SMS Gateway
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description
No.
1. HTTP
2. SMPP
Interfaces 3. SMTP
01
Supported
4. FTP
5. Messaging

1. GSM/GPRS/EDGE/3G Modem

2. Mobile Phones
02 Handle Connections
3. Wireless Carrier
4. Other

1. SMPP
Protocols Supported
03 2. CIMD
(SMSC)
3. Other
04 Throughput-out 500 Messages/sec

05 Throughput-in 500 Messages/sec

06 High Availability Required

Operating system
07 Windows and Linux based OS
forproposedsoftware
Provide new version upgrades, updates, patches, etc.
08 Support for all the components / sub-components through the
period of contract.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 322 of 483
 18 Technical Specifications forOnline UPS

Sl No. Description Employer’s Requirement

1. Brand To be mentioned by the Bidder
2. Country of Origin USA/EU/UK/Switzerland/Japan
Country of
3. To be mentioned by the Bidder
Manufacture
4. Model To be mentioned by the Bidder
5. Topology Double Conversion On-line
6. Capacity 40KVA
7. Input Voltage Range 340 - 477V
8. Input Frequency Min. 45 - 65 Hz
9. Input Power factor Min 0.8
10. Input Connections Hard Wire 5-wire (3PH + N + G)
11. Input Breaker Capacity Asper calculation
Input Total Harmonic
12. Less than 7% for full load
Distortion
Nominal Output
13. Three Phase
Voltage
Configurable for 380/400/415 Vac Three Phase
14. Output Voltage Note
nominal output voltage
15. Efficiency at Full Load Min 92.80%
Output Voltage
16. Less than 5%
Distortion
Output Frequency
17. 50/60 Hz +/- 5%
(sync to mains)
18. Output Power factor Min 0.8
19. Waveform Type Sine Wave
20. Output Connections Hard Wire 5-wire (3PH + N + G)
Output Voltage
21. +/- 2% static and 100% load step
Tolerance
22. Output Voltage THD < 3% linear load and <5% non-linear load
Required Output
23. As Per Calculation
Current Protection
24. Bypass Built-in Maintenance Bypass
25. Battery Type Maintenance-free sealed Lead-Acid battery.
Min 12V/120 AH – Min 32 Units – Max 48 Unit
26. Battery
or equivalent
27. Backup Time 120 Min
Nominal Battery
28. +/-192 V (split battery referenced to neutral)
Voltage
End of Discharge
29. +/-154 V
Battery Voltage
30. Communication SNMP Card
31. Control panel Multi-function LCD status and control console
Emergency Power Off
32. Yes
(EPO)
33. Operating Environment 0 - 35 °C
34. Audible noise at 1 +/- 54.50 dBA

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 323 of 483
Sl No. Description Employer’s Requirement
meter from surface
35. Protection Class IP20
36. Regulatory Approvals Please mentions EN/IEC standard
37. Warranty 4 Years

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 324 of 483
19 Technical Specifications for Rack with monitor and Console Kit

Sl Description Employer’s Requirement

No.
1. Brand Name To be mentioned by the Bidder
2. Model No. To be mentioned by the Bidder
3. Country of Manufacture
/ Assemble To be mentioned by the Bidder
4. Peripherals and
Accessories To be mentioned by the Bidder
5. Country of Origin USA/EU/UK/Switzerland
6. Form Factor 42U
7. Console Switch Min 12 Port Console Switch with cables.
8. PDU Two units of 32 amp.
9. Console Display Same branded Min. 17-inch, flat screen TFT
monitor with truly accurate images and virtually no
distortion.
10. Other Features Space-saver server Keyboard with Touchpad.
-Top cover fully vented.
-Support full density of all OEM servers by
improved air flow allowing for a fan-free rack
environment.
-Rear Vented Metal Door with Lock.
11. Color Black.
12. Warranty 4 years

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 325 of 483
 20 Technical Specifications for Rack mounted Router

Sl No. Description Employer’s Requirement

1. Brand To be mentioned by the Bidder
2. Model To be mentioned by the Bidder
3. Country of Origin USA/EU/UK/Switzerland
4. LAN/WAN Ports Min 2 X10/100/1000 Mbps LAN/WAN Ports
5. WAN interface card Min 2 WAN interface card Slot
6. USB and Serial
Console port Should have USB and Serial Console port
7. USB Flash-memory
slots Should have USB Flash-memory slots
8. Memory Should have min 512MB DRAM
9. Flash Memory 256MB Flash
10. Performance Min 250 Kpps 64-byte packets performance
Min 140 Mbps IPSec speed
Support Encrypted Tunnel min 140
11. Protocols Should support IPv4, IPv6, static routes, Open Shortest
Path First (OSPF), Enhanced IGRP (EIGRP), Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP), BGP Router Reflector,
Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS),
Multicast Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMPv3) Protocol Independent Multicast sparse mode
(PIM SM), PIM Source-Specific Multicast (SSM),
Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP),
IPsec, generic routing encapsulation (GRE),
Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BVD), IPv4-to-
IPv6 Multicast, MPLS, Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol
Version 3 (L2TPv3), 802.1ag, 802.3ah, and Layer 2 and
Layer 3 VPN.
12. Encapsulations Ethernet, 802.1q VLAN, Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP),
Multilink Point-to-Point Protocol (MLPPP), Frame
Relay, Multilink Frame Relay (MLFR) (FR.15 and
FR.16), High-Level Data Link Control (HDLC), Serial
(RS-232, RS-449, X.21, V.35, and EIA-530), Point-to-
Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE), and ATM.
13. Operating Temperature 0 ~40 (32 ~104 )
14. Storage Temperature 20~65 (-4 ~149 )
15. Operating Humidity 10%~85% non-condensing
16. Storage Humidity: 5%~95% non-condensing
17. Software Status System Status
Statistics
System Log

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 326 of 483
Sl No. Description Employer’s Requirement
18. Firewall IP Filtering
Port Filtering
MAC Filtering
URL Filtering
Port Forwarding
DMZ
Denial of Service
NAT Mapping
19. Management Upgrade Firmware
Save/Reload Settings
Web Login Password
Date & Time
Reboot Router
Reboot Schedule
20. Warranty 4 years

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 327 of 483
 Man Power
Requirement

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 328 of 483
5. MAN POWER REQUIREMENT

The Bidder must propose a team consisting of experienced and skilled professionals with
relevant experience in the proposed areas. The minimum desired qualification for the key
personnel has been indicated below. The Bidder must demonstrate that it will deploy at
least the following personnel for the key positions that meet the following requirements:
The Bidder must propose a team consisting of experienced and skilled professionals with
relevant experience in the proposed areas. The minimum desired qualification for the key
personnel has been indicated below. The Bidder must demonstrate that it will deploy at
least the following personnel for the key positions that meet the following requirements:

Sl. Role Responsibility Qualifications

No

01 Project Manager Project Co-ordination. The MBA/M.Sc with

Project Manager would be B.ScinElectrical and Electronic
responsible for all the DPDC Engineering with having
Locations and would act as relevant Project Management
a one point contact for the certifications and minimum 10
Utility. years of experience with 3
years or more as a project
manager for a large-scale
Computerization and
automation project

02 Assistant Project Will be responsible for M.Sc./B.Sc. in Electrical and

Managers individual locations and Electronic Engineering having
would act as a one point relevant Project Management
contact for the DPDC for the certifications and minimum of
particular location 5years of work experience with
2 years or more as a project
leader for an IT
project/automation project.

03 Site Engineers Will be responsible for B.Sc. in Electrical and

individual locations and Electronic Engineering having
would assist in the relevant minimum of 5 years of
installation and commission work experience in AMI/AMR
of the smart meter and data installation and commission
concentrators for the DPDC projects
for the particular location

04 Communication Expert Responsible for installation, B.Sc. in Electrical and

commissioning and Electronic Engineering or
management of networking Computer Science or
requirements Communication engineering
with 3years’ experience with
Sound Knowledge of
communication networking
experience in Wired

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 329 of 483
 Sl. Role Responsibility Qualifications
No
(PLC,Optical Fibre etc.) and
Wireless (RF)communication
technologies.

05 Metering Expert Responsible for meter B.Sc. in Electrical and

design, protocol, Electronic engineering with 5
communication module years of consultancy/
integration with meter, implementation. Experience in
meter standard compliance the field of metering
etc. technologies with electronic
metering, smart metering,
knowledge of metering
specifications and metering
practices.

06 Database Expert Monitoring and maintenance B.Sc. in Electrical and

of databases, installation of Electronic Engineering or
database software Computer Science/Information
patches/upgrades, Technology having relevant
monitoring of database minimum 5 years of post-
backups, database qualification experience and
replication Techniques, database administration
standardization and certificate. With at least 3 years
implementation of of project experience in data
databases to improve the base administration.
management of production
and test environments,
support users by resolving
problems with applications'
databases. Monitor and
allocate volumes, analysis
of utilization and resources,
performance tuning, monitor
DB replication, coordination
of system upgrades or fixes

07 Utility Applications Expert Responsible for towards B.Sc. in Electrical and

analyzing application issue, Electronic Engineering having
user related issues, relevant minimum 5 years of
technical and acceptance post-qualification experience.
related issues and work At least 3 years of project
towards closure of them. experience inutilities sector in
modules such as Metering,
Billing and Collection in Power
Utilities.

08 System Administrator System administrator shall B.Sc. in Computer Science or

be responsible for all the Information Technology with
requisite System MCSE / Unix/Linux certified

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 330 of 483
 Sl. Role Responsibility Qualifications
No
Administration and Facility professional with minimum of
Management work required 2years of experience as a
for central servers, user system administrator
configurations, account
management, network
management, management
of software, security and
network solutions on 24X7
basis

09 Cyber Security Expert Cyber security expert shall B.Sc. in Computer Science or
be responsible for the Information Technology with
overall AMI system security CISSP/ CISA certified with
and will assist/implement minimum of 5 years of post-
latest cyber security qualification work experience.
At least one IT Security audit
technologies and measures
experience.

10 FacilitiesManagementand Responsible for B.Sc.Electrical and Electronic

Help DeskCoordinator coordinating helpdesk Engineering/ Diploma (IT or
services at each location CS) withminimum of 2 years of
experience as aHelpdesk
Coordinator

11 IT Support Staff Facilities management B.Sc.Electrical and Electronic

support for software, Engineering/ Diploma (IT or
hardware, network and CS)with minimum 2 years of
other infrastructure provided experience in support role for
to users. Also assist in end an IT project
user training and
handholding for carrying out
day to day operations

Note: The mentioned resource requirements are minimum and indicative, however,
the bidder shall propose project team and resources in order to meet the project Go-
Live and SLA requirements.

5.1 General Requirements and Conditions

a) The Bidder shall provide the CVs of the proposed personnel in the relevant Forms
included in the bidding documents.
b) DPDC will prefer if the Project Manager and Assistant Project Manage remain
stationed for the complete Project engagement period. However for the other key
resources, bidder shall submit a detailed Resource Deployment Plan.
c) For the field activities, bidder shall propose a detailed Man-power Deployment
Plan.
d) Above mentioned requirements are minimum, however for all field activities and
requirements to meet the project timelines, bidder to propose their project team.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 331 of 483
 e) Deployed Key Personnel can be replaced from the assignment only with a person
of similar/higher experience and qualification subject to approval of DPDC.
f) DPDC prefers to have all the resources to be deputed onsite to perform the
project.
g) If any offshore resource involved in the project that needs to be highlighted.
h) Bidder to submit a detailed resource deployment plan for the entire project
timeline.
i) DPDC has all rights to reject any under qualified, low experienced resource at any
time.
j) All the Foreign/International resources should have Residence or Business Visa
as per Bangladesh rules. Visit Visa for the engaged resources are not accepted.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 332 of 483
 Documentation
And
Deliverables

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 333 of 483
6. DOCUMENTATION AND DELIVERABLES

6.1 General Overview

To ensure that the proposed systems conform to the specific provisions and
general intent of the specifications, the Bidder shall submit the required
documentation and deliverables to the DPDC describing the Overall-system/AMI
components/design/operations/maintenance process etc. for review and
approval. Further the Bidder shall also submit the drawings / documents for all
the hardware and software required for site installation, testing and
commissioning and thereafter operations of the system. The Bidder shall obtain
approval of employer (DPDC) for the relevant document at each stage before
proceeding for purchase, manufacturing, system deployment, factory testing,
erection, site testing, training etc.

6.2 Instructions
The submitted documents shall have the unique identification no. and every
revision shall be mentioned. The Bidder shall submit the hard copies of each
document/drawing for Employer’s (DPDC) review and approval along with the
soft copy of documents with each submission. After necessary approval on the
final sets of all documents obtained from the DPDC, the Bidder shall submitted
the final documentation. Any changes observed during the field implementation
shall be incorporated in the as-built drawing and copies of same shall be
submitted to the DPDC Authority.

The Bidder shall also supply the Technical user manuals/guides/maintenance

manuals/manufacturer’s catalogues for all the hardware and software supplied
under the contract. The user manual shall at minimum include the principle of
operation, block diagrams, troubleshooting, diagnostic and maintenance
procedures.

6.3 Deliverables and Documentation Requirements

The following documents and deliverables shall be delivered and submitted by
the Bidder under the overall AMI System implementation project.

6.3.1 Project Deliverable

The Project deliverables submitted by the bidder/Bidder shall include, but
not limited to the followings list of deliverables:
1. Project As Is Report.
2. Project Inception Report. (Including Site Survey)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 334 of 483
 3. Consumer Indexing data duly validated and approved by DPDC ( In
compatible format as required by DPDC)
4. Consumer Indexing Status Report.
5. Project To-be Report.
6. High Level and Low Level Architecture Design for AMI System.
7. Technical design document of RF Network Canopy for Smart Metering
System for DPDC factoring ~ 2 Million (approx.) AMI meters.
8. Software/hardware performance report for maximum load through virtual
metering point simulation tools which will be provided by the Bidder.
9. Design of Data Center and Disaster Recovery Center. (HLD & LLD)
10. Necessary Hardware and Software Certifications
11. Project BOQ and BOM.
12. AMI Software licenses
13. Network Connectivity – GSM/GPRS/RF etc.
14. Network Connectivity – DC/DR
15. Functional Specification Compliance
16. User Acceptance Testing
17. AMI System Integration
18. Integration with Legacy System
19. OEM Compliance(MAF)
20. Go-Live Criteria Compliance
21. Project Team Structure with Necessary Approval
22. FMS Reports
23. Change Management
24. Transition Management
25. Training
26. AMI System AMC Services
27. Interoperability at devices/ meter level by successful communication
testing with 3 meter vendors
28. Meter design support for at-least 10 years
29. Communication design support for at-least 10 years
30. Any other Document/Report/Certification as required by DPDC for AMI
Project.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 335 of 483
6.3.2 AMI System Hardware and Software Documentation
1. Technical Description Documents
2. Functional Description Documents
3. Network Connectivity/Bandwidth/Security Testing Reports
4. Hardware Inventory Report
5. Installation drawing
6. Schematic drawing
7. General and Internal arrangement drawing of panels indicating modules,
components location etc.
8. Factory Acceptance Report
9. Quality Acceptance Report
10. Site Testing Report
11. Application Customization & Development Code
12. Unit Test, Module Test & Integration Test Documents
13. Any other document as required by DPDC for AMI Project.

6.3.3 Project Operational Report

1. AMI Installation & Commission Reports (Daily/Weekly/Monthly/Quarterly with
Approval from DPDC concern Authority)
2. Data Center and Disaster Recovery Center Failover Drill Report
3. RPO and RTO Reports
4. DC and DR Center Monitoring Reports (Daily/Weekly/Monthly)
5. EMS/NMS Reports (Weekly/Monthly etc.)
6. Implementation Monthly Progress Report
7. AMI Data Availability Report (Weekly/Monthly/Quarterly)
8. Exceptional Reports
9. Risk Mitigation Plan
10. Resource Attendance Report

6.3.4 User Documentation

1. Manuals for each equipment and software.
2. Training documents
3. System administrator documents

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 336 of 483
 4. Technical Support Handbook
5. Information Security Policy
6. Database administrator documents
7. User guides
8. Troubleshooting guides for all Application modules
9. Frequently asked question (FAQ) guides for all Application modules
10. Training manual on functional processes with step by step processes
11. Any other report as required by the DPDC, under AMI system implementation
project.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 337 of 483
 Provisional Inspection
Testing
And
Operational Acceptance

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 338 of 483
7. INSPECTION, TESTING AND OPERATIONAL ACCEPTANCE
7.1 Solution Testing and Acceptance
Software testing and quality assurance in the development cycle shall be more
rigorous since each component has to be more reliable, if it is to be reused. A
software system shall be tested at various stages of development and deployment.
For example, each component is tested as a unit for checking the correctness of its
own code. Further, the component is tested with its dependent components. After
final release of the entire set of components, system is tested for the correctness of
system functionality. Finally the components are further tested in simulated
production load for performance and load analysis.
The AMI system implementer lead partner along with the consortium partners shall
be responsible for the testing processes such as planning (includes preparing test
plans and defining roles and their responsibilities), preparation (consists of preparing
test specification, test environment and test data) and execution (includes testing at
various levels like unit level, integration level, system level and production). The
required tools and software for the solution testing shall be provided by the Bidder in
compliance to the testing requirements.

7.1.1 System Test Plan

Test plans are prepared for each phase of testing. The Bidder shall create a master
test plan covers all types of test i.e. from unit testing to production testing. The Lead
Partner along with consortium partners is expected to submit the test plans to DPDC
for approval. Any changes made to the test plan during the project life cycle should
be communicated to DPDC for approval.
The AMI Test plans shall contains, but not limited to the following items:
 Roles and responsibilities of test team
 Approach to testing
 Functional testing
 Security testing
 User Interface and reports testing
 Concurrency testing
 Performance and Load testing Test Scenarios
 Test specifications
 Suspension and resumption criteria

7.1.2 Test Scenarios

The Bidder shall prepare the test scenario for each business scenario. A test
scenario when executed should fulfill a business requirement as per the scope of
business functionality. Test scenarios shall include the following:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 339 of 483
  Test Specification - During the test specification phase, the test cases are
specified. It consists of description of the input, process to be executed and a
prediction of output results.
 Test Environment - Component developer does unit testing and integration
testing. Integration testing can be delegated to a specialized testing group. Each
of the members in the testing group is provided with testing environment
according to his/her role and responsibilities.
Bidder shall create testing environment for testing:
 A workstation
 A set of tools and applications required on workstation like access to user
interface, browser etc.
 Testing tools as per the test requirement.
 Access to centralized document database (where all the project related
documents are maintained)
 Access to testing tools and defect logging tools
 Access to the central database or repository for development and unit
testing (this database contains sample test data)
 Access to deployed components

 Test Data - Test data is prepared for testing at each stage. The test data should
be prepared in such a way that it covers basic path and every alternate path of
the code. The basic path and alternate paths are prioritized to capture relevant
data. Tools can also be used to generate test data.

7.1.3 Test Execution

The following testing steps are usually employed in any project lifecycle however
bidder may propose the testing steps based on its assessment. The Bidder shall to
follow the followings steps:
i. Unit Testing – In unit testing, each piece of code has to be rigorously tested. At
this stage testing is done according to the priority of path of code. All the test
results are logged in the defect logging tools. After every the completion of testing,
code is corrected for defect logs. This process is iterative till criteria for successful
testing is reached.
ii. Integration Testing –Upon completion of unit testing, integration testing begins.
The purpose is to ensure distinct components of the application still work in
accordance to customer requirements i.e. System testing post MDM solution
integration with HES and legacy applications.
Test sets will be developed with the express purpose of exercising the interfaces
between the AMI system components. This activity is to be carried out by the Test
Team. Integration test will be termed complete when actual results and expected
results are either in line or differences are explainable/acceptable based on client
input.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 340 of 483
 iii. Incremental Integration Testing - Continuous testing of an application as new
functionality is added.
iv. System Testing - System testing is performed when all the components are
delivered to central repository prior to the release of the software. The testing is
done on priority basis of business processes. All the defects are logged and
assigned to respective component owners. The component and unit testing is
performed after the correction of code. However, it may depend on size and type
of individual test specifications. Impact analysis is useful to narrow done testing
efforts by identifying critical test cases affected due to code change.
v. Pre-Production Testing – Pre-Production testing is done simulating the production
load. Test data is either prepared or generated from the tools. This testing is used
to evaluate performance, load capacity and concurrency. Load testing tools will be
used for this purpose. Following special type of testing are done during Pre-
production Testing Phase:
 Regression Testing - The objective of regression testing is to ensure software
remains intact. A baseline set of data and scripts will be maintained and
executed to verify changes introduced during the release have not “undone”
any previous code. Expected results from the baseline are compared to
results of the software being regression tested.
All discrepancies will be highlighted and accounted for, before testing proceeds to
the next level.
 Performance Testing - Although performance testing is described as a part of
system testing, it can be regarded as a distinct level of testing. Performance
testing will verify the load, volume, and response times as defined by
requirements.
 Load Testing - Testing of AMI system applications under heavy loads, such
as the testing of a web site/application under a range of loads to determine at
what point the systems response time degrades or fails.
 Installation Testing - Testing full, partial, or upgrade install/uninstall processes.
The installation test for a release will be conducted with the objective of
demonstrating production readiness. This test is conducted after the
application has been migrated to the client’s site. It will encompass the
inventory of configuration items (performed by the application’s System
Administration) and evaluation of data readiness, as well as dynamic tests
focused on basic system functionality. When necessary, a sanity test will be
performed following the installation testing.
 Security/Penetration Testing - Bidder shall perform the testing to assess how
well the system protects against unauthorized internal or external access,
wilful damage, etc. This type of testing shall be conducted with sophisticated
testing techniques and tools by the bidder.

7.2 IT Equipment Testing and Acceptance

Delivery of the equipment shall be made to DPDC by the Vendor in accordance with
the Bid Documents / work order.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 341 of 483
 The details of the documents to be furnished by the Vendor are specified hereunder:-
 Copies of Vendor’s Invoice showing Contract number, Products description,
quantity.
 Delivery Note or acknowledgement of receipt of Products from the Consignee or
in case of products from abroad original and two copies of the negotiable clean
Airway Bill
 Insurance Certificate.
 Manufacturer’s / Vendor’s warranty certificate
DPDC / representative shall have the right to inspect and test the goods as per
prescribed test schedules for their conformity to the specifications. Where DPDC
decides to conduct such tests on the premises of the Bidder or its sub - Bidder(s), all
reasonable facilities and assistance like Testing instruments and other test gadgets
including access to drawings and production data shall be furnished to the inspectors
at no charge to DPDC.
The Inspection and Quality Control tests before evaluation, prior to shipment of
Goods and at the time of final acceptance would be as follows:
I. Inspection/Pre-shipment Acceptance Testing of Goods as per quality control
formats including functional testing, burn-in tests and mains fluctuation test at
full load, facilities etc., as per the standards / specifications may be done at
factory site of the Bidder before dispatch of goods , by the Purchaser or
Purchaser appointed Testing Agency.
II. The bidder should intimate the Purchaser before dispatching the goods to
various locations/offices for conduct of pre-shipment testing. Successful
conduct and conclusion of pre-dispatch inspection shall be the sole
responsibility of the Bidder;
III. DPDC may at its sole discretion, waive inspection of goods having regard to
the value of the order and/or the nature of the goods and/or any other such
basis as may be decided at the sole discretion of the DPDC meriting waiver of
such inspection of goods.
IV. In the event of the hardware and software failing to pass the acceptance test,
as per the specifications given, a period not exceeding two weeks will be given
to rectify the defects and clear the acceptance test, failing which, DPDC
reserves the right to cancel the Purchase Order.
V. The inspection and quality control tests may be conducted on the premises of
the Bidder,at point of delivery and / or at the Goods’ final destination.
Reasonable facilities andassistance, including access to drawings and
production data, shall be furnished to the inspectors, at no charge to the
DPDC.
VI. The Bidder shall provide complete and legal documentation of Systems, all
subsystems,operating systems, compiler, system software and the other
software. The Bidder shallalso provide licensed software for all software
products, whether developed by itoracquired from others.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 342 of 483
 VII. On successful completion of acceptability test, receipt of deliverables, etc., and
after DPDCis satisfied with the working on the system, the acceptance certificate
will be signed by the representative of the DPDC
VIII. Should any inspected or tested goods fail to conform to the specifications the
purchaser may reject them and the bidder shall either replace the rejected
goods or make all alterations necessary to meet Specification requirements
free of cost to DPDC.
IX. Notwithstanding the pre-supply tests and inspections prescribed the
equipment and accessories on receipt in the Purchaser’s premises will also be
tested during and after installation before “take over” and if any equipment or
part thereof is found defective, the same shall be replaced free of all cost to
DPDC.

7.3 Solution Hardware Testing and Acceptance

The below section describes the hardware system components Quality Assurance
(QA), Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) and Site Acceptance Test (SAT). This is to
ensure that the Bidder produces a well-engineered and contractually compliant
equipment, a quality assurance program shall be followed.

7.3.1 Communication Network

7.3.1.1 Quality Assurance (QA)
a) The bidder must employ documented Quality Assurance (QA) techniques and
practices throughout this project. The bidder should prepare implementation
methodology covering:
b) Schedule of Factory Acceptance Test, supply, installation, SAT (Site Acceptance
Test), Trial runs, commissioning etc.
c) Allocation of manpower for different activities
d) Submission of Quality Assurance (QA) techniques indicating completion of various
activities within targeted time frame.
e) This QA program shall be adhered to the preparation of all Contract deliverables,
including documentation, hardware, firmware and software. The program shall aim
at minimization of defects, early detection of actual or potential deficiencies, timely
and effective corrective action, and a method to track all such deficiencies etc.

7.3.1.2 Factory Acceptance (FA)

1. Responsibilities
Unless otherwise stated in this Specification, the Bidder shall be responsible
for all factory tests. This responsibility shall include the conduct of the tests
and all record keeping and document production.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 343 of 483
 2. Test Documents
Test plans, procedures, and records shall be provided by the Bidder for all
tests to ensure that each test is comprehensive and verifies the proper
performance of the Communication System elements under test. During the
development of test plans and test procedures, emphasis shall be placed on
testing each conditional logic statement, checking error conditions, and
documenting the simulation techniques used. The test plans and test
procedures shall be modular to allow individual test segments to be repeated
as necessary.

All test plans and test procedures (standard, modified standard, and custom
functions) shall be submitted to Employer for approval.
3. Test Records
Complete records of all tests result shall be maintained by the bidder.
Following items shall be included in test records:
a) Reference to appropriate test procedure
b) Date of test
c) Description of any test conditions, input date, or user actions differing
from that described in test procedure
d) Test results for each test segment including a passed/failed indication.
All information recorded during the test such as measurements,
calculations, or times shall be included in results.
e) Identification of Bidder’s and Employer representatives performing and
witnessing the test
4. Test Completion
A test shall be deemed to be successfully completed only when:
All variances have been resolved to the satisfaction of Employer and all test
records have been submitted to the employer.
5. Performance Test
The performance test shall verify that the standard performance
requirements are met. Simulation shall be provided by the Bidder, where
necessary, to create the conditions for the specified performance scenarios.
The simulations shall be tested first to verify that the desired activity is being
simulated.

6. Installation and Functional Test on Site (SAT)

The installation tests shall be conducted by the Bidder and include:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 344 of 483
 a) Functional testing of each equipment after installation on site
b) Functional test of each interface provided
c) Point-to-point Test
d) Communication Integration Test after all interface and connected
devices.
e) Functional Testing of HES /NMS
f) Test for transmitted power, Interference, dynamic path &
equipment performance related test
g) The bidder will conduct Network Availability Test of total System
for 60 days. The desired availability should be as defined in
document.
h) Any other test felt necessary by Employer.

7. Spare Parts, Tools, and Test Equipment

The Bidder shall submit a list of required on-site spare parts for field-
replaceable and - repairable modules as part of the list of deliverable
hardware. The required spare parts shall include any special tools and test
equipment that the Bidder and the OEM use and which are applicable for
employer’s maintenance. The spares shall be part of delivery.
a) Bidder has to intimate the list of minimum spares required to maintain the
desired availability of communication. Bidder shall keep sufficient spare
inventory to ensure compliance to the SLA parameters.
b) The management of Spare Parts Inventory and of repair & return services
for all supplied equipment will be responsibility of bidder. The ownership of
the inventory shall belong to the Bidder.
c) Fault reports to be generated and to be submitted to Employer on as & when
basis.
d) Complete Inventory details are to be provided by Bidder during
commencement of contract.
8. Software Minimum Support Period
The Bidder shall guarantee the availability of upgrades, technical support for
all System software, and announcements of software and hardware releases
applicable to the system under warranty period. The minimum overall
solution validity period is for Ten (10) years after acceptance.
The SLA’s as defined in the document shall be applicable during entire
warranty period and all network elements supplied during warranty and post
warranty period should be backward compatible.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 345 of 483
 9. Role & responsibility after commissioning:
a) Bidder will be responsible for providing O&M, warranty, Repair/
replacement of defective equipment’ herewith:
b) Application Monitoring and Management: Bidder will ensure on site
monitoring of the Server, database and storage for the NMS and HES
System on 24x7. When an Incident triggers an alert, O&M team to track the
incident, troubleshoot the problem, and escalate to subject matter experts
or third party vendors as needed.
c) Reports. Bidder to customize system generated reports regarding the
health of the NAN and performance of meter reads and event activities as
per DPDC requirement and submit on daily basis/ weekly/monthly basis or
as and when required.
d) Site/Field Visits. All site visit will be carried out by bidder staff. DPDC will
assists if necessary
e) Maintenance by Bidder: Third-Party Software Licenses and Updates.
Bidder will maintain current licenses to all necessary Back Office third party
software.
f) Software Support & maintenance: All support related to software will be in
bidder’s scope. For any software /database related work, Maintenance
window shall be provided to bidder, at a regularly scheduled time to be
mutually agreed as per process of change management, and lasting 3
hours unless otherwise agreed.
g) Hardware Maintenance. Bidder will work with third party vendors to
diagnose any problems with third party hardware and agree on a resolution
plan. If necessary, Employer may provide some guidance, but is not
responsible for managing or maintaining Customer’s hardware
infrastructure.
h) Capacity Management. As part of this analysis, the bidder will submit health
& performance report on capacity utilization of NAN devices to determine
whether additional Access Points or Relays are required or current Access
Points and Relays must be relocated, all of which will be at bidder’s
expense.
i) Backups and Restoration of Data. Bidder will use and maintain a hardware
and software backup solution each Business Day to conduct daily backups
of application configuration files and Generated Data.
j) Disaster Recovery Test. Bidder will perform a test of its Disaster Recovery
Plan annually to confirm failover capabilities (including availability) between
Customer’s data centers. The annual Disaster Recovery Test will be
conducted in a scheduled maintenance window as decided by Employer.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 346 of 483
 k) Alignment of Disaster Recovery with Production. As System Changes are
made to the production environment, Bidder will make identical changes to
the disaster recovery environment.
l) Integrated Meters: Bidder will be responsible for monitoring and resolving
meter communication related issues including but not limited to performing
in-field troubleshooting of all post-installation problems with Integrated
Meters communication.

10. INSTALLATION AND FUNCTIONAL TEST ON SITE (SAT)

The installation tests shall be conducted by the Bidder and include:
 Functional testing of each equipment after installation on site
 Functional test of each interface provided
 Point-to-point Test
 Communication Integration
 Test after all interface and connected devices.
 Functional Testing of HES /NMS
 Test for transmitted power, Interference, dynamic path & equipment
performance related test
 The bidder will conduct Network Availability Test of total System for 60
days. The desired availability should be as defined in document.
 Any other test felt necessary by Employer.
 The material received at Purchaser's store shall be inspected for
acceptance and shall be liable for rejection, if found different from the
reports of the pre-dispatch inspection and one copy of the report shall be
sent to Plant Engineering department.
 The successful bidder shall submit one extra meter for every 5000 nos
meters in serial no. in continuation of the lot free of cost to the purchaser
for further testingand confirmation in line with the specifications and the
material shall be liable for rejection, if test results are found different from
the reports of the pre dispatch inspection.

11. NAME PLATE AND MARKING ON METER

Every meter shall be provided with a Name plate incorporating the
information as per IEC 62052-11 and the meter terminals shall also be
marked.
The meter shall have name plate beneath the meter cover such that the
name plate cannot be accessed without opening the meter cover and without
breaking the seals of the meter cover and the name plate shall be marked
indelibly. The name plate marking shall not fade with lapse of time. The base
color of Name plate shall be blue indelibly and distinctly marked with all
essential particulars as per relevant standards along with the following.
 Manufacturer's name

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 347 of 483
  Type designation
 Number of phases and wires
 Serial number (Meter serial number shall be laser printed on name plate
instead on sticker).
 Month and Year of manufacture
 Unit of measurement
 Reference voltage, frequency
 Ref. temperature if different from 27 deg. C
 Rated basic and maximum Current
 Meter constant (imp/kWh)
 Class index of meter
 "Property of DPDC”
 Purchase Order No. & date
 Guarantee period.
 Rated frequency
 Sign of Double Square
 Country of manufacture.
 Symbol of load switch.
 Communication Tech for WAN and NAN (with carrier frequency)
 Communication Technology is IHD supported (with carrier frequency).
 Firmware version for meterCategory·
However the following shall be printed in bar code on the meter
nameplate. (Shall be printed on name plate instead on sticker).
 Manufacturer's code No. (Given by DPDC) Meter Sr. No
 DPDC Property
 Month/Year of manufacture.
Only one meter Sr. no which is provided by the DPDC must be on name plate.
Unique procedure of Meter Sr. no. Having Alpha-numeric character will be
decided by DPDC and will be given at the time of placing Order so that 7 digit
numeric part will appear on meter display and Alpha-numeric part will appear
in BCS (MRI data) as well as on nameplate.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 348 of 483
 System Go-Live
And
Acceptance Criterion

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 349 of 483
8. SYSTEM GO-LIVE AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
8.1 General Requirements and Conditions
The purpose of this section is to collate the information regarding the state of the
project prior to declaration and acceptance of the Go - Live. Whilst there are
certain mandatory criteria for declaring the Go-Live however they might be
exempted & relaxed, in case of any exception and appropriate approval from the
DPDC authority. These include the following as per Bid Document requirements:
1. Submission of Project Deliverables.
2. Submission of System Hardware and Software documents.
3. Submission of User Documentation
4. Documentation Completed
5. Smart Meter Commissioning and Acceptance as per scope
6. Data Concentrator/Access Point Commission and Acceptance as per scope
7. IT Infrastructure commissioning and acceptance
8. Completion of Software customizations
9. Completion of AMI System testing as per Bid Documents
10. Software solution commissioning and acceptance
11. User Acceptance Testing Completed
12. FRS Compliance Achieved
13. Fit/Gap Analysis Completed
14. Data download in compliance to SLA for at least 3 Months
15. Business Process Changes in Place
16. Training as per schedule approved by DPDC
17. Change Management Process in Place as per DPDC acceptance
18. Handover Plan Accepted by the DPDC
19. Detailed Schedule Available For Go - Live
20. A Roll Back Plan Available
21. Benefit Realization Process in Place
22. Adequate Man Power in Place for Handover
23. Scope of Work Completed

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 350 of 483
 Go - Live Criterion Check List

Sl. Activity Comments Readiness Potential

No. Status/Score Impact/Change
1 Submission of Project Deliverables
2 Submission of System Hardware and
Software documents.
3 Submission of User Documentation
4 Documentation Completed
5 Smart Meter Commissioning and
Acceptance as per scope
6 Data Concentrator/Access Point
Commission and Acceptance as per
scope
7 IT Infrastructure commissioning and
acceptance
8 Completion of Software
customizations
9 Completion of AMI System testing as
per Bid Documents
10 Software solution commissioning and
acceptance
11 User Acceptance Testing Completed
12 FRS Compliance Achieved
13 Fit/Gap Analysis Completed
14 Data download in compliance to SLA
for at least 3 Months
15 Business Process Changes in Place
16 Training as per schedule approved
by DPDC
17 Change Management Process in
Place as per DPDC acceptance
18 Handover Plan Accepted by the
DPDC
19 Detailed Schedule Available For Go
- Live
20 A Roll Back Plan Available
21 Benefit Realization Process in Place
22 Adequate Man Power in Place for
Handover
23 Scope of Work Completed

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 351 of 483
 Training
Requirements

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 352 of 483
9. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

This section covers and describes the training requirements and capacity building
for the DPDC regarding AMI & Smart Metering System.

9.1 General Requirements:

a) Training shall be conducted by Bidder personnel who are instructors and
speak understandable English.
b) All necessary training material shall be provided by the successful Bidder.
Each trainee shall receive individual copies of all technical manuals and all
other documents used for training.
c) Class materials, including the documents provided to the trainees as well as
class handouts, shall become the property of the employer. Employer reserves
the right to copy such materials, but for in-house training and use only.
d) Hands-on training shall utilize equipment similar to that being supplied under
the contract. In general, training duration shall be 50% for hands on except
database and dispatcher which could go up to 80% for hands on training.
e) For foreign training, all costs including the Airfare, lodging, fooding,
transportation, insurance, and daily allowance of USD 100 for each
traineeshall be borne by the contractor. For local training, cost of training
center, fooding, daily allowances of BDT 500 for each trainee etc. shall be
borne by the contractor.
f) The schedule, location, detailed contents, for each course shall be finalized
during detail engineering. The number of participants in the training program
may undergo a change. The training shall be completed in a single batch for
each course.
g) Employer will have the option to cancel any or all training courses. In the case
of cancellation, the rate quoted against the respective course will not be paid to
the Bidder.
The training courses, duration, and the number of employer personnel to be
trained in each course are identified in respective part.
These training sessions will be required to be organized by functional process
that will serve as the training documentation for a particular functional area.
The training will consist of a curriculum of courses to address the issues of
system operation, business-wide application, changed business processes
and the general use of the new system.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 353 of 483
Both Local and foreign training shall include the following minimum topics:
9.1.1 Training on Smart Meter
The training course on Smart Meter shall cover the following topics:
 Meter functionality and data access methodology
 Measurement parameter and their use Sensor Interfaces
 Calculation Engine – Metering Algorithms
 Installation and commissioning including configuration of the meter parameters
Communications settings required
 Firmware and software upgrade
 Testing and calibrating the meters Safety issues
 Associated Equipment
 Maintain and repair smart meters Trouble shooting common errors

9.1.2 Training on Communication Network

The course should include following content:
 Installation and commissioning
 Functionality and methodology to access it
 Communications settings required
 Firmware and software upgrade Modification in functionality
 Configuration of the network parameters
 Software integration associated
 Replacing of Access Point/DCU
 Safety issues
 Standard tests and procedures
 Alarm and event handling
 Trouble shooting common errors
 Installation & commissioning, trouble shooting, firmware & software upgrading,
alarm & event handling of following field devices:
 Communication module o Routers
 Repeaters
 Access Points

9.1.3 Training on HES

 Features
 Interoperability
 User management
 In corporation of new features
 Supporting standards
 Configure meters, routers & access points
 Alarm and event handling
 Associated libraries

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 354 of 483
  On demand read Routine data pull
 Supporting technologies
 Supporting protocols
 Demonstration of all features
 Software base
 Database management Reports
 Communication Settings required

9.1.4 Training on MDM

 Overview Features
 Interoperability
 User management
 In corporation of new features
 Supporting standards
 Configure meters, routers & access points
 Application function
 Alarm and event handling
 Associated libraries
 On demand read Routine data pull
 Supporting technologies
 Supporting protocols
 Demonstration of all features
 Software base
 Database management
 Reports
 Communication Settings required
 Data analysis
 VEE
 Load control
 Demand response
 Demand side management
 Energy Accounting/Audit Data flow algorithm
 Hands on training

9.1.5 Training on Protocol for Meter/Communication/HES/MDM

 Capabilities and Benefits Recent developments
 Implementing protocol Standards in protocol
 Device modelling
 Protocol layers
 Protocol services
 Encoding protocol frames
 Application Association Request / Response
 Conformance testing

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 355 of 483
  Common problems
 Evaluation and comparison to other protocols
 Demonstrations
 Interoperability
 Applicability of AMI system
 Adaptability of the protocol

9.1.6 Training on Business analytics and reports

 System Overview
 Features
 Administration
 Report generations
 View creation
 Online/Offline report generation
 Integration of multiple systems data
 Demonstration of all features
 Software navigation
 Database management
 Reports generation
 Settings requirements
 Data analysis
 Hands on training
 Any other module/component/feature as required.

A detailed training curriculum shall be submitted to DPDC. After confirmation from

DPDC on training curriculum, the contractor shall organize the training.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 356 of 483
 Facility Management
Services

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 357 of 483
10.0 FACILITY MANAGEMENT SERVICESUPTO COMPLETION OF 3
YEARS AMC PERIOD
1. The contractor shall be required to provide the services through the facility
management service provider or by self so as to manage the entire IT system
including all equipment’s, installation& commissioned including AMI system
hardware, software, networks and utility business related modules installed &
commissioned by the Bidder for the DPDC in order that they have maximum
availability to enable DPDC to realize its desired business objectives.
2. System Management Services shall be provided by contractor in order that
maximum uptime &performance levels of installed IT systems is ensured. As
such, contractor is expected to provide services as per ITIL (IT Infrastructure
Library) standards with performance levels meeting or exceeding those
mentioned in Service Level Agreement (SLA) agreed between utility &Bidder.
3. To achieve the desired Service Levels, the contractor may need to interact,
coordinate and collaborate with the other service providers as required. The
contractor will act as the Single Point of contact for all issues relating to the
Service Levels. The Bidder will have the responsibility to deal with the other
partners (during warranty period)/other vendors as selected by utility (after
warranty period) as the case maybe, to provide the services at agreed service
levels.
4. However, the prime responsibility of providing desired services shall be that
of lead partner of consortium during the warranty period. The FMS shall start
immediately after systems are installed, commissioned, handed over and Go-
live in compliance to the DPDC guidelines. The Facilities Management would,
include following major areas of services:
a. Replacement of Faulty AMI Devices
b. Availability of AMI System Network and Application
c. Help Desk Services
d. Technical Support Services
e. Vendor Management Services
f. Asset Management services
5. The contractor should provide the competent resources for supporting the
above said services at the DPDC locations. The Help Desk agents shall
coordinate the assigning of user calls to FMS resources.
6. The contractor should provide adequate resources for supporting the above
said services at the user locations. An indicative number of resources required
is mentioned in Minimum Resource requirements of this section.

7. The contractor should provide the Facility Management services for a

minimum of 8 hours per day (for all the 7 days of a week) coinciding with the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 358 of 483
 business hours of that particular location and Bidder should also make
arrangement for handling of emergency calls.

10.1 IT Infrastructure Servicesupto completion of 3 years AMC period

10.1.1 Network equipment & Server Administration, Maintenance & Management
Services
Contractor shall effectively support and maintain all the Servers and other Network
equipment’s provided as a part of this tender Documents, and will include:
a) 24x7x365 monitoring and management of the servers in the Data Center & DR.
b) Operating System administration, including but not limited to management of
users, processes, preventive maintenance and management of servers
including updates and patches to ensure that the system is properly updated at
any given time.
c) Installation and Re-installation of the server hardware in the event of system
crash/ failures.
d) Regular analysis of events and logs generated in all the sub-systems including
but not limited to servers, operating systems, security devices, etc. to identify
vulnerabilities. Action shall be taken in accordance with the results of the log
analysis.
e) Adoption of policies as defined by DPDC and conforming to standards
wherever applicable.
f) Provide integration and user support on all supported servers and data storage
systems.
g) Troubleshoot problems with equipment’s IT Infrastructure. Problems shall be
logged in at the Helpdesk and resolved as per the SLAs defined in this
document.
h) Manage and monitor server configuration, steady performance and activity of
all servers
i) Document for all equipment’s/ components configurations.
j) OS Hardening to address security weaknesses in operation systems by
implementing the latest OS and application patches, hotfixes and updates and
following procedures and policies to reduce attacks and system down time.

10.1.2 Network Management Servicesupto completion of 3 years AMC period

contractor shall ensure continuous operation and upkeep of the LAN & WAN
infrastructure including monitoring of WAN links. The services to be provided for
Network Management include:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 359 of 483
 a) Ensuring that the network is steady and available 24x7x365 as per the
prescribed SLAs
b) Attending to and resolving network failures and snags
c) Support and maintain the overall network infrastructure including but not limited
to LAN passive components, routers, switches etc.
d) Configuration and backup of network devices including documentation of all
configurations.
e) 24x7x365 monitoring of the network to spot the problems immediately.
f) Provide information on performance of Ethernet segments, including capacity
utilization and error statistics for the segment and the top-contributing hosts,
WAN links and routers
g) Installation and Re-installation of the network devices in the event of crash/
failures.
h) Tuning of various parameters to optimize performance and to ensure industry
standard QoS with customization is being delivered.

10.1.3 Storage and Backup Managementupto completion of 3 years AMC period

a) The contarctor shall perform Tape and disk backup as per the requirement
of the DPDC. This will include installation of backup software, managing the
tape library, regular backup and restore operations and assuring security of
the media through appropriate access control. In addition, the Bidder shall
also manage scheduled data replication. The activities shall include:
b) Backup of operating system, database and application should be performed
as per stipulated policies of the purchaser at the data center premises. The
Bidder should provide required tools for undertaking these activities.
c) Monitor and enhance the performance of scheduled backups, schedule
regular testing of backups and ensure adherence to related retention
policies.
d) Ensure prompt execution of on-demand backups of volumes, files and
database applications whenever required by the purchaser or in case of
upgrades and configuration changes to the system.
e) Real-time monitoring, log maintenance and reporting of backup status on a
regular basis. The administrators should ensure prompt problem resolution
in case of failures in the backup processes.
f) The administrators should undertake media management tasks, including,
but not limited to, tagging, cross-referencing, storing, logging, testing, and
vaulting in fire proof cabinets (onsite and offsite).
g) The Bidder should ensure the physical security of the media stored in
cabinets.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 360 of 483
 h) The Bidder should also ensure that a 24 x 7 support for file, database and
volume restoration requests is available at the data centers.
i) The Bidder shall also provide sufficient media (tape library) for daily, weekly
and additional backups for the duration of the contract.

10.1.4 User Management Servicesupto completion of 3 years AMC period

The User Management services shall include Directory Services for DPDC DC
and DR which comprises of the following services:
 Domain management
 Group management
 User management
 Implementation of domain policies and standards etc.
Directory services are to be used within DPDC DC and DR.

10.1.5 Server and Storage Administration and Management Servicesupto

completion of 3 years AMC period
Bidder will carry out the management of the storage solution and shall provide
the following services:
a) Identify key resources in the Storage solution
b) Identify interconnects between key resources in the Storage solution
c) Receive asynchronous notification that the configuration of the Storage solution
has changed
d) Identify the health of key resources in the Storage solution
e) Identify the available performance of interconnects in the Storage solution
f) Receive asynchronous notification that the performance of the Storage
interconnect solution has changed
g) Identify the zones being enforced in the Storage solution
h) Create/ delete and enable/disable zones in the Storage solution
i) Identify the storage volumes in the Storage solution
j) Create/ delete/ modify storage volumes in the Storage solution
k) Identify the connectivity and access rights to Storage Volumes in the Storage
solution
l) Create/ delete and enable/ disable connectivity and access rights to
Storage Volumes in the Storage solution
m) Storage administration & troubleshooting

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 361 of 483
10.1.6 Security Administration and Management Servicesupto completion of 3
years AMC period
This Bidder shall provide the secure environment through implementation of the
DPDC’s security policy (to be laid down by the DPDC with the assistance from the
Bidder). This service shall include:
a) Addressing the ongoing needs of security management including, but not
limited to, monitoring of various devices/ tools such as firewall, IPS, content
filtering and blocking, virus protection spam protection and vulnerability
protection through implementation of proper patches and rules.
b) Maintaining an updated knowledge base of all the published security
vulnerabilities and virus threats for related software and microcode etc.
c) Ensuring that latest patches/ workarounds for identified vulnerabilities are
applied immediately.
d) Respond to security breaches or other security incidents and coordinate with
respective OEM in case a new threat is observed to ensure that workaround /
patch is made available for the same.
e) Provide a well-designed photo identity management system, security of
physical and digital assets, data and network security, infrastructure security
backup and recovery etc. Smart card system is industry standard and therefore
it may be adopted.
f) Maintenance and management of security devices, including, but not limited to
maintaining firewall services to restrict network protocols and traffic, detecting
intrusions or unauthorized access to networks, systems, services, applications
or data, protecting data, email, gateways, firewalls, servers, from viruses.
g) Ensuring that the security policy is maintained and updates to the same are
made regularly as per ISO 270001 guidelines.
h) Compliance of security regulations.
i) Data security audit every six months or as directed by the DPDC.

10.1.7 Anti - Virus Managementupto completion of 3 years AMC period

Bidder shall be responsible for Antivirus Management within DPDC DC and DR.
Bidder shall prepare and implement an antivirus management policy at appropriate
levels and install the required equipment, software, controls etc. at no extra cost
including adequate number of licenses for all the equipment’s provided under this Bid
Documents including use inside the DPDC Data Centre and DR site.

10.1.8 Helpdesk Servicesupto completion of 3 years AMC period

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 362 of 483
 The help desk service will serve as a single point of contact for all IT related
incidents and service requests. The service will provide a Single Point of Contact
(SPOC) and also resolution of incidents. The scope of work includes:
a) 24x7x365 Help Desk facility for reporting issues / problems with the IT
infrastructure.
b) To provide a service desk facility and set up all necessary channels for
reporting issues to helpdesk. The incident reporting channels will be the
following:
c) Specific E-Mail account
d) Dedicated Phone Numbers
e) Fax
Bidder shall implement a call logging system in line with the severity levels as
mentioned in the SLA.
The Help Desk shall undertake the following activities:
I. Log issues / complaints related to IT infrastructure at the Data Center under
the scope of work and issue an ID number against the issue / complaint.
II. Assign severity level to each issue / complaint.
III. Track each issue / complaint to resolution.
IV. Escalate the issues / complaints, to Tendering Authority, if necessary, as
per the escalation matrix defined in discussion with Tendering Authority.
V. Provide feedback to the callers.
VI. Analyze the issue / complaint statistics
VII. Creation of knowledge base on frequently asked questions to aid the
users of the IT infrastructure.
VIII. Provisioning of requisite number of Help Desk software licenses for
operating the Helpdesk facilities.

10.1.9 Database Managementupto completion of 3 years AMC period

a) Bidder will use the performance and monitoring tools to monitor and manage
database.
b) Bidder will undertake tasks of managing changes to database schema,
disk space, storage, user roles.
c) Bidder will periodically perform configuration checks to provide fine tuning
inputs with respect to performance and proactive identification of potential
problems
d) Bidder will provide performance monitoring and tuning of the databases
on a regular basis as well as proactive health checkup.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 363 of 483
 e) Bidder will manage patch upgrade as and when required with planned
minimal downtime and also conduct regular backups for all databases in
accordance with the backup and archive policies and conduct recovery
whenever required, in adherence to change management process.
f) Installing and configuring database connectivity, applying Software patch as
provided.
g) Bidder will provide database performance and health reports to the
tendering authority as per standards.

10.1.10Preventive & Corrective Maintenance Servicesupto completion of 3 years

AMC period
a) Preventive maintenance will include the warranty and maintenance/
troubleshooting of hardware problem of all supplied IT Infrastructure including
network (active / passive) equipment’s, security and support infrastructure
equipment’s. Troubleshooting of the problems arising in network and
resolving the same. Bidder shall maintain the documentation of problems,
isolation, and problem cause and rectification procedures for building
knowledge base for the known problems.
b) Bidder shall also check, repair/ replace component which is functional and
shall conduct preventive maintenance every month or as directed by the
DPDC (including inspection, testing, satisfactory execution of diagnostics and
necessary repairing of the equipment).
c) This shall also include cleaning and removal of dust, dirt etc. from the interior
and exterior of equipment and preventive maintenance activities of
components as per their manufactures’ recommendation/ advice.
d) All the preventive maintenance activity shall be carried out in non-prime hours
only after intimation to DPDC.

10.1.11Performance Calculationupto completion of 3 years AMC period

I. Uptime Calculation for the Month
1. {% Monthly Availability = [(Actual Uptime + Scheduled Downtime)
/ Total No. of Hours in a Month] x 100}
2. "Actual Uptime" means, of the Total Hours, the aggregate number
of hours in any month during which each equipment is actually
available for use.
3. "Scheduled Downtime" means the aggregate number of hours in
any month during which each equipment, is down during total
Hours, due to preventive maintenance, scheduled maintenance,
infrastructure problems or any other situation which is not

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 364 of 483
 attributable to Bidder’s (or Service provider's) failure to exercise
due care in performing Bidder’s responsibilities.
4. The Purchaser would provide a maximum of 04 hours of planned
downtime for the preventive maintenance (as part of scheduled
downtime) per month per equipment/service.
5. The downtime for scheduled maintenance (patch application,
upgrades – OS, Database, etc.) would need to be mutually
agreed between Purchaser and the Bidder. To reduce this time,
various maintenance activities can be clubbed together with
proper planning.
6. "Total Hours" means the total hours over the measurement period
i.e. one month (24 * number of days in the month).

II. Down Time Calculationupto completion of 3 years AMC period

1. The recording of downtime shall commence at the time of registering
the call with Bidder or Service Provider for any downtime situation for
the equipment.
2. Downtime shall end when the problem is rectified and the
application/ service is available to the user.
3. Down time will not be considered for following:
4. Pre-scheduled preventive maintenance and health checks (Scheduled
Downtime).
5. Failover time (30 minutes) in case of cluster environment. Beyond
which the service would be considered to be not available and
appropriate penalty shall be imposed on the Bidder.
6. Bug in any application which causes the non-availability of the service.
7. If the DPDC elects to continue the operation of the machine /
equipment, when a part of the machine is giving problem and leading
to downtime, the commencement of downtime shall be deferred until
the purchaser releases the machine / equipment to the Bidder for
remedial action.
10.1.12Minimum Resource Requirement
The Bidder must provide the minimum number of resources atthe specified
locations of DPDC. However, the numbers and locations provided below are only
indicative, theBidder shall carry out an assessment and propose actual number
required to meet all Service Level requirements with appropriate approval from
DPDC.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 365 of 483
 I. Before AMI System Go - Live
Sl. Min No. of Staff Required
Resource
No. (Before Go- Live)
1 Project Manager Bidder shall provide the resources
2 Assistant Project Managers for Meter in compliance to the project
Deployment timelines and implementation
3 Site Engineers for Meter Deployment requirement to make AMI system
4 Communication/HES Expert Go-live
5 Metering Expert
6 Database Expert
7 Application/Billing Expert
8 System Administrator
9 Cyber Security Expert
10 Help Desk Coordinator
11 Facilities Management Field Team
12 IT Support Staff

II. Post AMI System Go-Live:

Min No. of Staff Required (After Go-

Sl. Live)
Resource
No. DC/DR DPDC NOCS
ICT
1 Project Manager 1
2 Assistant Project Managers 2
for Meter Deployment
3 Site Engineers for Meter 4
Deployment
4 Communication/HES Expert 1
5 Metering Expert 1
6 Database Expert 2
7 Application/Billing Expert 2
8 System Administrator 2
9 Cyber Security Expert 1
10 Help Desk Coordinator 2
11 Facilities Management Field 16
Team
12 IT Support Staff 6

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 366 of 483
10.2 3 years AMC including Service Level Agreement (SLA)
Single window service: The bidder shall provide a single window service to maintain SLA
and in case of a joint bid only System Integrator/lead bidder shall be held responsible
and accountable for the performance of the system as per defined SLA.
a) The bidder shall provide 24x7 supports to DPDC to comply with SLAs as
mentioned in the Bid Documents in case of any problem.
b) It shall be the responsibility of solution provider to resolve any communication
related issues of meters from different OEMs.
c) Failure Rate: Less than 0.75% failure rate per annum for all network
communications equipment over the required operating life (i.e. 10 years) of the
system. (Failure is defined as any occurrence when the equipment is not
functioning per design specification.)
d) Less than 1.50% failure rate per annum for all network communications
equipment over the extended operating life of the system. (Operating life and
extended life of the equipment is typically defined by contract between the utility
and the communication equipment bidder.)
e) The network solution provider shall ensure that latest network security
methodologies and controls are exercised fully and not diluted at any point of
time.
f) The network solution provider shall ensure two way communication success rate,
for both AMI & operational applications and response time within 6 seconds for
operations of demand response and switching of electrical devices with a
success rate of 99%, consistently.
g) The network solution provider shall ensure Turn Around Time (TAT) for response
in the following manner under service disruption:
a. Over and above the criterion mentioned above, DPDC reserves the right
for prioritization of any issue at any point of time.
b. The bidder shall submit a report on the network status on daily, weekly and
monthly basis, even when the system is not covered under AMC, so that;
proactive responses may be generated for the betterment of the system.
c. Penalties shall be there when the performance of the system shall be
below the threshold parameter, as mutually agreed and documented,
which will be judged on the availability of AMI system data availability over
a period.
h) In case, the computation logic for any AMI system component is not available or
captured in the document. Than DPDC can discuss and incorporate the needful
post discussion with the bidder.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 367 of 483
10.2.1 Expected Performance of Core Services

Sl. Service Parameter Service Validation Penalty

No Level
1 Project Submission of 100% Minutes of 2% of monthly
Management Monthly Project Meetings FMScharges for
Status reports& Approval of every default
Conducting Status Status reports
meetings by Engineer-
in-Charge
2 Helpdesk Resolution of ticket >=99% Reports 95%-99% calls
logged as per the generated resolved in
Severity definition from Ticket specified time:
chart logging 2%penalty on
system the monthly
FMS charges

90% - 95% calls

resolved in
specified time:
5%penalty on
the monthly
FMS charges
3 Install, Moves, Should be part >=95% Project 0.2% of monthly
Add, Changes ofMonthly project StatusReport FMSCharges
Services status report
4 SupplierManagem Evaluation of 100% Management 0.5% of
entServices Supplier approval of Quarterly
Performance on Supplier FMSCharges
quarterly basis Performance
evaluation
report
5 Tracking of >=95% Status of 0.5% of monthly
SupplierSLA & tickets FMSCharges
tickets loggedwith logged with
suppliers Suppliers
6 MIS reporting on >=95% Report 0.2% of monthly
AMCtenure, FMSCharges
License fees
7 Desk Resolution of ticket >=95% Reports 1% of monthly
SideTechnicalsupp logged as per generated FMSCharges
ortServices theSeverity from Ticket
definitionChart logging
system
8 Antivirus Rollout of latest >=98% Reports 1% of monthly
Management antivirus definition generated FMSCharges
file onServers on from Anti-
being made Virus software
available on console
Supplier’s website
9 NetworkMonitoring Bidder to monitor >=99% Downtime Penalty of 2%
&Management(WA the availability of reports per month will
N) the network link for be deducted
99% uptime. Reports on from the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 368 of 483
Sl. Service Parameter Service Validation Penalty
No Level
Bidder should theNetwork monthly FMS
measure link performance charges, if the
availability on a reports are not
monthly basis. submitted by
the Bidder.
10 Data Centre >=99.8% Report 2% of monthly
Network FMScharges for
Availability less than
99.8%
Minimum of 99.8%
uptime measured 3% of monthly
on amonthly basis FMScharges for
less than
98.0%

5 % of monthly
FMScharges for
less than 95%
11 Data MIS reporting on >=95% Report 0.2 % of
Centre/IT physical and monthly
Operations environmental FMSCharges
conditions controls
12 MIS reporting of >=95% Report 0.2 % of
health check-ups monthly
of all FMSCharges
systems&modules
installed
13 Administration/ Rollout of >=98% Patch update 0.5% of monthly
Management patches(OS, infra report FMSCharges
level) onServers
after patch being
approved on test
environment
14 Uptime of app >=99.8% Report 2% of monthly
servers FMScharges for
less than99.8%

3% of monthly
FMScharges for
less than 98%

5 % of monthly
FMS
charges for less
than 95%
15 Uptime servers >=99.8% Report 2% of monthly
FMScharges for
less than99.8%

3% of monthly
FMScharges for
less than 98%

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 369 of 483
Sl. Service Parameter Service Validation Penalty
No Level

5 % of monthly
FMS
charges for less
than 95%
16 DatabaseAdministr MIS report of >=99% Report 0.5% of monthly
ation services database scheme, FMSCharges
disk space,
storage and user
role
17 Backup/RestoreMa The Bidder should >=99% Report If the
nagement take backup as per negligence is
the backup found in
schedule defined monthly audit,
by the DPDC the Bidder
would be
penalized as
per
DPDCGuideline
s.
18 DPDC would 100% Report Penalized as
periodically (once per
a quarter on a DPDCGuideline
random day) s for every
request the Bidder restore test
to restore the failure
backup data
19 Management of Daily MIS of server 100% Reports 0.5% of monthly
EMS and device health generated FMScharges
check-ups (CPU, from EMS
disk space, system
memory utilization,
I/Outilization,
CentralStorage
etc.)
20 Incidentmanageme Resolution of ticket >=99% Reports 0.5% of monthly
ntreleasemanagem logged in Incident generated FMSCharges
entand Management tool from Ticket
ticketmanagement logging
system
21 TicketingManagem Resolution of ticket 99% Reports 0.5% of monthly
ent Logged generated FMSCharges
from Ticket
logging
system
22 Problem Bidder shall 100%timelys Root cause 5% penalty on
Management analyze all the ubmissioncov report the monthly
incidents and ering all Incident FMS charges of
provide a root incidentslogg report stating that
cause report every ed in that problems location/site, if
month if there are month faced by the the Bidder does
more than users not submit a

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 370 of 483
Sl. Service Parameter Service Validation Penalty
No Level
5incidents of the Document problem report
same type. Bidder detailing for that month.
shall take the corrective
needed corrective action 5% penalty on
action to prevent the monthly
further issues due FMS charges of
tothe same cause. that
location/site, if
the Bidder does
not perform the
corrective
action for more
than one
calendar month.
23 Security Should be part of >=95% Report 0.2% of monthly
Management Monthly status FMSCharges
report
24 Resource Number of shift >=98%avera Attendance If the resource
Management days for which gedover all track Call Log availability is
resource present resources Audit calls/ less than 95%,
at the designated designated visits then payment
location/Total forbidder Measured on shall be
number of shift services – a monthly deducted based
days calculated on basis on the pro-rata
amonthlybasi basis.
s
(Total FMS cost
per day divided
by nos. of
persons
deployed)
Further
deduction
Tk.2,000/-
(BDT) per day
per
engineer/shall
also be made
on account of
loss of service
25 Resource provided 100% of the Experience Per day
is not as per resource Certificate of deduction =0.5
specified given FMSpersonne * (Monthly value
certification l forthat
/experiences submitted by manpower) / 30
Bidder to the
DPDC
26 Process operations Update >=98% Report 0.5% of monthly
response times transactions to FMScharges
commit
transactions:
2seconds

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 371 of 483
Sl. Service Parameter Service Validation Penalty
No Level

Simple query <3

Seconds.

Complex query<
6Seconds

Batch Operations:
15Mins

10.2.2 Expected Performance of DC/DR/BCP

Sl.
Measurement Definition Target Penalty
No.
>= 99.99% No penalty
Script based 2 % of Monthly or
>=99.95% to
checking every 10 Managed Services
<99.99%
minutes daily(24 x7) Payout
Quarterly average 4% of Monthly or
Availability of all >=99.85% to
from the log. Script Managed Services
services during the <99.95%
based checking to be Payout
Prime Business 6% of Monthly or
1 facilitated bySystem >=99.75% to
Hours (Primary Managed Services
Integrator.Non- <99.85%
DC/DR as the case Payout
availability of even
may be)
one of the agreed 10% of Monthly or
>=99.65% to
services would Managed Services
<99.75%
amount to deviation Payout
for this purpose. Event of Default
< 99.65% &Escalation to
Bidder’sManagement

10.2.3 Performance of DC/DR Hardware & Security Components

Sl.
Measurement Definition Target Penalty
No.

Total Time shall be Minimum

ALL IT
measured on 24*7 99.99 %up time
Infrastructure
basis. Any measured by
including Servers 2 % of Monthly
downtime for EMS and bidder
1 &Security orManaged Services
maintenance shall needs to submit
components Payout
be with prior weekly
including Firewall,
written intimation availability
SIEM etc.
to DPDC. reports.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 372 of 483
10.2.4 Scheduled Maintenance

Sl.
Measurement Definition Target Penalty
No.

Application Maintenance
100 % of scheduled
maintenance should
Measures timely
be carried out as per
maintenance of the
maintenance plan
Application & ICT
submitted by the
Infrastructure 2% of the
Bidder. Any
equipment. Bidder Monthly or
1 Scheduled scheduled
shall provide a Managed
Maintenance maintenance needs
detailed ICT Services
to be planned and
Infrastructure Payout
intimated at least 2
maintenance plan on
working days in
the commencement
advance and must
of the project.
be approved by
DPDC.

10.2.5 Security Incident and Event Management

All events must be monitored and all incidents should be analyzed/reported and resolved on
a 24x7 basis.Security event management should be covered completely but not limited to:
a) Virus/Malware outbreak
b) Reconnaissance attacks
c) Application/Website monitoring
d) Validate the incident with the guidelines provided and exclude if it is a false
escalation. Priority is the level of response time identified when the incident
ticket is created or updated based on the degree of the impact.

Sl. Measureme
Definition Target Penalty
No. nt

Any failure/incident 100% incidents to be

on any part of the reported to DPDC
solution shall be within 1 hour with the No Penalty
communicated cause and action for
1 Incident
immediately to the incident.
Reporting
DPDC as an 1% of the Monthly
exceptional report Payout for every hours
Delay beyond an hour
giving details of delay on an incremental
impact, if any. basis.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 373 of 483
 Sl. Measureme
Definition Target Penalty
No. nt

Quarterly 100% incident log to

measurement. be submitted to DPDC
that comprises
exceptional
& normal reportable No Penalty
activities by 5th of
every
Quarter for the
previous quarter.
1% of the Monthly
Delay beyond the date Payout for every days
of submission delay on an incremental
basis.
100% incidents to be
reported to DPDC
within 1 hour with the No Penalty
cause and action for
Any failure/incident the incident.
on any part of the 1% of the Monthly
information security Payout for every hours
Delay beyond an hour
breach shall be delay on an incremental
communicated basis.
immediately to 100% incident log to
2 Information
DPDC as an be submitted to DPDC
Security
exceptional report that comprises
giving details of exceptional& normal
No Penalty
impact, if any. reportable activities by
5th of every Quarter
Quarterly for the previous
measurement. quarter.
1% of the Monthly
Delay beyond the date Payout for every days
of submission delay on an incremental
basis.
100% of changes
should follow formal
1% of the Monthly
change control
Payout for every
procedures. All
noncompliance incident
changes need to be
Measurement of
approved by DPDC.
quality and
All changes should be
timeliness of 1% of the “Monthly
Change implemented on time
3 changes to the Pay-out” for every
Managemen and as per schedule &
solution. noncompliance
t without any disruption
incident
to business.
Quarterly
100% incident log to
measurement
be submitted to DPDC
that comprises
No Penalty
exceptional& normal
reportable activities by
5th of every Quarter

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 374 of 483
 Sl. Measureme
Definition Target Penalty
No. nt

for the previous

quarter.
1% of the Monthly
Delay beyond the date Payout for every days
of submission delay on an incremental
basis.
Implementation of
audit
recommendations
Implementat
by DPDC or its 100% on time to be 1% of the Monthly
ion of
4 auditor which have implemented as per Payout for every
Audit
been agreed by timelines agreed upon noncompliance
Recommen
Bidder & DPDC to with DPDC. incident
dations
be implemented.
Half-yearly
measurement.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 375 of 483
 10.2.6 Backup Business Continuity and DR Drill
Sl.
Measurement Definition Target Penalty
No.
Bidder shall adhere to
the Backup Policy
developed in 1% of the Monthly
Adherence to consultation with 100% adherence Pay-out” for every
1 DPDC.
Backup Policy to Backup policy noncompliance
Quarterly incident
measurement.
Bidder shall adhere to
the DR Policy
developed in 100% of the time
consultation with the drill should 1% of the Monthly
2 DPDC. happen as per Pay-out” for every
DR Drill
schedule and as noncompliance
Quarterly per request of incident
measurement DPDC.

DR Drill Half yearly

Bidder shall adhere to
the Periodic
Internal audit such as 100% of the time
Data Backup the drill should
3 Internal Periodic Validation & readiness happen as per
1% ofMonthlypayout
Audit of DR, schedule and as
developed in per request of
consultation with DPDC.
DPDCQuarterly
measurement.

10.2.7 Manpower Availability

Sl.
Measurement Definition Target Penalty
No.
No. of shift days >99% averaged over
for which resource all resources
Resource
1 present at the designated for bidder
availability forbidder No Penalty
designated services and
Services
location / Total no. calculated on a
of shift days. quarterly basis.
>=98.5 % to <99%
averaged over all
2% of the
resources designated
“Monthly Pay-
for bidder services and
out”
calculated on a
quarterly basis.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 376 of 483
 Sl.
Measurement Definition Target Penalty
No.
>=97 % to < 98.5%
averaged over all
Resources designated
3% of the
for bidder services and
Monthly Pay-out”
calculated on a
quarterly basis.

>=95.5 % to <
97%averaged over all
5% of the
resources designated
Monthly
forbidder services and
Pay-out”
calculated ona
quarterly basis.
< 95.5 % averaged Event of Default
over all resources &
designated forbidder Escalation to
services and DPDC
calculated ona and Bidder’s
quarterly basis. Management
Note: Any approved leave by DPDC shall not be treated as absence and shall not be used for
SLA calculation.

10.2.8 Smart Meter

Sl. Service Parameter Service Validation Penalty
No Level
1 Replacement of Replacement of 48-Hrs Meter 0.5% of monthly
Faulty AMI faulty AMI devices Updation FMS charges
devices like Smart Meters, and data for every default
Communication availability day
Module, DCU, report at AMI
Communication system
Network etc. deployed
in the project area.
2 Availability of Uptime of network 99% Report 0.5% of monthly
Network and and application FMS charges
application for every default
day
3 Consumer's Consumers’ 48-Hrs Report 0.5% of monthly
Grievances grievances related FMS charges
toSmart metering for every default
received in DPDC call day
center should be
attended.
4 Response of Closure of tickets in Level 1 Report 0.5% of monthly
Tickets stipulated timelines (Simple): 1- FMS charges
etc. 4Hrs for
every default
Level 2 level 1, 2% of
(Medium): 4 monthly FMS

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 377 of 483
Sl. Service Parameter Service Validation Penalty
No Level
to charges for
24 Hrs default level 2
and 5% for
Level 3 default level 3.
(High):
24-72 Hrs
5 Billing Data Bidder shall share the 24-Hrs Billing data 1% of monthly
billing data of provided to FMS charges
consumers in CIS for
respective billing (Consumer every default
cycle on regular Information day
basis. System
Including
New-
connection,
Billing and
Metering)
6. Submission of Bidder shall take 24-Hrs Report 0.5% of monthly
Exception cases: corrective action FMS charges
 Meter based on the for
tampering. exception report every default
 Meter event received from the day
log. AMI system as
 Faulty/ stated:-
defective 1.Vigilance/Enforcem
meters. ent Action
 LT feeders 2. Meter Testing etc.
where direct 3. MeterReplacement
tapping 4. fault
probability is Restorationetc.
very high.
 Correction of
master
database e.g.
sanctioned load
of the consumer
based on the
data collected
from Smart
meter.

7 Connection/Disco Supply of the 24-Hrs Report 0.5% of monthly

nnection of consumer to be FMS charges
consumers connected/ for
Disconnected every default
remotely after the day
approval from
designated authority.
8 Meter Testing Facilitation of meter 72-Hrs Report 0.5% of monthly
testing requested by FMS charges
consumers. for
every default

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 378 of 483
Sl. Service Parameter Service Validation Penalty
No Level
day
9 Meter Interval System shall be able 8-Hrs for Report 1% of monthly
Data to receive all interval 95% FMS charges
data after midnight. meters and for
24 hrs for every default of
99.9% 95% and 2% of
meters monthly FMS
charges for
every default of
99.9%.
10 On Demand Meter AMI System shall be 1-hr for 90% Report 0.5% of monthly
Data able to receive on- meters, 2- FMS charges
demand meter hrs for every default
reading data. for 99% level 1, 2% of
meters monthly FMS
and 6- hrs charges for
for default level 2
99.9% and 5% for
meters default level 3.
11 Remote AMI System shall be 10-min for Report 0.5% of monthly
Connection able to perform 90% of FMS charges
/Disconnection remote meters, 1-hr for every default
connect/disconnect of for 99% of level 1, 2% of
meters. meters and monthly FMS
2- charges for
hrs for default level 2
99.9% of and 5% for
meters default level 3.
12 Load Control AMI System shall be 5-min for Report 0.5% of monthly
able to perform load 95% FMS charges
control of meters. of meters for
and every default of
10-minutes 95% and 1% of
for 99.9% of monthly FMS
meters charges for
every default of
99.5%
13 Remotely read of AMI System shall be 30-min for Report 0.5% of monthly
meter event logs able to remotely read 90% of FMS charges
the event logs of meters, 1-hr for every default
meters. for 99% of level 1, 2% of
meters and monthly FMS
6- charges for
hrs for default level 2
99.9% of and 5% for
meters default level 3.
14 Upgrade the AMI System shall be 24-hr for Report 0.5% of monthly
meter able to upgrade the 99% of FMS charges
Firmware firmware of meters. meters and for
36-hrs for every default of
99.9% of 99% and 1% of
meters monthly FMS

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 379 of 483
Sl. Service Parameter Service Validation Penalty
No Level
charges for
every default of
99.9%.
15 Update the AMI System shall be 1-hr for 90% Report 1% of monthly
customer portal/ able to update the of FMS charges
mobile app customer meters and forevery default
portal/mobile app 6-hrs for of
after receiving the 99.5% of 90% and 2% of
data in MDMS. meters monthly FMS
charges for
every default of
99.5%
16 Outage Detection AMI System shall be 5-min for Report 0.5% of monthly
able to receive alarms 90% FMS charges
for loss of supply and of meters forevery default
outage detection of day
meters.
17 Real time data AMI System shall be 2 sec Report 0.5% of monthly
able to see real time FMS charges
data/manual entered for
values on the every default
workstation console day
screen.

12.2.9 Communication

Sl.
Service Parameter Service Level Validation Penalty
No.

Remote Should be part of >95% meters 0.4% of monthly

1 daily meter Monthly project within 8 hours Report FMScharges for
reading status report after midnight everydefault day

Remote Should be part of >99.9% meters 0.4% of monthly

2 daily meter Monthly project within 24 hours Report FMScharges for
reading status report after midnight everydefault day

Remote on-
Should be part of
demand 90% meters
3 Monthly project Report No penalty
meter within 1 hour
status report
reading
Remote on-
Should be part of
demand 99% meters
4 Monthly project Report No penalty
meter within 2 hours
statusreport
reading

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 380 of 483
 Sl. Service Parameter Service Level Validation Penalty
No. Remote on-
Should be part of
demand 99.9% meters
5 Monthly project Report No penalty
meter within 6 hours
status report
reading
Should be part of 0.4% of monthly
Remote load 95% meters
6 Monthly project Report FMScharges for
control within 5minutes
status report everydefault day

Should be part of 99% meters 0.4% of monthly

Remote load
7 Monthly project within Report FMScharges for
control
statusreport 10minutes everydefault day

Remote Should be part of 90% meters 0.4% of monthly

8 connect/ Monthly project within Report FMScharges for
disconnect status report 10minutes everydefault day

Remote Should be part of 0.4% of monthly

99% meters
9 connect/ Monthly project Report FMScharges for
within 1 hour
disconnect status report everydefault day

Remote Should be part of 0.4% of monthly

99.9% meters
10 connect/ Monthly project Report FMScharges for
within 2 hours
disconnect status report everydefault day

Remote Should be part of

90% meters
11 outage Monthly project Report No penalty
within 5minutes
detection status report

Remote Should be part of

99% meters
12 firmware Monthly project Report No penalty
within 24 hours
upgrade status report
Remote Should be part of
99.9% meters
13 firmware Monthly project Report No penalty
within 36 hours
upgrade status report
Remote Should be part of 90% meters 0.4% of monthly
14 reading of Monthly project within 30 Report FMScharges for
event log status report minutes everydefault day
Remote Should be part of 0.4% of monthly
99% meters
15 reading of Monthly project Report FMScharges for
within 1 hour
event log status report everydefault day
0.4% of monthly
Remote Should be part of
99.9% meters FMS
16 reading of Monthly project Report
within 6 hours charges for every
event log status report
default day
Remote
monitoring 99.5% within 5
Should be part of 0.5% of monthly
and control seconds
17 Monthly project Report FMScharges for
of between FRTU
status report everydefault day
distribution and DMS
automation

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 381 of 483
 Sl. Service Parameter Service Level Validation Penalty
No. devices

Remote
monitoring Should be part of 95% devices 0.3% of monthly
18 and control Monthly project within 10 Report FMScharges for
of other status report minutes everydefault day
devices

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 382 of 483
10.2.10 Application System Availability

Sl. Service
Service Parameter Validation Penalty
No. Level

Monthly System
>99.5% Report Nil
monitoring report
Monthly System
98 - 99.4 Report 2%
monitoring report
HES/ MDM/BI
1 system Monthly System
97-97.9 Report 4%
availability monitoring report
Monthly System
96-96.9 Report 8%
monitoring report
Monthly System
<=96 Report 10%
monitoring report

Documents to be submitted with the tender proposal:

The following additional documents to be submitted with the tender otherwise the tender will
be rejected:
1. Manufacturer's Authorization if manufacturer is not a tenderer.
2. Specifications Submission and Compliance Sheets sealed & signed by the
manufacturer & the bidder.
3. Complete type test report with ref. number as per relevant international standard in
English along with test results of the offered smart meter for each of 3 proposed
manufacturer from any of the following Independent testing laboratory:
a) KEMA, Holland.
b) UL International New Zealand/Parkside Laboratories, New Zealand.
c) South African Bureau of Standards (SABS).
d) MET Laboratories Inc., USA
e) Office of the Gas and Electricity Market, UK /SGS, UK
f) European Measuring Instruments Directive (MID) recognized labs.
g) CESI, Italy.
h) Essef, France
i) CPRI, India
The Test Report includes the following tests with results (but not limited to):
i. Impulse voltage test
ii. AC Voltage test
iii. Accuracy test
a) Test of variation of current
b) Test of meter constant

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 383 of 483
 c) Test of starting condition
d) Test of no-load condition
e) Test of ambient temperature influence
f) Test of influence quantities
iv. Test of power consumption
v. Test of influence of supply voltage, short-time over currents, self-heating &
heating.
vi. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) test
vii. Dry heat test
viii. Cold test
ix. Damp heat accuracy, cyclic test
x. Vibration test
xi. Shock test
xii. Spring hammer test
xiii. Test of protection against penetration of dust and water
xiv. Test of resistance to heat and fire
4. The manufacturer shall submit the test report of the offered smart meter as per IEC
62055-31 or SANS 1524-1 from any accredited Independent Testing Laboratory that
includes the following test with results (but not limited to):
i. Functionality Test
ii. Load switching Test

5. A declaration on sustaining of Meter LCD display operating temperature minimum

70°C shall accompany the bid.
6. Certificate for compliance to DLMS/COSEM protocol for energy meters.
7. Description of the MDMS and HES software
8. A letter of assurance stating that the tenderer shall be bound, without claiming any
extra money, to integrate their offered AMI with any Smart
meter/equipments/applications/systems as procured by DPDC from any tender
provided that DPDC will ask for such services within the AMC service period of the
contractor.
9. A working plan and architecture of the system for the demonstration to be held
during evaluation stage.
10. A detail description, drawing and architecture of the proposed AMI system.
11. Project Completion schedule in the form of Gantt chart.
12. A detail design and architecture to integrate proposed plug in type RF module/NIC
card with meters from different meter manufacturer.
13. The following information has to be filled up and submitted with the proposal

Item Name of Address of Place of Pre-

manufacturer/su manufacturer/supplie shipment /pre-
ppliers rs delivery inspection

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 384 of 483
 Smart meter 1 Pre shipment
Inspection:
Smart meter 2 Manufacturer’s factory
premises
Smart meter 3

RF equipments Pre shipment

Inspection:
Manufacturer’s factory
premises

MDMS Pre shipment

software & Inspection: company
HES software offices of
vendor/testing center
of vendor

IT equipment, Supplier’s premises

server and
computer
accessories

14. The following information has to be filled up and submitted with the proposal
Items Name of Address of Remarks/Quantity to
manufacturer/su manufacturer/supplie be supplied
ppliers/sub- rs/ sub-contractor
contractor

Smart meter 1 Please mention

number of meters to be
supplied from this
manufacturer

Smart meter 2 Please mention

number of meters to be
supplied from this
manufacturer

Smart meter 3 Please mention

number of meters to be
supplied from this
manufacturer
RF equipments Please mention name
and quantity of RF
equipments to be
supplied

MDMS 1 Lot
software

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 385 of 483
 HES software 1 Lot

IT equipment, As per requirement

server and
computer
accessories

Sub contractor Not applicable

for Application
integration with
minimum
CMMi level -3
Other sub Please mention the
contractors (if role of the
any) subcontractor

Moreover the following documents are also required to be submitted:

1. EMC certificate for RF equipments such as Data Collector/ Access Point/ Routers/
Repeaters
2. Printed catalogue of meters and RF equipments such as Data Collector/ Access
Point/ Routers/ Repeaters
3. Technical brochure of IT goods and servers (if any)
The tenderer shall submit soft copy of their submitted technical specificationin MS Word and
pdf format in a CD/memory stick with their proposal.

Warranty: The warranty of all goods to be supplied for this project shall be for 4(four)
years. The warranty period shall start from the date of issuance of Operational Acceptance
Certificate.
The following condition shall also be applicable for Warranty and Guarantee of Goods:
1. Goods or portion thereof, if replaced under this clause, will come under fresh warranty/
Guarantee for a further period of 4(four) years from the date of replacement.
2. The Supplier warrants that the goods supplied under the Contract are new, unused, of
the most recent or current models and incorporate all recent improvements in design
and materials unless provided otherwise in the Contract.
3. The Supplier further warrants that all goods supplied under this Contract shall have no
defect arising from design, materials or workmanship (except in so far as the design or
material is required by the Purchaser's Specifications) or from any act or omission of the
Supplier, that may develop under normal use of the Supplied Goods in the conditions
obtaining in the country of final destination.
Reference Site visit:The successful tenderer is required to make arrangement for a visit by
a team of employer at any two live/ operating site of the tenderer where smart metering
system & proposed MDMS with RF technology is being used. The sites will be selected by
the employer based on the experience certificates and other documents submitted by the
tenderer at the time of tender proposal submission. The evaluation will be finalized after the
site visits. DPDC will bear the cost for site visit by its representatives.
Approval of Drawings:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 386 of 483
The contractor shall submit five (5) sets of Drawings and other technical information of the
offered goods to the office of the project director within 15 days from the date of contract
signing. These drawings will be approved by the office of Superintending Engineer (Design),
DPDC within thirty (30) days from the date of signing of the contract agreement if the
drawings and designs are submitted as per requirement.
The contractor may be required to explain the design of their offered goods if deemed
necessary by design section of DPDC.
No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication and manufacture of the
offered goods until the drawings and technical data have been approved. The cost of
supplying drawing shall be borne by the Contractor.

Penalty/punishments etc. for claiming money from customers:

It is strongly instructed that while changing the meters, no money shall be claimed from
customers for such services. If any such incident takes place and found proven, the
contractor shall be liable to accept any penalty/punishments etc. as deemed appropriate and
imposed by DPDC.

Hand Over of Project Site

The contractorshall supply, install, test, commission the smart meter, RF network i.e. AMI
infrastructure, DC, DR, data connectivity and other items, train DPDC personnel and
handover to DPDCafter issuance of Operational Acceptance Certificate.
The contractor shall operate and maintain the system including UCC upto handover to
DPDC.
The 3 years Annual Maintenance Period (AMC) shall commence after completion of defect
liability period. It will be responsibility of the contractor to provide any sort of support in any
form as and when required during defect liability period for smooth operation of the system.

Survey, Public Relations Activities and Meter Installation Guideline:

Survey and Public Relations Activities:

The contractor shall conduct a comprehensive survey on – (a). prospective sites/locations

for setup of RF communication devices and (b). consumers whose meters are required to be
changed. After completion of survey, the contractor shall submit a detail work plan for
smooth execution of the project. The survey report shall submitted within 1(one) month from
date of contract signing.

The Contractor shall also conduct public relations program that concentrates on build up
customer awareness, education and training regarding AMI and smart pre-payment system.

The public awareness development program can be executed through mass communication
media. If required, the contractors shall organize meeting with local leaders, senior citizens,
influential persons etc. Distribution of Leaflets, Banners, Miking etc. among the customers
may be a part of the public relations activities.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 387 of 483
Meter Installation Guideline:
Smart meters shall be installed and commissioned according to the minimum guidelines as
below. Prior to installation of meters customers shall be forewarned by delivery of a notice
explaining what will happen. Public relations will be responsibility of the contractor.
The installation team shall have a work order sheet instructing them what to do. The
following information shall be printed on the works order from:
Customer Name : Supplied by the Utility and verified by Survey.
Customer address : Supplied by the Utility and verified by Survey.
Old Account Number : Supplied by the Utility.
Old Meter Number &
: Supplied by the Utility.
Reading
The specific tariff to be allocated to the customer
Tariff Code :
must be identified by the tariff code.
There are different categories of installations that will be required:
1. Removal of induction and conventional meter and direct installation of smart meter
without additional wiring or service line work required.
2. Removal of induction and conventional meter, re-routing of wiring with replacement
of service connection and installation of smart meter. Potential joints shall not be
allowed in service drop cable.
3. Removal of service line and meter. Replacement of service connection and
installation of meter.
4. New customer installation including service connection and installation of meter.
The following guide lines must be followed by the supplier during installation of the meters:
1. The meters shall be sealed with Ferrule Type/Twist type seals compatible with the
meters.
2. Meters shall be tested and commissioned by the installation supervisor.
3. At the time of meter installation the customer’s induction and conventional post-paid
meter reading shall be captured/ noted on the order by the installation supervisor
and the data returned to the system. The date of commissioning is also entered onto
the work order form.
4. The snap shot of last reading of the meters to be replaced shall be provided to
DPDC.
5. Customers shall be registered at the system using the returned work order form
within 24 hours of commissioning.
6. The service connections shall not be replaced unless the survey indicates service
line with joints or inadequately rated service lines or bad in condition.
7. All meters shall be installed indoors at a suitable location convenient to the eye-level
of customer as well as service personnel away from sources of heat and moisture.
8. The installation shall be symmetrical, vertical and parallel to respective walls and
floors.
9. At the time of installation, on-site training and instruction shall be given to the
customer.
10. All necessary accessories will be supplied by the Contractor.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 388 of 483
Man power and logistics during AMC period:
The following minimum manpower and logistics supports are required to be engaged during
3 years AMC period:

Sl. Designation Quantit Minimum Minimum Experience

no y Educational
Qualification
1 Coordinator 1 Bachelor degree in Minimum 5(five) years
CSE/EEE/ICT/Comm experience forsimilar type of
unication/CS or work.
Masters in any
Discipline
2 System 1 Bachelor degree in Minimum 3 (three) years work
analyst CSE/EEE/ICT/CS experience on system analysis
& database design having
special knowledge on Oracle /
MS SQL Server database
under UNIX/ Linux/ Windows
environment and programming
knowledge on Java, C++, C#,
PL/SQL and more.
3 RF based 2 Bachelor degree in Minimum 3 (three) years work
communicati CSE/EEE/ICT/Comm experience on wireless network
on network unication/CS
expert
4 Utility 1 Bachelor degree in Minimum 3 (three) years work
application CSE/EEE/ICT/Comm experience on application
integration unication/CS integration
expert
5 Database 1 Bachelor degree in Minimum 3 (three) years work
expert CSE/EEE/ICT/Comm experience on DBA (Oracle
unication/CS with Database / MS SQL Server)
Proffesional under UNIX/Linux/Windows
Certificaion on DBA environment.
6 Smart Meter 1 Bachelor degree in Minimum 3 (three) years work
expert CSE/EEE/ICT/Comm experience
unication/CS
7 Technician 4 Bachelor/Diploma in Minimum 02 (two) years work
any Discipline experience

The Contractor shall also provide following vehicles 7 days a week to carry out necessary
maintenance work:
1(one) number microbus along with drivers, fuel, maintenance etc.
2 (two) numbers motor cycle with fuel, maintenance etc.
The quoted price of the tenderer against 3 years AMC service shall include cost of monthly
remuneration of employees to be engaged including festival bonuses, cost of vehicles to be
engaged with driver, fuel, maintenance etc., cost of stationery and other consumable items,
office rent etc.

Before, start of AMC, CV of personnel to be engaged during AMC period must be submitted
to employer. The contractor shall propose at least 3 person against each post and the

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 389 of 483
employer will finally select the right person after taking their interview. A team of employer
headed by Executive Director (Engineering/Operation) will take the interview.
Along with maintaining the system, the contractor shall provide necessary reporting on
weekly and monthly basis to DPDC. However, the contractor shall also provide necessary
reporting/information as and when required by DPDC during 3 years AMC period.

Miscellaneous Cost:
The contractor shall provide all sort of goods/items / services which are not mentioned in the
tender document but necessary to carry out the project. The price proposal of the tenderer
shall be deemed to have included price for these sort of costing. The cost for operation and
maintenance of smart meters, servers, data center,UCC and data connectivity for the
implementation period shall also be deemed to have been included in the price proposal.
Where necessary, the tenderer shall also bear the cost for new cable/ service wire /
replacement of existing wire/ meter board, meter position relocation, additional neutral wiring
etc. which are not included in the price schedule and shall be deemed to have included
these sort of costs in the price proposal.

Supply of RF module/chip/NIC card with plug in architecture:Step by step, the

contractor is required to provide in total 850,000 RF module/chip/NIC card with plug in
facilitywith time when asked by DPDC. However, the contractor is required to supply
100,000 RF module /NIC card with plug in architecture against this tender. The contractor
shall provide full support to DPDC or DPDC’s contracted meter manufacturers to integrate
the RF module/chip /NIC card with plug in facilitywith smart meters and AMI system to be
procured by DPDC in another tenderer. The contractor shall not claim any additional money
for this purpose if such supports are sought by DPDC before completion of 3 years AMC
period.

Submission of detail design to integrate RF module/chip/ NIC card with plug in

architecture of meter manufacturer:
The contractor shall submit detail design to integrate RF module into NIC card of meter
manufacturer. When requested by DPDC during the project period, the contractor shall be
bound to integrate their RF module into NIC card to minimum 15(fifteen) meter manufacturer
so that the meters of these manufactures can interface with the proposed system. The
contractor shall not claim any extra money for this.
Integration with existing and upcoming system: The contractor shall be bound to
interface the proposed system to following existing and upcoming systems of DPDC without
claiming any extra money:
a. GIS
b. DASMS (Digitalization and automation of substation metering system)
c. SCADA
d. AMR/RMR system
e. Unified prepayment system
f. Payment gateway
g. HES and MDM of other companies currently being used in DPDC
h. Any other system related to AMI
Demonstration before mass production of meter:

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 390 of 483
The contractor shall integrate the RF module into at least 10 meters (8 single phase, 2 three
phase) of each 3(three) proposed meter manufacturer before commencement of mass
production of meter. The contractor shall make this meter online using the proposed RF
network and demonstrate the functionality of the AMI system. If the demonstration is found
satisfactory, permission for mass production will be given from DPDC. NO pre shipment
inspection will be required for this 30 meters (10 meter from each manufacturer) and other
items.

Technical Orientation and Quality Test Witness:

The Purchaser shall have the right to inspect/test the goods/materials to confirm their
conformity to the specification. The purchaser shall be entitled at all reasonable time during
manufacture to inspect, examine and test of goods/materials at the manufacturers’ premises,
workmanship and performance.
The following test shall be carried out as per latest version of SANS/IEC standard unless
otherwise mentioned at the manufacturer premises or other places where the test facilities
are available.
The Supplier shall, after consulting the purchaser, give the Purchaser reasonable notice in
writing of the date and the place at which any material or equipment will be ready for testing
as provided in the contract and unless the purchaser shall attend at the place so named on
date, which the supplier has stated in his notice, the supplier may proceed with the tests,
which shall be deemed to have been made in the purchaser’s presence, and shall forth with
forward to the purchaser duly certified copies of test readings.
When the purchaser intends to attend the test he shall promptly inform the supplier
accordingly in writing, so that he can take action. The purchaser shall give the supplier
timely notice in writing of his intention to attend the test.
Where the supplier provides for tests on the premises of the supplier or of any manufacturer
of the supplier, except where otherwise specified, shall provide free of charge such
assistance, labor, materials, electricity, fuel, stores, apparatus and instruments as may be
requisite and as may be reasonably demanded to carry out such test efficiently. These tests
shall be performed as per relevant SANS/IEC standard and only routine tests as agreed
upon, will be performed.
As and when the purchaser is satisfied that any materials/equipment shall have passes the
tests referred to in this clause, purchaser shall notify the contractor in writing to that effect.
Should any inspected/tested goods fail to conform to the specification, the Purchaser shall
have the right to reject any of the items or complete batch if necessary. In that case
contractor has to replace the Equipment and to make good of them without any financial
involvement to the Purchaser. In case any of the Equipment found not conforming with the
specification at the time of post landing Inspection, the supplier will in no way be relieved
from the responsibility of replacing them or making them good at their own cost, despite the
Equipment were found good at the time of Factory Acceptance Test. Nothing in this clause
shall in any way release the supplier from any warranty or other obligations under the
contract.
If the offered goods are manufactured outside the purchaser’s country then DPDC’s
Inspection Team shall have to conduct Technical Orientation and Quality Test Witness at
the manufacturer’s factory premises. The cost incurred for this purpose shall be borne by the
contractor. The cost of Air Tickets (both way) from Bangladesh to Manufacturer’s Country

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 391 of 483
(place of Technical Orientation and Quality Test Witness), Hotel Accommodation, food, etc.
will be borne by the Supplier. Other than this, a standard pocket money of 200 USD per day
(Excluding journey period) shall be paid to each inspector.All the cost of this purpose shall
be deemed is included in the offered price.

No goods shall be packed, prepared for shipment / delivery unless it has been approved
including Test reports and written instruction has been issued by the Purchaser.
The Technical Orientation and Quality Test Witness shall be carried out for the following
items:

Item Place of stage/pre Duration in days Number of

shipment inspection (excluding travel Engineers/ICT
time) personnel as
inspector
Smart meter Pre shipment Inspection: at 7 3
each Manufacturer’s factory
premises
RF equipments Manufacturer’s factory 5 3
premises
MDMS software & HES company offices of 5 3
software vendor/testing center of
vendor
Pre-delivery Inspection
Item Place of pre delivery Duration in days Number of
inspection Engineers/ICT
personnel as
inspector
IT equipment, Server Supplier’s premises 2/3 3
and computer
accessories

Post Landing Inspection:

The contractor shall inform the purchaser immediately after arrival of the goods at the
designated store of DPDC. An Inspection team of DPDC shall perform the post-landing
inspection in presence of contractor’s representative. The contractor shall arrange the
program of post-landing inspection. Any defect or damage have been found at post-landing
inspection, the defective or damaged materials/ goods to be replaced by the contractor at
his own cost within the stipulated time.
The purchaser’s right to inspect, test (where necessary) and reject the goods after delivery
at the designated store of DPDC shall in no way be limited or waived by reason of the goods
having previously been inspected, tested and passed by the purchaser prior to the good's
delivery. The cost incurred for this purpose shall be borne by the contractor.

Packing:
Meters must be export packed and properly protected for shipment, rough transportation
and storage. Specific care shall be taken for protection in store and reference is made to the
climatic condition prevailing in Bangladesh.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 392 of 483
Each unit shall be sealed in waterproof polyethylene bag having a silica gel packet placed
inside the unit and then packed in polystyrene foam gasket closed by self adhesive tape
rating of the meter shall be marked by marker pen or label on the form for easy identification.
Maximum 10 (ten) nos. of complete metering units are allowed to pack into a wooden
packaging box lined with heavy gauge polyethylene. Between metering units a suitable
packing material for protection and preventing their movement should be used. Silica gel
should be provided inside each polyethylene wrapper. The packing case should be able to
withstand accidental direct exposure to weather for reasonable period.

The supplier shall be responsible for damages due to inadequate packing. A packing list
showing the contents of each packing shall be enclosed in a waterproof envelope secured
outside of the packing case. A copy of the packing list shall also be enclosed inside the
package.
All packages imported are liable to be opened for customs examination at the port of landing
and packing shall therefore be designed to facilitate opening and repackaging thereafter.
A red band (20 cm wide) shall be painted all around each package. Each package shall
have the following information printed on it bold letters.
- Name of supplier.
- Port of loading.
- Port of destination.
- Name of consignee.
- Contract number.
- Brief description of stores.
- Number of packages. (total quantity)
- Gross and net weight.
- Dimension.
In addition each package shall be clearly marked or stenciled in red on two sides, the
shipping mark Utility Name, BANGLADESH inscribed within a triangle marked shown below:
The shipping mark
On the other two sides, arrow marking with words “ THIS SIDE UP” and “FRAGILE” shall be
clearly marked or stenciled to indicate the face of the package to keep upward.
THIS SIDE UP

DPDCBANGL
ADESH

FRAGILE

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 393 of 483
 Bill
Of
Material

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 394 of 483
11. BILL OF MATERIAL (BOM)

The quantity shown in Bill of Quantity (BOQ) is the minimum requirement. However,
the tenderer must perform their own assessment in order to meet the desired
services, performance requirements and successful operation of AMI system and
shall consider any necessary items which is not included in BOM and price
schedule in preparing their proposals. The offered solution of the tenderer shall be
complete in all respect for 8.5 lac meters and shall be scalable up to 2 million
meters. The cost of those items not included in the Bill of materials and price
schedule but necessary for successful implementation of the project shall be
deemed to have been included in the financial offer of the tenderer.

13.1 Project Bill of Material

Sl. Remarks
Item Name Unit Quantity
No.
Single Phase Smart
1. Numbers 92,000
Meters
2. Three Phase Smart Meters Numbers 8,000
Plug-in type RF
3. Numbers 8,50,000
NIC/Module/Chip
RF based Network
Establishment
As per solution
Data Collector/Access
Requirement.
PointRouters/Repeaters
4. Numbers Total DPDC Area
(Inclusive of all necessary
(Approx. 225 sq.
accessories) with redundant
km)
data bandwidth for Data
Collector
Meter Data Management
Software with application
server for DC and DR for
8.5 Lac smart meter and
5. Lot 1
scalable up to 2 million
meters(Enterprise life time
License)

Head End System

Software with related
software for DC and DR for
6. 8.5 Lac smart meter Lot 1
scalable up to 2 million
meters (Enterprise life time
License)
Oracle Database 12cR2 or DC-24 Core
7. Number of Core
upper version License DR-12 Core

Hardware for Oracle DC – 2

8. Number
Database DR - 2

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 395 of 483
 Sl. Remarks
Item Name Unit Quantity
No.
Storage for Oracle DC – 1
9. Number
Database DR – 1
Server for MDM related
DC – 4
10. software/applications with Number
DR – 4
required OS
Server for HES related
DC – 3
11 software/applications with Number
DR – 3
required OS
Server for DNS with DC – 1
12 Number
required OS DR – 1
SNTP server with required DC – 1
13 Number
software DR – 1
SMS server with required DC – 1
14 Number
OS DR – 1
Web server with required DC – 1
15 Number
OS DR – 1
Anti-virus server with DC – 1
16 Number
required software DR – 1
DC – 1
17 Tape Library Number
DR – 1
DC – 2
18 SAN Switch Number
DR – 2
Intrusion Prevention DC – 2
19 Number
System (Firewall) DR – 2
DC – 2
20 Server Load Balancer Number
DR – 2
DC – 1
21 Router Number
DR – 1
DC – 4
22 Network Switch Number
DR – 4

23 UPS Number DR – 1

DC – 1
24 Test Development Servers Number
DR – 1
DC – 2
25 RACK Number
DR – 2
Power Cabling& Network DC – 1
26 Lot
Setup etc. DR – 1
Primary Network
Bandwidth for Data
Communication Between
As per solution
27 Meter / DCU and Data Lot
requirement
Center(For3 years and
partial implementation
stage) (If required)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 396 of 483
 Sl. Remarks
Item Name Unit Quantity
No.
Secondary Network
Bandwidth for Data
Communication Between
As per solution
28 Meter / DCU and Data Lot
requirement
Center (For3 years and
partial implementation
stage) (If required)
AMI System Establishment
Services (Designing, Field
Survey, Installation,
29 Testing, commissioning, Lot 1
Deployment, Training,
Configuration etc. services
for the complete system)
Integration Services for
Integration with Utility
30 Number 1
existing and upcoming
Systems
31 Training Services Number 1
Facility Management
31 Year 3
Services
37 AMI System AMC Year 3
Any other equipment
38 required for successful Lot 1
deployment of project

11.2Requirements for each UCC:

Sl. No. Description of Items Unit of

Quantity
Measurement
1 Workstation-Core i5 latest generation Nos. 2
2 Laser Printer - HP dual side network printer Nos. 1
3 Router with 8 Lan port- Brand : CISCO Nos. 1
4 UPS 2KVA 2 hr. backup Nos. 1
1 no. Split type Air conditioner of 2 ton capacity
5 (Brand: General/Mitsubishi/Daikin (Country of Nos. 1
manufacture: Japan/Thailand/Malaysia)and
other required materials
Civil Works: Aesthetic interior decoration and
necessary furniture
(Minimum for each UCC: 2 no. ceiling fan,
computer table and chair for each computer, 1
6 Lot 1
no. file cabinet, necessary lighting, CCTV
system, aesthetic decoration with thai
aluminums & Glass, printer table, necessary
electrical wiring, LAN set up etc.)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 397 of 483
11.3 Training Requirements

Sl.
Description Unit Quantity
No.

1 Local Training on

Smart Meter and Communication

a.
network

HES, MDM, Administration and User 20(120 person for 5

b.
Interface MM days in several
batches)
Data Centre and Disaster Recovery
c. Centre including Hardware and
Software’s
2 Foreign Training

HES, MDM, Administration and User

a.
Interface 5(30 person for 5
MM days in several
Smart Meter and Communication batches)
b.
network

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 398 of 483
 List of Abbreviation

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 399 of 483
11. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

AMCC Advanced metering control computer MDM

AMC Annual Maintenance Contract
AMI Advanced Meter Infrastructure
AMR Automatic Meter Reading
BI Business Intelligence
BMS Billing Management System
BOQ Bill of quantity
COSEM Companion Specification for Energy Metering
CPP Critical Peak Pricing
CPU Central Processing Unit
DA Distribution Automation
DER Distributed Energy Resources
DAT Digital Audio Tape
DC Data Concentrator
DCU Data Concentrator Unit
DLMS Device Language message specification
DMZ Demilitarized zone
DPDC Dhaka Power Distribution Company Ltd
DT Distribution Transformer
EMS Energy management System
FAQ Frequently Asked Question
FIFO First In First Out
FRTU Field Remote Terminal Units
GPS Global positioning system
GUI Graphical User Interface
HAN Home Area Network
HES Head End System
IDS Intrusion detection system
IPS Intrusion prevention system
IEC International Electro technical commission
IT Information Technology
LV Low Voltage
MDAS Meter Data Acquisition System
MDM Meter Data Management
MOC Meter Operations Center
MTTF Mean time to failure
MV Medium voltage
MB Mega Byte
NMM Network Management Module

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 400 of 483
 NOC Network Operation Center
NOCS Network Operation & Customer Service
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OFC Optical Fiber Cable
OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
OMS Outage Management System Module
OTA Over The Air
PDH Plesiochronous digital hierarchy
PLC Power Line Communications
PQM Power quality Monitor
RAM Random Access Memory
RF Radio Frequency
RFP Request for Proposal
RTC Real Time Clock
SAN Storage area network
SLA Service Level agreement
SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol
TOU Time of Usage
TAT Turnaround Time
TTF Time to first failure
TB Tera Byte
VEE Validation, Estimation, and Editing
XML Extended Markup Language

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 401 of 483
 6.2 Specification

Specifications Submission and Compliance Sheet

Invitation for Tender No: Date:

Tender Package No: Package Description: [enter description as
specified in Section 6]

1. Technical Specifications for Application Server/MDM Server/HES Server

(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed
Minimum Requirement technical particulars
Sl. No. Item
Description of bidder and
manufacturer
1 Brand Please mention
2 Model Please mention
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
4 Country of assemble Please mention
Processor should be latest
generation Intel Platinum series /
5 Processor equivalent AMD Processor. Clock
speed should be minimum 2.5 GHz
with 24 Core.
6 Number of Processor 02 (Two) – Option 4 (Four)
Should have minimum 256 GB
7 Main Memory RDIMM, 2666MT/s, Dual Rank.
Expandable up to 3TB
Hot Pluggable Disk Drive
Redundant Power Supply at server /
8 RAS Features rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at
server level
 4x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-
plug Hard Drives
 Integrated RAID controller card
9 Hard Disks
with 8GB NV cache / Flash
 Supported RAID option (RAID
0,1, 5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig
Ethernet ports built-in.
2x Single port 16Gbps FC card
10 Network Interface for SAN switch to SAN storage
connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should
be in redundant mode

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 402 of 483
 Guaranteed
Minimum Requirement technical particulars
Sl. No. Item
Description of bidder and
manufacturer
Please mention the USB, VGA, and
11 I/O ports
Serial port details.
Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future
12 PCIe slots
expandability
Have to provide all accessories
related to servers, like cable
13 Accessories management arms, safety bezel, 2x
10m multimode LC-LC cables with
module.
 The server should support
virtualization technology and a
software defined datacenter
network infrastructure
 Server should certified to run
minimum of 1,50,000 TPC-H
Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H
Benchmark certificate would be
considered for same
14 Virtualization
series/model of Server being
offered even with different CPU
configuration but meeting or
exceeding the TPC-H numbers

 Form Factor : Rack mountable /

Blade (In case Bidder is offering
Blade Server - Blade Chassis
should be Provided by Bidder)
15 Warranty 4 years

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 403 of 483
2. Technical Specifications forDatabase Server
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed
technical
Minimum Requirement
Sl. No. Item particulars of
Description
bidder and
manufacturer
1 Brand Please mention
2 Model Please mention
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
4 Country of assemble Please mention
Processor should be latest
generation Intel Platinum series /
5 Processor equivalent AMD Processor. Clock
speed should be minimum 2.5 GHz
with minimum 24 Core.
6 Number of Processor 02 (Two) – Option 04 (Four)
Should have minimum 512 GB
7 Main Memory RDIMM, 2666MT/s, Dual Rank.
Expandable up to 3TB
Hot Pluggable Disk Drive
Redundant Power Supply at server /
8 RAS Features rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at
server level
 4x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-
plug Hard Drives
 Integrated RAID controller card
9 Hard Disks
with 8GB NV cache / Flash
 Supported RAID option (RAID
0,1, 5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig
Ethernet ports built-in. 
 2x Single port 16Gbps FC card
10 Network Interface for SAN switch to SAN storage

connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should
be in redundant mode
Please mention the USB, VGA, and
11 I/O ports
Serial port details.
Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future
12 PCIe slots
expandability
Have to provide all accessories
related to servers, like cable
13 Accessories management arms, safety bezel, 2x
10m multimode LC-LC cables with
module.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 404 of 483
 Guaranteed
technical
Minimum Requirement
Sl. No. Item particulars of
Description
bidder and
manufacturer
 The server should support
virtualization technology and a
software defined datacenter
network infrastructure
 Server should certified to run
minimum of 1,50,000 TPC-H
Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H
Benchmark certificate would be
considered for same
14 Virtualization series/model of Server being
offered even with different CPU
configuration but meeting or
exceeding the TPC-H
numbers 
 Form Factor : Rack mountable
/ Blade (In case Bidder is
offering Blade Server - Blade
Chassis should be Provided by
Bidder)
15 Warranty 4 years

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 405 of 483
3. Technical Specifications forWeb Server
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed
technical
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
bidder and
manufacturer
1 Brand Please mention
2 Model Please mention
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
4 Country of assemble Please mention
Processor should be latest generation
Intel Platinum series / equivalent AMD
5 Processor Processor. Clock speed should be
minimum 2.5 GHz with minimum 18
Core.
6 Number of Processor 02 (Two)

Should have minimum 256 GB RDIMM,

7 Main Memory 2666MT/s, Dual Rank. Expandable up
to 3TB
Hot Pluggable Disk Drive
Redundant Power Supply at server /
8 RAS Features rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at
server level
 4x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-plug
Hard Drives
 Integrated RAID controller card
9 Hard Disks
with 8GB NV cache / Flash
 Supported RAID option (RAID 0,1,
5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig
Ethernet ports built-in. 
 2x Single port 16Gbps FC card for
10 Network Interface SAN switch to SAN storage

connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should
be in redundant mode
Please mention the USB, VGA, and
11 I/O ports
Serial port details.
Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future
12 PCIe slots
expandability
Have to provide all accessories related
to servers, like cable management
13 Accessories
arms, safety bezel, 2x 10m multimode
LC-LC cables with module.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 406 of 483
 Guaranteed
technical
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
bidder and
manufacturer
 The server should support
virtualization technology and a
software defined datacenter
network infrastructure
 Server should certified to run
minimum of 1,50,000 TPC-H
Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H
Benchmark certificate would be
considered for same series/model
14 Virtualization
of Server being offered even with
different CPU configuration but
meeting or exceeding the TPC-H
numbers
· 
 Form Factor : Rack mountable /
Blade (In case Bidder is offering
Blade Server - Blade Chassis
should be Provided by Bidder)
15 Warranty 4 years

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 407 of 483
4. Technical Specifications forTesting and Development Server
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/supplier)

Guaranteed
technical
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
bidder and
manufacturer
1 Brand Please mention
2 Model Please mention
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
4 Country of assemble Please mention
Processor should be latest generation
Intel Platinum series / equivalent
5 Processor AMD Processor. Clock speed should
be minimum 2.5 GHz with minimum
18 Core.

6 Number of Processor 02 (Two)

Should have minimum 256 GB

7 Main Memory RDIMM, 2666MT/s, Dual Rank.
Expandable up to 3TB
Hot Pluggable Disk Drive
Redundant Power Supply at server /
8 RAS Features rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at
server level
 4x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-
plug Hard Drives
 Integrated RAID controller card
9 Hard Disks with 8GB NV cache / Flash,

 Supported RAID option (RAID

0,1, 5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig
Ethernet ports built-in. 
 2x Single port 16Gbps FC card
10 Network Interface for SAN switch to SAN storage

connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should
be in redundant mode
Please mention the USB, VGA, and
11 I/O ports
Serial port details.
Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future
12 PCIe slots
expandability
Have to provide all accessories
related to servers, like cable
13 Accessories
management arms, safety bezel, 2x
10m multimode LC-LC cables with

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 408 of 483
 Guaranteed
technical
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
bidder and
manufacturer
module.

 The server should support

virtualization technology and a
software defined datacenter
network infrastructure
 Server should certified to run
minimum of 1,50,000 TPC-H
Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H
Benchmark certificate would be
considered for same
14 Virtualization
series/model of Server being
offered even with different CPU
configuration but meeting or
exceeding the TPC-H numbers
· 
 Form Factor : Rack mountable /
Blade (In case Bidder is offering
Blade Server - Blade Chassis
should be Provided by Bidder)
15 Warranty 4 years

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 409 of 483
5. Technical Specifications forBackup Server
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)
Guaranteed
technical
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
bidder and
manufacturer
1 Brand Please mention
2 Model Please mention
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
4 Country of assemble Please mention
Processor should be latest generation
Intel Platinum series / equivalent
5 Processor AMD Processor. Clock speed should
be minimum 2.5 GHz with minimum
18 Core.

6 Number of Processor 02 (Two)

Should have minimum 256 GB

7 Main Memory RDIMM, 2666MT/s, Dual Rank.
Expandable up to 3TB
Hot Pluggable Disk Drive
Redundant Power Supply at server /
8 RAS Features rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at
server level
 4x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-
plug Hard Drives

 Integrated RAID controller card

9 Hard Disks
with 8GB NV cache / Flash,

 Supported RAID option (RAID

0,1, 5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig
Ethernet ports built-in.

 2x Single port 16Gbps FC card
10 Network Interface
for SAN switch to SAN storage 
connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should
be in redundant mode
Please mention the USB, VGA, and
11 I/O ports
Serial port details.
Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future
12 PCIe slots
expandability
Have to provide all accessories
13 Accessories related to servers, like cable
management arms, safety bezel, 2x

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 410 of 483
 Guaranteed
technical
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
bidder and
manufacturer
10m multimode LC-LC cables with
module.

 The server should support

virtualization technology and a
software defined datacenter
network infrastructure
 Server should certified to run
minimum of 1,50,000 TPC-H
Query /Hour. Note: TPC-H
Benchmark certificate would be
considered for same
14 Virtualization
series/model of Server being
offered even with different CPU
configuration but meeting or
exceeding the TPC-H numbers
· 
 Form Factor : Rack mountable /
Blade (In case Bidder is offering
Blade Server - Blade Chassis
should be Provided by Bidder)
15 Warranty 4 years

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 411 of 483
6. Technical Specifications forDNS/ LDAP Server
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)
Guaranteed
technical
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
bidder and
manufacturer
1 Brand Please mention
2 Model Please mention
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/JAPAN
4 Country of assemble Please mention
Processor should be latest generation
Intel Platinum series / equivalent
5 Processor AMD Processor. Clock speed should
be minimum 2.5 GHz with minimum
12 Core.

6 Number of Processor 02 (Two)

Should have minimum 256 GB

7 Main Memory RDIMM, 2666MT/s, Dual Rank.
Expandable up to 3TB
Hot Pluggable Disk Drive
Redundant Power Supply at server /
8 RAS Features rack level
Redundant hot swappable fans at
server level
 2x 400GB SSD SAS 2.5” Hot-plug
Hard Drives

 Integrated RAID controller card

9 Hard Disks
with 8GB NV cache / Flash,

 Supported RAID option (RAID 0,1,

5,6,10, 60)
 Minimum Quad Port (04) 1Gig
Ethernet ports built-in.

10 Network Interface  2x Single port 16Gbps FC card for
SAN switch to SAN storage 
connectivity.
 Both Ethernet / FC ports should
be in redundant mode
Please mention the USB, VGA, and
11 I/O ports
Serial port details.
Minimum 7 PCIe slots for future
12 PCIe slots
expandability

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 412 of 483
 Guaranteed
technical
Sl. No. Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
bidder and
manufacturer
Have to provide all accessories
related to servers, like cable
13 Accessories management arms, safety bezel, 2x
10m multimode LC-LC cables with
module.
 The server should support
virtualization technology and a
software defined datacenter
network infrastructure
 Server should certified to run
minimum of 50,000 TPC-H Query
/Hour. Note: TPC-H Benchmark
certificate would be considered for
14 Virtualization same series/model of Server
being offered even with different
CPU configuration but meeting or
exceeding the TPC-H
numbers· 
 Form Factor : Rack mountable /
Blade (In case Bidder is offering
Blade Server - Blade Chassis
should be Provided by Bidder)
15 Warranty 4 years

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 413 of 483
7. Technical Requirements Specifications – SAN Storage
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder and
No.
manufacturer
The Storage system should have unified
capability i.e. should support block and file
access with host connectivity for FC,
01 iSCSI,NFS and CIFS.
Any hardware/software required for this
functionality shall be supplied along with it in
NSPOF mode per storage controller.
The Storage system should have at least two
controllers running in an active-active mode
02
with automatic failover to each other in case of
one/any controller failure.
The system should be dedicated appliance with
specifically optimized OS to provide both SAN
and NAS functionalities. The architecture
should allow Data in place upgrades hardware
03
and software for investment protection. The
system should be suitably configured for
achieving enhanced performance and
throughput.
The storage system should have dual
controllers & file system heads with automatic
04 failover capabilities in case of one controller or
head failure. The storage should be installed in
the OEM Rack to be supplied.
Easy to use GUI based or web enabled
administration interface for configuration,
storage management for all protocols asked i.e.
both SAN and NAS Management. Performance
management tools should show detailed real
time and historical key performance
05
characteristics like, Read and Write IOPS,
Throughput in MB/s or GB/s, controller
utilization, disk utilization, capacity utilization
etc. Management GUI shall support scheduling
email of reports for above performance
metrics."
The storage system should have auto-
negotiating 8/16Gbps FC, SAS 1 GbE and 10
GbE interfaces. TheStorage System should
06
support Raid Levels 5, 6,10 or equivalent data
protections. Multiple raid configurations to be
configured in the proposed solution.
The Storage System should have support for
SSD,SAS Drives, and NL SAS Drives. The
07 storage system should have support for 6Gbps
SAS 2.0 drives. Proposed system should be
able to support all on-line data storage tiers in

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 414 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder and
No.
manufacturer
order to maximize both system performance
and capacity scalability. Proposed system
should support flash, Minimum 10K RPM
SAS2.0 as well as 7.2K RPM drives.
The storage system should be supplied with 30
TB of usable disk space at raid level 5 after
over heads like formatting, raid configuration,
one hot spare disk for every 30 disks and
08 configured with 10K RPM SAS 2.0 drives and
necessary disk enclosures. All the drives
should be in addition to the drives used to hold
the system’s OS. Offered Storage shall be
configured with Min of 32 GB of cache.
The Storage System should have the capability
to support Non-Disruptive Data migration
09
across Volumes. The Storage System Should
be configured with host multi-pathing drivers.
No replacement or upgrade of controllers
should be required for supporting the 150
10 disks. It should be a single or tightly clustered
singly managed system rather than aggregate
of multiple separate smaller boxes.
The storage should have the ability to create
logical volumes without physical capacity being
available (Thin Provisioned) or in other words
11
system should allow overprovisioning of the
capacity. The feature should be made available
for the maximum supported capacity.
For file access It should be possible to set
quotas and should have LDAP integration.
Support for heterogeneous client Operating
12
System platforms (on both block and file level)
like LINUX , Microsoft Windows, HP-UX, SUN
Solaris, IBM-AIX, ESXi, etc.
The Storage System should have the
Capability to support creation of instantaneous
13 or Point In Time Snapshot copies of volumes.
The snapshot feature should support
incremental and thin provisioned volumes.
The solution should support virtual
infrastructure (like VMware / Hyper-V etc.).
Should have capabilities for booting VMs from
14
the SAN. Should be supplied with virtualization
aware APIs for provisioning and managing the
storage array from the virtual infrastructure.
The solution should support movement of data
between different disk tiers based on
predefined policies (i.e. storage tiring).
15
Licensing should be provided. The Storage
System should support Synchronous &
Asynchronous Replication for DR Strategy

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 415 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder and
No.
manufacturer
such as for a Single Lun.

Easy to use GUI based and web enabled

administration interface for configuration,
managing and administration of file & block
storage and associated functionalities including
deployment, automation, provisioning, and
16
protection and monitoring management.
Solution Should offer real time performance
monitoring tools giving information on CPU
utilization, volume throughput, I/O rate and
latency.
The Storage box should be connected to the
servers through SAN switches in High
17 Available Configuration. All necessary cables
for connecting the storage with switches are to
be supplied.
Solution should support replication between
18 Primary & DR site. Solution should be fully
compatible with all standard backup software’s.
19 4 years

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 416 of 483
Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 417 of 483
8. Technical Specifications forSAN Switch
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder and
No.
manufacturer
Should have minimum 24 Active ports,
01 upto supported 40 ports (each with
minimum port speed 16Gbps).
SAN Extension should have at least 2
numbers of 10Gigabit Ethernet (GbE)
02 ports, and 8 numbers of 10 GbE Fiber
Channel over Ethernet portsfor SAN
extension over WAN.
03 Should support FCIP protocol.

04 Should have capability of port trunking.

Should have optical transceivers for
05
short wave and long wave.
Should have GUI based management
06 software for administration and
configuration.
Should be possible to configure the
07
switches with alerts.
Should support zoning configuration or
08
equivalent.
Should support fabric routing to enable
09
cross fabric connectivity or equivalent.
All other necessary fibre cables and
10
racking accessory should be supplied.
Should have inbuilt diagnostic features
like Online Diagnostics, power on self-
11
test, Online Health System or
equivalent etc.
Should support RADIUS authentication
12
or SSH.

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 418 of 483
9. Technical Specifications forTape Library
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed
technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
No.
bidder and
manufacturer
01 Drive Type - LTO Generation 7.
Tape library should be offered with min
02
8*LTO7 drives and 100 slots
Offered LTO6 drive in the Library shall conform
03 to the Continuous and Data rate matching
technique for higher reliability.
Offered LTO7 drive shall have native speed of
04 +at least 300MB/sec and a compressed speed
of 600MB/sec
Offered LTO7 drive in the library shall offer
05
WORM and AES 256bit encryption.
Offered tape Library shall provide the granular
06 modularity and scalability in the increments
of100 slots.
07 Should be offered with redundant power supply
RAS Features Hot-swappable drives; Tape
08 Library shall provide remote monitoring
capability.
Supported Host Platform AIX, Linux, Solaris,
09
Windows.
Offered tape Library shall be Modular design
10 toAllow configuration, add capacity and
increase performance.

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 419 of 483
10. Technical Specifications forIntrusion Prevention System
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
The device should be a purpose built
dedicated appliance (not a subset of firewall or
UTM appliance).
The device should accurately detect the
following
Attack categories:-
01  Unauthorized access attempts
 Pre-attack probes
 DoS
 Vulnerability exploitation
 Zero-day attacks.

The device should support both IPv4 & IPv6

simultaneously (Dual Stack).
The device should support botnet protection
02 based on:
BOT detection
Command and control database

The device should have separate dedicated

03
interface for management.
IPS (Intrusion Prevention Systems) should
04 detect
and actively prevent attacks in real-time
05 Should support 1 Gbps throughput or more
The IPS should work in a non-intrusive mode
and be able to monitor all of the major TCP/IP
06 protocols, including IP, Internet Control
Message Protocol (ICMP), TCP, and User
Datagram Protocol (UDP)
The IPS should state fully decode application-
layer protocols such as FTP, Simple Mail
Transfer Protocol (SMTP), HTTP, Domain
07
Name System (DNS),remote procedure call
(RPC), NetBIOS, NNTP and Telnet. RIP
Version 2 passive mode support
The platforms on which the IPS tools run on
should be appliance sensors which are
08
hardware/software devices and should be
latest in the series
The IPS system itself is protected against
09 attacks and uses no services on the host that
might make it vulnerable to attack
User-specified signatures can be created
11
based upon content; i.e. string matching

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 420 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
On power up the IPS should use built-in
11 system monitoring & diagnostics before going
online to detect failure of hardware
Extensive debugging capabilities to assist in
12
hardware problem resolution
Product can process host traffic at an
13 acceptable rate with all of the attack signatures
active
Support Hybrid IDS/IPS services that allow a
14 single sensor to operate simultaneously both
as an IDS sensor and an IPS sensor
IPS device should have features to prioritize
alerts after an alert action is taken place eg if a
15 high priority attack is dropped, the alert should
be log, however if an high priority attack is
allowed, the alert should be an email
The ability to define a default operating system
that will be used in the attack relevance
16 calculation - eg if a Linux based attack is
targeted towards a windows server, the alert
severity of the attack should be lowered
The ips should have the ability to dynamically
understand the risk posed by an attack to the
network so as to best adjust the rating of the
17 alert. This risk should be assessed via various
parameters like relevancy of an attack (Linux
vs. windows) and value of target (printer vs.
server)
The sensors should be able to detect attacks
18 running inside of these tunneling protocols -
GRE, IP-in-IP, MPLS, and IPv6
Ability to identify attacks in IPv6
19 environmentsthrough the inspection of IPv4
traffic being tunneled in IPv6
exceptions be setup to filter out, fine-tune or
20 adjust the actions for specific attacker or
destination IP on a per signature basis
System protect against “generic” attack
21
indications such as remote “shell code
It Should support to block attacks using
22
protocols that are using non-standard ports
The proposed solution should be able to detect
23 & mitigate zero day DDoS attacks, based on
behavioural DoS detection & mitigation.
Communication between the IPS
ManagementSystem and the IPS Sensor
IPS
should be encrypted.
24 Management
Should have an updateable pattern file for up
System
to date protection from the newest threats and
methods of attack.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 421 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
Vendor must provide signature updates and
must have a facility for automatically
distributing these updates to all intrusion
detection servers in the organization
Should be easy to update monitoring, blocking,
and alerting rules
Product should have the capability of backing
up the configuration details using a backup
server and the transmission should be
encrypted
The Management System should be able to
automatically download the latest signature
files off the Bidder’s web/ftp site.
The Bidder should provide updated signature
files for any attacks carried out in any part of
the world once a remedy is found; by
automatically updating its web/ftp site and
generating an e-mail with the respective
signature files to the administrator.
Vendor should provide updated signature files
on weekly basis by making them available on
its web/ftp site.
Product should have the capability of
scheduling the auto backup’s facility and auto
updating of signature files.
The product’s sensor and the management
console should seamlessly talk to each other
on a TCP/IP network.
The product should have a centralized
management system
Web based management software and
command line interface support
Management software should run on
standard,commercial off-the-shelf hardware
platforms and operating systems
Network management services should be
provided using standards based protocols like
SNMP & SNMPV2
Should provide a comprehensive system for
capturing information and making it available
for analysis. Should provide the ability to filter,
sort, and view the archived information, and to
create detailed reports.
Administrators should be able to view alerts
25 Reporting
and generate reports based on the
consolidated information
Must give detailed statistical reports on
numbers of policy violations and where they
came from, web usage, protocol distribution
etc.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 422 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
Product should have a comprehensive
“drilldown” querying and reporting facility of
intrusion events that took place off the
database
Product should provide real-time statistics of
the intrusion events detected, which could be
represented in a graphical form.
Must protect the network from threats low level
protocol attacks and server and desktop
intrusions.
Should detect attack patterns in network traffic
that indicate potential intrusions, attacks, and
abuses and take appropriate action based
upon predefined policies, even while such
attacks are in progress
Should be able to monitor all the ports in the
switch of the network
Features for Should be able to work on servers of different
26 platforms of OS. (Please specify the list of OS)
NIPS
Support for packet reassembly

Detection of attacks due to misuse of protocols

Anomaly based intrusion detection

Check for Security attacks at layer 2 to Layer 7

Monitoring the logs of different network
systems for policy violation
Product detects incidents based on patterns
innetwork traffic that indicate malicious intent
(pattern based signatures)
Product's pattern-based signatures have a
strong sense of context, so that false positives
areminimized
IPS should be a dedicated hardware module or
hardware appliance
Support creation of baseline of normal network
traffic
Should be able to correctly track TCP sessions
in complex network configurations
Support inspection and mitigation of threats in
Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS)
environments
IPS interfaces should be configurable for
different types of connections; In-line, Span,
Tap

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 423 of 483
11. Technical Specifications forServer Load Balancer
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
Should be high performance purpose built
hardware with multicore CPU support. The
appliance should support GSLB across 2 or
more Locations / Data centers for the
mentioned specifications
The appliance should have 8 GB RAM and
up to 5Gbps of system throughput to support
multiple load balancing features and
functions.
Server Load
01 The appliance should have minimum 4 triple
Balancer
speed10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit copper ports
& option for 2 * 10G SFP+ ports.
Should Provide a scalable, dedicated
hardware platform to help ensure that all
applications access must be provisioned
through DR in event of service disruption at
DC. The proposed solution must integrate
with DPDC's business critical applications
and network devices.
Should able to load balancer both TCP and
UDP based applications with layer 2 to layer
7 load balancing support
The appliance should support wide range of
server load balancing algorithms such as
round robin, weighted round robin, least
connection shortest response, proximity,
SNMP, SIP session ID, hash header etc.
Load
Should support Multi-level policy routing for
02 balancing
intelligent traffic distribution to backend
features
servers.
Support for policy nesting at layer7 and
layer4, solution should able to combine layer4
and layer7 policies to address the complex
application integration.
Should support algorithms for Traffic load
balancing such as round robin, least
connections, shortest response and SNMP.
Should provide performance optimization
using TCP connection multiplexing, TCP
buffering and IEEE802.3ad link aggregation.
IPv6 gateway
Support for TCP optimization options
and
03 including windows scaling, timestamp &
Application
Selective.
acceleration
Appliance should provide real time Dynamic
Web Content Compression to reduce server
load and solution.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 424 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
Should provide advanced high performance
memory/packet based reverse proxy Web
cache; fully compliant with HTTP1.1 to
enhance the speed and performance of web
servers.
Should provide support for cache rules/filters
to define granular cache policies based on
cache-control headers, host name, file type.
Should support OCSP protocol to check the
validity of the certificates online. Certificate
bases access control, CRL's (HTTP, FTP,
and LDAP) support.
IPv6 gateway should provide compressive
support for IPv6 functions to help with ipv4-to-
ipv6 transition without business disruption
and should provide support for dual stack,
DNS64, NAT 64, DNS 46, NAT 46, IPv6 NAT.
Should support various deployment modes
for seamless integration including reverse
proxy (IPv6 to IPv4, IPv4 to IPv6) and IPv6 to
IPv6 transparent and reverse proxy mode.
Should support advance ACL's to protect
against network based flooding attacks.
Administrator should able to define ACL’s
rules based on connections per second
(CPS) and concurrent connections (CC),
cookie value.
Appliance should have security features like
reverse proxy firewall, Syn-flood and dos
attack protection features from the day of
Network and
installation.
04 application
Proposed solution should provide integrated
security
WAF functionality to protect against layer7
attacks and should support deep packet
inspection of HTTP & HTTPS traffic in
reverse proxy mode.
Should support built in rules to counter
application attack, provision should be there
to customize predefined application security
rules. Should support all kind of attacks
including OWASP top 10.
Should provide comprehensive and reliable
support for high availability with Active-active
& active standby unit redundancy mode.
Clustering and Should support built in failover
05 decision/health check conditions (both
failover
hardware and software based).
High Availability support with active-active
and active-standby configurations.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 425 of 483
 Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

12. Technical Specifications forData Replication / DR Management Software

(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
The proposed solution should offer a
workflow based Management & monitoring
and reporting capability for the real time
monitoring of a DR solution parameters like
01 RPO, RTO, and replication status and
should provide alerts (including SMS and e-
mail alerts) on any deviations. The
proposed solution should be able to
conduct DR Drills from DPDC office.
The proposed solution should provide a
02 dashboard to track DR Readiness status of
all the applications under DR.
The proposed solution should have inbuilt
ready to use library of recovery automation
action for heterogeneous databases and
03 replication environment. This should
significantly reduce custom development of
scripts and speedy deployment of DR
solutions.
The proposed solution should facilitate out-
of-the-box, workflow based switchover and
04 switchback for DR drills for standard
applications based on industry best
practices.
The proposed solution should facilitate
workflows for bringing up the applications
05 and all the components it depends on at DR
while it is up at primary site without
pausing/stopping the replication.
The proposed solution should be able to
manage hosts by either deploying agents or
06 without deploying any agent and should not
require any change in the existing
environment.
The proposed solution should be able to
manage the applications deployed at DPDC
& should support applications hosted on all
07 major platforms including Linux, Windows,
with native high availability options. It
should support both physical and virtual
platforms.
The proposed solution should support
08
Monitoring of Recovery Time Objective

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 426 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
(RTO) and RPO in real time from
application perspective.
The solution should be able to receive
09
automatic alerts about possible site failure.
The solution should be able to automate
10 failback to original production site using
original recovery plan.
The solution should be able to store, view
and export results of test and failover
11
execution from Disaster Recovery
manager.
The solution should provide support for
broad choice of compatible storage arrays
and replication products from all major
12
vendors and also able to leverage iSCSI,
Fibre Channel or NFS-based storage
replication

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 427 of 483
 13 Technical Specifications forData Backup Solution
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)
Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
Should support both automatic and manual backup,
01
incremental and full back up facility.
Should have some GUI for centralized
management which should support heterogeneous
platform and ensure easy administration.
Should support various offered OS platforms and
be-capable of supporting SAN based
backup/restore from various platforms.
The proposed backup solution should support
Tape mirroring of the same job running
concurrently with primary backup.
Should be Capable of taking backup of SAN
environment as well as LAN based backup.
The proposed backup solution shall be configured
in such a fashion that no extra license for client and
media servers is required while moving from LAN
to SAN based backup.
The proposed backup solution shall be unrestricted
use that is it should allow CTD to configure without
any restriction of client / media licenses for both
SAN based backup and LAN based backup.
Capability to write multiple data streams to a
single tape service or multiple tape devices in
parallel from multiple clients to leverage the
throughput of the drives using multiplexing
technology
Should support encryption.
Should have robust backup scheduling capabilities.
Should support and have in-built media
management and supports cross platform device &
media sharing in SAN environment. It should
ensure backups never fail for media.
Capability to rebuild the Backup
Database/Catalogue form tapes in the event of
catalogue loss/corruption.
Should have LAN-free Backup/Restore capabilities.
Capability to configure retries for backups of a
clients in case the clients is not available on the
network due to reboot or network failures.

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/Supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 428 of 483
 14 Technical Specifications forAntivirus
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder and
No.
manufacturer
The Central Management Solution should have
capabilities to manage the Servers at Primary
site & DR Site.
The Central Management Solution should be
bundled with all required hardware, software,
software subscription (software license) and
service support for managing Antivirus solution
with 5 years warranty across the country.
The Central Management solution hardware
configuration should be capable of managing all
the servers and should be scalable for entire
Centrally
DPDCendpoints
Managed
01 Solution should ensure the performance of
Antivirus
Central Management Server if any distribution
Solution
or relay server becomes bottleneck and
endpoints connectivity and proper syncing up to
the Central Management Server deployed by
the bidder.
Solution should ensure that all managed
endpoints under the distribution/relay server
takes updateson regular basis but at the same
time the performance of endpoints should not
be reduced due to the performance of Central
Management/distribution/relay server deployed
by the bidder.
Solution should ensure that secure
authentication between endpoints and Central
Host Management server for any software/signature
Integrity update of the solution to the manage endpoints
02
Managem only.
ent Solution should ensure that only managed
endpoints take updates through distribution or
relay system.
Solution should scan, detects, and
clean/delete/quarantine the infected files.
Solution should block/clean/delete malicious
code/software in real time,including viruses,
worms, Trojan horses, bot, spyware, adware
Antivirus and Rootkit.
03 and Anti- Solution should have embedded behavioral
Spam analysis and protection technology apart from
signature based clean/delete/quarantine for
unknown threats.
Solution should protect the data transfer from
endpoints to the hacker system spoofed IP or
MAC address.(Anti IP and MAC spoofing).

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 429 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder and
No.
manufacturer
Solution should support to install AVAgent
through various techniques likeweb based, MSI
package or any other sources in workgroup and
Active Directory environment.
Solution should support throttling ofCPU
process during real time and conventional scan
for improving the performance endpoints during
the execution user routine task.
Solution should support to scan single
file/directory/entire system and detect(clean or
delete or quarantine).
Solution should scan, detect, clean or delete
malicious code software for protocols POP3,
POP3S, SMTP, andSMTPS.
Solution should support to prompt amessage
whenever any external devices plugged into the
endpoints and scan, detect, clean, delete,
quarantineand also support manual scan,detect
( clean or delete or quarantine).
Solution should support scheduled scan
configuration for full- disks scanat designated
time from central serverfor clean, delete,
quarantine malicious program.
Solution should support to prevent endpoints
users not to uninstall or disable managed
Antivirus services without authenticated
password.
Solution should support to exclude
thefiles/directories from real time andmanual
scan.
Solution should provide a utility software tool to
the Antivirus support team for clean
uninstallation of managed antivirus using
authenticated password.
Solution should allow creating anddeploying
user defined firewall policyfor endpoints to
Antivirus
04 permit or deny networkaccess based over IP
Firewall
Address, logicalPorts, and Services on a single
IPAddress, range, and segments.
Solution should support to block external
devices like USB, Data Card,Infrared, and
Device Bluetooth.
05
Control Solution should be able to provide permission to
access authorized external devices based on
privileges.
Supported
Solution should support all latest versions of
06 Operating
Windows Operation Systems.
Systems
Solution should support to generate infected IP
07 Reports
address with source and destination IP address.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 430 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder and
No.
manufacturer
Solution should support to generate following
reports from console:
 Current Virus Definition.
 Virus Definition updates.
Solution should support to send endpoints logs
automatically up to Central Management
Server.
Solution should support that the managed
Antivirus
endpoints should send Antivirus event logs.
Client
08 Solution should support that the managed
System
endpoints should send Antivirus firewall logs i.e.
logs.
compliance violations and access log.
Solution should support to integrate with 3rd
Party Log Analyzer Application Software (SIEM
and Sic. Log).
Log
Solution should provide a UtilitySoftware Tool
Collection
for all variant Windows Operation for collecting
Utility
09 infected endpoints log for analyzing and
Programs
developing signatures which can clean the
for
endpoints from Malware infection.
Windows
System
Solution should provide a system cleaning tools
10 Cleaning
before installing Antivirus Agent on endpoints.
Tool
Solution should include 5 years antivirus
software subscription and service support cost
in the Antivirus Solution itself.
Solution should provide a Utility Software Tool
for all variant other than Windows Operating
System for collecting infected endpoints log for
OEM analyzing and developing signatures which can
11 clean the endpoints from Malware infection.
Support
Solution should support following
Operating Systems:
 Linux (list all supported variants/versions).
 MaC OS (list all supported versions).
 Windows OS (list all supported versions).
 Solution should be IPV6 attacks Ready.

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/Supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 431 of 483
 15 Technical Specifications forMiddleware
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
Application / Web Server software licenses
01 should be unrestricted and full use licenses.
Complete hardware needs to be licensed
Application / Web Server software licenses
02 should be independent of operating system
and hardware platform.
Application Server should be fully standards
compliant providing support for latest
03 versions of Web Services, SOAP,WSDL,
UDDI, LDAP, SSL, Java and XML
standards
Application Server must support REST
based Web Services, and standards such
as JAX-RS 2.0, Java API for JSON, Web
04
Socket etc. which enable and support
development of mobile applications or
applications running in HTML5 browsers
Provide comprehensive XML support
compliant with the W3C XML standards and
contain the basic building blocks to XML-
05
enable applications – including reading,
manipulating, transforming andviewing XML
documents
Support developing, publishing and
consuming web services and should allow
06
integration (push and pull data) from other
systems via web services
The application server should be capable of
07
supporting clustering and load balancing.
All components of the application server
should be based on standards and selected
08
such as to provide ease of management
and to avoid compatibility issues.
All application server components must be
maintainable with an ease such that
09 corrective and preventive maintenance can
be performed on the system without
affecting the entire working of system.
All the application server components
mustbe capable of being managed from a
10
remote management station and provide
information on performance parameters
Management software should support detection
of bottlenecks, provide diagnostics on them and
11 assist in pinpointing the root cause be it at any
layer i.e. Web Server, Application server or
Database Layer.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 432 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
Management software should provide metrics
12 on Java Virtual Machine (JVM) such as garbage
collection, heap and thread status
Dashboards creation functionality, which can
either be pre-built by administrators or
13
customizable should be available to monitor
KPIs
Should have the capability to combine both
server performance analysis and application
14
usage analysis to monitor and manage real
application experience delivered to the user
Management capability should not interfere with
15 the application performance and not require any
changes/modifications in the application
Application / Web Server software OEM should
16
have at least 4 year support roadmap.

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/Supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 433 of 483
 16 Technical Specifications for24 Port Managed Access Switch
(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)
Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer

 Switch should have 24 Nos. 10/100/1000 Base-

TX auto-sensing plus with minimum 2x10G
SFP+ uplinks.
 Should support stacking using dedicated
stacking ports
 Switch should support link aggregation across
Switch Architecture multiple switches in a stack.
01 and  Switch should have non-blocking wire-speed
Performance architecture.
 Switch should support IPv4 and IPv6 from day
One
 Switch should have non-blocking switching
fabric of minimum 128 Gbps or more
 Switch should have Forwarding rate of
minimum 60 Mpps.

 IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tagging

 802. 1Q VLAN on all ports with support for
minimum 255 active VLANs and 1k VLAN ids
 Support for 8k/16 k MAC addresses
 Spanning Tree Protocol as per IEEE 802.1d
 Multiple Spanning-Tree Protocol as per IEEE
802.1s
 Rapid Spanning-Tree Protocol as per IEEE
802.1w
02 Layer 2 Features
 Self-learning of unicast & multicast MAC
addresses and associatedVLANs
 Jumbo frames up to 9000 bytes
 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) as
per IEEE 802.3ad.
 Port mirroring functionality for measurements
using a network analyzer.
 Switch should support IGMP v1 / v2 / v3 as well
as IGMP v1 / v2 / v3 snooping.
 Switch should support classification and
scheduling as per IEEE 802.1P on all ports.
 Switch should support QoS configuration on per
switch port basis.
 Switch should support classification and
marking based on IP Type of Service (TOS)
Quality of Service
and DSCP.
03 (QoS)
Features  Switch should provide traffic shaping and rate
limiting features (for egress as well as ingress
traffic) for specified Host, network, Applications
etc.
 Strict priority queuing guarantees that the
highest-priority packets are serviced ahead of
all other traffic.
 Switch should support MAC address based
filters/ access control lists (ACLs) on all switch
04 Security Features
ports.
 Switch should support Port as well as VLAN

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 434 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
based Filters/ ACLs.
 Switch should support RADIUS and TACACS+
for access restriction and authentication.
 Secure Shell (SSH) Protocol, HTTP and DoS
protection
 IP Route Filtering, ARP spoofing, DHCP
snooping etc.
 Should support DHCP snooping, DHCP Option
82, Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI)
 Should support a mechanism to shut down
Spanning Tree Protocol Port Fast-enabled
interfaces when BPDUs are received to avoid
accidental topology loops.
 Should support a mechanism to prevent edge
devices not in the network administrator's
control from becoming Spanning Tree Protocol
root nodes.
 Switch should support static ARP, Proxy ARP,
UDP forwarding and IP source guard.
 Switch should have a console port with RS-232
/RJ-45 Interface for configuration and
diagnostic purposes.
 Switch should be SNMP manageable with
support for SNMP Version 1, 2 and 3.
 Switch should support all the standard MIBs
(MIB-I & II).
 Switch should support TELNET and SSH Latest
Version
 Switch should support RMON (history,
statistics, alarm and events).
 Switch should support system and event
logging functions as well as forwarding of these
logs to multiple syslog servers.
 Switch should support on-line software
reconfiguration to implement changes without
rebooting. Any changes in the configuration of
Management,
switches related to Layer-2 & 3 functions,
Easy-to-Use
05 VLAN, STP, Security, QoS should not require
Deployment and
rebooting of the switch.
Control Features
 Support for Automatic Quality of Service for
easy configuration of QoS features for critical
applications.
 Support to detect unidirectional links caused by
incorrect fiber-optic wiring or port faults and
disable on fiberoptic interfaces.
 Switch should have comprehensive debugging
features required for software & hardware fault
diagnosis.
 Should support DHCP Server feature to enable
a convenient deployment option for the
assignment of IP addresses in networks that do
 DHCP servers configured on servers and
integrated with Directory Services.
 Switch should support Multiple privilege levels
to provide different levels of access.
 Switch should support NTP (NetworkTime

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 435 of 483
 Guaranteed technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of bidder
No.
and manufacturer
Protocol)
 Switch should support FTP / TFTP
 RoHS Compliant.
 IEEE 802.1x support.
 IEEE 802.3x full duplex on 10BASET and
100BASE-TX ports.
 IEEE 802.1D Spanning-Tree Protocol.
06 Standards
 IEEE 802.1p class-of-service (CoS)
prioritization.
 IEEE 802.1Q VLAN.
 IEEE 802.3u 10 BaseT / 100 Base Tx / 1000
Base Tx.
 Switch / Switch’s Operating System should be
07 Compliance tested and certified for EAL 2 /EAL3 / NDPP or
above under Common Criteria Certification

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/Supplier

17 Technical Specifications forSMS Gateway

(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Guaranteed
technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
No.
bidder and
manufacturer

1. HTTP

2. SMPP

Interfaces
01 3. SMTP
Supported

4. FTP

5. Messaging

1. GSM/GPRS/EDGE/3G Modem

2. Mobile Phones
HandleConnectio
02
ns
3. Wireless Carrier

4. Other

1. SMPP
ProtocolsSupport
03
ed (SMSC)
2. CIMD

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 436 of 483
 Guaranteed
technical
Sl.
Item Minimum Requirement Description particulars of
No.
bidder and
manufacturer

3. Other

04 Throughput-out 500 Messages/sec

05 Throughput-in 500 Messages/sec

06 High Availability Required

Operatingsystem
07 forproposedsoftw Windows and Linux based OS
are
Provide new version upgrades,updates, patches, etc. for
08 Support all the components / sub-components through the period
of contract.

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/Supplier

18 Technical Specifications forOnline UPS

(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Sl Description Employer’s Requirement Guaranteed technical

No. particulars of bidder and
manufacturer
1 Brand To be mentioned by the Bidder
2 Country of Origin USA/EU/UK/Switzerland/Japan
3 Country of
Manufacture To be mentioned by the Bidder
4 Model To be mentioned by the Bidder
5 Topology Double Conversion On-line
6 Capacity 40KVA
7 Input Voltage Range 340 - 477V
8 Input Frequency Min. 45 - 65 Hz
9 Input Power factor Min 0.8
10 Input Connections Hard Wire 5-wire (3PH + N + G)
11 Input Breaker As per calculation
Capacity
12 Input Total Harmonic Less than 7% for full load
Distortion
13 Nominal Output Three Phase
Voltage
14 Output Voltage Note Configurable for 380/400/415 Vac Three Phase
nominal output voltage
15 Efficiency at Full Min 92.80%
Load
16 Output Voltage Less than 5%
Distortion
17 Output Frequency 50/60 Hz +/- 5%
(sync to mains)
18 Output Power factor Min 0.8
19 Waveform Type Sine Wave
20 Output Connections Hard Wire 5-wire (3PH + N + G)
21 Output Voltage +/- 2% static and 100% load step
Tolerance

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 437 of 483
Sl Description Employer’s Requirement Guaranteed technical
No. particulars of bidder and
manufacturer
22 Output Voltage THD < 3% linear load and <5% non-linear load
23 Required Output As Per Calculation
Current Protection
24 Bypass Built-in Maintenance Bypass
25 Battery Type Maintenance-free sealed Lead-Acid battery.
26 Battery Min 12V/120 AH – Min 32 Units – Max 48 Unit or
equivalent
27 Backup Time 120 n
28 Nominal Battery +/-192 V (split battery referenced to neutral)
Voltage
29 End of Discharge +/-154 V
Battery Voltage
30 Communication SNMP Card
31 Control panel Multi-function LCD status and control console
32 Emergency Power Yes
Off (EPO)
33 Operating - 35 °C
Environment
34 Audible noise at 1 +/- 54.50 dBA
meter from surface
Protection Class IP20
Regulatory Please mentions EN/IEC standard
Approvals
Warranty 4 Years

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/Supplier

19 Technical Specifications for Rack with monitor and Console Kit

(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Sl Description Employer’s Requirement Guaranteed technical

No. particulars of bidder and
manufacturer
1 Brand Name To be mentioned by the Bidder
2 Model No. To be mentioned by the Bidder
3 Country of Manufacture /
Assemble To be mentioned by the Bidder
4 Peripherals and Accessories To be mentioned by the Bidder
5 Country of Origin USA/EU/UK/Switzerland
6 Form Factor 42U
7 Console Switch Min 12 Port Console Switch with
cables.
8 PDU Two units of 32 amp.
9 Console Display Same branded Min. 17-inch, flat
screen TFT monitor with truly
accurate images and virtually no
distortion.
10 Other Features

Space-saver server Keyboard with

Touchpad.
-Top cover fully vented.
-Support full density of all OEM
servers by improved air flow allowing
for a fan-free rack environment.
-Rear Vented Metal Door with Lock.
11 Color Black

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 438 of 483
 Sl Description Employer’s Requirement Guaranteed technical
No. particulars of bidder and
manufacturer
12 Warranty 4 years

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/Supplier

20 Technical Specifications for Rack mounted Router

(To be filled up and signed by the bidder & Manufacturer/Supplier)

Sl No. Description Employer’s Requirement Guaranteed technical

particulars of bidder and
manufacturer
1 Brand To be mentioned by the Bidder
2 Model To be mentioned by the Bidder
3 Country of Origin USA/EU/UK/Switzerland
4 LAN/WAN Ports Min 2 X10/100/1000 Mbps LAN/WAN
Ports
5 WAN interface card Min 2 WAN interface card Slot
6 Should have USB and Serial Console
USB and Serial Console port
port
7 Should have USB Flash-memory
USB Flash-memory slots
slots
8 Memory Should have min 512MB DRAM
9 Flash Memory 256MB Flash
10 Performance Min 250 Kpps 64-byte packets
performance
Min 140 Mbps IPSec speed
Support Encrypted Tunnel min 140
11 Protocols Should support IPv4, IPv6, static
routes, Open Shortest Path First
(OSPF), Enhanced IGRP (EIGRP),
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP),
BGP Router Reflector, Intermediate
System-to-Intermediate System (IS-
IS), Multicast Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMPv3)
Protocol Independent Multicast
sparse mode (PIM SM), PIM Source-
Specific Multicast (SSM), Distance
Vector Multicast Routing Protocol
(DVMRP), IPsec, generic routing
encapsulation (GRE), Bidirectional
Forwarding Detection (BVD), IPv4-to-
IPv6 Multicast, MPLS, Layer 2
Tunneling Protocol Version 3
(L2TPv3), 802.1ag, 802.3ah, and
Layer 2 and Layer 3 VPN.
12 Encapsulations Ethernet, 802.1q VLAN, Point-to-
Point Protocol (PPP), Multilink Point-
to-Point Protocol (MLPPP), Frame
Relay, Multilink Frame Relay (MLFR)
(FR.15 and FR.16), High-Level Data
Link Control (HDLC), Serial (RS-232,
RS-449, X.21, V.35, and EIA-530),
Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet
(PPPoE), and ATM.
13 Operating Temperature 0℃~40℃ (32℉~104℉)
14 Storage Temperature 20~65℃ (-4℉~149℉)
15 Operating Humidity 10%~85% non-condensing
16 Storage Humidity: 5%~95% non-condensing

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 439 of 483
Sl No. Description Employer’s Requirement Guaranteed technical
particulars of bidder and
manufacturer
17 Software Status
System Status
Statistics
System Log
18 Firewall

IP Filtering
Port Filtering
MAC Filtering
URL Filtering
Port Forwarding
DMZ
Denial of Service
NAT Mapping
19 Management

Upgrade Firmware
Save/Reload Settings
Web Login Password
Date & Time
Reboot Router
Reboot Schedule
20 Warranty 4 years

Signature of Bidder Signature of Manufacturer/Supplier

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 440 of 483
21 Specifications of 230 VOLT 5(60) A Single Phase Online Smart ELECTRIC
ENERGY METER
(To be filled up and signed by the Tenderer & Manufacturer)

Note1: For each of 3 (three) proposed manufacturer, please fill up this sheet separately.
Note2: Out of the 3 (three) proposed manufacturer, at least 2 (two) manufacturer shall
be from two different countries.

Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
General
1. Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned
2. Address of Manufacturer To be mentioned
3. Country of Origin To be mentioned
4. Place of Manufacture and To be mentioned
testing
5. Reference Standard - Meter must conform the IEC
standards mentioned in
related meter specification
clause in section 6 of this
document
6. Model/Type of meter To be mentioned
7. Installation Indoor installation
Electrical Requirement
8. Connection - 1- phase, 2-wire
(unidirectional)
9. Rated voltage Volt 230
10. Maximum voltage Volt 280
11. Basic Current Amp <=5
12. Maximum Current Amp >=60
13. Frequency HZ 50
14. Number of Terminal No. 4
15. No. of Element No. 2

16. Voltage circuit loss at rated VA 5VA, 2 Watt

voltage (maximum) &W
17. Current circuit loss at rated VA 2.5
current (maximum)
18. Variation of Power factor 0.5 lag to unity to 0.8 lead
19. Variation of voltage -30% to +30% of rated voltage

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 441 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
20. Performance Curve To be submitted
21. Impulse withstand voltage KV 8
22. AC withstand voltage for 1 KV 4
minute

23. Starting current (minimum) mA 0.4% of basic current

24. KWh register type - LCD Display
25. Meter constant Imp/ To be mentioned
kWh
26. Accuracy class Clas 1.0 for KWh
s
27. Short time over current KA To be mentioned
28. Duration of short time over ms To be mentioned
current
29. Energy measurement Fundamental energy + Energy
due to harmonics

30. Calibration Meter shall be software

calibrated at factory and
modification in calibration
shall not be possible at site by
any means or external
influence.
31. Electromagnetic compatibility Shall remain immune to
electrostatic discharge,
electromagnetic field and fast
transient burst.
32. Construction
33. Base Body Material - Opaque and UV
stabilized polycarbonate and
inflammable
34. Top Cover a. Material –
Transparent/Opaque and
UV stabilized
polycarbonate and
inflammable
b. Top cover and base
should be
Hermetically/Ultrasonically
welded.
c. Mechanism shall be provided
to log event in case of top
cover is opened. Relay inside
Meter must open immediately
when top cover is opened.
35. Terminal Block a. Material - Flame retardant
glass filled polycarbonate of
grade 500 R or equivalent.
b. Diameter of Terminal
Bore shall be 6mm to

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 442 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
2
accommodate 10 mm
cable
36. Terminal cover a. The terminal cover shall
be extended type with 2
no’s holes of minimum 30
mm in diameter for cable
entry at each side.
b. Material - UV stabilized
transparent/Opaque
polycarbonate cover.
c. Provision of Twist Tight
(TT) sealing through
sealing screw.
d. The sealing screws shall
be held captive in the
terminal cover.
e. Diagram of external
connections should be
embossed/printed on
terminal cover. Sticker is
not acceptable.
f. Mechanism shall be
provided to record an
event in case of terminal
cover is opened. Relay
inside Meter must open
immediately when
terminal cover is opened
irrespective of power
On/OFF in main line.
37. Ingress Protection IP 51 or better.
38. Test Output device Meter should have flashing
LED visible from the front to
represent energy recording.
39. RTC a. The meter shall have
internal real time crystal
clock (RTC) IC to set date
and time.
b. Meter should have
capability of Time
synchronization .
c. Meter RTC shall be
corrected automatically by
the system in
synchronization to the
network RTC.
d. HES will sync RTC at
least once a day.
e. The performance and
operation of real-time
clock (RTC) IC shouldn’t
be affected by removal of
external battery.
f. The guaranteed life of

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 443 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
RTC IC shall be minimum
10 years.
40. Memory Non-volatile memory and
independent of external
battery backup. Memory
should be retained up to 10
year without any auxiliary
power.
41. Self-Diagnostic feature Meter shall have self-
diagnostic for the following
a. Date and RTC.
b. Battery.
c. Non-volatile memory.
d. Display
e. Communication card status
42. External Battery
Type of Battery To be mentioned
Guaranteed life of battery Minimum 10 years
Removal or total discharge of In case of battery removal or total
battery discharge of battery, it should not
affect the time, performance &
memory of the meter.
43. Load Control Switch (latching a. Smart meter shall be
relay) equipped with integrated
load control switches
(latching relay) at both
phase and neutral to
control flow of electricity to
the load at the instance of
connect/ disconnect
commands as per
functional need of the
system.
b. Both Load switches
(latching relay) shall
operate simultaneously for
connect/ disconnect
purpose and shall be
mounted inside the meter
with suitable arrangement.
c. The rating of switches
used shall be in line with
meter rating.
Performance requirement for a. Utilization category of the
load switching load switch shall be UC3 as
per IEC 62055-31
Name of OEM of Load Switch To be mentioned
Address of OEM of Load Switch To be mentioned
Model of Load switch To be mentioned
Maximum switching current (rms) 80 A
of Load switch
Maximum switching voltage of 250 V AC
Load switch
Contact material Silver alloy

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 444 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
Rated coil voltage 12 V DC
Rated coil power 6W
Insulation resistance ≥ 1000 MΩ
Dielectric Strength between ≥ 2000 VAC
contacts
Dielectric Strength between ≥ 3000 VAC
contact and coil (50 Hz)
Dielectric Strength between ≥ 4000 VAC
contacts assembly
No. of Coil To be mentioned
Electrical Cycle 1x104
Mechanical Cycle 1x105
Test report of Load switch Shall be submitted
44. Optical port Meter shall have an optical
port with a rust resistance
coated metal ring to hold
magnet of downloading probe.
Optical port shall comply with
hardware specifications
provided in IEC-62056-21.
45. Plug-in Type Communication a. Meter should have the
Module/Chip Interface i.e NIC provision for plug in
communication RF
module/Chip/NIC for
connectivity and shall be
interchangeable in field.
b. Meter shall have
mechanism to log
communication module
removal as an event in its
memory with date and
time stamp.
c. Meter Vendor shall work
with DPDC designated RF
provider to integrate Plug-
in type Module/chipNIC in
the meter.
46. Last Gasp Meter shall have provisions to
provide last gasp signals
through communication
module in case of power
failure.
47. Meter Sealing Arrangement Twist Tight sealing
arrangement at terminal cover
shall be provided

48. Manufacturer’s Seals One manufacturer’s seal with

seal no. to be provided on
meter cover.

49. Name Plate and marking a. Meter should have clearly

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 445 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
visible, indelible and
distinctly marked name
plate.
b. All markings and details
shall be printed by laser
only.
c. Paper stickers are not
allowed for name plate.
50. Resistance against heat and The terminal block and Meter
fire case shall have safety against
the spread of fire.
51. Meter display
52. LCD Type STN Liquid crystal with backlit
53. Viewing angle Minimum 120 Degree.
54. Size of LCD Minimum 10 mm X 6 mm
55. LCD Digits Total 6 +1 digits
56. LCD language English
57. Display indications Appropriate indications/flags
for all tampers and self-
diagnostic features should be
provided.
58. Functional Requirement
59. Mode of metering Forwarded Energy
60. Payment Mode It should be possible to
configure meter in following
modes of
payment:
a. Prepayment Mode
b. Post payment mode
Any change in payment mode
shall be logged in events with
date and time stamp.
Prepayment facility shall be
achieved by server / HES.
Default mode of metering
shall be post payment until
specified otherwise.
61. MD calculation Block window with default
demand integration period of
1800 s configurable to 900 s
as per requirement. Extended
register shall be used for MD
recording.
62. Billing data All related billing parameters
(Prepaid & Postpaid) shall be
generated at the end of each
billing cycle and stored in
memory.

63. Billing period reset/ MD reset 00:00 Hrs of last day of every
month
64. Push Services a. Meter shall be able to
automatically notify data,

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 446 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
event, and messages to a
destination client system
in an unsolicited manner
(without a request from a
client).
b. Randomization: Data
from different endpoints
shall be pushed
intelligently on the
network in order to avoid
excessive traffic on the
network for example
incase all the endpoints
will push load survey data
simultaneously, then it
may result in network
choking or inefficient
performance. Therefore
with the help of intelligent
techniques such field
scenarios shall be
handled effectively.
c. The following push
services shall be
available by default.
i. Load survey profile
data at after every
4hours configurable to
any predefined
interval.
ii. Mid night data at
00:00 hrs of every
day.
iii. Billing profile data on
occurrence of billing.
65. Periodic push (Smart meter to Meter shall be able to push
HES) instantaneous parameters to
HES at predefined intervals.
Parameters required for push
shall be intimated during
detailed engineering in the
vent of order.

66. Event Push (Smart meter to a. Meter is able to report

HES) HES, the status change
of any of the identified
events mapped in to
event status word (ESW)
of size 128 bits by
pushing following objects
to HES.
i. Device ID
ii. Push Setup ID
iii. Real time clock- Date

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 447 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
and Time
iv. Event Status Word 1
(ESW 1).
b. Each of the bits in ESW
shall reflect the current
state of the event and are
mapped against each of
the identified events.
67. Firmware upgrade a. Smart meter shall support
remote firmware upgrade
feature for meter firmware
without loss of any data
and metrology for a part or
complete firmware of
meter.
b. Firmware upgrade shall
use the Image transfer
classes and mechanisms
specified in IEC62056-6-2
and IEC62056-5-3.

c. Firmware upgrade feature

shall be provided with
proper security. The
design shall take into
account field scenarios
such as power failure
during F/W upgrade.
d. Once the firmware is
upgraded, meter shall
send an acknowledgment
to HES. It shall also log it
as an event in its memory.
e. Meter shall support
capability to self register
the meter with new
firmware.
f. The execution time of the
change of the firmware
within the meter should be
below 1 minute
68. Support for broadcast Meter shall support
Message connection less messaging
services of
DLMS to support broadcast
messages for a group of
meters for following actions:
a. Gap reconciliations.
b. Firmware upgrade.
c. On demand readings.
d. Meter connection and
disconnection.
e. Updating of Programmable
parameters.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 448 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
69. Disconnection mechanism a. The Smart meter shall
support disconnection on
the following conditions:
i. Over current (120 % of
Imax in any element
for predefined
persistence time.)
ii. Load control limit
(Programmable )
iii. Pre-programmed
tamper conditions
(Factory programmed)
iv. Disconnection signal
from Head end
system.
v. Pre paid function for
prepayment mode.
b. Load limit function shall
be disabled by default
until other specified.
70. Local reconnection a. Meter shall be able to
Mechanism reconnect load switches
locally only for Overload
and load control limit
disconnections.
b. It shall be possible to
remotely
connect/disconnect the
relay via commands from
HES. The remote
reconnect shall not
interrupt the normal
connect/disconnect cycle.
c. In case of relay
malfunction i.e.,
connect/disconnect action
of relay is not taking
place due to welding of
contacts or any other
reason, then it shall be
logged as an event in the
Non-rollover
compartment. Same shall
be sent as an alert to
HES.
d. Remote command shall
have priority over local
communication.
71. Reconnection mechanism a. Reconnection shall be
done from HES. In case
of failure of
communication / HES,
reconnection shall be
possible through Hand

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 449 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
Held Device locally via
proper security.
b. Reconnection in case of
prepayment meter shall
be as per prepayment
profile.
72. Status of load switch a. Indication of status of
relay i.e.
connected/disconnected
should be available on
display as well as through
communication to HES.
b. Connection and
disconnection should be
logged as events.
73. First breath and last gasp a. Status indication of switch
i.e.
connected/disconnected
should be available on
display as well as through
communication to HES.
b. In Last Gasp endpoint
shall send the power
outage notification with
Time Stamp. In case of
power failure meter
communication module
shall not draw power from
the backup battery.
c. For the purpose of sending
the Last Gasp, meter shall
have proper power backup
(like a super capacitor).
74. Plug-in Type RF a. Proper security at end
Module/Chip/NIC security points as well as network
level shall be present to
prevent unauthorized
hacking of the end points
or the network itself.
b. The meter password is
required to open a session
between NIC and meter
and is required to gain
clearance from the meter
to perform requested
operation.
c. If clearance not gains, the
meter locks out
communication for 1
minute. The meter
maintain counter for
monitoring of unsuccessful
attempts of performing
meter operations and

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 450 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
alerts to HES. The counter
is incremented each time a
password clearance
operation fails.
d. Up to 3 no’s successful
attempts are allowed, after
which the port is locked
out until authenticated
from system administrator
75. IP communication profile Meter shall support TCP-UDP/
support IP communication profile
for smart meter to HES.
76. Connection/ Tamper The meter shall continue to
Conditions record forward energy
under any
one or combinations of the
following conditions:
a. I/C & O/G Interchanged
b. Phase & Neutral
Interchanged
c. I/C Neutral Disconnected,
O/G Neutral & Load
Connected To Earth.
d. I/C Neutral Disconnected,
O/G Neutral Connected
To Earth Through
Resistor & Load
Connected To Earth.
e. I/C Neutral connected,
O/G Neutral Connected
to Earth through Resistor
& Load Connected to
Earth.
f. I/C (Phase & Neutral)
Interchanged, Load
Connected To Earth.
g. I/C & O/G (Phase or
Neutral) Disconnected,
Load Connected To
Earth.
77. Event and tamper detection Meter shall detect and log any
exceptional/ fraud/ tamper
conditions in its memory as an
event. In addition to this all
transactions and control shall
also be recorded as an event
in meter memory. Each event
type shall be identified by an
event ID.
78. Compartments of events Meter shall be able to log
events in following
compartments
a. Voltage Related Events
b. Current Related Events

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 451 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
c. Power Related Events
d. Others Events
e. Non Roll Over Events
f. Transaction related events
g. Control Events
 Occurrence and
Restoration of Voltage
Related, current related,
power related and other
events shall be logged in
meter memory
 Threshold values shall be
factory programmable. For
each occurrence event
captured, the cumulative
tamper count shall be
incremented.
79. Event Logging The meter shall log minimum
100 tamper events (ensuring
at least 20 events for each
tamper).
80. Tamper Indication Appropriate Indications/Icons
for all tampers should appear
on the meter display either
continuously or in auto display
mode.
81. Data and communication
protocol/ HES/Integrations/
Software
82. Data Exchange a. Meter should comply
protocol DLMS, COSEM
standards(IEC 62056).
83. Base Computer Licensed Software should be
Software (BCS) supplied for free to download
meter through optical port.
Minimum 20 nos. Optical port
shall be provided.
84. Operating System BCS should be compatible for
latest Windows operating
system.
85. Database BCS shall maintain master
database according to desired
area, location, and region etc.
86. Data transfer rate BCS and communication ports
should support data transfer
rate of 9600 bps (minimum).
87. Obis Code OBIS code of corresponding
parameter must be displayed
88. Weight of meter Kg To be mentioned
89. Overall dimensions (height, mm To be mentioned
width, depth)
90. Anti Tamper And Anti-
Fraud Features

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 452 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer

91. Detection of missing potential Yes

92. Detection of Phase and Yes
neutral reversal
93. Detection Reverse flow of Yes
energy
94. Protection against HV spark/ Yes
ESD
95. Record of Write Transactions Yes
96. Detection of Neutral Yes
Disturbance
97. Detection of Terminal cover Yes
open
98. Detection of Meter body open Yes
i.e top cover open

Seal & Sign of the bidder Seal & Sign of the manufacturer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 453 of 483
 22 Specifications of 415 VOLT 10 (100) A THREE PHASE ONLINE SMART
ELECTRIC ENERGY METER
(To be filled up and signed by the Manufacturer & Tenderer)

Note1: For each of 3(three) proposed manufacturer, please fill up this sheet
separately.
Note2: Out of the 3(three) proposed manufacturer, at least 2 (two)
manufacturer shall be from two different countries.

Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
General
1. Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned
2. Address of Manufacturer To be mentioned
3. Country of Origin To be mentioned
4 Place of Manufacture and To be mentioned
testing
5 Reference Standard - Meter must conform the IEC
standards mentioned in
related meter specification
clause in section 6 of this
document
6 Model/Type of meter To be mentioned
7 Installation Indoor installation
Electrical Requirement
8 Connection - 3- phase, 4-wire
9 Rated voltage Volt 415
10 Maximum voltage Volt 500
11 Basic Current Amp <=10
12 Maximum Current Amp >=100
13 Frequency HZ 50HZ
14 Number of Terminal No. 8
15 No. of Element No. 3
16 Voltage circuit loss at rated VA ≤ 5 W and 10 VA
voltage (maximum) &W
17 Current circuit loss at rated VA 2.5
current (maximum)
18 Variation of Power factor 0.5 lag to unity to 0.8 lead
19 Variation of voltage -30% to +30% of rated voltage
20 Performance Curve To be submitted

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 454 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
21 Impulse withstand voltage KV 8
22 AC withstand voltage for 1 KV 4
minute

23 Starting current (minimum) mA 0.4% of basic current

24 KWh register type - LCD Display
25 Meter constant Imp/ To be mentioned
kWh
26 Accuracy class Clas 1.0 for KWh, 2.0 for KVARh
s
27 Short time over current KA To be mentioned
28 Duration of short time over ms To be mentioned
current
29 Energy measurement Fundamental energy + Energy
due to harmonics

30 Calibration Meter shall be software

calibrated at factory and
modification in calibration
shall not be possible at site by
any means or external
influence.
31 Electromagnetic compatibility Shall remain immune to
electrostatic discharge,
electromagnetic field and fast
transient burst.
32 Construction
33 Base Body Material- Opaque and UV
stabilized polycarbonate and
inflammable
34 Top Cover a. Material –
Transparent/Opaque and
UV stabilized
polycarbonate and
inflammable
b. Top cover and base
should be
Hermetically/Ultrasonically
welded.
c. Mechanism shall be
provided to log event in
case of top cover is
opened. Relay inside
Meter must open
immediately when top
cover is opened.
35 Terminal Block Material- Flame retardant
glass filled poly carbonate of
grade 500 R or equivalent.
Diameter of Terminal Bore
shall be 8.5 mm to

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 455 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
accommodate 25 mm2 cable
36 Terminal cover a. The terminal cover shall be
extended type and shall
have bottom entry for
cable connection.
b. Material - UV stabilized
transparent/Opaque
polycarbonate cover.
c. Provision of Twist Tight
(TT) sealing through
sealing screws.
d. The sealing screws shall
be held captive in the
terminal cover.
e. Diagram of external
connections should be
embossed/printed on
terminal cover. Sticker is
not acceptable.
f. Mechanism shall be
provided to record an
event in case of terminal
cover is opened. Relay
inside Meter must open
immediately when terminal
cover is opened
irrespective of Power
ON/OFF in main line.
37 Ingress Protection IP 51 or better
38 Test Output device Meter should have flashing
LED visible from the front to
represent energy recording.
39 RTC a. The meter shall have
internal real time crystal
clock (RTC) IC to set date
and time.
b. Meter should have
capability of Time
synchronization .
c. Meter RTC shall be
corrected automatically by
the system in
synchronization to the
network RTC.
d. HES will sync RTC at
least once a day.
e. The performance and
operation of real-time
clock (RTC) IC shouldn’t
be affected by removal of
external battery.
f. The guaranteed life of
RTC IC shall be minimum 10
years.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 456 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
40 Memory Non-volatile memory and
independent of external
battery backup. Memory
should be retained up to 10
year without any auxiliary
power.
41 Self-Diagnostic feature Meter shall have self-
diagnostic for the following
a. Date and RTC.
b. Battery.
c. Non-volatile memory.
d. Display
e. Communication card status
42 External Battery
Type of Battery To be mentioned
Guaranteed life of battery Minimum 10 years
Removal or total discharge of In case of battery removal or
external battery total discharge of battery, it
should not affect the time,
performance & memory of the
meter.
43 Load Control Switch a. Smart meter shall be
equipped with integrated
load control switches to
control flow of electricity to
the load at the instance of
connect/ disconnect
commands as per
functional need of the
system.
b. Load switch for connect/
disconnect purpose shall
be mounted inside the
meter with suitable
arrangement.
c. The rating of switches
used shall be in line with
meter rating.
Performance requirement for a. Utilization category of the
load switching load switch shall be UC3
as per IEC 62055-31
b. All load switches shall
operate simultaneously.
Name of OEM of Load Switch To be mentioned
Address of OEM of Load To be mentioned
Switch
Model of Load switch To be mentioned
Maximum switching current 120 A
(rms) of Load switch
Maximum switching voltage of 250 V AC
Load switch
Contact material Silver alloy
Rated coil voltage 12 V DC

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 457 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
Rated coil power 9W
Insulation resistance ≥ 1000 MΩ
Dielectric Strength between ≥ 2000 VAC
contacts
Dielectric Strength between ≥ 3000 VAC
contact and coil (50 Hz)
Dielectric Strength between ≥ 4000 VAC
contacts assembly
No. of Coil To be mentioned
Electrical Cycle 1x10
4

Mechanical Cycle 1x105

Test report of Load switch Shall be submitted
44 Optical port Meter shall have an optical
port with a rust resistance
coated metal ring to hold
magnet of downloading probe.
Optical port shall comply with
hardware specifications
provided in IEC-62056-21.
45 Communication Module a. Meter should have the
Interface provision for plug in
communication
module/chip/NIC for
connectivity and shall be
interchangeable in field.
b. Meter shall have
mechanism to log
communication module
removal as an event in its
memory with date and
time stamp.
d. Meter Vendor shall work
with DPDC designated RF
provider to integrate Plug-
in Type Module/Chip/NIC
in the meter.
46 Last Gasp Meter shall have provisions to
provides last gasp signals
through communication
module in case of power
failure.
47 Meter Sealing Arrangement 2 (two) nos.TT sealing
arrangement at terminal
cover shall be provided

48 Manufacturer’s Seals One manufacturer’s seal with

seal no. to be provided on
meter cover.

49 Name Plate and marking a. Meter should have clearly

visible, indelible and

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 458 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
distinctly marked name
plate.
b. All markings and details
shall be printed by laser
only.
c. Paper stickers are not
allowed for name plate.
50 Resistance against heat and The terminal block and Meter
fire case shall have safety
against the spread of fire.
51 Meter display
52 LCD Type STN Liquid crystal with backlit
53 Viewing angle Minimum 120 Degree.
54 Size Minimum 10 mm X 6 mm
55 LCD Digits Total 6 +1 digits
56 LCD language English
57 Display indications Appropriate indications/flags
for all tampers and self-
diagnostic features should
be provided.
58 Display mode a. Auto Mode
b. Manual Mode
Display list shall be
finalized during detailed
engineering in the event of
order
59 Functional Requirement
Mode of metering It should be possible to
configure meters in
following modes
of metering:
a. Forwarded Only: In this
mode any export active
energy shall be treated as
import energy and shall be
recorded in forward only
register.
b. Bidirectional: Both Import
and export energy
recording shall be
applicable in this mode of
metering in separate
registers and relevant
registers shall be updated.
The meter shall also
display the difference of
import and export energy
i.e. net energy from
another register.
c. Any change in metering
mode shall be logged in
events with date and time
stamp. Default mode of

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 459 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
metering shall be
forwarded only until
specified otherwise.
60 Payment Mode It should be possible to
configure meter in
following modes of
payment:
a. Prepayment Mode
b. Post payment mode
Any change in payment
mode shall be logged in
events with date and time
stamp. Prepayment facility
shall be achieved by
server / HES. Default
mode of metering shall be
post payment until
specified otherwise.
61 MD calculation Block window with default
demand integration period
of 1800 s configurable to
900 s as per requirement.
Extended register shall be
used for MD recording.
62 TOD Metering Meter shall be capable of
doing TOD metering.
63 Billing data All related billing
parameters (Prepaid &
Postpaid) shall be
generated at the end of
each billing cycle and
stored in memory.

64 Billing period reset/ MD reset 00:00 Hrs of last day of

every month
65 Load survey Parameters Load survey parameters
shall be measured and
recorded at the end of
each profile capture period
for last 3 months
66 Profile capture period Default 1800 s
programmable to 900 s.
67 Daily load profile Daily load profile
parameters shall be
measured and recorded at
each midnight i.e. 00:00
hrs
68 Push Services a. Meter shall be able to
automatically notify data,
event, and messages to a
destination client system
in an unsolicited manner
(without a request from a

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 460 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
client).
b. Randomization: Data
from different endpoints
shall be pushed
intelligently on the
network in order to avoid
excessive traffic on the
network for example
incase all the endpoints
will push load survey data
simultaneously, then it
may result in network
choking or inefficient
performance. Therefore
with the help of intelligent
techniques such field
scenarios shall be
handled effectively.
c. It shall also be possible to
configure push services
for all profiles i.e
instantaneous, billing,
load survey, daily energy
and events. Bidder
should explain its
capability to configure
push services. However
following push services
shall be available by
default.
i. Load survey profile
data at after every
4hours configurable to
any predefined
interval.
ii. Mid night data at
00:00 hrs of every
day.
iii. Billing profile data on
occurrence of billing.
69 Periodic push (Smart meter to Meter shall be able to push
HES) instantaneous parameters to
HES at predefined intervals.
Parameters required for push
shall be intimated during
detailed engineering in the
vent of order.

70 Event Push a. Meter is able to report

(Smart meter to HES) HES, the status change
of any of the identified
events mapped in to
event status word (ESW)
of size 128 bits by

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 461 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
pushing following objects
to HES.
i. Device ID
ii. Push Setup ID
iii. Real time clock- Date
and Time
iv. Event Status Word 1
(ESW 1).
b. Each of the bits in ESW
shall reflect the current
state of the event and are
mapped against each of
the identified events.
71 Firmware upgrade a. Smart meter shall support
remote firmware upgrade
feature for meter firmware
without loss of any data
and metrology for a part or
complete firmware of
meter.
b. Firmware upgrade shall
use the Image transfer
classes and mechanisms
specified in IEC62056-6-2
and IEC62056-5-3.
c. Broad cast facility shall be
supported in HES for
simultaneously upgrading
the firmware of a group of
meters installed in field.
d. Firmware upgrade feature
shall be provided with
proper security. The
design shall take into
account field scenarios
such as power failure
during F/W upgrade.
e. Once the firmware is
upgraded, meter shall
send an acknowledgment
to HES. It shall also log it
as an event in its memory.
f. Meter shall support
capability to self register
the meter with new
firmware.
g. The execution time of the
change of the firmware
within the meter should be
below 1 minute
72 Support for broadcast Meter shall support
Message connection less messaging
services of
DLMS to support broadcast

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 462 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
messages for a group of
meters for following actions:
a. Gap reconciliations.
b. Firmware upgrade.
c. On demand readings.
d. Meter connection and
disconnection.
e. Updating of Programmable
parameters.
73 Disconnection mechanism a. The Smart meter shall
support disconnection (all
the switches shall operate
simultaneous) on the
following conditions:
i. Over current (120 % of
Imax in any element
for predefined
persistence time.)
ii. Load control limit
(Programmable )
iii. Pre-programmed
tamper conditions
(Factory programmed)
iv. Disconnection signal
from Head end
system.
v. Pre paid function for
prepayment mode.
b. Load limit function shall
be disabled by default
until other specified.
74 Local reconnection Mechanism a. Meter shall be able to
reconnect load switches
locally only for Overload
and load control limit
disconnections.
b. It shall be possible to
remotely
connect/disconnect the
relay via commands from
HES. The remote
reconnect shall not
interrupt the normal
connect/disconnect cycle.
c. In case of relay
malfunction i.e.,
connect/disconnect action
of relay is not taking
place due to welding of
contacts or any other
reason, then it shall be
logged as an event in the
Non-rollover
compartment. Same shall

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 463 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
be sent as an alert to
HES.
d. Remote command shall
have priority over local
communication.
75 Reconnection mechanism a. Reconnection shall be
done from HES. In case
of failure of
communication / HES,
reconnection shall be
possible through Hand
Held Device locally via
proper security.
b. Reconnection in case of
prepayment meter shall
be as per prepayment
profile.
76 Status of load switch a. Indication of status of
relay i.e.
connected/disconnected
should be available on
display as well as through
communication to HES.
b. Connection and
disconnection should be
logged as events.
77 First breath and last gasp a. Status indication of switch
i.e.
connected/disconnected
should be available on
display as well as through
communication to HES.
b. In Last Gasp endpoint
shall send the power
outage notification with
Time Stamp. In case of
power failure meter
communication module
shall not draw power from
the backup battery.
c. For the purpose of sending
the Last Gasp, meter shall
have proper power backup
(like a super capacitor).
78 NIC security a. Proper security at end
points as well as network
level shall be present to
prevent unauthorized
hacking of the end points
or the network itself.
b. The meter password is
required to open a session
between NIC and meter
and is required to gain

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 464 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
clearance from the meter
to perform requested
operation.
c. If clearance not gains, the
meter locks out
communication for 1
minute. The meter
maintain counter for
monitoring of unsuccessful
attempts of performing
meter operations and
alerts to HES. The counter
is incremented each time a
password clearance
operation fails.
d. Up to 3 no’s successful
attempts are allowed, after
which the port is locked
out until authenticated
from system administrator
79 IP communication profile Meter shall support TCP-UDP/
support IP communication profile for
smart meter to HES.
80 Connection/ Tamper The meter shall continue to
Conditions record forward energy
under any
one or combinations of the
following conditions:
a. I/C & O/G Interchanged
b. Phase & Neutral
Interchanged
c. I/C Neutral Disconnected,
O/G Neutral & Load
Connected To Earth.
d. I/C Neutral Disconnected,
O/G Neutral Connected
To Earth Through
Resistor & Load
Connected To Earth.
e. I/C Neutral connected,
O/G Neutral Connected
to Earth through Resistor
& Load Connected to
Earth.
f. I/C (Phase & Neutral)
Interchanged, Load
Connected To Earth.
g. I/C & O/G (Phase or
Neutral) Disconnected,
Load Connected To
Earth.

81 Event and tamper detection Meter shall detect and log any
exceptional/ fraud/ tamper

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 465 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
conditions in its memory as an
event. In addition to this all
transactions and control shall
also be recorded as an event
in meter memory. Each event
type shall be identified by an
event ID.
82 Compartments of events Meter shall be able to log
events in following
compartments
a. Voltage Related Events
b. Current Related Events
c. Power Related Events
d. Others Events
e. Non Roll Over Events
f. Transaction related events
g. Control Events
 Occurrence and
Restoration of Voltage
Related, current related,
power related and other
events shall be logged in
meter memory
 Threshold values shall be
factory programmable. For
each occurrence event
captured, the cumulative
tamper count shall be
incremented.
83 Event Logging The meter shall log minimum
100 tamper events (ensuring
at least 20 events for each
tamper).
84 Tamper Indication Appropriate Indications/Icons
for all tampers should appear
on the meter display either
continuously or in auto display
mode.
85 Data and communication
protocol/ HES/Integrations/
Software
86 Data Exchange a. Meter should comply
protocol DLMS standards/ IEC
DLMS protocols suite
(62056).

88 Base Computer Licensed Software should be

Software (BCS) supplied for free to download
meter through optical port.
Minimum 20 nos. Optical port
shall be provided.
89 Operating System BCS should be compatible for
latest Windows operating

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 466 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
system.
90 Security System shall be password
protected where user can
login only if login ID is
provided by administrator.
BCS shall have rights
management system so that
access rights can be provided
as per requirement to
maintain security.
91 Database BCS shall maintain master
database according to desired
area, location, and region etc.
92 Reporting a. BCS shall have option of
user defined report
generation in format of
Excel, Word and CSV,
XML, PDF etc.
b. BCS shall have capability
to export data in ASCII,
CSV and XML format at
desired location so that the
same could be integrated
with our billing data for
processing.
c. All the data available in the
meter shall be convertible
to user defined ASCII,
CSV and XML file format.
93 Data transfer rate BCS and communication ports
should support data transfer
rate of 9600 bps (minimum).
94 Obis Code OBIS code of corresponding
parameter must be displayed
95 Weight of meter Kg To be mentioned
96 Overall dimensions (height, mm To be mentioned
width, depth)
97 Anti Tamper And Anti-
Fraud Features

Detection of missing potential Yes

Detection of Phase and neutral Yes
reversal
Detection Reverse flow of Yes
energy
Protection against HV spark/ Yes
ESD
Record of Write Transactions Yes
Detection of Neutral Yes
Disturbance
Detection of Terminal cover Yes
open
Detection of Meter body open Yes

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 467 of 483
 Guaranteed
Technical
Sl. Particulars of
Name of Item Unit Required specifications
No. both
Manufacturer
and tenderer
i.e top cover open

98 Load profile and historical Yes

data
Last 12 months active energy Yes
history
Load Survey for active energy, Yes
reactive energy, Voltage,
ampere, Power factor and MD
at an interval of 30 minutes for
last 3 months both in graphical
and numerical format

Seal & Sign of the bidder Seal & Sign of the manufacturer

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 468 of 483
6.3Form of Completion Certificate
Contract No: Date:
To:

[Name of Contractor]

Pursuant to GCC Clause 39 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of

the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated [insert date], for
the supply and installation of plant and Services for [name of contract], we hereby
notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was (were) complete on the date
specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Employer
hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the responsibility for
care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below.

1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof:

______________________________

2. Date of Completion: __________________

However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto
as soon as practicable.

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities
in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

Very truly yours,

for and on behalf of the Employer

[ Signature ]

[ Title of the Project Manager ]

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 469 of 483
6.4Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate
Contract No: Date:
To:

[Name of Contractor]

Pursuant to GCC Clause 40.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of

the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated [insert date], for
the supply and installation of plant and Services for [name of contract], we hereby
notify you that the Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities were
satisfactorily attained on the date specified below.

1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof:

_______________________________

2. Date of Operational Acceptance: _______________________

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities
in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

Very truly yours,

for and on behalf of the Employer

[ Signature ]

[ Title of the Project Manager ]

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 470 of 483
6.5Form of Change Order Procedure and Forms
Contract No: Date:
To:

[Name of Contractor]

CONTENTS

1. General
2. Change Order Log
3. References for Changes

ANNEXES

Annex 1 Request for Change Proposal

Annex 2 Estimate for Change Proposal
Annex 3 Acceptance of Estimate
Annex 4 Change Proposal
Annex 5 Change Order
Annex 6 Pending Agreement Change Order
Annex 7 Application for Change Proposal

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 471 of 483
Change Order Procedure
1. General

This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in
the Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause
64 (Change in the Facilities) of the General Conditions.

2. Change Order Log

The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status
of Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8. Entries of
the Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-
date. The Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the
monthly progress report to be submitted to the Employer.

3. References for Changes

(1) Request for Change as referred to in GCC Clause64 shall be serially numbered
CR-X-nnn.

(2) Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 64 shall be serially
numbered CN-X-nnn.

(3) Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GCC Clause 64 shall be serially

numbered CA-X-nnn.

(4) Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 64 shall be serially numbered

CP-X-nnn.

(5) Change Order as referred to in GCC Clause 64 shall be serially numbered CO-X-
nnn.

Note: (a) Requests for Change issued from the Employer’s Home Office and the
Site representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective
references:

Home Office CR-H-nnn

Site CR-S-nnn

(b) The above number “nnn” is the same for Request for Change, Estimate
for Change Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and
Change Order.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 472 of 483
Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal
(Employer’s Letterhead)

To: Date:

Attention:

Contract Name:
Contract Number:

With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a
Change Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions
within _______________ days of the date of this letter ____________________.

1. Title of Change: ________________________

2. Change Request No. __________________

3. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________

Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No. _______16:

4. Brief Description of Change:

_________________________________________________

5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:

_____________

6. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change:

Drawing No./Document No. Description

7. Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change:

________________

8. General Terms and Conditions:

(a) Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change will
have on the Contract Price.

(b) Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for
completion of the requested Change.

(c) If you have any opinion negative to the adoption of the requested Change in
connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the
safety of the Plant or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your proposal
of revised provisions.

(d) Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services of
its personnel shall be calculated.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 473 of 483
 (e) You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change
until we have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.

Signature: [insert signature of authorised

representative of the Employer]
Name: [insert full name of signatory with
National ID Number]
Title of the Signatory: [insert title of the Signatory]
Name of the Employer: [insert name of the Employer]

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 474 of 483
Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal
(Contractor’s Letterhead)

To: Date:

Attention:

Contract Name:
Contract Number:

With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the
approximate cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with
GCC Sub-Clause64.2.1 of the General Conditions. We acknowledge that your agreement
to the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause64.2.2, is
required before estimating the cost for change work.

1. Title of Change: ________________________

2. Change Request No./Rev.: ____________________________

3. Brief Description of Change: __________________________

4. Scheduled Impact of Change: ___________________________

5. Cost for Preparation of Change Proposal: _______________17

(a) Engineering (Amount)

(i) Engineer hrs x rate/hr =

(ii) Draftsperson hrs x rate/hr =
Sub-total hrs

Total Engineering Cost

(b) Other Cost

Total Cost (a) + (b)

Signature: [insert signature of authorised

representative of the Employer]
Name: [insert full name of signatory with
National ID Number]
Title of the Signatory: [insert title of the Signatory]
Name of the Employer: [insert name of the Employer]

17
Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 475 of 483
Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate

(Employer’s Letterhead)

To: Date:

Attention:

Contract Name:
Contract Number:

We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed
with the preparation of the Change Proposal.

1. Title of Change: ___________________________

2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________

3. Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________

4. Acceptance of Estimate No./Rev.: _______________________________

5. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________

6. Other Terms and Conditions: In the event that we decide not to order the Change
accepted, you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change
Proposal described in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in para. 3 above
in accordance with GCC Clause64 of the General Conditions.

Signature: [insert signature of authorised

representative of the Employer]
Name: [insert full name of signatory with
National ID Number]
Title of the Signatory: [insert title of the Signatory]
Name of the Employer: [insert name of the Employer]

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 476 of 483
Annex 4. Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

To: Date:

Attention:

Contract Name:
Contract Number:

In response to your Request for Change Proposal No.

_______________________________, we hereby submit our proposal as follows:

1. Title of Change: _______________________________

2. Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________

3. Originator of Change: Employer: [_______________________________

Contractor: _______________________________

4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________

5. Reasons for Change: _______________________________

6. Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change:

_______________________________

7. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No. Description

8. Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal:18

(Amount)

(a) Direct material

(b) Major construction equipment

(c) Direct field labor (Total hrs)

(d) Subcontracts

(e) Indirect material and labor

(f) Site supervision

(g) Head office technical staff salaries

18
Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 477 of 483
 Process engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Project engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Equipment engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Procurement hrs @ rate/hr
Draftsperson hrs @ rate/hr
Total hrs

(h) Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc.)

(i) Fee for general administration, % of Items

(j) Taxes and customs duties

Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal

(Sum of items (a) to (j))

Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal

(Amount payable if Change is not accepted)

9. Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal

10. Effect on the Functional Guarantees

11. Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract

12. Validity of this Proposal: within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the
Employer

13. Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal:

(a) You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this
detailed Change Proposal within ______________ days from your receipt of this
Proposal.

(b) The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the
adjustment of the Contract Price.

(c) Contractor’s cost for preparation of this Change Proposal:2

Signature: [insert signature of authorised

representative of the Contractor]
Name: [insert full name of signatory with
National ID Number]
Title of the Signatory: [insert title of the Signatory]
Name of the Contractor: [insert name of the Contractor]

2
Specify where necessary.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 478 of 483
Annex 5. Change Order

(Employer’s Letterhead)

To: Date:

Attention:

Contract Name:
Contract Number:

We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No. _______),
and agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other conditions of the
Contract in accordance with GCC Clause64 of the General Conditions.

1. Title of Change: _______________________________

2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________

3. Change Order No./Rev.: _______________________________

4. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________

Contractor: _______________________________

5. Authorized Price:

Ref. No.: _______________________________ Date:

__________________________
Foreign currency portion __________ plus Local currency portion __________

6. Adjustment of Time for Completion

None Increase _________ days Decrease _________

days

7. Other effects, if any

Authorized by: Date:

(Employer)

Accepted by: Date:

(Contractor)

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 479 of 483
Annex 6. Pending Agreement Change Order

(Employer’s Letterhead)

To: Date:

Attention:

Contract Name:
Contract Number:

We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance with
GCC Clause64 of the General Conditions.

1. Title of Change: _______________________________

2. Employer’s Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.:

_______________________________ dated: __________

3. Contractor’s Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________ dated:

__________

4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________

5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:

_______________________________

6. Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No. Description

7. Adjustment of Time for Completion:

8. Other change in the Contract terms:

9. Other terms and conditions:

Signature: [insert signature of authorised

representative of the Employer]
Name: [insert full name of signatory with
National ID Number]
Title of the Signatory: [insert title of the Signatory]
Name of the Employer: [insert name of the Employer]

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 480 of 483
Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

To: Date:

Attention:

Contract Name:
Contract Number:

We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities.

1. Title of Change: _______________________________

2. Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________

dated:
_______________________________

3. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________

4. Reasons for Change:

5. Order of Magnitude Estimation (in the currencies of the Contract):

6. Scheduled Impact of Change:

7. Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any:

8. Appendix:

Signature: [insert signature of authorised

representative of the Contractor]
Name: [insert full name of signatory with
National ID Number]
Title of the Signatory: [insert title of the Signatory]
Name of the Contractor: [insert name of the Contractor]

Signature Seal

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 481 of 483
6.6Supplementary Information

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 482 of 483
Section 7. Drawings

The tenderer shall submit detail drawing of their proposed system.

Tender Document for Advanced Metering Infrastructure with Smart Metering System Page 483 of 483